RolePlay onLine RPoL Logo

, welcome to Twilight Cruise (T2K: Pirates of the Vistula)

02:17, 24th April 2024 (GMT+0)

Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (Part II)

Posted by Cap'n RaeFor group 0
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1501 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 27 Oct 2009
at 23:36
  • msg #1

Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Sunday, Oct. 15
0800hrs.
37F
Scattered clouds
Slight breeze from the NE
Southwest of Otwock, Poland


Small Boat

Dawid wisely tosses a grenade into the garrish Viking boat before sending Jan over the tall gunwhale. He and the others are suprised to hear not one, but two distinct explosions following one after the other. After a brief pause, Jan climbs up and over the tall side of the tourist vessel, cutting his hand on a piece of jagged railing in the process. Dawid follows right behind. They find three men strewn upon the open deck of the passenger compartment. Rivulets of blood run like litte tributaries from beneath each of the bodies, joing a growing pool of blood collecting in a low spot on the dirty deck. Apparently, one of the men was just about to throw his own grenade when he was caught by the blast from Dawid's frag.

At the stern of the boat, is an enclosed cabin with windows facing forward. It's most likely the boat's bridge. Atop the compartment is a flat platform that probably served as an elevated observation deck. The rest of the boat appears to be unoccupied.

Hamlet

On Stoner's mark, the militia riflemen toss grenades through the two lower floor windows. As soon as they explode, Stoner climbs through the NW window. As he lands on the wooden floor in the smokey room, he slips on something slick, slightly twisting his left ankle. Through the smoke, he sees smears of blood leading from a small puddle under the windowsill to the only door leading from the cluttered room in the far wall. Bedrolls, mess kits, items of clothing, and other miscellaneous bits of personal snivel gear are spread out over the floor. As he surveys the room, the two militia riflemen climb through the window and join him.

Just outside, Wicks, partially covered by the militia RPD gunner, rushes the pirate's Rapira. Hunkering down in front of its gunshield, Wicks can see several bodies lying around the spread trails of the anti-tank gun. From this position, he can see behind the large two-story house which Stoner is currently storming. As he props the long barrel of his RPK over the gunshield, he sees several men running south from the house towards another, smaller house situated about 40m away. The first three men are running, the fourth. lagging behind, is staggering under the weight of a fifth. None of them look back.

Konrad, Mariusz, the militia PKM gunner, and the ankle-shot militiaman, now in the process of bandaging his own painful wound, are now safely behind the action.

Minh makes clear her intention to the move the wounded. She, the two able-bodied militiamen and their slightly wounded friend lift the hastily bandaged Wicks and the the seriously wounded militiaman and carry them out of the building towards the west, and the waiting Wisla Krolowa. That leaves Drew and two militia riflemen to hold the northern end of town. At the eastern end of the roof of the second building, Drew isn't even aware of their departure.

Wisla Krolowa

The tug holds her position in the weak current to the north of the mouth of the Swinder. Walter's skillful handling keeps her out of the path of the burning oil slick which drifts away from the burning PT boat. Thick white steam mingles with jet-black smoke as the flames of the settling torpedo boat reach the frigid water of the Vistula.

So far as Ondar and Tucker can make out, the western shore line near the tug remains free of enemy presence.

Next Moves?

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...248&t=h&z=16
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:48, Tue 27 Oct 2009.
Tom Jones
player, 17 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Wed 28 Oct 2009
at 09:41
  • msg #2

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Jones wipes the sweet from his forehead as he props the RPK on to the anti-tank gun. As he checks the breech to make sure the weapon is loaded, he then sees the fleeing pirates. Spreading his legs Tom fires on the furthest pirate then each fleeing man until he lines up the last and fires his final 5 round burst.

OCC: Tom will fire two ten round bursts first, trying to hit as many of the front pirates in those two initial bursts. Then short 5 round bursts at any survivors still fleeing.

Tom Jones
RPK-74 (45/45)
Firing on fleeing pirates
Anti-Tank gun shield
This message was last edited by the player at 17:36, Thu 29 Oct 2009.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 580 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 28 Oct 2009
at 12:23
  • msg #3

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz looked at Bayer, "What should we do now? There are rienforcements coming by river, should we evacuate the wounded to the riverside?"
Minh Quyen
player, 446 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 29 Oct 2009
at 10:40
  • msg #4

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Unsure of just where everyone is, Quyen presses ahead with the evacuation of Wicks and the other wounded men. With Wick's rifle and webbing slung over her shoulder and back, she keeps her own at the ready while covering the "stretcher bearers".

Quyen
Moving SW (roughly following the road)

Konrad Bayer
player, 1056 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 29 Oct 2009
at 10:57
  • msg #5

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz looked at Bayer, "What should we do now? There are reinforcements coming by river, should we evacuate the wounded to the riverside?"


"We're pulling back to recover." Bayer answers. "Get yourself and your team back to Drew's position. Grab him and make your way around to the river. Stop by where the wounded are and get them moving too. Everyone will rendezvous near the stream. Understood?"

He collapses the M72 and slings it back over his shoulder. "I'm moving up to collect Stoner's group. I'll take the M72 for now."

Bayer will then move south, only going as far as he needs until he can get either Jones or Stoner's attention.

Bayer
G36 + M72
Moving S

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 581 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 29 Oct 2009
at 11:12
  • msg #6

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"Understood, Sir," Mariusz replied, he gathered up the remnants of his team and led them back to Drew and the wounded's position.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 156 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 29 Oct 2009
at 12:47
  • msg #7

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Jan again scanned his surroundings, then moved toward the cabin, AKM tucked into his shoulder. He'd clear the room, first checking the windows for obvious threats, then opening the door and going inside.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 520 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 29 Oct 2009
at 17:13
  • msg #8

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"Keep us here if you can," Griet said nervously, the nearby shots had been followed by explosion, she only hoped that things were going well fo her companions.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1411 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 30 Oct 2009
at 10:28
  • msg #9

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The RPD was thrust over the gunwale, followed by his pack. Then Dawid hoisted himself up, and sloppily tied the boat's paiter off on the railing.

"Oooff! Shit. That should hold for now."

Stepping over the corpses, he noted what weapons they were armed with. He wanted more 7.62x39mm ammunition like the AKM used (for the RPD). Even though he realised he probably wouldn't get a chance to reload or top off the RPD's drum magazine.

Leaving the pack and RPD where it was, he made his way forward to cover Jan at the door of the small cabin, pistol in hand. "Another grenade, eh?"


Dawid Piotrowski
Stechkin/21 rounds, + 2 spare magazines
3 RGD-5 Grenades, 2 Smoke, 2 Flares
Covering Jan at the boat's cabin

Cap'n Rae
GM, 1503 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 31 Oct 2009
at 18:08
  • msg #10

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Viking Longboat

While Anneka and the SLR militiaman (Jerzy) wait in the Krolowa's small boat, Dawid finds three loaded 7.62mm S magazines among the torn-up dead on the longboat's open viewing deck. He also finds a British 9mm Sterling SMG and an 5.56mm N M231 Bradley firing port weapon. Meanwhile, Jan pushes back to the closed module at the stern of the tourist vessel. As he draws near, someone inside the cabin but out of sight calls out in thickly-accented Polish,

"I give up! I surrender!"

Peeking through a window over the sights of his AK, Jan sees a man seeted on the deck at the back of the wheelhouse, his legs stretched out in front of him. One of his trouser legs is hiked up and there is a bloody bandage wrapped around his calf. A rifle lays across his lap.

Hamlet

From behind the gunshield of the Rapira AT gun, Jones sets his sights on the cluster of feeling pirates. Two pirates in the lead group fall in the hail of bullets from his first burst (-6 rounds). The fusilade is cut well short by a particularly inopportune jam. Jones can only watch as the rest of the pirates make the relative safety of the hamlet's southernmost houses. The pair that he hit, however, stays down for good. Jones will need help if he decides to try to turn the AT gun on its former owners (the militia RPD gunner is just a few meters away).

As Jones begins blasting away at the retreating pirates exitting from the far side of the now quiet two-story building, Konrad moves up to make contact with Stoner's small assault team. Looking in through the window through which they'd disappeared a minute or two before, he finds the room currently uninhabited.

Stoner and his team have just moved out of the recently secured room into a large downstairs living area. It too is cluttered with the signs of sloppy camp life. As Konrad follows close behind, calling out to announce his presence, Stoner's team finishes clearing the downstairs. They find blood trails throughout and one dead pirate and an RPK-47 in the other north-facing room. Konrad catches up to Stoner as the SEAL is about to lead the group up the central stairwell to the second story. Blood drops on the stairs suggest that the upper level of the house has been vacated as well.

Meanwhile, Mariusz and the PKM gunner help the ankle-shot miltiaman back to Drew's position at the north end of the hamlet. The two militiamen posted inside the house are ready to leave. Mariusz jogs over to the other house to find it abandoned. Minh and the others must have left on their own innitiative. In all likelihood, they're headed towards the Vistula.

Minh and the militia stretcher bearers press on towards the river, meeting no opposition along the way. It's a tense journey- they all know just one or two game stragglers could end their war at any moment.

Wisla Krolowa

The crew of the tug can only watch and wait as events develop out of sight of the river. Communications between the various scattered groups have been poor, making another friendly fire incident a dangerous possibility. Griet and the others are in a frustrating position.

Next Moves?

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...248&t=h&z=16
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:29, Tue 03 Nov 2009.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 583 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 31 Oct 2009
at 19:04
  • msg #11

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz assessed the situation and made sure that any loot that had been left around was ready for transportation. He got on the radio and said, "Kaptain, this is Mariusz, the wounded must be already on the way, I'll move back slowly providing cover for the retreat."

He shouted up to Drew, "Drew, I'll move back to there, he pointed to a position about a hundred meters to the rear. You cover our bound and then we'll cover you, is that OK?"

As he waited for a reply he contacted the Krowla, "Queen, this is Mariusz, we are starting to move back toward the river, I'm dropping orange smoke on the point I'm at now, hopefully you'll be able to see it, anything north of that is bandit country."

He prepared the grenade and awaited Drew's reply.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 521 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 31 Oct 2009
at 19:12
  • msg #12

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Griet almost jumped as Mariusz' voice came over the radio, "Roger that Mariusz, we have the Mk-19 available for fire support if people try to stop your retreat. We won't fire without someone's say so, there've been enough friendly fire incidents today. Good Luck."

She called out to Ondar, "If you see orange smoke, call me and give Radislaw the co-ordinates, we'll use it as a reckoning point if we need to fire."
Tom Jones
player, 19 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sat 31 Oct 2009
at 22:09
  • msg #13

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom moves his weight slightly to angle his RPK towards the fleeing pirates just as the weapon jams with a slight click. The string of expedites is heard by all in a surprisingly large area. He works franticly as the last of the pirates disappear in the cluttered houses to the north, then giving up and slumping against the gun shield.

He looks at the gathered bodies around him. Motioning for the RPD gunner to join him he begins to search as he provides cover. Hoping to find personal weapons and ammunition for the anti-tank gun, his last action is to open the breach of the gun and remove the shell inside.

Tom Jones
RPK-74 (39/45)
searching bodies
Anti-Tank gun shield
This message was last edited by the player at 09:18, Sun 01 Nov 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1412 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 1 Nov 2009
at 12:54
  • msg #14

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #10):

"Excellent." Dawid stuffed the AK magazines into his chest harness. If and when he got the chance, he would try and top up the RPD. He left the subgun and bastardised M16 where they lay, Anneka could collect them if she cared. Right now he was rather loaded down!

Hearing the man call his surrender from the wheelhouse, he chuckled.

"Ha ha, had enough grenades for now, eh? Okay, keep your hands where I can see them! Cover me, we're missing a weapon, I think."

With that he stepped in, ans carefully walked towards the man, looking for any weapon. They found two along with two bodies, so it was likely this man was also armed. With a pistol?

In truth, he was a little vexed at what to do with the man. He didn't like shooting prisoners, but he'd done so before when there seemed to be little other option. They couldn't take him with them, but leaving him there didn't seem like a bad idea, as it was unlikely any reinforcements could get by the Queen. That reminded him.

"Jan, get on the radio, warn the Queen there may be reinforcements coming. Also, find out from the Kapitan what shape that AT gun is in. If it's working, I can use it against the town."

He searched the man. "Things aren't looking so good for you now. No reinforcements, because we own the river. All your other boats are sunk. Including the PT Boat. Your buddies in town are getting their asses kicked. Better cooperate, we'll go easier on you. Otherwise, you're about ten seconds away from being summarily executed for crimes against the Polish People, including robbery, piracy and murder. How many reinforcements are coming? From what direction, how are they armed?"


Dawid Piotrowski
Stechkin/21 rounds, + 2 spare magazines
1 RGD-5 Grenade, 2 Smoke, 2 Flares
Searching the prisoner, trying to Persuade him to give up information.

This message was last edited by the player at 09:10, Mon 02 Nov 2009.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1504 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 1 Nov 2009
at 15:12
  • msg #15

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
He searched the man. "Things aren't looking so good for you now. No reinforcements, because we own the river. All your other boats are sunk. Including the PT Boat. Your buddies in town are fucking off. Better cooperate, we'll go easier on you. Otherwise, you're about ten seconds away from being summarily executed for crimes against the Polish People, including robbery, piracy and murder. How many reinforcements are coming? From what direction, how are they armed?"


Then man raises his hands as Dawid pulls the rifle (an M-16A1) from his lap and searches him (two loaded magazines, a trench knife, a lighter, a pack of Russian cigarrettes). The wounded pirate's accent and DPM fatigues suggest that he may be a British national. If so, he clearly has no idea that Dawid speaks English.

"I don't know! If more soldiers are coming, they will come from north, on land- from the Baron. Or the men who ran will come again from south. Please don't kill me. I am wounded. I will not bother you any more."

He seems exhausted. He looks like he might be crying if he had the energy.
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:05, Sun 01 Nov 2009.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 682 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 1 Nov 2009
at 20:28
  • msg #16

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tucker continues to scan the starboard side of the ship for any new threats hearing the gunfire in the distance.
Steven Drew
player, 56 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Mon 2 Nov 2009
at 00:25
  • msg #17

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


  Drew tired of sitting it out on the roof waves and shouts to the others who were left behind to get there attention.

    He looks around trying to get another visual on what is happening around him especialy where the gunfire is and that cloud from the explosion, making sure he is well away from there and certainly not anywhere near where it blew or downwind.

  As he looks at the cloud he mutters,

"That evil....itch....she's earned her place in hell.  .ucking .unt." he hisses.

  Drew gathers up whats left of his ammo and hustles down stairs.  As he runs down he looks for any items inside the building that may be of benefit.

  "Fucking rambo shit...running around with a machinegun....fuckers....pull out and leave me behind....mutherfuckers."

  Drew sprints out of the house and down the road looking for the best route to flank the enemy undetected.

Sgt Drew
M240
Getting into the fight after having been left behind.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1058 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 2 Nov 2009
at 03:18
  • msg #18

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz Tokarski:
"Kaptain, this is Mariusz, the wounded must be already on the way, I'll move back slowly providing cover for the retreat."


Bayer toggles his radio transmit and responds, "Sunray roger. Makes sense. I told her to get Wicks to help. Keep moving to the RV. Out."

He then calls forward again, "Stoner! Break contact and pull it back. We're heading back to the riverside. Let's go." Bayer will then lead the last of the group back through the cleared part of the hamlet before cutting across the same route Mariusz took to the inlet.

Bayer
Withdrawing with the last of the group

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 584 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 2 Nov 2009
at 16:52
  • msg #19

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz radioed the Kaptain, "Kaptain, I'm ready to pull people back in hops, just waiting for Drew to respond now. Would it be worth checking to see if there's any more ammo with the AT gun while you wait for us?"
Jan Cerny
NPC, 158 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 3 Nov 2009
at 12:19
  • msg #20

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Jan covered the prisoner with his rifle, as David removed the M-16.

"Your Name, Rank," he barked in English.

(Jan intends on leaving the man there, making sure before leaving the viking tour boat that all weapons have either been taken, or thrown overboard.)
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 683 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 4 Nov 2009
at 02:45
  • msg #21

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tucker continues to scan the starboard side of the ship for any new threats hearing the gunfire in the distance.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1507 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 4 Nov 2009
at 02:50
  • msg #22

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Viking Long Boat

"Your name, rank!" Jan demands forcefully.

The wounded man in the messy cabin looks startled to hear his mother tongue, then mumbles (in English),

"Er, sergeant Neil Van Brokhorst, Royal Army."

That's all he volunteers, but his demeanor is more submissive than hostile.

The small boat waits alongside.

(As stated previously, Jan will load all of the captured weapons and ammo aboard the small boat when he and Dawid are ready to debark.)

Hamlet

"Stoner! Break contact and pull it back. We're heading back to the riverside. Let's go." Konrad yells, calling the intense SEAL out of his battle rage.

Stoner [NPCed] turns reluctantly away from the stairwell, a youthful look of disappointment on his deeply tanned fave. "Yessir. Come on boys! Away we go. Grab that RPK! No, over there! Yeah. Wait! Get the mags! B-u-l-l-e-t-s! Yes, bullets. Good. Let's go!" Stoner leads the pair of AKM-armed miltiamen down the hallway to the back rooms and the three men clamber out of the house the way they came.

Outside, Jones spots a long wooden crate with rope handles lying near one of the dead Rapira crew. It looks to be just the right size to hold a couple of shells for the 100mm AT gun. Momentarily losing his situational awareness, Jones starts easing around the gun shield to grab the rare ammunition. A bullet clangs off of the gunshield just a few inches away, reminding him with a start that moving around to the other side of the gunshield exposes him to direct fire from the house at the southern end of the hamlet.

The RPD gunner arrives behind the mantlet just as Jones jumps back from the near miss. (The Rapira is pointing north so, technically, the pair are in front of the gunshield.) He looks at Jones inquiringly.

Mariusz, at the far north end of the hamlet, walks back to the eastern house looking for Drew. He sees him just as the irate Marine is about to charge south towards the slackening gunfight. The two militiamen from inside the building look impatient. If they only knew about the deadly gas cloud steadily creeping towards the hamlet...

Minh and her casualty evacuation party can see a break in the trees ahead. The smell of the river is growing strong. As the heavily burdened group trudges closer, they can see the bright orange streaks of the rising sun stretching off away from them across the slate grey water of the Vistula. They're almost there...

Wisla Krolowa

Tucker, feeling a little dizzy now that the adrenaline is starting to wear off, is having a hard time seeing much of anything on the east bank of the river. The bright sun, low in the clear sky, is shining almost directly into his eyes.

"Target! East side! Movement in the trees!" Ondar shouts from the bridge roof.

Squinting, Tucker can just make out movement, east-southeast of the tug's current position.

Next Moves?
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1415 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 4 Nov 2009
at 07:35
  • msg #23

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #22):

Seeing Jan wasn't going to warn Konrad of reinforcements, he grabbed the radio.

"Sunray, this is Eagle... be advised we have word of enemy reinforcements. The Baron's troops, probably coming by land from the north. Also, if anyone is near the 100mm gun, please recover all ammunition possible. Out."

After the man answered Jan, Dawid offered the man a cigarette. Then he began treating the leg wound.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:53, Thu 05 Nov 2009.
Tom Jones
player, 20 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Wed 4 Nov 2009
at 09:58
  • msg #24

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Crap Jones thought to himself that was close. As the RPD gunner joins him Jones indicates to the man where the fire came from and that he wants him to cover him as he grabs the ammo box and the shell from the gun breech.

He then waits for him to get ready and unslings the AK-74su. Once the man has the house in his sights Jones jumps up and fires a ten round burst at the house aiming for the windows he then makes a dash for the box and lastly retrieves the shell in the gun.

Once back behind the gun shield Jones will engage the pirates in the southern house with the RPK as Stoners group moves towards his position. He will also yell to Drew or anyone with him to destroy the still.


Tom Jones
AK-74su (30/30)
Getting ammo
Anti-Tank gun shield
This message was last edited by the player at 18:14, Wed 04 Nov 2009.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 585 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 4 Nov 2009
at 10:50
  • msg #25

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz saw Drew and called, "Drew, thank God. I thought we'd lost you for a moment."

He looked around and saw the militia getting jumpy, "I'll tell you what, I'll cover you and you lead the militia back. Then we'll retreat in jumps from there. What do you think?"
Steven Drew
player, 57 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Thu 5 Nov 2009
at 03:35
  • msg #26

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #25):

Drew:

  "Sorry, I got tunnel vission there for a bit.....glad I finaly caught up with you guys..."

  Drew listens to the plan,

"Okay, leapfrogging is a good idea.  I suggest one support weapon takes position while the other group moves just in case, then they can lay down cover fire if need be."  Drew pauses,

"If we make contact..they may try an keep us from gettin back ya know.  We should also develope a rally point and alternate route just in case."

  Drew pauses as he knees listening and looking around scanning the area for movement.

Sgt Drew
M240
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 684 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 5 Nov 2009
at 09:49
  • msg #27

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Cap'n Rae:
Wisla Krolowa

Tucker, feeling a little dizzy now that the adrenaline is starting to wear off, is having a hard time seeing much of anything on the east bank of the river. The bright sun, low in the clear sky, is shining almost directly into his eyes.

"Target! East side! Movement in the trees!" Ondar shouts from the bridge roof.

Squinting, Tucker can just make out movement, east-southeast of the tug's current position.

Next Moves?

Robert will try to shake off the effects of having the dizziness start to bother him as he hears Ondar call out that there are targets out there.  Squinting through the sunlight, Tucker picks up some movement as his hand reaches down to que the radio, "Ondar, Tucker.  Confirm movement East-Southeast as threats before I fire, copy?"

Heaing of the militiaman who opened up on some of their party before from the other Dushka made Tucker a little leary about just opening up now not knowing if there's a chance it's our guys or not.

Tucker
Starboard Dushka
Waiting for Ondar to confirm hostile threats before firing
Jan Cerny
NPC, 159 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 5 Nov 2009
at 13:40
  • msg #28

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

As David began to work on the man's wound, Jan said. "No time, lets go." He kept his eye on the wounded pirate as they left the room.

"I was going to hold off on the radio until we left the room. A speaker of english in there." Jan said.

"Launch reporting. We have cleared a pirate tour vessel in the tributary, and are now proceeding in our own boat upstream. Will update you again when we land." Jan clicked the radio off.


Jan's intentions:



The group will land, announce their location on radio, secure the launch, move up to flank the pirate hamlet, announce their location again as they near, and assist in clearing the last buildings.

When Jan finds out that the wounded are not there to be evacuated, he will propose that the main force walk back to the Vistula, while the launch crew return the launch to the tug.
This message was last edited by unknown at 14:06, Thu 05 Nov 2009.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 586 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 5 Nov 2009
at 15:37
  • msg #29

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"Good idea," Mariusz agreed, he turned to the militia, "move to there, Drew and I will cover you. Once you reach there you cover us. We'll keep doing that until we reach the river."

He looked at Drew, "That way we'll always have the militia's back, that OK?"

If Drew was happy with the idea, Mariusz and the marine would cover the retrat to the first point before joining the militia there.
Minh Quyen
player, 447 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 5 Nov 2009
at 16:52
  • msg #30

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Still at the lead, Quyen signals for the ORMO transporting the incapacitated to stop. While they rest, she motions for them to be quiet as she scans around the forested area around them for signs of danger. Satisfied they were still safe, she whispers, "Almost there." to the men and motions for them to continue on.

Quyen will then resume covering the casualty team as they carry Wicks and the other down to the river's edge.
Alexei Ondar
NPC, 127 posts
Starshiy Praporshchik
Ex-GRU/Spetznaz
Fri 6 Nov 2009
at 00:26
  • msg #31

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Robert will try to shake off the effects of having the dizziness start to bother him as he hears Ondar call out that there are targets out there.  Squinting through the sunlight, Tucker picks up some movement as his hand reaches down to que the radio, "Ondar, Tucker.  Confirm movement East-Southeast as threats before I fire, copy?"

Heaing of the militiaman who opened up on some of their party before from the other Dushka made Tucker a little leary about just opening up now not knowing if there's a chance it's our guys or not.


"Wait! Men carrying wounded. Could be our friends... Yes, I think I see the Vietnamese woman. It is our friends. Hold your fire. Hold your fire."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 685 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 6 Nov 2009
at 00:36
  • msg #32

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Alexei Ondar:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Robert will try to shake off the effects of having the dizziness start to bother him as he hears Ondar call out that there are targets out there.  Squinting through the sunlight, Tucker picks up some movement as his hand reaches down to que the radio, "Ondar, Tucker.  Confirm movement East-Southeast as threats before I fire, copy?"

Heaing of the militiaman who opened up on some of their party before from the other Dushka made Tucker a little leary about just opening up now not knowing if there's a chance it's our guys or not.


"Wait! Men carrying wounded. Could be our friends... Yes, I think I see the Vietnamese woman. It is our friends. Hold your fire. Hold your fire."

"Roger that Ondar.  Good lookin' out.  Call 'em out to me if you see them, I'm not doin' so good over here.  Feeling kind of light headed.  Fucking arms are killing me.  Over"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1509 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 6 Nov 2009
at 01:00
  • msg #33

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Hamlet

As the militia RPD gunner sprays the last pirate-occupied house with automatic fire, Jones scampers around the gunshield and grabs one of the handles of the wooden ammunition box. He drags it back to safety with some difficulty, the heavy crate catching a couple of times on the corpses of dead gunners. He wants to check the breech for a loaded shell but that would take too long under the current conditions. Stoner and his team emerge from the house next door and the miltiaman calls his comrades over to help carry the 105mm ammo box. As they leave, Jones rolls a fragmentation grenade down the barrel of the Rapira, hoping to render the gun useless should the pirates return for it. The grenade detonates, followed a second or two later by a secondary explosion and when they look back, the gun is wreathed in smoke, its barrel propped on the ground by its muzzle brake.

On they way out of the hamlet, Jones and the RPD man shoot up the large still set up on the north side of the large workshop. Methanol pours out of the numerous bullethouse before a tracer from the RPD ingnites it. The still and the north side of the workshop are instantly engulfed in the ensuing conflaguration. The pirates Zil 6x6 cargo truck is already shot all to hell thanks to its most recent owners.

As the rest of the assault team makes its way back to the Vistula, Minh waits on the east bank with the wounded in plain view of the Wisla Krolowa river tug. Unfortunately, without its launch, the tug can't reach them. Wicks clearly can't wait any longer. As the remainder of the assault team arrive just as the New Zealander breaths his last. The group hadn't known him very long but they'd all come to respect his courage under fire.

Small Boat

Having recovered weapons and ammunition from the kitschy tourist boat, Dawid and Jan leave the wounded British pirate alone with a cigarette and lower themselves, with some difficulty, into the unsteady small boat. Anneka (NPCed) informs them of Konrad's recall order and Jerzy (the SLR-armed radioman), making no effort to hide his relief, swings the boat around and makes for the Vistula.

Wisla Krolowa

It takes a half-an-hour to ferry all of the assault team back to the Queen. The tedious operation is completed unmolested by the pirates. With everyone back aboard, Adam steers the agile tug back into the main channel and begins the journey upriver to Gora-Kalwaria. Smoke rises up over the trees from the nameless hamlet, now a cemetary to around half of the pirate force (the number is agreed upon after each element delivers their informal after action report). The pirates have been broken as a effective riverine force. The Vistula north to Warsaw has been reopened. Upon reflection, the cost is staggering. Half of the Gora-Kalwaria militia's core of veteran fighters is either dead or seriously wounded. Two of their foreign "advisors", Wicks and Angelita Ling, are dead. Minh's been shot in the leg. All of the party's ground vehicles (the Tarpan-Honker, the Ural motorcycle and sidecar, and the STAR 6x6) have been captured or destroyed. And, the militia's trump card- the three 155mm VX shells- have been used or lost, with uncertain results.

The journey back to Gora-Kalwaria is a somber one. But after days of grey skies, cold, and precipitation, it's looking to be a sunny, relatively warm day.

Next Moves?

OOC: Let's spend a turn on the tug. This is when IC interaction is important. Converse. Take care of what business you can on board. The party will be back at the town after this turn.

I'll post a list of gear that the party recovered in the intel thread with the assumption that all of it, except the 105mm ammo, will be donated to the G-K militia. If you want to keep any of it for yourself (selfish, selfish...), let me know and I will make the transfers. PLEASE make sure to update personal ammo usage on your PC's char-sheet.

This message was last edited by the GM at 01:01, Fri 06 Nov 2009.
Tom Jones
player, 21 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Fri 6 Nov 2009
at 10:10
  • msg #34

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Jones looks at the body of the Brit army officer, he hadn’t known him long but the loss of a skilled soldier was always a blow.

He then climbs to the quarter deck on the tug setting up the RPK to face over the stern of the tug if no one wants him anywhere else. Jones will man this position all the way back to the village lost in his own thoughts.

Tom Jones
RPK-74 (39/45)
Manning quarter deck position
Tugs Quarter Deck
This message was last edited by the player at 10:11, Fri 06 Nov 2009.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1059 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 6 Nov 2009
at 10:52
  • msg #35

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Back on board the tug, Bayer waited until he got a confirmed head count from the NCOs before passing on his instructions for Griet to withdraw the tug from the area.

He visited Wicks for a moment, then silently waved a motion with his hand for the body to be covered up with the man's rain poncho. The officer could be buried back in the town where the people ought to remember the sacrifice he made for them. Bayer looked across the deck at Quyen, but didn't say anything to her or anyone about the matter... they all tried very hard to get him to help.

As the boat steamed away from the enemy camp, Bayer announces, "Post mission drills are to begin immediately. Busy yourselves as if you are heading back into the fight by noon. I want turn around time and return to maximum combat readiness in short order. All wounded report to the sick bay, so we can get a better understanding of who is non-combat capable."

"Dawid, see to ammunition and stores replenishment for the platoon. I need a sitrep on our capabilities and status as well."


Tapping the empty grenade pouches on his tac vest, Bayer adds, "I'm short four 40mmHE and one 40mmHEDP. I could use one or two HC smoke grenades too... canvas the platoon and see if any of the team have some extra ones in their gear."

He then digs into his webbing, pulling out his tactical radio and removes the batteries. He then does the same with his NVGs, and says, "Here. Get someone on everyone's batteries."

After ensuring platoon was getting busy conducting unit admin and not slacking off just yet, he approaches every member of the team and asks the same question, "Do you have a chemical defense suit?"
This message was last edited by the player at 10:54, Fri 06 Nov 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1417 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 7 Nov 2009
at 10:10
  • msg #36

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid replied, "Sorry, my Kapitan, I unfortunately do not have a chemical defence suit. We captured a man who reported the Baron was sending reinforcements. Maybe they will be killed by the gas? We can hope."

"We may have enough ammunition to resupply our small arms. It was a very costly victory in terms of people and supplies. We won. Next time, we shall need to do better."


He looked at Wick's body. "Shit. We shall grieve for his loss, later. Angelita, too. You westerners die, we Poles die, and I pray it is for some greater good, so the strong may not hold dominion over the weak."

Crossing himself, he said a short prayer. Then excused himself to retrieve his beads from Griet.

Philosophizing done for the moment, he concentrated on topping up people's ammo supplies as best he could for their weapons, as well as explosives.

"Everyone, check your weapons, clean them. We may need them, soon enough."

Once done, Dawid examined the captured 100mm ammunition (thanking Tom profusely in the process) and replaced the ammunition in the captured RPD's belt. As well, he searched for another belt as a spare for the weapon.
This message was last edited by the player at 10:10, Sat 07 Nov 2009.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 587 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 7 Nov 2009
at 10:33
  • msg #37

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz' heart sank as he realised the cost of the engagement. Still, there had been no other option but to fight, and there would be no other option until evil had been purged from the land or they were all dead, he felt grimly that it would be the former rather than the latter, but that couldn't be helped. He made sure that the men of teh Gora Kalwaria militia were comfortable and resupplied as much as possible from the looted equipment and ship stores.

He stripped fifteen rounds of belted ammunition from the stores and placed four of the Soviet grenades into his pouches.

As he reloaded his partially spent magazine he spoke with Kaptain Bayer, "I don't have an NBC suit, Sir, but if you want people to head back on reconnaissence, I'm willing to wrap up from head to toe and use my gas mask. Someone else might want to risk using the wet suit. It's risky, but if you want to take it to the enemy before we lose momentum, I'll do it."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 522 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 7 Nov 2009
at 10:37
  • msg #38

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Griet toured the boat to ensure that everything was ready should they have to face combat in the near future. As soon as the reached the town, she began to make arrangements for making repairs to the hull.

Her reply to Kaptain Bayer's request was, "No, I don't have a chemical defence suit, I'm sorry."
Steven Drew
player, 58 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sun 8 Nov 2009
at 02:30
  • msg #39

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Drew:

  Drew boards the vessel silently, looking back at the smoking village.  He wonders,

"What was it all for?"

  His mind floats to the scene of the old movie "Platoon."  Where they are leading the villagers out of the village as they set it ablaze.


  Drew looks at the tired faces some covered with blood and grime and soot.  He suddely feel tired.  So very very tired.  His weapon feels so heavy in his arms and his eyes burn from the smoke and swet.  His nose is dry the smell of gunpowder fills his nostrils.  His mnouth is dry and the harsh taste of burning oil, metal and gunpowder is all he can taste.

  Drew looks at the wounded in his boat as he shuttles to the tug.  He looks at their wounds and bandages as best he can.  He then mentaly triages them, using his experience learned durring his years as a EMT.  He will tell them who needs to be seen first once they get to the ship.  He muses,"Damn....how many times have I done this?  Cruisin back ta the ship after a mission...damn...it never changes."  Drew tries to spit to clear the bitter taste from his mouth.  He has no sliva and it is stringy.  The wad sticks to his lip and in a long string flops down his shirt.  "Shit." he mutters.  He feels the acid in his stomach build and a cough brings a bit up his through.  He swallows hard and grimaces at the harsh burning taste.  He instinctivly moves his hand to his canteen and stops half way.  He doesn't have one.

  They are manuvering to the side of the ship.

  As the vessel comes alongside and ties off he will call out to those on the ship which of the wounded are immediate, who are priority and who are routine.   Those who are dead or close to death are routine and left to the last.

  Drew helps load the wounded making sure they do get aboard the ship.  And that it is understood that their condition is known.

  Once the wounded are loaded, Drew will check the boat and pick up any stray gear before boarding.

  Once on board Drew will report to whomever is in charge of the the ships sickbay and remind them he does have training and experience as an EMT, he just needs time to wash up and stow his gear and he will lend a hand.

  As he goes to his bunk he passes Bayer the sour German officer he met a couple days earlier,

<OOC I have cut and pasted Bayers comments and am replying in character here>

"Post mission drills are to begin immediately. Busy yourselves as if you are heading back into the fight by noon. I want turn around time and return to maximum combat readiness in short order. All wounded report to the sick bay, so we can get a better understanding of who is non-combat capable."

"I'm off ta help out in sickbay.  I don't have time for that crap."  Drew still remembers the krouts sour disposition and is not in a mood.

[Bayer]
he approaches every member of the team and asks the same question, "Do you have a chemical defense suit?"

Drew:

  Getting angry at being delayed snaps,

"You know I ain't got jack.  All I got is the clothes on my back and what you guys gave me....<catching himself> I gotta go, but if ya can find some extra 7.62 I'm runnin low and maybe a belt and canteen, a frag or two.  And I'd love a shotgun with a dozen or so rounds for close quarters or when I leave the 240 in position....<Drew feels the weight of the last several weeks crush him>  If ya got a med kit, <he is so very very tired now> I was a medic  before the war.  If ya got a kit, next time...<he is almost chocking on the words> maybe I could have saved a couple...I gotta go...theirs wounded."  Drew dumps his meager gear and heads to wash the grime from his hands and face before helping with the wounded.

  As Drew makes his way down to the sickbay he will introduce himself by saying,

"Where can I help?" he asks,  "I was an EMT in college before the war."

Sgt Drew
Helping with the wounded in sickbay
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 686 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 8 Nov 2009
at 19:29
  • msg #40

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tucker collpases to a sitting position once the last of the shore dismounts is loaded back onto the tug.  He reaches into one of his pockets and pulls out some pain relievers and swallows them down with some water.  When Konrad comes around checking posts, Robert will carefully and painfully shift himself into a better position when he sees his boss around.  He knows he's going to ask and aleready has an answer for Bayer, "I'm fucked up boss.  I took all I could take from that Duska pounding the shit outta my arms.  I don't think I could carry on a conversation with my arms right now, they're like fucking jelly boss.  I feel useless!"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1511 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 8 Nov 2009
at 21:56
  • msg #41

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Sunday, Oct. 15
1000hrs.
39F
Clear skies
Slight breeze from the NE
Gora Kalwaria, Poland


The trip 'home' to Gora-Kalwaria is uneventful. A somber, almost oppressive quiet hangs over the ship and its crew and passengers. Of course, there's a sense of relief at having survived the confused and brutal battle. On the other hand, there's also the lingering fears, doubts, and guilt felt by those who have left brothers in arms lying on the battlefield. The two emotions seem to go hand in hand these days.

The town's chopped-down skyline comes into view. It looks somehow cleaner and less forlorn in the bright sunshine. The resonant sound of a ringing church bell from one of the town's many damaged churches (or synagogues) signals the return of the river tug gunboat. Walter raises the Krakow flag as the prearranged signal for success (and to let the remaining town defenders know that the tug is not now crewed by the Baron's pirates). As the tug passes the pylons of the fallen railway bridge, the sentries stationed there give her three cheers. Taking note of the joyless expressions on the faces of the tug's crew, the last cheer dies off abruptly. A quick headcount reveals that the returning tug carries no more than half the number of fighters which had left by ferry in the trucks the night before. Perhaps the trucks are on the way back with the rest, they hope...

The Bishop and Petr wait at the ferry/pier, along with a horse-drawn wagon and a few other townspeople. As the tug ties off alongside, the Bishop greets them with a face that belies neither hope nor fear.

"Thank God you have returned. There is food waiting and space has been made for the wounded." The Bishop seems to know better than to ask for more news, trusting that he will be told everything in time. His only follow up question is a hesitant, "Are there others?" The look on Konrad's face is answer enought. "Very well. Let us go."

With that, the civilians board the tug to help offload the wounded. They are gently loaded aboard the wagon and driver heads off towards the hospital (which is attached to a convent), leaving the able-bodied to walk the kilometer or so back to the settlement. Closer to the town, the road is lined with townspeople. They shout thanks, ask for news of their loved ones, and make signs of the cross at the passing procession of tired warriors.

The party is brought back to the parish hall at the Bishop's erstwhile headquarters. A table is waiting, set with a hearty Polish country breakfast. The Bishop waits until everyone who wishes to partake is seated and ready. In lieu of a spoken prayer, he closes his eyes and lowers his head. After a lengthy minute (or three) of silence, he speaks.

"Please, eat." Then he sits near Bayer, patiently awaiting a report on the battle.

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:57, Sun 08 Nov 2009.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 161 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 03:38
  • msg #42

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Jan ate.

When he had finished, he turned to Dawid sitting beside him.

"My father’s ancestors were from Bohimia. A great uncle of mine in the ’20s collected stories of their past from every relative he could find. He wrote them out on a red typewriter and I read the pages as a child. Did you know that at the end of the 30 years war in the 1600’s only one-quater of the country’s population remained? My ansestor’s village fortified their church to hold out against the robber barons and mercenary bands. With the countryside deserted of people, the wolves prospered and increased."
Steven Drew
player, 59 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 05:18
  • msg #43

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


  Drew:

  Having helped in whatever way he could in the sickbay finaly finds a corner and leans against the wall and slumps down exhausted.  He smells of smoke and battle.  And is covered now in blood in addition to the other stains.  He stares at his blood covered hands.  And then to the floor.  His head slowly falls back against the bulkhead and falls asleep with his knees against his chest.  Drew will remain there for sometime until someone wakes him.


  When Drew does awake his will grit his teeth in agony, his knees burn, his legs having fallen asleep in the cramped position.  The boats jolting wakes him.  And he fights through the pain as the blood rushes back to his legs.  He gets up unsteady.  He works his way on unsteady legs back to his berth.  He sees his weapon sitting on his bunk.

"Fuck" he whispers.  He pulls out a rag and begins to wipe the machinegun down as he disassembles it inspecting each part and wipping it the carbon off, he sets the peices in order of assembly.  When all is finished he will then reassemble the weapon and test it doing a function check.  He will then do an ammo count.  That is the bulk of his equipment.

  Drew in a fog realizes his mouth is very dry.  He moves down the corridor to find the galley and get something to drink to quench his thirst.

  He sits down in his bloody and grimy clothes.  Realising how they look he pauses.  He finishes drinking then goes off to wash his shirt at least and get some real sleep in his bunk.


  As the tug moves into port Drew awakes.  He hears the activity within the berthing area and on deck and stirs.  He grabs his blouse which is still semi damp and forces his arms through the sleeves.    He goes to see what is going on.

  He watches as the people line the dock.  The wounded are off loaded.  He wonders "How are those poor bastards gonna get along...whats gonna happen when we go....poor fuckers."


  Drew is silent.  He thinks of the wounded and the dead.    His damp uniform blouse is drying in the sun.  He feel slightly warm.  As the people prepare to leave the boat Drew wonders if he should do or not.  He decides to go.   He goes back to his berth and grabs the rifle and grenade launcher that was loaned to him.  He wonders,  "What was the name of the guy who loaned this to me?  I gotta get it back ta him."  He grabs the weapon and follows the mass of people silently.

  Once there he takes a seat and pauses as the preist says his thing.  He then like a robot eats, taking food, passing it to his left and his right as asked.  But he eats in silence.  He doesn't eat alot but he does eat and since he hasn't eaten much in the last several days he is full rather quickly.

  After eating he feels sleepy.  He feels a bit more comfortable.  A evil thought comes to mind,  ""All I need now is a drink and a hot woman, hehehe."  A smile forms across his face with that thought as he sits there and observing the people.

Sgt Drew
Partaking in the breakfast
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1419 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 10:22
  • msg #44

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #42):

Pausing from eating, Dawid looked at Jan and nodded wearily. Still, his face wore a ghost of a smile.

"Yes my friend, I can well imagine. Perhaps one day the wolves will roam here, too? Maybe we too should fortify ourselves inside the church, if not literally. I would do anything to deliver my people from these horrors, but it seems like all we accomplish costs so much. Were that I was a wolf myself, without conscience or mercy."

He grew more serious. "It's lucky that soldier of the Baron's we captured cooperated. I would have shot him without a thought, otherwise. Others may see this conflict as NATO vs. Warsaw Pact, fought according to the laws of war and the Geneva Convention. To me, most of who we fight are all criminals, the pirates and ruthless warlords like the Baron. I will not rest until all the wolves are dead. At least those that walk on two legs."

Drew come in, carrying Dawid's Tantal/BG-15. "Sergeant Drew! Please, come over here and have a seat. How did my weapon perform? Was it stalwart and trustworthy?"
Minh Quyen
player, 448 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 14:33
  • msg #45

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

After getting back aboard the tug, Quyen reported to the sick bay where he leg needed proper attention. She had it wrapped in field dressing, but the job had been in haste and had come loose. Blood covered the wound, bandage and he pant leg downward from the injury.

Along the way, she overhead the exchange between the Hauptmann and Drew, but passed by quietly. She hadn't spoken since coming aboard, and barely uttered a word to Anneka when it was her turn to be under her hands.

Konrad Bayer:
After ensuring platoon was getting busy conducting unit admin and not slacking off just yet, he approaches every member of the team and asks the same question, "Do you have a chemical defense suit?"


When the CO came by, Quyen replies quietly, "No sir. I don't have one. Just my respirator."

Sitting in the cramped sickbay, Quyen waits until she is can be discharged by Anneka. While she waits she says to Drew, "Hey... yeah you. Careful. People with bad attitudes on board have been known to be tossed overboard. Even those who had a shitty week."

She then rises when Anneka discharges her and heads to galley. While she eats, she remains quiet... a million thoughts going through her head.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1060 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 17:51
  • msg #46

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

After canvassing the team for any chemical defense suits, Bayer waits for the tug to reach its destination up on the bridge with Adam. He acts as lookout, scanning the banks of the Vistula for hidden danger. It also served as excuse for his own silence and solitude. He still hadn't addressed the team on the raid, still mulling over the right words. Knowing him, when it came to the time, he probably just leave it at "well done."

Once they finished unloading and marching back to town, Bayer entered the parish hall where he neatly dropped his gear, rifle, and body armor in a corner. Then sitting down, looked over at the Bishop...

Cap'n Rae:
"Please, eat." Then he sits near Bayer, patiently awaiting a report on the battle.


"Well..." Bayer started slowly. Then clearing his thought, continued, "Well. We've achieved most of our objectives. A significant portion of the pirate forces have been... umm, eliminated. They have also lost a number of their riverine assets, the boats rather, and certainly the larger vessels." He found the words a challenge to come by. Suddenly finding English difficult to communicate with. How could you sum up all that happened easily to this man? It would have been far easier to give him an impersonal sitrep on the mission, but tried to keep it "real".

He continued, "Our losses have been heavy as you can see. This includew one of of my officers that I've lost. Your men were exemplary. Solid, well rounded soldiers the lot of them. Heroes, from what I've seen really."

He shook his head, "It was a tactical victory. However my men and I will need to return. To leave it now I believe would be a mistake. I won't ask any of your men to join us this time around. I initiated a withdraw, to preserve our forces, but the task is unfinished, and I would like to try to recover some equipment."

Changing the topic for a moment, mostly to clear his thoughts on the matter, he asks, "In all of the fighting around here. Has anyone in your community been able to salvage a chemical defense suit... it looks like a set of overalls but is made of a thick material?"

Following an answer he continues, "So. Yes. A large part of the enemy force has been dealt with enough losses I believe will significantly reduce the threat they pose to your town. A warlord in Warsaw may be another matter... which is why I want to return to the pirate camp."

"In addition the gas has been put to use and no longer a burden or danger to your people. Which is why I need one or two suits."


"In the meantime, my team will request rest and food."

He stops and adds, "Any specific questions or concerns you have I will answer. Until then, pardon my limited report. Today has been a challenge."
This message was last edited by the player at 17:53, Mon 09 Nov 2009.
Tom Jones
player, 22 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 18:42
  • msg #47

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)



Tom moves down from his position on the quarter deck once the tug docks. He helps with the movement of the wounded but with no real medical skills he leaves the treatment to those who know what they are doing.

When the Captain canvas him on the NBC suits he explains most of his kit was lost in the hasty retreat his unit undertook near then end of their last combat manoeuvre. He then moves towards the body of Lt Wicks transferring it towards the makeshift morgue near the triage. Tom removes the lieutenants drop leg holster, pistol helmet and uplifts his webbing and grenadiers vest that Minh had left by the body.

He then sits on the step of the building and creates a list of the equipment to give the Captain. Once completed Tom follows the other members of the group towards the food and drink offered by the town leader.

When Tom sees the Captain he approaches and gives him a run down of the kit recovered from Wicks offering up the gas mask and three NBC filters from the New Zealanders pack. He then joins the other and begins eating.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 588 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 19:27
  • msg #48

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz looked at Tom and Drew and said, "After food I'd like the pair of you to come with me on the tug. I don't know what we have left by way of equipment and clothes since our last encounter with refugees, but what we have is yours. You'll have your pick of what we have."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 523 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 19:32
  • msg #49

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Griet listened to the Kaptain's assessment, "I'd concur that your men were exemplary, Bishop, and the losses are tragic. However, their lives weren't in vain, with the pirates robbed of their transport and the Warlord of Warsaw on the other side of the river, the town is in a more secure position, if you can keep them from crossing the river in force, they'll have difficulty reaching you."

she was weary and wanted to make clear that no one had died in vain. Whilst the Krowla was around, the people her were safer than they had been. Once it left their lives would be harder as constant vigilance would be the price of security.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1420 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 9 Nov 2009
at 21:14
  • msg #50

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg #49):

Dawid looked up, and excused himself from the conversation with Jan.

"I concur. Things went well and the Pirates are largely beaten. The Pirates are criminals. There is a chance they will call it quits after the beating they just took, but we can't be sure. As well, the Baron's men were supposedly coming to reinforce their Pirate allies, that's something we need to address."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1512 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 00:11
  • msg #51

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


The militia leader listens carefully as the obviously fatigued German officer gives his informal report on the morning's battle.

"Thank you Hauptman. I don't think we have any proper chemical suits. I may be able to find some gas masks for you, though." He clears his throat. "Coming to the point, Hauptman, how many of my men were lost?" The Bishop had most certainly noticed the conspicuous absenses of several of his core of veteran militia fighters.
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:13, Tue 10 Nov 2009.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 687 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 02:18
  • msg #52

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tucker carries himself and his gear off of the tug and then follows the others to get something to eat.  Tucker adds nothing to the conversation unless he is specifically asked and looks like he can barely hold his body up and eat properly.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:43, Tue 10 Nov 2009.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1061 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 03:31
  • msg #53

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Cap'n Rae:
"Thank you Hauptman. I don't think we have any proper chemical suits. I may be able to find some gas masks for you, though." He clears his throat. "Coming to the point, Hauptman, how many of my men were lost?" The Bishop had most certainly noticed the conspicuous absenses of several of his core of veteran militia fighters.


Bayer answers the Bishop after a quick mental calculation based on the head count he ensured was given before the raiding party left the objective. He then adds, "Unfortunately we were in no position to retrieve all of our dead. Hopefully on our return we will be able to scatter the enemy enough to do so."

While he eats, Bayer listens to those who augmented his report. He nods silently when Griet mentions the river now a much more effective obstacle in keeping the enemy at bay. He was disappointed however upon hearing about the lack of any old chem suits, as he really wanted to recover the AGS and a few other items which they could decontaminate in order to help offset the material losses they suffered. He then explains the purpose of his interest in acquiring the suits.
Steven Drew
player, 60 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 04:54
  • msg #54

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Minh Quyen:
Along the way, she overhead the exchange between the Hauptmann and Drew, but passed by quietly. She hadn't spoken since coming aboard, and barely uttered a word to Anneka when it was her turn to be under her hands.

Konrad Bayer:
After ensuring platoon was getting busy conducting unit admin and not slacking off just yet, he approaches every member of the team and asks the same question, "Do you have a chemical defense suit?"


When the CO came by, Quyen replies quietly, "No sir. I don't have one. Just my respirator."

Sitting in the cramped sickbay, Quyen waits until she is can be discharged by Anneka. While she waits she says to Drew, "Hey... yeah you. Careful. People with bad attitudes on board have been known to be tossed overboard. Even those who had a shitty week."



  Drew:

"Yeah just like your kind, a real betty badass.  Fuckin MP's like that say sweety, can't spell WIMP without an M and a P."

  As he looks at her injured leg.

"Yer in no position ta be talkin smack chicky.  Who do ya think is gonna be changin yer dressings or the next time ya take a round or two.  Lemme tell ya a big rule of the grunts, <as he closes to her almost nose to nose> "DON'T FUCK WITH THE PEOPLE WHO YOU EXPECT TA SAVE YER LIFE!"  <he backs off and adds in a more normal tone>  "It isn't all that smart there Betty."

Drew backs off returning to his duties and then replies,

"Don't ever fuckin threaten me again.  I aint got a warm fuzy for ya.  Especialy after yer firing off those poison rounds....yer fuckin evil."  He casts an icy stare at someone he truly considers evil.
Steven Drew
player, 61 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 05:02
  • msg #55

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #42):

Pausing from eating, Dawid looked at Jan and nodded wearily. Still, his face wore a ghost of a smile.

"Yes my friend, I can well imagine. Perhaps one day the wolves will roam here, too? Maybe we too should fortify ourselves inside the church, if not literally. I would do anything to deliver my people from these horrors, but it seems like all we accomplish costs so much. Were that I was a wolf myself, without conscience or mercy."

He grew more serious. "It's lucky that soldier of the Baron's we captured cooperated. I would have shot him without a thought, otherwise. Others may see this conflict as NATO vs. Warsaw Pact, fought according to the laws of war and the Geneva Convention. To me, most of who we fight are all criminals, the pirates and ruthless warlords like the Baron. I will not rest until all the wolves are dead. At least those that walk on two legs."

Drew come in, carrying Dawid's Tantal/BG-15. "Sergeant Drew! Please, come over here and have a seat. How did my weapon perform? Was it stalwart and trustworthy?"


  Drew:

Drew nods and forces a smile and takes a seat as directed.

Drew smiles at the man,

"Luckily I wasn't required to use it.  I carried it, but I used the machinegun.  So it is as you gave it.  But, I would like to clean it before returning it to you none the less.  Again, I thank you for trusting me enough to loan me your rifle."
Minh Quyen
player, 449 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 05:24
  • msg #56

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Steven Drew:
"Yer in no position ta be talkin smack chicky.  Who do ya think is gonna be changin yer dressings or the next time ya take a round or two.  Lemme tell ya a big rule of the grunts, <as he closes to her almost nose to nose> "DON'T FUCK WITH THE PEOPLE WHO YOU EXPECT TA SAVE YER LIFE!"  <he backs off and adds in a more normal tone>  "It isn't all that smart there Betty."


"That's exactly the problem. I don't expect you to do anything." she replies. "Except maybe moan and cry when people need answers or for you to work with the team."

"Who's going to change the dressing? Everyone here I've come to trust. I have no reason trust you."


Steven Drew:
"Don't ever fuckin threaten me again."


"Don't worry. You won't get a second chance." she adds.
Steven Drew
player, 62 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 05:37
  • msg #57

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker carries himself and his gear off of the tug and then follows the others to get something to eat.  Tucker adds nothing to the conversation unless he is specifically asked and looks like he can barely hold his body up and eat properly.


Drew:

  Drew will be one of the troop bringing up the rear of the group.  He sees Tucker,

"Hey, hows it goin Army?  Whats the score?" he asks trying ta be semi cheerful.
This message was last edited by the player at 06:04, Tue 10 Nov 2009.
Steven Drew
player, 63 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 05:39
  • msg #58

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz looked at Tom and Drew and said, "After food I'd like the pair of you to come with me on the tug. I don't know what we have left by way of equipment and clothes since our last encounter with refugees, but what we have is yours. You'll have your pick of what we have."



  Drew:

"Thank you.  Thank you very much." Drew says feeling very humbled.

"Thank you for hooking me up dude.  I really do apreciate it."
Steven Drew
player, 64 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 06:03
  • msg #59

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Minh Quyen:
Steven Drew:
"Yer in no position ta be talkin smack chicky.  Who do ya think is gonna be changin yer dressings or the next time ya take a round or two.  Lemme tell ya a big rule of the grunts, <as he closes to her almost nose to nose> "DON'T FUCK WITH THE PEOPLE WHO YOU EXPECT TA SAVE YER LIFE!"  <he backs off and adds in a more normal tone>  "It isn't all that smart there Betty."


"That's exactly the problem. I don't expect you to do anything." she replies. "Except maybe moan and cry when people need answers or for you to work with the team."

  Drew:

"Oh that's rich sweetheart,  I was with a team, covering the guys with my 240.  You were on your own playing Jane Wayne with those poison rounds doin your own thing.   Fuckin EM PEEs you fuckers aren't team players....oh man, hahaha what a joke."

"Who's going to change the dressing? Everyone here I've come to trust. I have no reason trust you."


"At least I haven't used weapons of mass destruction....what kind of a sick person uses em,  no sane person wants to.  I bet you felt like God."

Steven Drew:
"Don't ever fuckin threaten me again."


"Don't worry. You won't get a second chance." she adds.


  Drew pauses,

"You just fuckin did.  Just like a bitch, has ta get the last word it."

  As he eyes her wounded leg.

"Stay the fuck away from me, or I may just forget you got a fucked up leg.  Now get the fuck outa here, we got wounded ta deal with or are you that selfish you wanna finish a pissing contest and deny them treatment for your own ego."

Drew turns and returns to helping the other wounded.  He is done quibbling with a self centered woman/MP who has a need to be in control and get the last word in while it robs others of his skills.

Drew
Returning to helping the wounded
Ignoring the egocentric MP
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1421 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 06:58
  • msg #60

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid smiled as he accepted the rifle and lifchik ammo vest.

"I am glad! You are a true warrior."


Steven Drew:
  Drew pauses,

"You just fuckin did.  Just like a bitch, has ta get the last word it."


Dawid laughed at the unintentional irony. "Indeed! A true bitch always has the last word, eh?"

He smiled, non-confrontationally. "Look, Sergeant Drew, I see you are upset. No one has actually threatened you, Corporal Quyen was using what you would call a figure of speech. No one's been thrown overboard, but we have encouraged troublemakers to leave. There is little enough of a formal command structure, we can only tolerate so much dissent, even from seasoned warriors."

He held apart his hands in a mea culpa gesture.

"I have my share of complaints, but I know when to pull back, and I never make it personal with anyone. If you are going to blame anyone for the use of chemicals, I'm a representative of the true Polish government, and I advocated for employing them. I take full moral responsibility."

"You may have been asked to stay for the mean time, but to be clear you are... how shall we say... on probation?"

This message was last edited by the player at 07:08, Tue 10 Nov 2009.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1062 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 11:36
  • msg #62

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

When a chance was given, Bayer turns to Dawid and says, "Regarding that stores request I mentioned back on the tug... Secure Wick's gear and put aside the 40mm for me. Anyone need supplies should see you as soon as possible."

"What's the count on the remaining mortar bombs by the way? Any?" he asks, getting an early start on figuring out the status of the unit. Then Bayer adds, "Good shooting by the way. We almost had it at one point."

With the positive reinforcement started, Bayer continues, "Actually yes, it must be said - well done everyone. We had great odds against us today and numbers weren't the only thing not in our favor." He then looks at Mariusz and adds, "Be proud. You led your squad well."

OOC - Who is not at least partially combat capable? Only Tucker?
Tom Jones
player, 24 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 22:12
  • msg #63

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


After finishing his meal Tom returns the Ak-74su to the militia stockpile and removes the drum magazine from the captured RPK. Seeing it wont fit his own weapon he returns it to the pile.He then adds Wicks gear to the general stores when he accompanies Drew and Mariusz to the tug. He loads the 40mm grenades requested by the Captain into his pack as well as the sig pistol and holster, the ka-bar knife and the m65 jacket. The rest he adds to the weapons locker on the tug.

Once finished he thanks Mariusz and walks back to the village dropping off the grenades on the way. He then finds Dawid and asks if there is any tasks that need doing.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:45, Thu 12 Nov 2009.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1514 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 10 Nov 2009
at 22:55
  • msg #64

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer answers the Bishop after a quick mental calculation based on the head count he ensured was given before the raiding party left the objective. He then adds, "Unfortunately we were in no position to retrieve all of our dead. Hopefully on our return we will be able to scatter the enemy enough to do so."


"I don't think you should go back. Without their boats, the pirates' threat has been diminished considerably. You can't hope to win a battle of attrition with them, especially if they've been reinforced by more of Czarny's men. I would have hoped our dead could receive a proper Catholic burial but it is not worth losing more men to bring back their bodies. He will understand."

He crosses himself before continuing,

"We need you more here. The weapons you captured will help equip more of the militia but most of them still need more training. Our defenses could also use your professionally trained eye. You have a combat engineer among you? Please, I wouldn't presume to try to order you to do- or not to do- anything. But I really think another the risks of another trip to the pirate camp outweigh the potential rewards."
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:56, Tue 10 Nov 2009.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1064 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 11 Nov 2009
at 10:23
  • msg #65

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Cap'n Rae:
"Our defenses could also use your professionally trained eye. You have a combat engineer among you? "


Nodding to Quyen, Bayer says, "We have a skilled combat engineer yes." Then motioning to Tucker and Dawid, he continues, "And as you've seen earlier, my NCOs have more than sufficient expertise in small unit cadre training for the men who will man those defenses."

After a brief pause Bayer taps the table lightly and says, "If you don't want us to further harass the pirates, then I will make no objection to that. I can settle with the current situation. However, I am still very concerned about recovering some of our gear... particularly an automatic grenade launcher weapon and its ammo, among other things."

"That won't interfere with us here. We will still be able to assist you with a defensive plan." he adds.

Bayer isn't interested in arguing his concerns with the Bishop. If the man still objects, Bayer will leave it how it is for now. Changing the subject he asks, "That trader. The one with the camel. Do you know of his whereabouts, or when he is expected to return?"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1517 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 11 Nov 2009
at 16:01
  • msg #66

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Konrad Bayer:
Cap'n Rae:
"Our defenses could also use your professionally trained eye. You have a combat engineer among you? "


Nodding to Quyen, Bayer says, "We have a skilled combat engineer yes." Then motioning to Tucker and Dawid, he continues, "And as you've seen earlier, my NCOs have more than sufficient expertise in small unit cadre training for the men who will man those defenses."


"Excellent." He addresses Quyen. "I would like you to look over the map of our defensive perimeter and make suggestions. If you can ride, I could even give you a tour of all of our established defensive positions."

Konrad Bayer:
After a brief pause Bayer taps the table lightly and says, "If you don't want us to further harass the pirates, then I will make no objection to that. I can settle with the current situation. However, I am still very concerned about recovering some of our gear... particularly an automatic grenade launcher weapon and its ammo, among other things."


The Bishop frowns slightly, "Your automatic grenade launcher may have damaged during the battle. Or it could be gone when you get there. And, without protective gear... I have seen what VX does to a man. I will say no more but I don't think you should return to that hornet's nest for so small a thing. It is, however, your perogative. Please think on my words."

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer isn't interested in arguing his concerns with the Bishop. If the man still objects, Bayer will leave it how it is for now. Changing the subject he asks, "That trader. The one with the camel. Do you know of his whereabouts, or when he is expected to return?"


"Jupyzyk 'the Gypsy'? He's still here. His camel is sick, he says." He chuckles softly. "I can't keep a straight face when I say it. I think he wanted to stay to until the assault force returned. He's got another trip planned, I believe. Would you like to speak to him? I can send for him or Lukasz can take you to his 'warehouse'.

The Bishop's smile evaporates quickly. When he continues, his tone is solemn.

"There is one more thing. I'm not sure how to say this- there's been so much loss today, already... Your comrade, Kasparov, he died last night. The sisters did everything they could for him but they could not save him. I'm sorry."
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:36, Wed 11 Nov 2009.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1518 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 11 Nov 2009
at 16:32
  • msg #67

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Sunday, Oct. 15
1700hrs.
43F
Clear skies
Slight breeze from the NE
Gora Kalwaria, Poland


The day passes slowly and quietly. It is warmer than it has been for weeks. The team is free to come and go as they please. In the late afternoon, as the temperature begins to drop again, a funeral mass [in absentia] is held for the fallen in the open square in front one of the town's churches. Most of the town, it seems, is packed into the square in order to pay their respects. Looking out over the crowd, it is surprising how many unescorted (i.e. single) women there are in the town's population. The males, a minority in Gora-Kalwaria, are mostly quite young or rather old. The fruit of the town's manhood serves in the militia, and the loss of even a dozen fighters represents a significant fraction of Gora-Kalwaria's masculinity.

The party walks back to their lodgings in a subdued mood, stopped a few times by grateful townspeople. They also catch a couple of accusing glares. Dinner is served early.

OOC: This would be a good time to discuss the group's near future plans, IC. The town clearly needs you. With the pirates hold over the Vistula broken, Adam is eager to return to Warsaw in search of his family. The town is open for your PCs to explore and you are free to interact with its people. I don't want to script things too much but there may be a couple of setpiece encounters.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:34, Wed 11 Nov 2009.
Tom Jones
player, 26 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Wed 11 Nov 2009
at 20:21
  • msg #68

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom sets up the RPK and field strips the weapon beginning a through examination and clean. He tops off all his magazines (-96 from stores)and puts them into his chest rig. He then slings the weapon and heads off to find Dawid.

So whats the plan chief, are we going back ? Would'nt mind ending this for good. We should bring along one of the prisoners get some on the ground info where stuff was and where they stored the ammo for it ?

I could go and "persuade" it out of them now if you like ?

Tom looks towards the Polish NCO, a slight smile on his face Dawid does get the impression he is deadly serious.

Or we could hit the group that camel guys been trading with ? What where they Russian ? Did they get the equipment from the party on the other side that hit the mortars, should be an easy walk to get that stuff ?
This message was last edited by the player at 20:33, Wed 11 Nov 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1423 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 12 Nov 2009
at 03:31
  • msg #69

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #62):

"Kapitan, of the 82mm ammunition, there is one fragmentation round remaining. Two phosphor. Two anti-armour."

"We now have five 100mm anti-armour rounds for the MT-12, and one fragmentation. No anti-tank."

"When I say "anti-armour", I mean the explosive shaped-charge rounds, not the solid anti-armour shot."

"And Kaptian, it was my pleasure to provide what assistance I could. We eked out a slim victory today, and I'm glad I could assist those of you in the line of fire the best I could. Were it only that we could recover more 82mm ammuition!"


Dawid secured Wicks' gear, and handed over the grenades. He then checked if anyone needed western 40mm grenades, passing on to Konrad that Tuck might need some replacement rounds.

When it came to what was going to happen, he had two things to say.

"We left those bandits unmolested to the south of town. They were murdering travellers, leaving their bodies to rot in the ditches. Anyone who's staying, I would suggest that's some unfinished business that needs to be taken care of, if there's going to be any trade in that direction."

Dawid sighed, looking close to tears.

"I kind of would like to continue on to Warszawa with Adam. My sister is there... dead or alive, I need to find out what happened to her. She's also the person I'm assigned to make contact with. I have a duty to carry out my orders for the Polish Home Army."

"It is with a heavy heart I say this... it's been an honour and a pleasure to travel with you all. If we part ways now, it will be with heavy heart, as you are all my friends and comrades."

This message was last edited by the player at 23:28, Thu 12 Nov 2009.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 690 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 12 Nov 2009
at 04:20
  • msg #70

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tucker listened to Dawid give his farewell speach and the only thing that went through his mind was, "Good riddance scumbag!"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1425 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 12 Nov 2009
at 07:01
  • msg #71

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #70):

Dawid grinned as he looked in Tucker's beady bloodshot eyes, somehow reading his cheap and greasy thoughts. Fuck you Tucker, you completely worthless shit-for-brains asshole! I hope you can read my thoughts! But you can't, because thoughts and thinking is alien to someone like you.

He said aloud, "hey Tucker, great sailing with you, you are a true hero! Until we meet again, my friend."

Dawid continued thinking, if I do, Tucker my "friend", you'll still be sitting on your lazy ass like you always do. At that point, for a pack of cigarettes, you can suck my dick before I slap you around and put your bony ass on the street as my whore! Good thing I'm thinking this and not saying it aloud, or else there would be trouble! Ah, who am I kidding? He's got no balls whatsoever!

Seemingly amused by some private thought, Dawid began laughing uproariously as he looked at Tucker, then turned away to light a cigarette
Steven Drew
player, 65 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Thu 12 Nov 2009
at 08:04
  • msg #72

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Drew:

  Drew comes back with some new weapons in addition to the borrowed AK.  He scrounges up some rags and goes to work doing a thurough cleaning of the weapons.  He has what looks like a small arsenal before him.  His soft cover tipped up, a cigarette hanging in his lips as he works intently with a old toothbrush scrubbing away the carbon on an AKs gas piston.

 "Fucken commies....damn pollacks don't even know how ta keep their weapons clean....lazy bastards."  Drew is talking and swearing at no one in particular.  But he seems content.  As the saying goes, "when troops are bitching they are happy....or at least content."

  Drew finishes with the peice and he runs a rag through the guts of the reciever before punching the bore and looking through it.  He makes a face as he looks down the barrel with one eye.  Muttering,

"Nope." and he runs a cleaning rod through the barrel once more.  After a couple more minutes of cleaning, he runs the rag through the trigger guard and in less than a minute of clicking and popping the weapon is reassembled.  Drew sets the weapon atop a rag to keep it clean.

  Drew still has the M240, he disassembles the weapon once more.  Again like before he inspects each peice as it comes off.  Setting it in order.  When the weapon is totaly broken down he will begin to again inspect and clean each piece.  This weapon he spends much more time on.  To those observing they are learning all kinds of new swear words as he cleans off cacked carbon.  And they come out in very colorful strings when he finds pockets of dirt and carbon and unburnt powder.  The crux of his swearing usualy has to do with a lazy son of a whore who is illegitimate who preforms fellacio.  That is the one term that seems to echos quite frequently from the stern of the boat where Drew has set up shop.

  He spends the better part of the afternoon cleaning the weapons.  When he is done he will return them to his berth.  Then he will return the AK/BG to Dawid before he departs.

  "There ya go, clean as a whistle.  Good luck and thanks."

  As he watches the man depart.  Staring after him.

Sgt Drew
Sitting on the fantale of the ship watching people go.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1427 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 12 Nov 2009
at 08:44
  • msg #73

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Accepting the Tantal, Dawid pulled back the bolt and checked the chamber with a critical eye and a slight frown, then smiled.

"Uh... thanks, and you are most welcome! A most fine job, absolute perfection, you're a real natural at this! Pardon me, I have some other maintenance to perform."

Tsking jovially, he expertly and quickly broke down the Tantal and BG-1, making sure it was up to to standard. After, he cleaned the Vasilek and Rapira, as well as the RPD, whistling contently all the while.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:26, Thu 12 Nov 2009.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 162 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 12 Nov 2009
at 14:02
  • msg #74

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Jan approached the Bishop. "Until we leave, I am willing to train with your Militia, sir. I like to see them train first, to see how I can best help."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 524 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 12 Nov 2009
at 17:04
  • msg #75

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Griet looked at her father and then over to the tug boat. She sighed at the enormity of what they still had to do. They had a boat with more holes in it than there should be and very little in the way to protect it and they had just made an enemy of the biggest dog in Warsaw.

Now they had to put their head into the lion's mouth and try to facilitate a rescue of people they didn't even know were still alive. She spoke to her father quietly, "I'll return to the Queen and get her ready for the journey to Warsaw."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1065 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 12:42
  • msg #76

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Bayer was torn. Adam was his and the team's employer and up until this moment had always campaigned for keeping everyone focused on that fact. But now, with the Captain wishing to draw anchor, his own priorities were kicking in. "Captain... Adam. Please consider. I know we are close. But I insist we stay a while here. To recover and rebuild ourselves. And to gather information about Warsaw and surrounding places before stepping blindly. Don't let your feelings cloud tactical judgment." He didn't think it would have any effort on the man, but could let things go without something said. Bayer then looks at Griet for support, despite the realization she'd be going with him no matter what. "Griet?" he asks.

After Adam responds, Bayer tests the waters with the rest of the team. Dawid had family issues in Warsaw too, but wanted to feel out the rest of the group's thoughts. Although he was tired of this nomadic lifestyle and realized the need to rebuild the fighting ability of the team... Bayer would ultimately go where most of the others went. "Jan...Tom... who else?" he inquires aloud.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:42, Sat 14 Nov 2009.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 693 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 12:50
  • msg #77

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #76):

"Wouldn't mind staying a bit here boss."
This message was last edited by the player at 13:08, Sat 14 Nov 2009.
Minh Quyen
player, 451 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 13:04
  • msg #78

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Konrad Bayer:
"Jan...Tom... who else?" he inquires aloud.


Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Wouldn't mind staying a bit her boss."


Quyen shook her head slowly, for either decision she made would make her feel like a traitor to the other. But the Hauptmann was right. Adam was acting on emotion fueled impulse. And regardless of the strong loyalties she had to both of them, survival was always the most important thing. Adam had very likely saved her life pulling her out of that village so many miles back up the river, so her throat burned as she made up her mind.

Following Tuck's reply, Quyen nods her head at Konrad and says quietly, "I will stay."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 525 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 14:53
  • msg #79

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"I'll stick with my father," Griet said sadly, "but I think that pushing on now will be difficult. Our security force looks like it's breaking apart, we have little ammunition for any heavy guns that you decide to leave with us and we've pissed of this warlord in Warsaw. Taking the Krowola downstream in these circumstances seems to be suicidal."

She looked at her father, "It would be more sensible to let a few of us try to get into Warsaw to see if there's anyone there to rescue. If there are, then we could plan something. Now, you'll know I'll follow you wherever, but if we go now, I hope you won't let those bastards take me alive when they overwhelm us."
'Old' Adam Rataj
NPC, 76 posts
Polish (NPC)
Captain of the Queen
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 17:16
  • msg #80

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


"You are right, of course. You have fought hard these last days and you all need rest. It is just... we are so close and I have waited so long. But what is a couple more days? The tug needs some repairs and maintainance, anyway. I will wait. Does 72 hours sound reasonable?"

Adam looks and sounds somewhat crestfallen. But, he has shown himself to be a wise man and he clearly sees the wisdom of Konrad's suggestion.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:07, Sat 14 Nov 2009.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1519 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 18:06
  • msg #81

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Monday, Oct. 16th
0800hrs.
40F
Clear skies
Gora Kalwaria, Poland


The day dawns clear, bright, and warm. The whole party gets an entire, uninterrupted night's sleep. Breakfast is served at eight in the parish hall.

At the Bishop's bequest, the merchant, Jupyzyk, makes an appearance. As he helps himself to some eggs on toast he explains,

"I'm headed back to Kozienice. You did well bringing back guns for the militia, but they need to zero them and practice their marksmanship and you need ammunition for that. I doubt even I can prise more ammo from the army garrison there, but I've got to try. Have you got anything they might want badly enought to part with it?

"After that, I'm thinking of heading to Warsaw. The Bishop and I have been going back and forth about it. I don't think this Baron knows anything about my little company. I'm hoping I can maybe get some information. A couple of smoked hams would be well worth it, methinks. The Bishop doesn't want us to end up as slaves, though. He's made some persuasive arguments. We'll see. First things first. The trip to Kozienice is no longer routine, if you take my meaning. The bandits didn't catch us in the snow and rain on this last trip. This weather is much nicer today but it does complicate things. Do you think your doctor could look at Cleo? Her cough isn't getting any better."


After breakfast, the party has the run of the town. The townspeople seem very relaxed. The few fields around the town that have been cleared of mines have also been harvested of their fall crops. Teenaged shephards graze their sheep and goats on the stubble emerging from the rapidly melting snow (only a few patches remain here and there in the shadows). A couple of wood gathering parties (under armed guard, of course) leave the relative safety of the town's defensive perimeter to gather fuel for the coming winter. A construction team works on repairing or demolishing damaged buildings. The newly armed militia familiarize themselves with their new weapons.

Adam and his crew begin conducting repairs on the Krolowa down at the town pier.

You feel pleasantly full and well rested. It's a beautiful day.

Next Moves?

OOC: This round isn't very structured so you need to be proactive if you want to participate. Otherwise, I'll assume your PC is just lounging around, taking it easy. That's fine, though. Ya'll have earned a break.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 589 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 19:23
  • msg #82

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Despite the rigours of the day, Mariusz picked lightly at his food and rubbed the bruise on his chest thoughtfully.

He pulled out the collection of crucifixes, crosses and Stars of David that he'd collected over the last few years, his mother and father's were the first and now he added the one that Brother Stanislaw had given to Kasparov on their first meeting. Five more had been added to the chain since he'd joined the Krowola, with a total of thirteen of the crew or security unit dead.

Tears stung his eyes and the silver chain dug deeply into the flesh of his fist. He listened to the talk around him. Seventy two hours, a reprieve of sorts, maybe the deaths that those days would have brought on their journey would be avoided, or they might merely be averted.

He lowered his head, not far from the Eastern bank of the river was the road that he'd buried his parents beside. Now, he needed to attend to the graves of yet more comrades and loved ones.

He stood up and walked slowly to the cemetary.
Steven Drew
player, 66 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sat 14 Nov 2009
at 19:48
  • msg #83

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Drew:

  Drew with the MP5 hanging on his shoulder and for once in clean camies and boots that are clean but in need of polish is seen inspecting the boat and its gun enplacements.  He will inspect the damage that it has sustained and what kinds of protection for the key funtions and positions they can implement.

  He will pay particular attention to the positions of the guns and mortars, inspecting them and even running their traversing and elevation mechanisms to ensure they are functioning.  He will check for the mask and overheard clearing of the guns.  And note the dead spaces as well as areas that can be armored or sandbagged or protected with logs or timbers.

  Drew next will inspect the fire prevention systems.  Fire hoses, ensuring they are not battle damaged or rotten.  And make notes for filled barrels and buckets as well.

  Drew will then go below to the sickbay and look for Anneka,

"Soleblume,  hey Soleblume." he will call,

"I'm trying ta put together a med kit for when we go ashore our people aren't left without aid until they make it back ta the ship.  Got anything ya can spare?  I'll take bandages and tournequettes and alcohol if thats all ya got."  Drew will also inspect the sickbay and make sure they have distilled water <which should be easy since the vessels engine could produce it.>

  After Drew has inspected the ship, he will beging on helping repair some of the battle damage.  If anyone has started already he will find out what they are doing and lend a hand.

Drew, MP-5
Inspecting and repairing battle damage
This message was last edited by the player at 20:32, Sat 14 Nov 2009.
Tom Jones
player, 27 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sun 15 Nov 2009
at 07:38
  • msg #84

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Looking between the Captain and Dawid, Tom was glad to hear of the delay. Even though he was largely unscathed from the last conflict he need some down time. Turning to the Captain he asks.

Sir could we mount a recon mission of the area where the mortars where attacked maybe find some of the enemy forces equipment and keep some eyes on the pirate camp from a fairly safe distance from the gas ? or we could mount an attack on the bandits Dawid mentioned"

I'm happy to go if there are other volunteers.
This message was last edited by the player at 07:54, Sun 15 Nov 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1429 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 15 Nov 2009
at 08:32
  • msg #85

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Tom Jones (msg #84):

Dawid had spent the rest of the previous evening cleaning and maintaining the Queen's weapons, get reacquainted with her crew.

He also made a point of hanging around Mariusz. Although Mari was a damn fine fighter and fearless, he was also a boy and not a trained soldier. Even his experiences as a Solidarnosc partisan he had been protected by the close cameraderie of the guerrilla band and of course the wisdom of Brother Switek. That was long gone now, and he was worried that the westerners, while generous enough, still occasionally tended to look down upon the Poles and treat them sometimes as outsiders or even inferiors, often without meaning. Mariusz probably could use someone closer to his age to talk to, to relate to. So many Poles had lost their lives in the war. The tragedy was, those that remained risked losing their souls. Especially the young and sensitive like Mariusz.

"Tom, I think that's an excellent idea. As well, we need to secure more 82mm ammunition. I volunteer as well. Does anyone know how long the poison gas remains effective?"

"But someone's gotta go with the merchant up the road! There's a pack of bandits in that goddamn town we stayed in. This is the fourth or fifth time I've brought this up!"

This message was last edited by the player at 08:58, Sun 15 Nov 2009.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 526 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 15 Nov 2009
at 10:43
  • msg #86

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Once the work on the boat was well under way, Griet sought out Bayer to talk to him. She looked at him over a steaming cup of parched wheat grain tea and said, "OK, we have several tasks to achieve and not much time to do it in. I've put some thought into it and I have the following suggestions for your consideration."

She sipped the tea and winced at the bitter taste, at least it was hot, "The crew of the tug have the repairs in hand and aren't likely to need much help, that leaves the training of the militia, aiding the merchant and getting some sort of recon under way."

She swirled the tea around watching the burnt grounds twist and spin at the bottom of the cup, honey would be nice, "We're not going to get much training done in three days so I'd suggest the following: we set up a series of talks and demonstrations for the militia, I'd say that you and Anneka could lecture on small unit tactics and fire observation, Dawid on heavier weapons, Mihn on booby traps and fortification and Ondar on small arms."

She sipped some more tea, "That way there's a chance something might stick in a few days, you might also want to suggest to Bishop that if they have any teachers in town, they might want to train up their best troops in instruction so as to keep up training when we leave."

"That leaves Mariusz, Stoner, Jan and Drew to work with the merchant. As for recon, the militia may be able to help us there."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 694 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 15 Nov 2009
at 17:34
  • msg #87

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tucker takes every minute of that uninterupted sleep that night and wakes up feeling a lot better after he washes up and takes a couple of minor pain relievers to try and comfort his sore muscles and arms.  He changes uniforms and puts the dirty one to the side and gingerly puts on his shoulder holster with his Colt Python and two spare sppedloaders, lighter and a cigar before he heads off for breakfast.

Tucker will eat and excuse himself when he is done (unless someone talks to him) and then goes to find a place where he can just sit and relax, smoking one of his cigars in peace.  He doesn't try to hide and will actually call out for Knorad if he does see him in passing.
Tom Jones
player, 28 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sun 15 Nov 2009
at 23:22
  • msg #88

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom turns to discuss the next course of action with Dawid.

"Well I’m happy to help with either; hopefully they didn’t retrieve the small arms from the dead on their retreat to the boat. Sounds like the mortar group hit them hard so maybe we will get lucky."

"As for the bandits a small group attacking during the night shouldn’t have any trouble, and then maybe they could go with the merchant to access the strength of the unit he trades with, see if they could be hit."

"We should also re-interview the captives for a more accurate picture to the location of the 120mm and 82mm morters in the pirate camp and where the ammunition for these systems was stored."
Minh Quyen
player, 452 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 16 Nov 2009
at 12:54
  • msg #89

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Quyen spent the first part of the morning, disassembling the various demolition charges. All of the tools, explosives, wiring, and other components were returned to the chest and stowed back aboard the tug's armory.

With this self appointed task complete, she limped back to where her gear was stowed and cleaned her rifle. If given another job to do, she'll reassemble the AK74 get on it.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1066 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 16 Nov 2009
at 14:29
  • msg #90

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Bayer sat at the table, wearing only his uniform. His gear was stowed in one corner of the room, relieving him of the aching burden of his heavy Kevlar and tactical vest. With only his sidearm, he eventually arrived at to breakfast after purposely rising 'late'.

He listens to people's ideas, but says little, opting to stare in silence at his food as the suggestions register in his mind. He was grateful... no... shocked, that Adam gave in, but three days was still too short for what he had in mind. Nevertheless, he didn't complain and he put on his best 'appreciation' face. After all it was still better than watching him sail off on his suicide run.

...he snaps his attention back to the ideas being thrown around. Bayer then says quietly, "Yes. Five times it is Dawid. But noted and supported."

Following breakfast he has little else to say for the moment. Unit maintenance and admin was still underway and there was still time for the proposals to sink in. Intercepted first by Griet, he replies, "Reasonable. There are many things I'd like to get done here in town, and yet so little time. Come around in an hour or two for a quasi warning order." He then adds, "Oh. And thanks for speaking up about delaying heading to Warsaw."

After returning to the billet, Bayer approaches Tucker who calls him over. After a short discussion, he returns to the main quarters.

Once the majority of the team returned from their duties, he says, "Alright. I've heard a few proposals already, but before any are considered, lets have one last opportunity for suggestions. I haven't yet heard from everyone who usually speaks up during times like this. We've got three days at best... and a great deal of work ahead of us."

He was particularly thinking of a timetable for completing the following objectives:
-Eliminate the bandits
-Recover the AGS and any other spoils (like 82mm) at the pirate camp
-Give some basic lessons to the militia
-Recce the pirates
This message was last edited by the player at 14:30, Mon 16 Nov 2009.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 695 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 16 Nov 2009
at 23:22
  • msg #91

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Konrad Bayer:
After returning to the billet, Bayer approaches Tucker who calls him over. After a short discussion, he returns to the main quarters.

Tucker stands up when konrad comes over begore they start conversing.
Steven Drew
player, 68 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 17 Nov 2009
at 06:29
  • msg #92

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Tom Jones (msg #84):

<Blue>"Tom, I think that's an excellent idea. As well, we need to secure more 82mm ammunition. I volunteer as well. Does anyone know how long the poison gas remains effective?"

/Blue>


Drew will interject:

"Forever.  But with the wind, the moisture and concentration not long.  A couple days, a week.  But anything in the AO would still need ta be deconed.  We ain't gotta worry about kickin up dust so if we go in with waders and gloves we should be good ta go.  Its kinda like "RAID" Bug spray.  Besides, they are binary rounds, they need the spin of firing ta arm and mix right and I doubt that happened so I bet their effectiveness is less than normal.  Of course, I could be wrong."
Steven Drew
player, 69 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 17 Nov 2009
at 06:52
  • msg #93

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Konrad Bayer:
Once the majority of the team returned from their duties, he says, "Alright. I've heard a few proposals already, but before any are considered, lets have one last opportunity for suggestions. I haven't yet heard from everyone who usually speaks up during times like this. We've got three days at best... and a great deal of work ahead of us."

He was particularly thinking of a timetable for completing the following objectives:
-Eliminate the bandits
-Recover the AGS and any other spoils (like 82mm) at the pirate camp
-Give some basic lessons to the militia
-Recce the pirates


Drew will speak up;

"Well cheif, I see we got three main things.  Repair and uparm the ship.  Prep the townies as best we can.  And get intel on the hostiles."   as he holds up three fingers.

  "I suggest we put those folks to work who are best suited to those tasks.  I can work on the boat and lend a hand with the townsfolk.  I think we need to get a cadre together of the most able townies so they can work on training their own, and they work with our cadre so they can both work on putting a plan together, or training schedule."

  Drew pauses,

  "With the time we got we gotta use the KISS method.  So teach em the basics, some basic team organization and team formations, fire and manuver and covering your buddy as you move.  I got alot of time on the range, I can spend a couple hours with em working on snapping in and aiming and developing muscle memory and combar reloads and stuff, we can do that anytime.  Maybe toss in some basic first aid too.  I suggest we break em into squads for training ta make it easier for the cadre.  That's just my idea on the subject cheif."

  Drew will return to the 82mm where he will be familiarizing himself with the gun.

Drew, MP-5
Weapons familiarizarion with the 82mm, later the 120mm
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1430 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 17 Nov 2009
at 10:10
  • msg #94

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Konrad Bayer:
...he snaps his attention back to the ideas being thrown around. Bayer then says quietly, "Yes. Five times it is Dawid. But noted and supported."

He was particularly thinking of a timetable for completing the following objectives:
-Eliminate the bandits
-Recover the AGS and any other spoils (like 82mm) at the pirate camp
-Give some basic lessons to the militia
-Recce the pirates


He laughed. "Thank you, Kapitan! I still remember passing by the bodies of those travelers, thrown in the ditch."

"I am happy to assist with whatever is needed, and I am happy to sail with Adam, not go at once."


Dawid nodded his thanks to Drew. "I believe the gas was deployed so storage time is not a factor, and it's clear that due to the nature of deployment the dispersal and binary activation would not be the same as the binary artillery rounds I am familiar with using."

"My question was specifically what kind of agent it was, and what are the characteristics? If it's a NATO compound, those tended to not be as persistent as  our agents. Decontamination is probably wise under any circumstances."

Konrad Bayer
player, 1067 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 17 Nov 2009
at 10:47
  • msg #95

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"My question was specifically what kind of agent it was, and what are the characteristics? If it's a NATO compound, those tended to not be as persistent as  our agents. Decontamination is probably wise under any circumstances."</Blue>


Bayer replies, "NATO. VX rounds. Persistent. A mostly liquid exposure agent... especially with the cold temperatures we're having. Direct skin contact is the biggest concern now."

"Even with the facilities we have here, decontamination of equipment that has been abandoned at the site is not a problem. That's why I want us to collect our AGS. I'd prefer a proper protective suit for those who attempt to recover the gear, but waders and other civilian gear may have to do."

He then asks, "Any more suggestion on the general concept? Seems everyone is pretty much saying the same thing."
Tom Jones
player, 29 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Wed 18 Nov 2009
at 02:39
  • msg #96

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)



"One last thing, seems there is an armoured grave yard on the other side of the bridge, one of the militia mentioned it. Maybe a good place to look for additional armour for the town emplacements and the tug, hatches, ramps and the like. Would make good bunkers if we could somehow get a couple of APC’s across the river."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 696 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 18 Nov 2009
at 02:56
  • msg #97

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #95):

Tucker takes another pull from his cigar continuing to talk to Konrad.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1252 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Wed 18 Nov 2009
at 05:39
  • msg #98

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Anneka had been completely swamped after the battle tending to the wounded. So busy she'd not even found the time to change her clothing until nearly dusk, let alone contribute to planning for the coming days.
Steven Drew:
Drew will then go below to the sickbay and look for Anneka,
"Soleblume, hey Soleblume." he will call,

"I'm trying ta put together a med kit for when we go ashore our people aren't left without aid until they make it back ta the ship.  Got anything ya can spare?  I'll take bandages and tournequettes and alcohol if thats all ya got."

Major Soleblume's almost angelic face crinkled into a frown.
”That would be “ma’am” to you Sergeant...”

Medical supplies was another reason she was frowning, or more to the point, the lack of them.

"All we have are a few oral pain reliever, sedative and antibiotic tablets. Bandages and almost everything else are in short supply."

All they really had was a few first aid kits scattered about the tug and the larger bags both Stoner and herself routinely carried.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Does anyone know how long the poison gas remains effective?"

"Days...weeks..." she shrugged.
"It depends on the weather and about a thousand other factors."
Griet Niewiadomska:
"We're not going to get much training done in three days so I'd suggest the following: we set up a series of talks and demonstrations for the militia, I'd say that you and Anneka could lecture on small unit tactics and fire observation...."

An eyebrow cocked.

"Are you sure a medic would be the best person to teach that?"
Besides, she had half a towns menfolk to nurse back to health before they left...
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1431 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 18 Nov 2009
at 09:26
  • msg #99

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Anneka Soleblume (msg #98):

"Major, I guess you could set up some kind of clinic for the people in town and outlying areas. It won't be a lot with the need to conserve supplies, but it may be more medical care than they've gotten for months, or years."
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
NPC, 345 posts
HM2 (E-5)
US Navy
Thu 19 Nov 2009
at 13:40
  • msg #100

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

While content with the performance of the Soviet built AK-74 and grenade launcher he'd been carrying since joining the unit, Kasparov's untimely demise freed up a better weapon in the form of the Australian built Steyr AUG and it's underbarrel M203.
So, after a thorough cleaning of the AK, he traded it in for the AUG, it's six plastic magazines and as many of the 40mm grenades as he could find.

"Anybody know where that British lieutenants grenade vest went?"* he called, wanting something a little better than normal ammo pouches to put the grenades in.

Much of his time after the usual post battle routine was spent assisting with the wounded. There was little time for idle chat as long as even one person remained in danger of infection or other complications.


* Wicks
This message was last edited by the player at 13:57, Thu 19 Nov 2009.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1070 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 19 Nov 2009
at 17:24
  • msg #101

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Bayer begins by laying out a simple and brief framework for the team to get focused. Following the general plan that everyone seemed to be in agreement to, he left out specific instructions, leaving the team commander's to conduct their mission as they see fit. He announces, "Alright. Listen for you names and your tasking for today..."

"Doctor Solemblume, Stoner, and Drew - setup a medical aid station and provide some professional help for the townsfolk. Include the wounded from battle in this any whatever else you can help with."

"Dawid, Jan, Jones, Mariusz and myself - training cadre for Day 1. Divide yourselves up for lessons on individual field craft, small arms handling, and fire control. I'll be taking the militia's leadership aside and running them through coordination and small unit tactics."

"Tucker, Minh, and Ondar - you're on light duties for today. Help out where you can but recovering is the real priority. You'll be taking over the instruction cadre tomorrow while the bandits are dealt with (weapons, small unit tactics, and improvised fortifications & obstacles). Some easy duties for today could be getting together equipment for recovering the gear at the gas site... protective clothing and detergents for decontamination. Another suggestion is gathering intelligence for us from HUMINT sources. And a third suggestion is checking out the armored graveyard for suitable salvage."


He left out Griet, assuming she already knew she would be helping on the tug.

General Timetable:
Day 1 - training / medical services / recover (random duties)
Day 2 - training / recce camp + recover gear
Day 3 - training / eliminate bandits (taking along the militia for OJT and to summarize the completion of their training).
This message was last edited by the player at 17:28, Thu 19 Nov 2009.
Tom Jones
player, 30 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Thu 19 Nov 2009
at 19:55
  • msg #102

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Jones turns to stoner "I put the vest in the weapons locker; all the grenades are with the Captain. If there’s nothing more I'll get started."

He then moves off towards the training grounds. He intends to take the militia armed with the LSW's and machine guns and concentrate his time with them.

He will cover maintenance, deployment and tactics. Given that several of the militia will be using the newly recovered weapons from the raid he will focus on the basics trying to get their confidence up.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1434 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 20 Nov 2009
at 09:22
  • msg #103

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #101):

Dawid explained to Stoner and Jones, "Kapitan Bayer wanted the 40mm ammunition from LT Wicks' grenade vest. He probably has the HE rounds."

After listening to Konrad, Dawid nodded. "That shouldn't be too hard to arrange. I'd prefer fire control, but we'll see what Jan, Tom, and Mariusz want to handle."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1071 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 20 Nov 2009
at 11:09
  • msg #104

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Bayer wanders over to his piled gear and rummages through the utility pouch. He hands Stoner a handful of 40mm grenades. "Here." he says. "Anyone else?"

OOC - Handing off to Stoner...
5x 40mm HE
2x 40mm APERS Buckshot

Cap'n Rae
GM, 1522 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 21 Nov 2009
at 01:14
  • msg #105

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Monday, Oct. 16th
1200hrs.
49F
Clear skies
Gora Kalwaria, Poland


The training cadre puts in a good, hard morning's work, trying to push the militia beyond static defense and light patrolling. It's slow going. Those among the militia with military experience (these are mostly former rear echelon and service support types) catch on quickly; those without take longer to grasp even basic small unit tactics. Morale among the troops is hard to gauge. There seems to be some lingering pride in the veteran groups' demolition of the well armed river pirates but that pride is tempered by still-fresh grief at the loss in so many of their best fighters. The seed of doubt is there. If nearly a dozen veteran warriors can be killed in a fight with marauders, what chance does a group of REMFs and over/underage civilians stand, especially if a vengeful Baron leans his full weight on the town? Konrad, supervising a group of trainees, feels uncharacteristically fatigued. He's also developing a cough. A faint rattling sound eminates from his chest with every deep breath.

In the town's hospital- a dormitory wing of a large convent- Anneka, Stoner, and Drew do what they can for the wounded militia and the town's civilian infirm. The sisters on duty there have nothing in the way of proper medicines. Without functioning central heating, the patients are kept warm by a series of wood-burning stoves which have been installed at intervals in the long room. The sisters do their best, keeping the patients warm and well fed, and providing psychological and spiritual comfort to the sick and injured. Besides the ache in her left leg, Minh is also beginning to suffer from a cough. A quick check of her temperature indicates a low fever.

By lunchtime, the Krolowa's crew have completed the repairs of the hole bored through her hull by a pirate RPG. After a brief break and a quick bite to eat, they begin cleaning up her topsides, chipping away spots of rust and preparing to spread a fresh coat of paint over the scoring and blast damage from a trio of 23mm HE hits to the forward superstructure, as well as scores of bullet impact points. Just behind the rythmic pinging of metal on metal, a low, steady thrum begins to grow. Eyes turn to the sky...

The conspicuously foreign sound rolls like a huge wave across the town, moving slowly from south to north. It is quickly joined by the cries of children. Windows throughout the town are filled by the curious and the concerned, straining to catch a glimpse of the source of the familiar yet vaguely remembered noise. Looking skyward  to the southeast, you see a large biplane off in the distance. Most of you recognize it as an AN-2 "Colt". It is painted matte grey and, throught binnoculars, you can just make out the white and red checkerboard of the Polish Airforce painted on its fuselage and tail. It moves slowly across the sky, following the line of the Vistula a couple of miles to the east of the river. It can't be flying at more than 5000 feet. As it proceeds north, passing the town, it seems to descend. After several minutes, the slow-flying aircraft is out of sight. If it was a collective halucination, it was a damn vivid one.

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:16, Sat 21 Nov 2009.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 527 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 21 Nov 2009
at 16:42
  • msg #106

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Stupid radio, Griet cursed to herself as she tried to get the damned thing warmed up, never ready when you want it, always needs coaxing, just like a goddamned man...

The biplane was moving away as she got the machine working, she tried the Polish emergency channel and got no response. She paused for a moment and cursed again, she wished she'd paid more attention in the theory classes she'd been through, she stuck her head out of the deck house door and yelled, "Can anyone remember the damned Polish Air Force channels?"

As she waited for an answer she flicked back to the emergency channel, hoping that the craft was still in range and might just be monitoring channels, "Unidentified Polish Aircraft flying above Gora Kalwaria, this is the Krowala Vistula, please identify yourself."

She frowned, trying to ignore the odds that the craft was either a spotter for the Black Baron or the authorities at Lublin. They'd gunned one fly bird down before really establishing if it was a friend or a foe, at least this time the pilot would have a chance to declare themselves friendly.
Minh Quyen
player, 453 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 21 Nov 2009
at 19:22
  • msg #107

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Quyen hangs around the little hospital for most of the morning, keeping off her leg. As much as she would have liked to get out and get some easy jobs done, she ended up getting nothing accomplished but rest.

As noon approached she began to scribble down some basic field fortification, obstacles, and booby-trap diagrams for tomorrow's lessons. Noticing the doctor pass by she briefly talks to her and carries on drawing and labeling.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 590 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 21 Nov 2009
at 20:07
  • msg #108

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz had done his best to show the militia troops how to stay alive in combat during the morning training session, but he noticed that many were, what would the British call it? Rather windy, that was it. He pushed his broth around listlessly at lunchtime and barely noticed the subtle seasonings that the town's cooks had added to the meal.

Finally he stuffed some of the bread into his mouth to fuel up and left the refrectory in preparation for the afternoon session.

After glancing up at the plane and shrugging, he carried on about his business. What would be would be. He looked around for the leader of the town, and finally found him making sure that the older members of the town, those almost too old or frail to contribute anything to their fragile little society were eating their share.

Mariusz nodded at this act, time and again the oldsters would start giving their food away or missing meals when they thought they were useless. It was a form of suicide and at the same time the gift of life to others in this dark age, Mariusz approved of the priest's firm hand with his flock as he ensured they lived for yet another day.

He moved close to the weary man and waited for a break in his vigil.

"Father," he said softly, when the priest looked at him, "I know you must be very busy, but could I possibly speak with you for a moment."
Steven Drew
player, 70 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sat 21 Nov 2009
at 21:22
  • msg #109

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


  Drew:

 Appalled at the towns primative clinic Drew did what he could.  Upon hearing that members of their band had the beginings of infection his frusteration grew.

"Damnit!  Don't any of these people know about irrigating wounds!" Drew thought in frusteration.

  Drew goes to Solenblum and and Stoner.

"This is BS!" he declares.

  "I know we are short on meds but we can improvise.  Those would could have been irrigated with distilled water ta flush em out.  We might be able ta still do it, it may save em from looosing life or limb.  Didn't any of you read FM-76?  Birch bark tea can do the same thing as aspirin, add some pineneedles for extra vitimin C and make a tea for those people it'll help.  And of course some alcohol ta help em sleep easy.  At the least, it'll ease their suffering."

  Drew waits for comments on his suggestion of using folk remedies.

  As the plane flies by Drew pauses as the sound registers.  He then darts to a window and looks out, his eyes tracing the direction of where the plane had come and following its direction as it departed.

Sgt Drew
MP-5
At the clinic
Tom Jones
player, 31 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sat 21 Nov 2009
at 21:42
  • msg #110

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


The morning session had gone well, at least that’s what Tom thought. Most seemed to be getting the basics some where struggling but hopefully with another day or so.

As he sat with the others eating the lunch provided, he wasn’t the first to hear the engine noise of the small plane to engrossed in his food. Tom grabbed his RPK and waited for the plane to make the first move, he also used it as a training aid. Giving instruction to the militia, leading forward of the target when trying to engage etc...

The plane did bring back his own memories of going to the local air shows with his father and grandfather. He remembered seeing the Biggles flying team in very similar aircraft, staging dramatic aerial battles and fake bombing runs. It was this airfield that attracted the RAF and then the Russian missiles. He watched as the plane moved off into the distance, probably not a good omen if this baron fella is running his own air force.

With the morning show over Tom collected his group together for a quick run over where the militia are positioned with the support weapons in the defensive line. This is so he can give them some instruction in the localities they will be during an attack. He will also covers firing and movement and small group LSW tactics to the best of his abilities.

When the training session is over he will move down to the river near the bridge to see how the scavenging crew did on the other side in the armoured grave yard. Tom had a couple of other things he wanted to get underway as well. Firstly he wanted to try and get the ZPU-2 AA gun up to the bridge entrance to act as a diversion and also repair the underwater chain that the Lt put in place.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:20, Sun 22 Nov 2009.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1523 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 21 Nov 2009
at 22:49
  • msg #111

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz Tokarski:
"Father," he said softly, when the priest looked at him, "I know you must be very busy, but could I possibly speak with you for a moment."


Father Andre is probably in his early 70s. Despite his advanced age, his bearing is erect, his face long and deeply lined but not unhansom. His full head of thick, white hair gives him a particularly dignified air. His bright, blue eyes are offest by his dark clergyman's cassock.

"Certainly, my son. Is there something troubling you?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1436 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 22 Nov 2009
at 09:36
  • msg #112

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid spent the day training the town's ORMO. They weren't too bad; they'd been through a couple fights and despite taking casualties had come out on top. They'd successfully defending their homes and survived, and that kind of experience couldn't be duplicated, only earned the hard way.

He was cautiously optimistic, but he could see Mariusz was feeling less positive. Over lunch he tried to cheer up his friend, but there wasn't much he could seem to do. After, he saw Mariusz leave to talk to one of the priests, and hoped he would find something to help him out more than his feeble pep talks.

When the biplane flew over them he was too far from the Dushkas to man them and bring the aircraft down. Frustrated, he decided to let the plane go rather than waste ammunition shooting at it with the RPD. "Damn, I bet that's the Baron's lackeys having a nice look at us. Shit, we can't seem to catch a break, but I guess it would have been better to move on to Warszawa sooner rather than later. No use crying about it."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1072 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 22 Nov 2009
at 17:41
  • msg #113

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Bayer spent the morning with the senior leadership of the town's militia. With the town's small armed force required to defend a comparatively much larger area, he narrowed down his teaching points to those of running an elastic defense with small, light, and mobile units. He covered the aspects of coordinating rapid response teams, decentralized control, and utilizing the town's future obstacle plan into an active part of their defense strategy.

When noon arrived, Bayer dismissed the men and retired to the hospital. He barely took notice of the aircraft, on his walk over to see the doctor. He more troubling thoughts on his mind than airplanes.

When he arrives he drops his gear and seats himself wherever there's a spot. When Anneka has a spare moment Bayer nods for her to come over and talk. "Major... Doctor. I need a checkup when you have a minute. Respiratory system. I need you to check for lung infection, a cold, disease, or the possibility of VX poisoning." He's straight to the point, knowing full well that in today's world even trivial ailments of the past are now easily fatal. "I need your best diagnosis, starting with the chance of gas contamination."

Looking over at the wounded members of his team, he nods silently to Tucker, then says to Quyen, "How are you feeling Quyen?"
This message was last edited by the player at 17:42, Sun 22 Nov 2009.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 591 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 23 Nov 2009
at 20:09
  • msg #114

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"Many things, Father," Mariusz said, clutching his right hand cautiously with his left to quell the tremor that had begun, "but there is one I would like your advice about. It's the Militia, Father, they are this town's sword and shield and I'm worried that they have lost some faith in themselves. We have struck a great victory over the pirates, destroyed their boats and assaulted them in their very den."

"We lost men," tears welled in his eyes at the memories, "too many, always too many, but we went up against forces three or four times our size and left them dead or driven to the four winds. Now some of the men doubt their ability as warriors and I don't have the words to give them back the faith in themselves and their comrades. I wanted to ask your advice on how to find those words."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 698 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 23 Nov 2009
at 22:05
  • msg #115

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tucker will return to the Krolowa and retrieve all of his gear and find a place to bed down for the next three days until the tug pulls out back towards Warsaw.  He does nothing but rest and will try to catch up with Ondar & Minh to see how they want to handle what for their training the next day.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1526 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Mon 23 Nov 2009
at 23:47
  • msg #116

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


About 30 minutes after the plane disappeared from sight, it reappears, heading south along the Vistula. It is even farther off on its apparent return leg. If it weren't for a few eagle-eyed kids, it may have passed unoticed. After a couple of minutes it is gone again, vanishing to the southeast. Try as she might, Griet can't raise the aircraft on the tug's radio.

Anneka preps herself to perform surgery in a room off of the main hospital wing. Minh is first on the table. After a closer inspection of the wound, Anneka determines that the risks of an operation- especially given the lack of proper anesthesia and surgical tools- outweigh the potential benefits of an attempted removal. The wound appears to have been caused by a small caliber bullet and no bone, nerves, or major blood vessels appear to be threatened by the embedded projectile. The condition of Ondar's leg wound is generally similar. Thankfully, Tucker's wounds are relatively clean through-and-throughs. Anneka, Drew, and Stoner clean, irrigate, pack, and rebandage the various bullet and shrapnel wounds and administer antibiotics from the group's dwindling supply.

Both Konrad and Minh's coughs get a bit worse by the afternoon. Both of them are experiencing body aches and chills as well. Mariusz begins to show symptoms similar to those experienced by Konrad and Minh earlier in the day. Anneka has a listen to each of their lungs through a borrowed stethoscope. Although a little wheezy, the signs do not point to serious infection, either viral or bacterial. This may change, however, as whatever is ailing them progresses.

The afternoon session with the militia is mostly positive. Despite a frustratingly slow start in the morning, they appear to be making progress. They are moving with more confidence and tactical accumen, now. The paucity of ammunition, however, limits the amount of realism in the drills and excersises and precludes any proper marksmanship training.

The Wisla Krolowa is looking much fresher. Much of the battle damage has been repaired or at least covered up with a fresh coat of paint.

As the sun goes down, and the group gathers in their town lodgings for another evening meal, Adam reports that the tug is ready for another short jaunt downriver.

Next Moves?

OOC: Day 1 is ending. Now would be a good time to sort out what you'd like to do on Day 2. IIRC, I think the plan was to return to the pirate camp?
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:20, Tue 24 Nov 2009.
Steven Drew
player, 73 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 24 Nov 2009
at 03:56
  • msg #117

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #116):

Drew gets a chill going down his spine when he learns of the people with what may be a cold, or the flu or something worse.  When he hears of symptoms and more than one people he curses to himself.  And he begins wearing either his bandana or large blue handkercheif over his mouth and nose when dealing with a patient, even if he does look like a bandit from the old cowboy movies.

  Drew
  MP-5
  Taking precautions when dealing with the sick
Tom Jones
player, 32 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Tue 24 Nov 2009
at 22:33
  • msg #118

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Arriving at the base of the bridge Tom could see no one except the sentries at the top of the bridge. “If they can’t be bothered to help themselves why are we here ?” He says to himself as he surveys the damage caused by the mortar rounds. “Why where the woman and children not out lopping off hatches and ramps for overhead cover on these positions.”

He then climbs to the top of the bridge where the sentries are located. Nodding in their direction he looks out over the fields on the other side of the river, easily making out the boxy shapes of various armoured vehicles. He also notices the police boat that was pushed up on the bank, did they have a good look over it, he couldn’t remember. He shakes his head as he squats down and lights a cigarette while looking at the burnt out ZU on the dock. He then shows the cigarette pack to the sentries and flicks it into their waiting hands. Turning and sitting on the embankment facing down river towards the pirate camp he swings his legs back and forth trying to warm up.

He was looking forward to going back, hopefully by boat. Stop off and check the mortar group position for gear, then insert through the forest checking the various areas that engaged the boat and the area around the bridge where the anti tank gun was before they attacked. Running through his plan in his head “what did he care how they did it.” Finishing the cigarette Tom shoulders his RPK and heads off towards the hospital. He seeks out the major and hands her the three pill containers he found on Wicks Antibiotic x 16, Pain reliever mild x 16, Antifever x 25.
This message was last edited by the player at 06:25, Thu 26 Nov 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1439 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 25 Nov 2009
at 09:41
  • msg #119

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

As the plan was to return the next day to the Pirate camp, Dawid made sure his equipment was ready to go, and he slept as much as he could. At evening prayer, he lit a candle for each companion that perished on the long hard journey.

He especially thought about Wicks, the latest casualty. So much blood spilled in the dark waters of the Vistula, so many lives lost. The journey was almost over, it was true, but it seemed whoever was staying in Warszawa would be facing the toughest challenge yet.

Dawid ended his prayers with a prayer for Wicks, and for their injured, which included those injured perhaps not in body but in spirit.

Exhausted, his leg aching, he fell into a shallow sleep. He dreamed bodies were floating in the Vistula, which had turned the colour of clotted blood.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:11, Wed 25 Nov 2009.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1073 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 25 Nov 2009
at 11:47
  • msg #120

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Bayer loitered about the lodging as the sun vanished beyond the horizon. His worsening condition sapped his motivation for getting what needed to be done started. Even if it wasn't a serious physical handicap, the worry was enough to exhaust the mind. He had planned on taking out a patrol downriver tomorrow, but the rapid onset of whatever was ailing him hinted that by tomorrow he mightn't be capable of field operations.

After some brooding, he sought out Dawid and woke him. "Dawid. Wake up. Listen. Warning order. Tomorrow you'll take out a patrol of yourself, Jones, Jan, and Drew. You'll be going back to the pirate camp to assess the enemy situation there and the potential for acquiring lost material." Quyen and Ondar would have been great patrol assets too, but like him weren't in any condition at the moment.

After coughing over his shoulder and not towards Dawid, he continues, "I'll stay here and work with Sergeant Tucker and his team. If the sick aren't too bad off we might sweep the area around town for some leg work with the militia."

Bayer then adds, "We'll talk again before you leave."
This message was last edited by the player at 11:48, Wed 25 Nov 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1440 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 25 Nov 2009
at 12:06
  • msg #121

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #120):

Dawid woke up and yawned, lighting the lantern by his pallet.

"Understood, Kapitan. I'll see how Drew is on patrol. He seems like he has a lot of experience, may as well make use of it. I guess we'll take either the launch, or the Queen, if it's available. I'll ask Adam to salvage that patrol boat that sank in shallow water, if he's not doing anything else."

He looked worried, but nodded in acceptance of the warning order.

"Sweet Jesus, Kapitan! Have you been checked out by the Major? I don't know what the symptoms are of that nerve gas, but only those who were in the area seem affected. Is there any antidote?"
This message was last edited by the player at 12:11, Wed 25 Nov 2009.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1074 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 25 Nov 2009
at 12:15
  • msg #122

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Sweet Jesus, Kapitan! Have you been checked out by the Major? I don't know what the symptoms are of that nerve gas, but only those who were in the area seem affected. Is there any antidote?"


"Inconclusive at this point." he says. "Mariusz also feels ill... but he wasn't near the detonation area or downwind of it to my knowledge. So I am not sure myself."

He then thinks of something and goes off in search of the doctor.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1527 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 26 Nov 2009
at 00:18
  • msg #123

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz Tokarski:
"Many things, Father," Mariusz said, clutching his right hand cautiously with his left to quell the tremor that had begun, "but there is one I would like your advice about. It's the Militia, Father, they are this town's sword and shield and I'm worried that they have lost some faith in themselves. We have struck a great victory over the pirates, destroyed their boats and assaulted them in their very den."

"We lost men," tears welled in his eyes at the memories, "too many, always too many, but we went up against forces three or four times our size and left them dead or driven to the four winds. Now some of the men doubt their ability as warriors and I don't have the words to give them back the faith in themselves and their comrades. I wanted to ask your advice on how to find those words."


"I struggle to find suitable words for dire or grievous situations sometimes myself. I find that scripture speaks more eloquently than I could ever hope to. In times such as these, I often turn to the psalms. They contain much wisdom and encouragement. Here, let us find one that speaks to the present circumstances."

He rises and crosses the room to a large lecturn. He opens the oversized bible that rests there and thumbs through a few pages of the book of Psalms.

"Ah, here. Psalm 20. Listen.

"The LORD answer you in the day of trouble!
The name of the God of Jacob protect you!
May he send you help from the sanctuary,
and give you support from Zion.
May he remember all your offerings,
and regard with favor your sacrifices.

May he grant you your heart's desire,
and fulfill all your plans.
May we shout for joy over your victory,
and in the name of our God
set up our banners.
May the LORD fulfill all your petitions.

Now I know that the LORD will help his annointed;
he will answer him from his holy heaven
with mighty victories by his right hand.
Some take pride in chariots, and some in horses,
but our pride is in the name of the LORD our God.
They will collapse and fall,
but we shall rise and stand upright.

Give victory to the king, O LORD;
answer us when we call."


This message was last edited by the GM at 00:24, Thu 26 Nov 2009.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 592 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 26 Nov 2009
at 20:14
  • msg #124

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"Thank you, Father," Mariusz said softly, "your words are comforting. I will endeavour to make the others live up to the honour of those that have sacrificed themselves for this community."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 528 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 26 Nov 2009
at 20:17
  • msg #125

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Griet was tired and dirty from the battle and the work after it. She walked off the tug and into the town almost in a daze. She brushed her hand against her cheek, oblivious to the greasy oil smudge she left there.

Finally she found teh man she was looking for, Bishop was busy with the militia, but she walked up to him and said, "The Queen is as ready as she can be for combat so I have some spare mechanic capacity, would you like us to have a look at this British swimming vehicle?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1441 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 27 Nov 2009
at 00:38
  • msg #126

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Having napped a little after dinner, Dawid felt better.

He found Jones, Jan and Drew.

"Kapitan Bayer has decided to follow up on your suggestion, Mr. Jones, to have a look at the Pirate base and follow up on the possible effects of our attack."

"Jan, you're handy with a sharpshooter's rifle? Tom, I recall you prefer the RPK-74, is this correct? Drew, are you any good with a grenade launcher."

He explained the basic idea, and that they wouldn't know more until the next day.
Tom Jones
player, 33 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Fri 27 Nov 2009
at 01:21
  • msg #127

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom was finishing up his meal when Dawid took a seat next to him. After explaining the plan for the next day Tom confirmed he preferred the RPK but he was pretty confident on the rifle and grenade launcher but that was the extent of his small arms skills.

He also added “If we go past the mortar groups old position we should check the dead, Jan said the enemy didn’t have time to collect their equipment”   after finishing his drink Tom added “Also on the way in or out we should check the vehicles we left, from the debrief the attacking group was in no real state to take them. Even if they disabled them I should be able to get one them moving, I was a mechanic in my past life.”

As Dawid gets up to leave Tom asks if he can question the mortar man prisoner tonight and gives the suggestion they take him with them.
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
NPC, 346 posts
HM2 (E-5)
US Navy
Fri 27 Nov 2009
at 04:26
  • msg #128

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"I wouldn't mind tagging along too. Might get the chance to try out this thing," he tapped Steyr and M203 "inherited" from Kasparov.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1442 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 27 Nov 2009
at 06:34
  • msg #129

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Dave 'Bones' Stoner (msg #128):

Dawid grinned.

"Of course! I will consult with the good Kapitan. I would like to see what happened to the vehicles, too."

He thought for a second.

"Okay, we'll try this assuming Bones is coming with us: Jan on point, Me in the centre with a radio, Drew on the right with the M240, Tom on the left with the RPK light machinegun and Bones following with the rifle/grenade launcher. I'm probably the best we have with a machinegun but we don't need any more of those so I'll take my Tantal/BG-15. If Bones isn't coming then Jan in front, Drew on the right, I'll be on the left and Tom in the rear."

Sipping some tea, he continued.

"We are all professionals, of course, but it bears keeping in mind that if we see anyone, we are to avoid engaging. That means if we encounter anyone I may well order something cowardly like withdrawing before contact is made. If anyone decides to fight it out after the order to withdraw is given, well, you may be walking home."
This message was last edited by the player at 06:48, Fri 27 Nov 2009.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1529 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 27 Nov 2009
at 16:46
  • msg #130

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tuesday, Oct. 17th
0800hrs.
39F
Clear skies
Gora Kalwaria, Poland


At 0600 hours, Dawid, Jan, Stoner, and Drew board the Wisla Krolowa and prepare themselves for the now familiar jaunt north to Otwock. (OOC: Anyone else who'd like to come along as tug security/fire support is more than welcome).

Konrad, Minh, and Mariusz all have a restless night's sleep. Their coughing and body aches make it hard to sleep restfully. In the morning, each still has a low fever but, despite the persistent cough, their lungs sound mostly clear. This, at least, means that there's no fluid build-up. In Anneka's professional opinion, the trio is probably suffering from some kind of flu or flu-like virus. Based on their symptoms, it is unlikely that their current ailment is a result of exposure to VX gas.

The trip to Otwock aboard the Krolowa is quiet. The tug anchors out of side of the pirate anchorage. The recon team boards the small motor boat and heads for the mouth of the Swinder. The puttering noise of the small, alchohol-powered outboard seems deafeningly loud in the still of the morning.

As they approach the landing point, the burned-out PT boat greets them. The once powerful vessel is now little more than a gnarled, blackened husk portruding just a couple of feet above the water of the Vistula.

The team lands on the eastern shore just north of where the Swinder meets the Vistula. A water filled crater on the low, muddy bank just a few meters from the river speaks of the successful 120mm mortar barrage two days prior. Further up the bank, almost beneath the barren trees at the edge of the wood that covers the area between the river and the pirate's hamlet, they find four fresh graves. No abandoned gear is found in the area.

Cautiously, the group moves inland in a loose diamond formation, towards the pirate camp. After an hour or so, the first buildings come into view between the trees. The group goes to ground and silently observes the structures. An hour passes (it is now around 0800 hours) without any sign of activity or human occupation.

Back at Gora-Kalwaria, those that remained behind begin another day of training the miltia and preparing the town's defenses.

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:06, Fri 27 Nov 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1444 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 00:14
  • msg #131

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Before leaving base camp, Dawid personally inspected everyone to make sure they had sufficient ammunition and at least a day's supplies (including water). He assumed everyone had cleaned their weapons but checked just to be sure.

As well, everyone was to have some kind of protection against chemical contamination, including masks and gloves. The fatigues everyone was wearing were all captured ones, stripped from the dead bodies of the pirates who had attacked GK before. These were to be discarded if they encountered chemical contamination. They used the time in transit to sew up any holes or rents in the fabric.

Lastly, and most important, everyone carried an empty sack of cloth or burlap. They were there to collect weapons and ammunition, and anything else worth grabbing, so they would need something to carry salvage. The bags could be dipped in the river as a kind of quick-and-dirty decontamination prior to returning to GK for a more thorough cleaning.

Personally, he divested himself of all extra weight, deciding not to take extra items like the RPG-76, Geiger counter or NVGs. He did take a spare set of fatigues (to be left on the boat) so he could change into them if need be.

At their first objective, Dawid gave a SITREP to the Queen for relay back to GK.

"Okay, everyone up, let's advance. Weapons ready."

Standing up, he let the binoculars hang by their straps around his neck. Shivering in the cold autumn air he charged the Tantal and loaded a 40mm HE grenade. His helmet was on but the mask was off for now.


Dawid Piotrowski
Tantal BG-25 (30/30 + 4 spare magazines, 3 spare 40mm HE)
Stechkin/21 rounds, + 2 spare magazines
1 RGD-5 Grenade, 2 Smoke, 2 Flares
Moving out cautiously.

This message was last edited by the player at 00:22, Sat 28 Nov 2009.
Steven Drew
player, 74 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 00:19
  • msg #132

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


  Drew is on alert more so after finding the fresh graves.  And when the sun begins to break he is almost on edge.  He studys the building they are hiding in for signs of recent occupation and activity.  With the rising sun he studies the ground outside and in the ruined hamlet.  He looks for signs of clean up after the battle, fresh graves and boot prints and paths or avenues of travel that groups of men working would make.

  Drew will also make note of avenues of attack and fields of fire should they have to fight it out.  He will also make it a point to have a couple lines of retreat as well.

Drew
Studying the landscape
M240
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1446 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 00:35
  • msg #133

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Steven Drew (msg #132):

Noticing Drew was studying the landscape, Dawid paused the patrol and had them get down. He asked them, "so, what do you think? Someone has obviously been here, we'll probably find nothing. If we're lucky, the camp may be deserted. Let me know if you see any escape routes."

"Everyone listen, if we have to retreat, Drew and I will provide covering fire while the rest of you (Tom, Jan and Bones) withdraw to a position where you can cover our retreat. We'll move in bounds, covering each other. Understood"

"Lastly, if we do withdraw, go West and make for the launch we came in. If that's not possible or you get separated, go either West to the launch or Northwest and try to make the river and a pickup by the Queen. G-K is to the Aouth and the river cuts us off to the South and East, so we are not in the best position if we get into trouble."


To make sure he had his directions straight, he pulled out his compass and map and showed everyone what he meant.

Dawid Piotrowski
Tantal BG-25 (30/30 + 4 spare magazines, 3 spare 40mm HE)
Stechkin/21 rounds, + 2 spare magazines
1 RGD-5 Grenade, 2 Smoke, 2 Flares
Having a quick pow-wow before moving out.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:54, Sat 28 Nov 2009.
Steven Drew
player, 75 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 04:05
  • msg #134

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

<quote Dawid Waldus Piotrowski>
In reply to Steven Drew (msg #132):

Noticing Drew was studying the landscape, Dawid paused the patrol and had them get down. He asked them, "so, what do you think? Someone has obviously been here, we'll probably find nothing. If we're lucky, the camp may be deserted. Let me know if you see any escape routes."

"Right....unless they see us first." Drew whispers.

"Everyone listen, if we have to retreat, Drew and I will provide covering fire while the rest of you (Tom, Jan and Bones) withdraw to a position where you can cover our retreat. We'll move in bounds, covering each other. Understood"

"Thanks for volunteering me" Drew flashes a grin.  "I'll light em up with a burst, you<nodding to Dawid> take up a position and send a GL round at em as our break contact.  Everyone else get the hell outa dodge, Dawid and I will do that all the way ta the river."  Drew looks at Dawid for confirmation.

"Lastly, if we do withdraw, go West and make for the launch we came in. If that's not possible or you get separated, go either West to the launch or Northwest and try to make the river and a pickup by the Queen. G-K is to the Aouth and the river cuts us off to the South and East, so we are not in the best position if we get into trouble."


Drew adds "So, the launch is our primary rally point.  Launch to the West is secondary.  Anything else make to the river...gotcha." Drew nodds.

To make sure he had his directions straight, he pulled out his compass and map and showed everyone what he meant.

 Drew sticks his head over to confirm the directions as well as get an idea of what is in what direction.  He will orientate the river and the town for use as reference points.


Sgt Drew
M240
Getting the plan and direction
Tom Jones
player, 36 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 04:51
  • msg #135

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom kept his mind on the task, he indicated to Dawid where the last of the pirates had retreated to prior to their egress from the area. He suggested they should move towards the bridge where the anti-gun was stationed as the German prisoner mentioned a fortified position with a MG, clearing buildings as they go.

He knew that Dawid had the map supplied by the prisoner and all the heavy weapons positions where indicated on it.


RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 ANTI-TANK grenades x 3
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Covering left flank
This message was last edited by the player at 08:48, Sat 28 Nov 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1447 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 06:25
  • msg #136

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid laughed.

"Of course, I would like to be near you, Sergeant Drew! Always learn from the best. As well, I am an excellent machinegunner and if you die, well, I can recover the weapon and fight on! It's the Soviet way, so I've been told." He finished, more than a little tongue-in-cheek.

He looked down at the map he'd been given, then checked the directions with the compass.

"Confirm, primary rally point is the launch, off to the Southwest. Secondary is the bank of the Vistula to the West to Northwest for pickup by the Queen. That way and that way."

"I concur, Mister Jones, we shall check the bridge first. We will have a look-see at the house. Too bad I wasn't able to use that AT gun to take it out, that would have been something!"


With that out of the way, he signaled the patrol to continue on.

Dawid Piotrowski
Tantal BG-25 (30/30 + 4 spare magazines, 3 spare 40mm HE)
Stechkin/21 rounds, + 2 spare magazines
1 RGD-5 Grenade, 2 Smoke, 2 Flares
Moving Out, centre position.

Konrad Bayer
player, 1075 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 09:28
  • msg #137

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

After ensuring a radio watch was established for communications with the recce patrol, Bayer assembled the group staying behind in the town. Although he wasn't much happier that he and the others weren't suffering from nerve gas poisoning, at least he knew what they were dealing with... probably.

Pulling aside Quyen and Mariusz he says, "We can't infect the others. Its our duty to ensure we use preventative measures. We'll see about getting some filter masks from the town. In the meantime, be aware and vigilante about your contact with other people."

Then returning his attention back to the small group he says, "This morning we'll continue with our compressed training program. Tucker, Ondar, Quyen... carry on with small unit tactics, weapons, and improvised fortifications & obstacles respectively. We'll split the ORMO into three groups and rotate them through your stands."

"I'll continue with the militia commanders as I did yesterday."
Roll for leadership?

Motioning to Mariusz, he says, "You're a floater. We could use you moving between the different stands to translate when there is a problem."

Glancing at his watch he says, "Around noon... we'll assemble the ORMO for a field exercise. For us it will be to recce and sweep that armored graveyard. For them, it'll be a chance for some footwork under supervision. Two things done concurrently."

After answering any questions, Bayer will dismiss the training cadre and move off to continue yesterday's lessons with the ORMO commanders. Lacking actual troops as a training aid, Bayer will create some miniatures using rubbish, stones and small pieces of wood with labels on them to represent squads, enemies, and support weapons. Later at noon, the commanders could practice leading and maneuvering real squads of men. Until then, he'll focus on concepts of reserves, where and how to setup OPs, mutual support between units, and how to conduct a basic fighting withdraw.
This message was last edited by the player at 09:30, Sat 28 Nov 2009.
Minh Quyen
player, 454 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 10:00
  • msg #138

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Konrad Bayer:
Pulling aside Quyen and Mariusz he says, "We can't infect the others. Its our duty to ensure we use preventative measures. We'll see about getting some filter masks from the town. In the meantime, be aware and vigilante about your contact with other people."


Quyen nods, and answers, "Understood. Will do." She then asks, "Are we the only sick? Or are there townspeople infected too?"

Konrad Bayer:
"This morning we'll continue with our compressed training program. Tucker, Ondar, Quyen... carry on with small unit tactics, weapons, and improvised fortifications & obstacles respectively. We'll split the ORMO into three groups and rotate them through your stands."


"Right." he answers enthusiastically, doing her best to conceal her sickness and exhaustion. "See you at lunch then."

Already prepared from last night, Quyen had her notes with her. Scribbled on them, were labeled diagrams of two man split trenches, bunkers, and every sort of obstacle and booby trap that she could remember.

Her training plan was to teach each group that came through her class a different aspect. Then, when all three groups were done, they could inspect the other group's completed demo and learn from them later.

Heading (limping) to her teaching area, indicated by a pile of simple tools she requested the night before, Quyen began to instruct the first group of militia students.
This message was last edited by the player at 10:01, Sat 28 Nov 2009.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 593 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 15:54
  • msg #139

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz spent the morning flitting between the groups and clearing up any glitches in translation. He was careful to try not to spread whatever he had to others.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 529 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 15:56
  • msg #140

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Griet waited on the bridge by the radio once more. She had ensured that the weapons were crewed and that the militiaman who'd been berated for the friendly fire incident was secure in his role.

She monitored the channels and made sure taht someone was keeping an eye on the skies...
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1531 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 17:44
  • msg #141

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tuesday, Oct. 17th
0900hrs.
40F
Clear skies
2km Southwest of Otwock, Poland


The recon team moves stealthily towards the bridge at the southern end of the hamlet. They arrive unhindered, having seen no signs of the living. One small boat remains moored at the base of the bridge, but it has been stripped of its outboard motor. An inch of so of brackish water covers the bottom of the little boat.

Before leaving Gora-Kalwaria, Tom learned from the captured pirate mortarman that the pirate's second (and last) 82mm mortar and all of its remaining ammunition (just a handful of HE rounds) was mounted on a small harbor pilot boat- quite probably the one that escaped from the Wisla Krolowa during the later phases of the battle for the hamlet. After further questioning, the prisoner also admitted that his earlier mention of a 120mm mortar had been a bluff.

The recon team moves north into the hamlet. The place appears to have been completely abandoned. The pirates look to have done a pretty good job taking everything of value with them. As the group sneaks through the southern end of the hamlet, they come upon the remains of the pirates' motor pool. The Zil cargo truck is completely burnt out. The workshop/garage is a pile of blackened corrugated tin and steel. The house next door apparently also caught on fire and has burned down to the foundation. A good third of the hamlet has been reduced to ash and cinder. Some of the rubble is still warm. The pirate's only other ground vehicles, according to the prisoners, were a UAZ (shot up at the northern bridge by the assault group) and a motorcycle used to ferry orders and information between the Baron in Warsaw and the pirates in their camp.

Leaving the hamlet at its northern edge, the group finds something odd. At first, they'd thought that the papers they'd seen scattered about had blown away from one of the damaged hamlet buildings. Now, it becomes apparent that the papers have come from someplace else. Picking one up, Tom hands it to Dawid. It reads (in Polish):

BREAD OR BULLETS?

GENERAL AMNESTY

BREAD:

Until October 21st, approach any Polish Army position with your weapons unloaded and this flyer in hand. You will be well treated and processed back into the armed forces of the Socialist Republic of Poland. The grateful people of Poland await your return to her noble service. You will be provided with food, shelter, and medical services.

BULLETS:

The legitimate national government in Lublin is preparing a great offensive, including armor, heavy artillery, and airpower, to retake the area around Warsaw and clean it of armed foreign, reactionary, and bandit elements. Once the offensive begins, no quarter will be given.

Act now, all will be forgiven. Hesitation will be your death sentence.


The team moves north parallel to the main road until they reach the rise past which the Tarpan-Honker had run into the advancing elements of a group of reinforcments from the Baron. The sickly-sweet smell of death lingers here. The recon team put on their gas masks and rubber gloves provided by the town (in addition to any other NBC gear each may possess). Cresting the small rise, the group surveys the field ahead through binnoculars. The T-H sits in the middle of the road, surrounded by several bloated bodies.

Meanwhile, back in town, the trainers prepare the militia for the afternoon exercise. The militia seem more confident and enthusiastic today. It is clear that the party's efforts are starting to bear fruit. There is one unfortunate incident when a young militiaman recently issued with a 9mm Sterling submachinegun accidently discharges his weapon. Fortunately, no one is injured.

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:46, Sat 28 Nov 2009.
Steven Drew
player, 76 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 21:13
  • msg #142

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Sgt Drew;

  Upon learning the content of the flier his pulse began to race as if he were under fire.  He knows enough to read between the lines of the message.  And what it means to their crew.  He is on alert even more so now.

  Upon reaching the hill and seeing the bodies and burnt wreck he doesn't expect to find anything else of value here, it has been scrubbed clean.

Sgt Drew
M240
Scouting and eager to get back and pass the new intel on.
Tom Jones
player, 38 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sat 28 Nov 2009
at 21:16
  • msg #143

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


The sight of the Tarpan brings both relief and apprehension. Tom takes a knee and scans the left flank of their little group as Dawid surveys the battle site. The paper was interesting so the plane was these Lubin guys as was the group that the Captain and Wicks had encountered.

As they move off towards the Tarpan Tom is careful not to scrape his feet on the road or to kick up dust. The grenade launcher should be along here somewhere where the Captain dropped it off.


RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Covering left flank
This message was last edited by the player at 22:45, Sun 29 Nov 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1450 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 29 Nov 2009
at 17:14
  • msg #144

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid sweated a little under the rubber mask, not so much from heat as from the eerie grimness of the situation.

"Ok. That explains the plane. Reconnaissance and leaflet-dropping, a little psychological warfare. The Communists in Lublin have not lost their flair for mind games. Well, on to business."

He indicated the Tarpan-Honker.

<Blue>"We shall approach the vehicle, but not approach closer than 30 metres out. If it looks like there are materials worth scavenging, Jan, Drew and I will cover while Tom and Bones does the dirty work. Remember, minimise time and exposure, as I think this area is in the effect of the nerve gas. All right, let's go!"

"For that matter, anyone know where this gas was deployed? I wasn't there, personally."<Blue>

Dawid Piotrowski
Tantal BG-25 (30/30 + 4 spare magazines, 3 spare 40mm HE)
Stechkin/21 rounds, + 2 spare magazines
1 RGD-5 Grenade, 2 Smoke, 2 Flares
Approaching abandoned vehicle and bodies

This message was last edited by the player at 08:52, Tue 01 Dec 2009.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 701 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 01:17
  • msg #145

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Cap'n Rae:
Tuesday, Oct. 17th
0900hrs.
40F
Clear skies
2km Southwest of Otwock, Poland


Meanwhile, back in town, the trainers prepare the militia for the afternoon exercise. The militia seem more confident and enthusiastic today. It is clear that the party's efforts are starting to bear fruit. There is one unfortunate incident when a young militiaman recently issued with a 9mm Sterling submachinegun accidently discharges his weapon. Fortunately, no one is injured.

Next Moves?

Robert tries to grab the young boy so he doesn't hurt anyone with the accidental discharge from the sub-machinegun.  He takes the weapon away immediately and puts the weapon on safe and asks him to come to the side so that he can try and talk to him.  Waving for a translator (Mariusz if he's available or someone else is fine too), Tucker moves away from the main group to speak.  Through whatever translator is available, Robert simply tells the young man, "First off, make sure that your finger is always outside the trigger guard unless you plan to shoot someone or something!  If you're not going to shoot, make sure your safety is on!  If you're finger is off the trigger and the safety is on, your weapon should not discharge!  We're giving you a lot to digest here and we know it's not easy.  Just try to be more conscious of what we're trying to do here and you should be OK?  Do you have any questions?"
Steven Drew
player, 77 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 04:29
  • msg #146

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Dawid sweated a little under the rubber mask, not so much from heat as from the eerie grimness of the situation.

"Ok. That explains the plane. Reconnaissance and leaflet-dropping, a little psychological warfare. The Communists in Lublin have not lost their flair for mind games. Well, on to business."

He indicated the Tarpan-Honker.

<Blue>"We shall approach the vehicle, but not approach closer than 30 metres out. If it looks like there are materials worth scavenging, Jan, Drew and I will cover while Tom and Bones does the dirty work. Remember, minimise time and exposure, as I think this area is in the effect of the nerve gas. All right, let's go!"

"For that matter, anyone know where this gas was deployed? I wasn't there, personally."/Blue>

Dawid Piotrowski
Tantal BG-25 (30/30 + 4 spare magazines, 3 spare 40mm HE)
Stechkin/21 rounds, + 2 spare magazines
1 RGD-5 Grenade, 2 Smoke, 2 Flares
Approaching abandoned vehicle and bodies



  Drew:

  "Just remember, stay out of the low areas, thats where the gas will collect."

  Drew pauses,

"And if you're going to salvage anything, use a couple sticks or poles slide it through the item so ya don't grab it directly....Good luck." Tom truly wishes them luck.

Sgt Drew
M240
Covering the crew going for the salvage
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 594 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 19:33
  • msg #147

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz finished translating between Tucker and the hapless militiaman and then returned to his other liaison duties. He made sure that everyone was comfortable with their roles and responsibilities and then watched Mihn for a while as she helped the militia build various traps and defences.

He marvelled at the range of works, perhaps this was why people had to study being soldiers, for Mariusz it had been pretty much on the job training, he'd killed his first man with an AK-47 even before he'd learned how to change a magazine and he'd been amazed at the concept of a safety catch. This concept of learning to fight when people weren't actually shooting at you was interesting, he wasn't sure if it was fair, but the concept was very interesting...
Tom Jones
player, 40 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 22:17
  • msg #148

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Walking towards the rear of the Tarpan Tom keeps his eyes out for the auto grenade launcher in the grass verge and any other bodies.

If there looks to be anything worth salvaging from the Tarpan Tom will approach but not touch anything. He will use a couple of sticks if he needs to move items. He will visually check the rear of the Tarpan for the anti-tank mine and any other salvage and also take a look underneath.

Once the Tarpan is cleared he will scan the area of the mortar strike in front of the vehicle looking for more items. When everything they are going to take is bagged Tom will leave it by the side of the road to be picked up on their return.

Then with the rest of the group he will move off towards the place where the trucks where parked. Tom is aware that the VX would have taken some time to affect the victims so he will keep watch for bodies in the trees and next to the road.

RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Pirate Camp Recon Patrol
Searching and collecting
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1532 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 00:42
  • msg #149

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Gora Kalwaria

The situation with the young trainee's misfire could have cast a cloud over the remainder of the day's exercises but Tucker's masterful handling of the situation (with Mariusz's linguistic assistance) quickly defuses it and training continues apace. The militia actually seem to be looking forward to the afternoon's practice manouvers.

Pirate Base

The recon team approaches the Tarpan-Honker carefully. The half-dozen bloated bodies strung out along the road for 50m behind it hints at the success of Minh's VX-laced IEDs. No one has bothered to collect the dead's weapons. The angular shape of the party's AGS-17 "Playma" AGL still rests on the bitumen just below the back deck of the Tarpan-Honker. The olive green, semi-cicular magazine has been knocked loose from the launcher and a bullet hole can clearly be seen in the front of it (the mag). Oily stains and beaded drops of liguid speckle nearly every surface. The T-H is shot to shit, with four flat tires and dozens of bullet strikes in evidence. Two militiamen still occupy the passenger area, their waxy skin is yellow and stretched thin. One of them tilts his head back in a silent scream, his eyes swollen to slits and his gaping mouth dark with dried blood.

Despite all of the dead, and the stench that must be surrounding you (you can't smell anything but the strong plastic odor of the inside of your gas mask), there aren't any flies or other scavengers in evidence.

100m past the T-H (to the north), there are only half as many bodies as you were expected to believe would be(as per Konrad's briefing). There is however, a tight grouping of small blast craters eastern half of the enemy skirmish line had been (ditto). There are also several large, dark, greasy patches in the matted yellow grass. A single individual could not lose that much blood and survive. A few drag marks lead away north into some tall underbrush. Although a couple of empty AKM magazines are found in this area, no abandoned weapons are present. There is no sign of the PTS-M.

You are left to draw your own conclusions about what transpired here both during and after the battle.

Several hundred meters further to the north is the bridge across which the assault team had originally come on their approach to the pirate's hamlet camp. The party's vehicles had been last seen on the other side of that bridge.

Next Moves?

OOC: Let me know what you want to touch (I got that, when possible, you want to use sticks instead of your hands). I also need to know how much protective gear your PC is currently wearing. I'm assuming gas-masks and at least rubber gloves. Whatever your PC is wearing beyond that, I need to know specifically. Thanks.
Tom Jones
player, 41 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 01:39
  • msg #150

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom looks at the others then moves down towards the Tarpan.* As he approaches he will take the weapons of the six bloated bodies as well as any magazines and grenades. He uses a stick to open pouches and put the weapons in plastic bags. When ever he moves something he does it slowly so as not to move the VX contamination.

He will look over into the bed of the tarpan looking for other items that the Captain briefed them on. He also checks for the assault groups weapons that where left behind, such as the militia RPK, militia AKM’s, Wicks weapons and any magazines. Time is not a factor so he will do a thorough search.

Once the salvage is bagged and on the side of the road Tom will follow the drag marks slowly, stopping to listen and look as he moves through the grass.

*Tom is wearing captured fatigues, thick rubber gloves, and his poncho with the hood up over his respirator. He has tied the gloves over his sleeves and has a NBC filter on the respirator. He also uses plastic bags over the gloves that he can pull them off once he has finished touching or moving something, so as not to contaminate other items. Lastly he has plastic bags over his boots. He would have briefed the other members of the squad so they could also undertake these measures.


RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Pirate Camp Recon Patrol
Searching and collecting
This message was last edited by the player at 02:51, Wed 02 Dec 2009.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 702 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 01:56
  • msg #151

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Cap'n Rae:
Gora Kalwaria

The situation with the young trainee's misfire could have cast a cloud over the remainder of the day's exercises but Tucker's masterful handling of the situation (with Mariusz's linguistic assistance) quickly defuses it and training continues apace. The militia actually seem to be looking forward to the afternoon's practice manouvers.
</Orange>

Tucker will gather everyone around that is going to be involved in the practice maneuvers this afternoon.  With the help of one of the interpreters, he will say the following, "OK everyone, stand at ease or take a knee and listen up.  We're giving you all a lot of information here and it may not be the easiest for you to digest.  It's going to take some practice and we don't expect there not to be any mistakes out there this afternoon.  There's nothing wrong with doing walk-throughs or drills by yourselves with empty, safe weapons.

Folks, don't take your safety off your weapons until your ready to fire!  You all know we had an accidental discharge here this afternoon.  It happens but, you all need to try and get yourselves accustomed to working your safeties, chambering & unchambering rounds.  Remember, your weapon SHOULD NOT go off until you pull the trigger!  However, it is a man-made item and there is ALWAYS the possibility of a weapon malfunction, especially since a lot of these weapons are old and maintenance was not as it should've been due to spare parts.  Be conscious of your muzzle and your target and beyond.  If you all practice that, you should be OK.  Any questions or concerns?"

Konrad Bayer
player, 1076 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 06:05
  • msg #152

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

After the militia and training cadre finished lunch, Bayer assembled the training cadre and a selected number* of the militia on the edge of town. "Attention here." he announces. "What we're going to do this afternoon is a practical field exercise. The main lesson here is how to conduct different types of sweeps... woods clearing, cordon and searches, and clearance patrols. This is important and useful for you to project your strength outside of the town, keep the outskirts clear of bandits and observers, and to help maintain the fighting spirit by staying active."

He then paused, allowing for Mariusz to translate as this time he wanted to be sure everyone understood. While the translation was underway, Bayer says to Tuck, Quyen, and Ondar, "Each of you take a squad. Try to be as invisible as possible... unless they need it, leave most of the leading in the hands of the squad leaders. Remember its an exercise, but it has the potential to develop into a real situation, so stay sharp. Once at the graveyard, keep your eyes open for salvage opportunities."

Once everyone was ready, Bayer motions for the senior militia commanders to take over and deploy the platoon as he taught them with the map and model training he gave them over the last two days. "Alright. Lead them off. One up two back formation. Get your scouts out. Your objective is the tank graveyard. Once we get close, stop, go to cover, and we'll recce it in preparation for a sweep."

* I don't know how numerous the militia are, but Bayer intends on taking out a platoon's worth (3 squads of 6-8 men plus a few of the senior leaders).
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1451 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 08:55
  • msg #153

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The bone-quiet silence added to the grim tableau.

It was obvious the gas had had some kind of effect, and it seemed the Tarpan-Honker was near the centre of the death zone.

While he waited for the salvage to be complete, Jan and Drew kept watch 360 degrees, and so Dawid was free to kind of keep an eye on everything, at first splitting his attention between security and salvage. He didn't approach the vehicles but instead got the sacks from Drew and Jan, passing them to Tom and Bones.

Seeing that Tom seemed to have the right idea, Dawid kitted himself out to the same degree, then pitched in with the salvage operation. It wouldn't do to order Bones and Tom to do something he couldn't do himself.

"Sergeant Drew, I'm going to help Tom and Bones. I leave security in your capable hands."

"Tom, I see you are occupied, so Bones, help me with the Plamya, please.


He then pulled his mask down and waddled off to help Bones recover the AGS-17. He made sure that everyone who could come into contact with the VX was wearing rubber gloves with plastic covers. As well, plastic wrappings on their feet over their boots. Finally, instead of trying to put the AGS-17 into a bag, they just wrapped it in the garbage bags.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:50, Wed 02 Dec 2009.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 595 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 18:48
  • msg #154

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz continued to stay near the Kaptain in case he needed more linguistic support.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 530 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 18:49
  • msg #155

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Griet stood nervously in the wheelhouse monitoring the radio. This was the worst of it, waiting with no idea of what was going on and hoping that no news was good news...
Steven Drew
player, 78 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Wed 2 Dec 2009
at 07:03
  • msg #156

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

<quote Dawid Waldus Piotrowski>
The bone-quiet silence added to the grim tableau.

It was obvious the gad had had some kind of effect, and it seemed the Tarpan-Honker was near the centre of the death zone.

While he waited for the salvage to be complete, Jan and Drew kept watch 360 degrees, and so Dawid was free to kind of keep an eye on everything, at first splitting his attention between security and salvage. He didn't approach the vehicles but instead got the sacks from Drew and Jan, passing them to Tom and Bones.

Seeing that Tom seemed to have the right idea, Dawid kitted himself out to the same degree, then pitched in with the salvage operation. It wouldn't do to order Bones and Tom to do something he couldn't do himself.

"Sergeant Drew, I'm going to help Tom and Bones. I leave security in your capable hands."

"Tom, I see you are occupied, so Bones, help me with the Plamya, please.

Drew: "I got yer back, get er done."  as Drew watches over the recovery team read to la down a fire and a warning
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1535 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 23:45
  • msg #157

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Recon Team

After the gear at the Tarpan-Honker is collected and bagged, the recon team moves north along the road towards the bridge. A few hundred meters short of the bridge, they come across the pirates' UAZ-69. Four dead pirates lie scattered around. It's got its bonnet up and a quick look at its engine compartment indicates that its been stripped of useful parts.

The team arrives to find the barbed-wire barricade that used to block access to the road across the bridge brushed aside. Looking down from the bridge they see two swollen corpses among the wilted reeds along the small river's banks.

Crossing the bridge, they head towards where the STAR and the Ural motorcycle had been parked. The vehicles are gone. Nearby, they find two dead militiamen, both stripped of their weapons and ammunition.

The team heads back to the T-H on foot and collects the bagged weapons and ammo (the AGS-17 with one damaged drum-mag, one RPK-74, Wicks' M-14K and H&K GL, eight AKMs- three belonging to dead militiamen; the rest from dead pirates- and numerous magazines. Four hand grenades are also recovered.).*

Heavily laden and sweating in their gas masks, the recon team returns to the riverbank, thoroughly exhausted. At the site where the tug crew remembers the RPG being fired at them, Jan finds another nearly worn-out AKM buried under some leaves and splintered wood.

The team makes a one and a half round trips to the Wisla Krolowa in the small boat, ferrying across the captured weapons and ammo. Tadeuz is waiting for them with two high-pressure water hoses, one spraying cold Vistula water and the other scalding hot water cycled through the tug's boilers. The recon team gets a spray-down with the bone-chilling river water while the gear gets the hot water wash.

Despite their fatigue, the group heads to the eastern shore and sweeps the area where the pirate landing party had last been seen. They find the lower half of a body, stinking and swarming with maggots. A shattered G3 battle rifle lies nearby, totally beyond saving. A couple of trails of darkened blood lead north. The team decides not to follow. They head back to the Krolowa for the trip back to Gora-Kalwaria.

Training Cadre

The exercise starts well enough. The militia platoon's constituent squads move competently towards the vehicle graveyard on the southeast side of town, halting among the rusting NATO and WTO armor, gutted hulks of burned out military trucks, and several vehicles so charred and/or blasted apart that you can't even tell what they'd been in better days.

Under Minh's supervision, the town's fixed defensive positions are improved, with more overhead cover and better fields of fire. Ondar and Tucker continue to train another section of less experienced militia to care for and dry-fire their "new" firearms.

All Together, Now...

The Krolowa announces its return with a blast from its steam whistle. Anneka meets them on the dock, ready to examin the recon team in the tug's sick bay for signs of VX contamination/poisoning.

Next Moves?
Tom Jones
player, 44 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 00:38
  • msg #158

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom was pretty happy with their little walk, no casualties, no enemy contact and they had recovered their small arms loses.

He got stuck in cleaning the recovered weapons with others, he still wears the rubber gloves and plastic bag combination for the task. Once they have completed the cleaning, inspection and oiled the weapons, Tom will take Wicks weapons and give them another going over checking for damage. When it's all complete Tom strips off the fatigues, poncho, and lastly gloves. He bags them and follows direction from Dawid as to how he wants them disposed of. Tom gets dressed and slips the M14K between the back yoke of his webbing. He leaves the HK grenade launcher in the weapons locker on the tug. Then he has a look at the AGS-17’s magazine trying to work out whether it will work and if not what the problem is.

As he works on the weapon Tom does not notice the time slipping by. He’s glad of the chance to use some knowledge that doesn’t involve killing someone or blowing something up. The work reminds him of the sort of thing he got up to in his fathers garage, just spending hours tinkering. Once he is back at the village Tom will help unload the tug and report what he was able to work out about the grenade launchers magazine to Dawid.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:08, Sat 05 Dec 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1454 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 08:17
  • msg #159

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Tom Jones (msg #158):

Dawid thanks and congratulates all the personnel for a job well done. Once on the Queen, he directs them to dispose of their outer covering (plastic "booties" and over-gloves, salvaged fatigues). He also set up a shower schedule with the Queen's hot water shower, taking the last turn in the tepid water.

"Tom, Jan, Drew, a fine job, all the way around. That is a shame about the Star and the bike, those were stalwart vehicles. Someone made a point of taking everything they could. I'm curious why the poison didn't panic them more, I would have thought they would have run screaming once the first one died convulsing, and completely abandoned the area without further salvage. Just another reminder we're dealing with people who are sometimes better than you would expect."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 531 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 16:24
  • msg #160

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Griet was relieved when the shore party came back alive and well and was amazed to see that they had been able to scrounge some kit from the old battlefield. She'd assumed that troops stationed in the ruins of post nuke Warsaw would be hardened to radiological and chemical hazards and that they'd have stripped the area bare.

The patrol's haul was better than nothing by a long chalk.

She made sure that the Krowola was secure at her moorings and well-guarded and then went to seek out Kaptain Bayer, she looked over at the patrol, "Good work men, I'm impressed. Now let's find the Kaptain and debrief."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 596 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 16:27
  • msg #161

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz helped out with the field exercises, still impressed that battles had once been able to destroy so much at once. He'd fought what he'd assumed were epic battles with the Krowola, this though was carnage on a whole new scale.

As he looked up from one manouvere he saw the tell tale smudge of smoke in the sky near teh river. He called over to Bayer, "Sir, the Krowola's inbound."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1077 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 17:25
  • msg #162

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz Tokarski:
As he looked up from one maneuver he saw the tell tale smudge of smoke in the sky near the river. He called over to Bayer, "Sir, the Krowola's inbound."


Looking over at the smoke trail, Bayer replies, "Danke Mariusz." He then instructs the militia commanders to march their men back to the village and stand down for the moment. He was pleased with the improvement of the militia, but knew that there was still so much for them to learn. "Well done." he announced as they left, then nodded his thanks silently to Tuck, Quyen, Mariusz and Ondar.

Following the militia's dismissal, Bayer will lead the small training cadre down to the river to meet the rest of the group and to receive their patrol report. After listening to how the camp was deserted and but some of the gear recovered Bayer gives a thumbs up and says, "I want to know the status of the AGS as soon as possible.". With his concerns over losing the AGS lifted, Bayer adds, "Good job out there." He then leaves them to finish their post mission drills.

A little while later, when everyone returned after the decontamination was finished and everyone got some personal time, Bayer announces, "Ok. Attention please. Informal warning order in a minute."

Before he continues, Bayer quietly asks Jan to ensure there are none of the locals assigned to taking care of their quarters around. Security was always an issue on his mind. More so now than ever before, with what happened further up the river. He wouldn't continue his semi-WO until he was sure the information was going to stay with only those in the room.

"Tonight we will conduct a raid on that bandit hide we discovered on our way into the town. It should be a no contest event. We'll take along some of the militia for field experience... but it'll be our show." he says. "We'll leave tonight under the cover of darkness. Groupings and tasks to follow shortly."

He then says, "Before former orders are issued for this, is there anything else we should consider getting done here before we depart? Its Warsaw after this. If something else will help us, I'd like to hear it now."
This message was last edited by the player at 17:27, Fri 04 Dec 2009.
Steven Drew
player, 80 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 21:45
  • msg #163

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Tom Jones (msg #158):

Dawid thanks and congratulates all the personnel for a job well done. Once on the Queen, he directs them to dispose of their outer covering (plastic "booties" and over-gloves, salvaged fatigues). He also set up a shower schedule with the Queen's hot water shower, taking the last turn in the tepid water.

"Tom, Jan, Drew, a fine job, all the way around. That is a shame about the Star and the bike, those were stalwart vehicles. Someone made a point of taking everything they could. I'm curious why the poison didn't panic them more, I would have thought they would have run screaming once the first one died convulsing, and completely abandoned the area without further salvage. Just another reminder we're dealing with people who are sometimes better than you would expect."


Drew "The truck was stripped.  Were all the poison rounds accounted for?  Or did any fall into their hands?" Drew asks pensively.

"IF, they got ahold of some that weren't detonated or were duds then....well we all know what they'll do...."

Drew pauses waiting for an answer

Sgt Drew
Warming after his hosing
Asking a very very serious question.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1456 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 10:02
  • msg #164

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Steven Drew (msg #163):

Dawid shook his head, lighting a cigarette and offering the pack around. He didn't have too many left, but that's the way things were.

"I believe all the chemical rounds are accounted for. We have the only undetonated one. I've been thinking. After seeing the faces of those men killed by the tozin, the gas is evil. I believe we have the expertise to safely dispose of the shell, given its binary nature. As long as the precursor chemicals don't mix. I'm not sure how dangerous they are when separated."

Cap'n Rae
GM, 1537 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 19:58
  • msg #165

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tuesday, Oct. 17th
1900hrs.
40F
Clear skies
Gora Kalwaria, Poland


The party sits in folding wooden chairs in the small parish hall. An old slate chalkboard on a wooden rolling frame sits at one end. Dinner had been served an hour before and the group feels pleasantly full. The Bishop is present, as is a group of militia selected by the training cadre*. Konrad, Minh, and Mariusz all feel pretty crummy. This virus seems to do its worst in the evenings. But, overall, they don't seem to be getting any worse than they had been the day before.

The purpose of the evening meeting is to discuss an expedition to the abandoned village south of Gora-Kalwaria. The objective of this expedition is twofold. First, the road to Kozienice must be cleared to allow the merchant caravan to do its business and, hopefully, secure more small arms ammunition for the militia. The sceond is to provide the greener militia with some real combat experience. Only three bandits had been seen in the village a few days before and they'd unwilling to tangle the well-armed group.

OOC: Time to plan out the anti-marauder search and destroy mission. No wheeled transport is available at this time. There is a Stalwart amphibious cargo vehicle in the town but it is not currently running and no one [in the party] has taken a look at it.

*How many militia do you want to take? What experience level group or do you want to mix them up? Weapons load-out?

The AGS-17 needs to be disassembled in order to determine if it is still functional. The drum magazine has a bullet hole in it. The jagged interior will need to be cut and filed so as not to impede the feed of grenades. One grenade has some bullet damage (leaving 17 undamaged grenades) and the belt has been severed in one place. This leaves two grenade belts of 8 and 9 sections which can be joined to create a 16-grenade belt.

This message was last edited by the GM at 20:18, Sun 06 Dec 2009.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1078 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 08:51
  • msg #166

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

As there didn't seem to be much interest in talking about Warsaw, Bayer says, "Alright then. Orders."

"Situation. A small group of bandits, estimated at three, have been interrupting trade on the southern route to Kozienice. They're believed to be holding up in the ruins of Podgora, which is about 5 kilometers from here. Gora Kalwaria requires this route to be cleared to resume its trade, including for munitions needed by the militia here. We'll also be using this mission to provide some additional field experience for a some of the militia who will accompany us."

"Mission. Our platoon will eliminate all hostile forces in Podgora, tonight, in order for trade to resume."

"Execution. Phase one. Under the cover of darkness we will leave G-K and move to an objective rendezvous point NE of Podgora. The trade route is to the west of Podgora which is where I expect most if not all of their attention to be focused on during the night. The ORV will be amongst the ruins and woods providing concealment for the main body while the element commanders move up to recce the objective."

"Phase two. We will conduct a standard platoon raid. Support element opens fire, assault element closes and secures the objective killing or capturing anyone still alive, and security element ensures nobody is able to escape."

"Phase three. Secure all salvageable equipment. Sweep the village. Then wait for the Queen to pick us up riverside for the return to G-K."

"Groupings and tasks."

"Headquarters. Myself and Stoner. I will navigate the patrol to and from the objective and provide command and control. I will also carry a radio. Stoner will be the medic."

"Assault Element. Jan, Jones, Drew, and three militia will form a six man assault squad. Jan will lead for this mission and will carry a radio. Weapons are to be rifles and grenades. Each of you is to pair up with a militia soldier. This team will assault and clear the objective of hostile forces."

"Support Element. Dawid, Ondar, Tucker, and three militia will for a six man support squad. Dawid will lead for this mission and carry a radio. Support element will have one GPMG team, a sniper team, and a grenade launcher team. This team will maintain a fire base and support the assault element's approach."

"Security Element. Mariusz and three militia will form two - two man security teams. For the move to and from the objective, they will serve as scouts and flanking security. For phase two, they will setup two cut off positions to ensure nobody escapes, and to ensure nobody else enters the objective area."

Transport Element. Griet and the Queen's crew will provide transport back to the G-K, which will be useful if there are non-walking casualties. They won't depart until dawn however for both security reasons and because of the navigation hazards. Its a short trip anyways.

"Service and support. Only the Queen and what we provide ourselves."

"Command and signals. Minimum radios are myself and the element commanders. Open fire policy will be on self defense only. I'll initiate the raid by firing. Call signs to follow once we get a count of radios."


Bayer then turns to the Bishop and says, "So I need 9 of your men... preferably those identified to be team leaders or NCO type. Outfitted in warm clothing, good boots, a canteen of water, a military rifle and ammo. Don't tell them the details."

Returning his attention to the group, he asks, "I need to know who has a radio to determine call signs. Also, who has night vision. If there aren't enough, I'd like to pool any paraflares. Questions on the orders? Rehearsals to follow once the militia arrive."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 597 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 19:03
  • msg #167

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"I've still got the manpac radio, Sir," Mariusz replied to his Kaptain, "do you want me to keep it or give it to one of the larger contingents?"
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 532 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 19:04
  • msg #168

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Griet listened to the plan and said, "I'll be manning the wheelhouse radio."
Tom Jones
player, 46 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 19:13
  • msg #169

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


"Sorry no radio or NVG's, sounds good though, I've got no problems"

He listens to the rest of the team, then collects the M14 mags from the tug and the grenade launcher. On his way back he tosses the HK grenade launcher into Mariusz hands.

"He probably would want someone to use it. Keep it, give it away, I don't care.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1538 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 19:59
  • msg #170

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


As Konrad solicits questions, Ondar speaks in his halting, heavily accented English,

"I like to go but..."

He points down at his bandaged leg, propped up in front of him on a chair.

"I will make group slow. I am volunteer to be man on boat, to guard. Is this OK?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 704 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 02:07
  • msg #171

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Cap'n Rae:
As Konrad solicits questions, Ondar speaks in his halting, heavily accented English,

"I like to go but..."

He points down at his bandaged leg, propped up in front of him on a chair.

"I will make group slow. I am volunteer to be man on boat, to guard. Is this OK?"

"I've got a radio and night vision boss.  Um boss, kind of the same thing Ondar pointed out.  My arms are still a little messed up and I don't want to slow anyone up."

OOC: If the Gm thinks Tucker is OK to go, then he will go!
Steven Drew
player, 82 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 03:21
  • msg #172

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Konrad Bayer:
As there didn't seem to be much interest in talking about Warsaw, Bayer says, "Alright then. Orders."

"Situation. A
"Assault Element. Jan, Jones, Drew, and three militia will form a six man assault squad. Jan will lead for this mission and will carry a radio. Weapons are to be rifles and grenades. Each of you is to pair up with a militia soldier. This team will assault and clear the objective of hostile forces."

Returning his attention to the group, he asks, <Blue>"I need to know who has a radio to determine call signs. Also, who has night vision. If there aren't enough, I'd like to pool any paraflares. Questions on the orders? Rehearsals to follow once the militia arrive."


  Drew:

  "So you want me to leave the M240 behind on this one?" he asks. as he makes a mental note.

  "How good are these guys?  Go through the basics, a little less or more?  What level should we work em at?"  Drew asks wanting to know the level of his trainee.

Sgt Drew
Getting info on the upcomming op
MP-5 <soon to switch over to his M16A2 for the patrol.>
Konrad Bayer
player, 1079 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 05:09
  • msg #173

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Cap'n Rae:
As Konrad solicits questions, Ondar speaks in his halting, heavily accented English,"I like to go but...I will make group slow. I am volunteer to be man on boat, to guard. Is this OK?"

Bayer nods, and replies, "Right. I've forgotten. Yes you and Quyen can hold off the mission. Stay on the boat with Griet."

"Tuck. As you can walk, I can still use you... on a radio, controlling and spotting targets, or even mentoring the militia. Dawid is going to be busy on the GPMG so he could probably use you helping control the rest of support. You're call though... it won't cause a big problem if you opt out."


Steven Drew:
"So you want me to leave the M240 behind on this one?" he asks. as he makes a mental note.

"How good are these guys?  Go through the basics, a little less or more?  What level should we work em at?"  Drew asks wanting to know the level of his trainee.

"Yes. I'd like you light and up front on the assault. And besides, I want us to use as little of the machinegun ammo as possible. Just one GPMG (in support) will suffice tonight. Take your pick of whatever other weapon you want."

"From the training and what we've seen at the camp, I'd say the militia are competant, brave and very motivated to learn. They can handle themselves as individual soldiers fine, but need more work on being part of a squad or platoon."


Mariusz Tokarski:
"I've still got the manpac radio, Sir," Mariusz replied to his Kaptain, "do you want me to keep it or give it to one of the larger contingents?"

"I'd like the manpac with HQ... Stoner. You'll need a tac radio. If we can't get you one I'll give you mine and take the manpac myself."

"Dawid does your team have a radio?"


OOC - Sorry, I'm just a little unsure of just who has a radio and who doesn't.

"Doctor Solemblume. Perhaps you can accompany the tug with everything you need for life saving duties. If we have a casualty I'd like you to be closer at hand than us having to transport the wounded all the way back to camp first."
This message was last edited by the player at 05:15, Tue 08 Dec 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1457 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 05:41
  • msg #174

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #173):

"I think we are in good shape, all things considered, Kapitan."

"Tuck has a radio, and I believe he also has an M203. The militia can carry spare ammunition and grenades, although it is understood that conserving ammunition of all kinds will be paramount. These are a few bandits, not an entrneched military unit."

"I would prefer to use the PKM, of course, but the militia was training with it. I should like to take the American M240, as Drew's not needing it."

"Someone who is a qualified armourer should have a look at the Plamya. I can service the weapon, but repairs are best done by a professional, eh?"


He tested his leg, seeing how it was holding up. It seemed to have healed nicely from the flesh wound over a week ago, no infection, only some pain and a slight limp remained. Dawid also touched the scar along his temple, remembering the graze that had almost taken his life weeks back at the locks.

"Also... when we get back, I can have a look at deactivating the chemical round we recovered. I've done it before, but will need some time to re-acquaint myself with the proper safety procedures in dealing with a binary weapon."
Tom Jones
player, 47 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 08:16
  • msg #175

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #173):
"I would prefer to use the PKM, of course, but the militia was training with it. I should like to take the American M240, as Drew's not needing it."


"You can have my RPK if you need it ? I won't be using it.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1458 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 15:28
  • msg #176

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Tom Jones (msg #175):

"That's not a bad idea. We probably won't need a full GPMG's firepowe. Ammunition for the RPK is common enough, and it'll be easier to carry, for sure."

Dawid considered for a moment, then nodded. "That's a good idea, I'll take you up on it, thanks."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 705 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 21:56
  • msg #177

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Konrad Bayer:
Cap'n Rae:
As Konrad solicits questions, Ondar speaks in his halting, heavily accented English,"I like to go but...I will make group slow. I am volunteer to be man on boat, to guard. Is this OK?"

Bayer nods, and replies, "Right. I've forgotten. Yes you and Quyen can hold off the mission. Stay on the boat with Griet."

"Tuck. As you can walk, I can still use you... on a radio, controlling and spotting targets, or even mentoring the militia. Dawid is going to be busy on the GPMG so he could probably use you helping control the rest of support. You're call though... it won't cause a big problem if you opt out."

Tucker nods to Bayer, "If you need me boss, say no more!"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1080 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 9 Dec 2009
at 03:31
  • msg #178

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Bayer will switch his tac radio for the the manpack Mariusz is currently carrying.

"Do we have a weapons tech?" he asks, referring to the AGS repairs.

Once the militia arrives, Bayer will have Mariusz fill them in on what's going on and introduce everyone again. He'll then give a couple minutes of for the element commanders to select the militia soldiers who will be augmenting the platoon and brief them on what's expected of them.

Following that, the platoon will conduct rehearsals (mostly for the benefit of the inexperienced militia), covering:

- Moving to the ORV... formations; actions on natural obstacles and enemy contact.

- ORV proceedure... Halt at the ORV; element commanders move forward and recce the objective and locate where they're to position their men; return and collect the platoon; deploy the elements; support opens up and assault sweeps across; secure everything and withdraw to a safe position.

- Move to pickup... formations; prisoner and casualty transportation.
Tom Jones
player, 48 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Wed 9 Dec 2009
at 06:44
  • msg #179

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Konrad Bayer:
"Do we have a weapons tech?" he asks, referring to the AGS repairs.


I worked as a machinist so if some one can show me what needs to be fabricted I can give making it a go.

Tom then gives the RPK over to Dawid, as well as the chest rig with the other six mags. He then takes it easy until the mission start unless asked to do something else.
Minh Quyen
player, 455 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 9 Dec 2009
at 16:58
  • msg #180

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Omitted understandably from the raid due to her leg, Quyen helped out by constructing the map model. After the platoon departed, she loaded her combat gear aboard the Korlowa and monitored the radio while chatting with Griet in the wheelhouse. If the opportunity came later, she'd get some rest.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1539 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 00:20
  • msg #181

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Wednesday, Oct. 18th
0030hrs.
20F
Clear skies
Quarter Moon
5km SW of Gora Kalwaria, Poland


Aside from the cold (after dark, the temperature drops from the day's high by about 30F), the 5km night march to the abandoned village SE of Gora Kalwaria is not a particularly difficult one. Visibility is good but not great. The dozen or so militia along on the operation are nervous and a bit jumpy at first, but your confidence and, more importantly, competence, gradually begins to rub off on the less experienced fighters. All in all, it's a good night march. Spacing in the loose approach formation is good, people are vigilant, and noise discipline is maintained.

The group reaches the ORV in a couple of hours. After situating the various elements in an all-round defensive position, Konrad and his hand-picked lieutenants leave the larger group temporarily to conduct a leader's reconaissance.

Studying the decrepid village through his night optic, Konrad quickly spots what he's looking for: a tell-tale glow coming from one of the post office's north-facing windows. It looks like the bandits may have moved in after the party moved out a few days ago. A dark sillouhette passes in front of the lit window and then, in a wink, it is gone. Gradually, the glow from the interior of the building begins to diminish. Apart from the P.O., the rest of the small village is dark and appears to remain completely uninhabited. Konrad returns to the ORV and briefs the squad commanders. When all is ready, the teams deploy to assault the post-office. As far as anyone can tell, the handful of bandits that occupy the hamlet have no idea that their rule of the run-down ghost town is about to end...

Back in Gora Kalwaria, the squad assigned to the Krolowa board the old tug and get their weapons and gear squared away. Once everything is prepped for the morning rendezvous, there is not much to do besides getting some welcome rest. You wrap up tight in as many blankets as you can get a hold of and drift off to sleep.

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:10, Thu 17 Dec 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1459 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 03:42
  • msg #182

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #181):

Dawid checked over the RPK he was loaned and sighted it in. He found it was in fine condition. Thomas may have had his faults in the past, but he knew what he was doing regarding his own weapon and had shown a marked improvement overall, as well. He examined the 3 ORMO assigned to the fire support team to determine their condition and skills; he then assigned one to carry the radio to help out Tuck, with the other 2 to carry ammunition (RPK and M203).

Before getting into position at the ORV, Dawid makes sure to designate rally points along the route of march. Once there, he designates a further one, something that can be recognised even in the dark (if possible).

Dawid looked through his NVGs. "So, what do you think? Gas them out, or toss a couple grenades in without warning?"

He studied the target, looking for some kind of sentry.


Dawid Piotrowski
RPK (30/30 + 6 mags)
2 grenades, 2 smoke, 2 flares

Steven Drew
player, 83 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 07:37
  • msg #183

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #181):

 Before heading out Drew makes sure his charge knows to keep looking forward, backwards and all around.  He stresses to have the highest situational awareness possible.  To keep aware of the hand and arm signals that they will communicate with which eliminates the need for a translator.  He will ensure his person knows the primary hand and arm signals without mistake.

  Prior to moving out Drew will have them do a silent check by having each member jump up and down.  If there is any rattle or clink he will have the noise find and silenced.  He will grimly stress the need for silence to ALL.

  When on the move Drew will keep a decent interval, but durring administrative halts he will get within arms reach of his charge just incase he has to direct him.

  At the leaders recon Drew will monitor the area looking for sentries and observation posts.  He will suggest in the most silent of whispers that they sit tight for a bit hopefully catching the changing of a guard shift so they can see where the guard post is and deal with them as they are able.  So for the moment they can all sit tight and practice their self discipline skills.  After all, waiting if one of the biggest and hardest parts of battle.

Sgt Drew
On Patrol
M16A2
Tom Jones
player, 49 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 10:14
  • msg #184

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


This bloody cold was numbing, Tom kept his eye on his buddy during the advance to the jump off point. He should of stayed back when they stormed the workshop now he was some sort of house clearing god, at least that’s what the rest of them thought. He was so close to pissing himself and now he has to do it again.

He held the M14K at his shoulder as they moved forward getting a feel for the weapon and where all the knobs and leavers are.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 598 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 19:40
  • msg #185

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz was out on one of the flanks as he'd been instructed, he caressed the G3 with its new grenade launcher underneath, he'd been impressed by them in the attack on the village and had been thrilled to be given this one.

He looked around carefully and made sure that none of the bandits were watching them.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 533 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 19:41
  • msg #186

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Despite the steam pipes running through the wheel house, Griet shivered as she thought of the troops out in the cold and the dark. She sat next to the radio and waited for news. As she did she looked over at Mihn and said, "How are your injuries? Any better?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1460 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 11 Dec 2009
at 04:19
  • msg #187

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Steven Drew (msg #183):

Dawid noted that Drew was making sure security was being kept, and sound and light discipline maintained. He observed and memorised these techniques for future implementation.

Typical WP doctrine didn't stress or practice the "patrolling art" for ground forces as the emphasis was on the mobile battle, except for special reconnaissance and commando troops. Although surviving Polish and other WP troops generally developed patrolling and ambush methods out of necessity as the war progressed, there was no tactical commonality as each unit worked it out for themselves on the fly. Therefore, Daawid was always interested in seeing what worked. Strategically, NATO had been defeated on almost every front, but their small unit tactics were still far superiour to the Warsaw Pact in many ways and one should never underestimate them or their skills.

He returned the hand signal, indicating he understood and agreed with Drew's idea to wait until the bandits changed their guard.


Dawid Piotrowski
RPK (30/30 + 6 mags, + 6 more mags carried by ORMO)
2 grenades, 2 smoke, 2 flares

Konrad Bayer
player, 1081 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 11 Dec 2009
at 04:59
  • msg #188

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Bayer gives the thumbs up to the suggestion, and whispers, "Wait for shift change." Once we get an idea of their sentry plan, Bayer will deploy the platoon elements based on that info.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1540 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 11 Dec 2009
at 22:28
  • msg #189

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


The team leaders watch the bandit occupied building for over an hour and there's no sign of movement from either inside or outside of the building. The camp fire (a safe assumption) burned out completely some time ago. It's as if the folks inside the building have retired for the night, without having set up any sort of guard rotation.

The rest of the team members do their best to stay as warm as possible. It is an impossible task.
Tom Jones
player, 50 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 06:00
  • msg #190

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


The cold was starting to have an effect on Tom, sitting still for over an hour his legs where beginning to cramp up. When the order to deploy was given it was with a mixture of relief followed by fear as Tom moved forward with the others.

M14 at the shoulder he joined the others in the entry group. When given the go order Tom will enter and engage any bandits whether they are a threat or not.


M14K (20/20) + 5 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Bandit Camp Entry Team
Killing everything
Konrad Bayer
player, 1082 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 06:21
  • msg #191

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Bayer mulled over the situation. It didn't seem like it was going to pan out as he expected, but in the end it was probably better. If anything, at least this way they wouldn't use as much ammo (if any) he expected. Hoping that the concept still stuck with the militia trainees, he motions for the element commanders to lean in and listen.

"Dawid. Setup your support over in that brush. I don't anticipate you'll be firing, so support's role will be secondary... just in case assault finds itself in more trouble than expected. Open fire on my signal or in self defense only."

"Mariusz. Position one of your security out by side of the road, and the other between those houses. Anyone escapes from Assault, and you gun them down. Keep an eye out for anyone approaching also."

"Jan. Close in along the ruins and rush them however the situation allows. Kill them or take them prisoner I don't care. Either one is fine with me as long as nobody in your team gets hurt. I'll follow in the rear with Stoner."

"Ok. Set? We'll work backwards tonight and Assault will dictate when things happen. Contingency plan if we are discovered before we are set up is support will open up and I'll coordinate a flanking with Assault. Alright, brief your men and deploy."

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 599 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 14:52
  • msg #192

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz whispered to his men, telling them where to position themselves and what they were to do. He ordered his companion to cover their rear whilst he covered the bandits' line of retreat and split the second pair to do the same.

He and his companion headed for teh position between the houses. As soon as they were in position he intended to alert the Kaptain with a brief radio transmission.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 706 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 17:38
  • msg #193

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tucker waits with his M-203 loaded with a HE round ready to fire in support of the entry team in case something goes wrong.  He also waits for any further orders from Dawid in case he wants him deployed elsewhere than where he is right now.  "Have an HE round ready for me to load in case there's trouble and we have to fire & hold yer fire until we're told OK?" Tucker says to his battle buddy from the militia.
Jan Cerny
NPC, 164 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 19:34
  • msg #194

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Jan (NPCed) nods his head in reply to Konrad and whispers orders to his assault team. Like Drew, he makes sure that their gear is strapped down so that it doesn't clink or rattle when they move.

Jan leaves his AK-74/BG-15 combo behind and takes his shorter, handier PM-84 Glauberyt submachinegun.

He leads his squad in a looping, half-circle first away and then towards the side of the post office which the commanders were watching. He sidles up to the exterior wall and creeps towards the door. He pushes gently against it but it doesn't budge. He moves past it towards the window through which they'd earlier seen the glow of a camp fire. He signals his intentions to his men, takes a grenade from his webbing, pulls the pin, lets the spoon fly, and tosses it through the window. A flash and a crump and he's up and over the window sill. His men follow somewhat awkwardly. A short burst of fire (it sounds like a submachine gun), followed by a second, and a third and then silence.

Someone, tumbles out of the open window. The figure stands and then waves at the waiting and watching elements. Jan appears in the window a second later and flashes a thumbs up.

Next Moves?
Steven Drew
player, 84 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 19:59
  • msg #195

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Drew:

  Moved into position as the new plan dictated and had his charge at arms reach.  He motioned for the trainee to follow at arms reach.

  When the grenade burst he whispered,

"Its on!" and moved into action following his instrincts and training that he had done countless times in training and in real life.  And now it was almost reflex actions fueled by adrenaline.

Sgt Drew
M16A2
moving in the assault mode
Tom Jones
player, 51 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 22:40
  • msg #196

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)



Crouched with his back against the wall Tom covered the exits from the room as Jan and one of the militia climbed out. They had done their job everyone in the room was dead or dying.

Toms breathing was returning to normal as he stared along the length of the M14. The short sharp rapid intakes where replaced by slow and deeper breaths. He had also stopped shaking, the deep breaths where calming him. He wiped the back of his hand over his forehead and exhaled.

He scanned the room several bodies still lay in their beds the others only partially out. With the threat in the building eliminated Tom moves to one of the windows on the opposite wall to where they entered and covers the back of the building.

M14K(20/20) + 5 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Bandit Camp Assault Group
Covering the rear of the building
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1461 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 13 Dec 2009
at 15:40
  • msg #197

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid gave Konrad the thumb's up to indicate he understood. He repeated Konrad's orders to Tuck.

After positioning the support element where their fires would not interfere with anyone going in, Dawid made sure to repeat Konrad's orders to the ORMO. "No firing unless I give the command, understood?" He spoke in Polish, so he knew they would understand and there would be no misunderstanding.

He didn't waste his breath repeating this to Tucker. However, he did go over the man's 40mm grenade supply and made sure he knew which round was which, and that they were stored so the correct one could be accessed without looking. "Sergeant Tucker wants fragmentation ready. That's a a yellow one, there. See? good."

While he waited he made sure his arc of fire was delineated by some kind of physical object on either side, so he could conduct grazing fire in the dark and not be firing outside his chosen sector. His night-glasses would make this unnecessary, but they could fail at a crucial moment and he wanted to be sure.

He charged the weapon and set it to full-auto, breathing in the cold night air. The RPK's wooden stock was tucked into his shoulder, held snug by he left hand. When the "go" signal was given, he looked at the ORMO and hissed, "no firing! Remember!"


Dawid Piotrowski
RPK (30/30 + 6 mags)
2 grenades, 2 smoke, 2 flares
Instructing the ORMO, setting up a firing position.

This message was last edited by the player at 14:17, Tue 15 Dec 2009.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 709 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 16 Dec 2009
at 01:15
  • msg #198

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Dawid gave Konrad the thumb's up to indicate he understood. He repeated Konrad's orders to Tuck.

After positioning the support element where their fires would not interfere with anyone going in, Dawid made sure to repeat Konrad's orders to the ORMO. "No firing unless I give the command, understood?" He spoke in Polish, so he knew they would understand and there would be no misunderstanding.

He didn't waste his breath repeating this to Tucker. However, he did go over the man's 40mm grenade supply and made sure he knew which round was which, and that they were stored so the correct one could be accessed without looking. "Sergeant Tucker wants fragmentation ready. That's a a yellow one, there. See? good."

Tucker nods in acknowledgement and also gives a thumbs up to Dawid that he heard and understood the order about firing.  Frank waits patiently with his assistant as the assault unfolds.

Tucker
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HE]
Cover team, awaiting orders to fire
Konrad Bayer
player, 1085 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 08:53
  • msg #199

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

After the assault team rushed the sleeping bandits, Bayer crouches at the entrance way to the building and calls in, "Any casualties?" He then gives a thumbs up to the team and says, "Well done. HQ will hold here and check the bodies. Jan prep your men and sweep the rest of the buildings... watch out for Mariusz's teams on the outer perimeter."

He then nods to Stoner, "Call Griet and have the tug depart for extraction."

Bayer kneels next to one of the dead bandits, and speaks into his own tac radio, "Dawid, objective secure. Assault is going to sweep the hamlet. Hold fire on movement around the buildings. Stand by your team in case there is trouble." Following a pause, he transmits again, "Mariusz? Did you copy that? Assault is moving, keep your security under control. Over."

He then begins searching the bandits and their belongings with Stoner. "Any of these guys alive?" he asks the medic.
This message was last edited by the player at 08:54, Thu 17 Dec 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1463 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 17:54
  • msg #200

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #199):

There was a bang and not much else. A few controlled bursts after, and it was over.

Dawid acknowledged the instructions from Konrad. "Eagle calling Sunray, understood. We'll keep security where we are."

He turned to the other people. "We did it. Keep alert, but there will be movement in the village, so be calm. Let's look around, make sure we're not attacked from the rear or a flank. Let me know if you see anything, don't shoot unless you need to or are sure. If our own people are hurt, there will be hell to pay!"

Dawid repeated the order in Polish for the benefit of clarity, pointing out where friendlies were located, and the other sectors they would watch.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1543 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 23:09
  • msg #201

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Wednesday, Oct. 18th
0200hrs.
20F
Clear skies
Quarter Moon
5km SW of Gora Kalwaria, Poland


You cycle through the room where the bandits had been camping out. It's actually the same large lobby that the party had occupied a few nights before. The three men are in sorry shape. They are dressed in various pieces of threadbare Soviet kit. Their hair is long and unkempt and all three sport scraggly beards. Blood has pooled all around them and some fairly nasty wounds are clearly visible on their still-warm corpses. Two AK-74s are recovered along with a couple of magazine of ammunition for each of them. The third rifle took a couple of bullets from Jan's SMG and is beyond repair. Nothing of value is found in their packs. It appears that the deserters have previously discarded their identity discs.

In another room, you make a shocking discovery. A nude man, face down on the floor. His buttocks and the backs of his thighs have been cut out. A dull butcher's knife and a hatchet rest on the floor nearby. The man is also rather gaunt and has probably been dead no more than a couple of days. One hopes he'd been dead when the butchering had begun...

The group breaks up into teams and spreads throughout the small village, searching each and every building. The job is twice as lengthy and nerve-wracking in the dark. The initial approach is made using the few sets of NVGs carried by the TLs, and then filtered flashlights (torches) are used to search the interiors. The houses are mostly empty. Anything flammable (furniture, wooden fixtures, flooring, etc.) has been removed for use as fuel.

With its spotlight glaring, the Krolowa makes its way south to pick up the clearing team. Anyone within a couple kilometers of the river can probably see her, but the risk is considered acceptable by Griet, Adam, and the Bishop. The tug arrives off shore near the ghost-village and awaits the signal to commence pick up. The small boat is readied by Tadeuz.

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:11, Thu 17 Dec 2009.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 710 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 23:59
  • msg #202

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tucker enters the room where the dead marauders are lying in their own pools of blood.  He scans over their faces quickly and then moves onto the other room where he sees the body of the person that has been cut up.  He shakes his head and can only say, "Ah man!  Their fuckin' eating people!  Fuckin' cannibals!"
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 600 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 18 Dec 2009
at 16:08
  • msg #203

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz replied to the Kaptain, "Copy that, Kaptain, I'll keep my men low and out of the line of fire. Let us know when you want us to come in."

He let his men know that they were to lie low and then huddled down into his jumper as he tried to keep warm in the freezing cold.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1464 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 18 Dec 2009
at 17:48
  • msg #204

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #202):

As Tucker heads into the post office, Dawid reminded him, "we're the security element, so have a look but come back as soon as you can. I'll need your expertise to help with the ORMO."

He orgamised the support element so they were covering the southern approach to town, the one he figured government troops would be coming from.
Tom Jones
player, 54 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Fri 18 Dec 2009
at 21:57
  • msg #205

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)



With the house clearing finished Tom tries to give his buddy as much feedback as he can. These men will be expected to train and lead the more green recruits once they get back so he tries to make it as worthwhile as possible.

The body had been a real head spin, he had heard stories but never though it would happen. As he kept watch to the rear of the last building they cleared, he thought on the cannibalism, he had been hungry in the past but would he really go that far.

Once the assault group was called back he waited with the others before the move to the river.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 711 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 20 Dec 2009
at 15:41
  • msg #206

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #202):

As Tucker heads into the post office, Dawid reminded him, "we're the security element, so have a look but come back as soon as you can. I'll need your expertise to help with the ORMO."

He orgamised the support element so they were covering the southern approach to town, the one he figured government troops would be coming from.

"All right," Tucker said as he left and came right back to the security element.  He sets up with the group where Dawid tells him to.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1544 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 20 Dec 2009
at 21:04
  • msg #207

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Wednesday, Oct. 18th
0400hrs.
20F
Clear skies
Quarter Moon
Gora Kalwaria, Poland


After the small village is searched, the four bodies are dragged out of the post office- a messy and unpleasant task- and tossed into a particularly run-down cottage. One of the older militiamen wisely points out the undesirability of leaving the corpses to rot- possibly to become breeding grounds for disease- in Gora Kalwaria's own back yard. The bandits had collected enough fuel to last a couple more nights and that is used as kindling for their ersatz funeral pyre.

The mission completed successfully, the search and destroy force marches the short distance to the Vistula and signals the waiting tug. The tug's small boat, manned by Tadeuz makes several round trips to relay the force back to the Krolowa.

Once you're aboard, you look back at the town, now eerily lit by the orange glow of the ad-hoc crematorium. The tug slowly spins on its own axis and begins steaming northwest, towards Gora Kalwaria. There is no laughing or back-slapping but the militiamen exchange pleased smiles. The modest operation seems to have achieved its second, and most important goal: boosting the militia's confidence.

You know that you're almost home when you can see a few flickering lights of Gora Kalwaria on the west bank. But something else on the east bank catches your eye- a flashing red light, blinking on and off rythmically. Through your NVGs, you can see two figures, one squatting, the other, with the flashlight, holding a field torch and aiming it directly at the Krolowa. Walter swings the beam of the tug's spotlight on the two men. They shrink back from the bright white light but make no attempt to run or hide. Both are armed, but their weapons are slung. Neither makes any move to retrieve or employ them. They raise their arms to shield their eyes and await their fate.

Actions?
This message was last edited by the GM at 21:07, Sun 20 Dec 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1465 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 21 Dec 2009
at 05:04
  • msg #208

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #207):

Dawid seemed skeptical about the grisly find. They saw what they saw, but...

"It doesn't make a lot of sense. I've seen many civilians die from starvation without resorting to... that. Even men in my own unit suffered from malnutrition, and some died. We ate very few people! Just kidding, we didn't eat anyone. There's just enough food to go around, farms and towns and such, and on travellers. If they couldn't take it from others, men with guns can always find work in the town ORMOs or even with the Black Baron or Communist government."

"Perhaps this was just torture, maybe these men went mad. Then again, they were Russians, a barbaric and uncultured people, so who who knows?"


He was talking to keep himself sane, to a degree, as well as the Gora Kalawria ORMO. Anything to keep them from dwelling on what they'd seen.

"At least the bastards are dead! Something to be very proud of, I assure you all."

When the men were spotted on the bank of the river, he instructed the gun crew on the Vasilek to load the last fragmentation round and keep watch to the flanks. Just in case this was a distraction for an ambush from an unexpected quarter, he scanned the entire area through his NVGs.
This message was last edited by the player at 07:08, Mon 21 Dec 2009.
Tom Jones
player, 55 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Mon 21 Dec 2009
at 06:55
  • msg #209

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)



Squinting into the beam from the quarter deck, Tom lined up the pair with his RPK. The front sight post was just below the bulk of the figure on the left. As soon as the order is given Tom will fire three 10 round bursts into the group.

There had been something familiar in the pattern of the lights but Tom’s best subject was not signalling or patrol skills. He was dog tired all he wanted to do was close his eyes.

RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Quarter Deck Tug
Bead on the duo
Konrad Bayer
player, 1086 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 21 Dec 2009
at 07:56
  • msg #210

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

After ensuring a head count was passed up once the platoon was ferried to the Krolowa, Bayer congratulated the Poles on their performance. Even though the raid was far from how they probably pictured it, Bayer emphasized their good performance regarding march discipline and field craft - telling them it ultimately led to them saving bullets and likely going home with everyone in one piece.

He is up on the Bridge with Griet, talking to her quietly when the two people are spotted on the riverside. "Great." he says quietly with a strong trace of suspicion. "Now what."

Although dawn was nearing, it was still dark. So Bayer digs out the image intensifiers and studies the pair on shore. "Griet slow the tug, but don't drop anchor. Keep her still."

Then over his shoulder, he says while still staring through his optics, "Tuck. Get everyone to stand to. Have the machine guns manned immediately and cover the other bank too. Quietly as possible."

After the Krolowa halted, Bayer says, "Seems they want to talk. Maybe envoys. Maybe deserters. Maybe spies. In any case I want to hear them out. Is that Morse Code? Griet?"

If they are too far for verbal communications and it isn't Morse, only then will Bayer ask for a volunteer to row to the shore to pick them up.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 534 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Mon 21 Dec 2009
at 15:42
  • msg #211

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Griet replied, "Holding steady, Sir. It might have been Morse, but it was too fast for me to get it."
Craig Sutherland
player, 1 post
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 21 Dec 2009
at 21:54
  • msg #212

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Well this is it Craig thought, he looked over at his companion with a nod of is head he indicated the next move. Standing he slowly moves towards the tug with his hands slightly out from his sides. Once at the edge of the river he waits for the crew to make the next move.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 712 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 01:30
  • msg #213

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #210):

"As quietly as possible, take your team and make ready on the tug's weapons.
Konrad Bayer:
After ensuring a head count was passed up once the platoon was ferried to the Krolowa, Bayer congratulated the Poles on their performance. Even though the raid was far from how they probably pictured it, Bayer emphasized their good performance regarding march discipline and field craft - telling them it ultimately led to them saving bullets and likely going home with everyone in one piece.

He is up on the Bridge with Griet, talking to her quietly when the two people are spotted on the riverside. "Great." he says quietly with a strong trace of suspicion. "Now what."

Although dawn was nearing, it was still dark. So Bayer digs out the image intensifiers and studies the pair on shore. "Griet slow the tug, but don't drop anchor. Keep her still."

Then over his shoulder, he says while still staring through his optics, "Tuck. Get everyone to stand to. Have the machine guns manned immediately and cover the other bank too. Quietly as possible."

Tucker hears Bayer tell him to get everyone ready in case there is trouble with the two person's they just spotted on the river bank.  "I'm on it," Tucker says as he begins to move away from where Bayer is watching the 'watchers' on the bridge.  Tucker fisrt locates Jan and tells him, "Jan, take your team and cover these newbies on the bank with the Queen's guns.  Be as unconspicuous as possible."

Robert then tries to locate Mariusz and tells him, "Mariusz, need your team to cover the other bank these two aren't on to make sure this ins't some kind of trap."
Steven Drew
player, 86 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 03:44
  • msg #214

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


  Drew:

  Drew makes his way to one of the forward machineguns to either man the gun outright or lend a hand.  His rifle will be slung crosswise overhis back.

  "Here, let me help out" he will say as he moves to the gun.


Sgt Drew
helping man a gun
M16A2 slung
Apel Avtomian
player, 1 post
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 04:24
  • msg #215

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Apel follows his partner and moves slowly to the bank with his arms raised.  "Slowly, Apel, slowly," he thinks to himself.  "You've come too far.."
Minh Quyen
player, 457 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 07:58
  • msg #217

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

After helping ferry the team back to the tug, Quyen sat in the galley resting her leg. It was her intention to stay off of it as much as possible with the goal of recovering as quickly as possible to be of better help to the team again. When Tucker went about readying everyone, she collected her rifle and said, "Unless you want me elsewhere Sergeant, I'll keep the rear under watch."

Then getting into position, she lowered herself just enough to still be able to watch for any activity coming upriver.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 601 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 12:54
  • msg #218

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"On it, Tuck." Mariusz replied and moved his militia companions to the opposite side of the boat to the incomers. He got them to scan the bank and see if there were any surprises, he stroked the HK-69, maybe he'd get a chance to shoot the marvelous contraption before the night was out.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 713 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 13:02
  • msg #219

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Minh Quyen:
After helping ferry the team back to the tug, Quyen sat in the galley resting her leg. It was her intention to stay off of it as much as possible with the goal of recovering as quickly as possible to be of better help to the team again. When Tucker went about readying everyone, she collected her rifle and said, "Unless you want me elsewhere Sergeant, I'll keep the rear under watch."

Then getting into position, she lowered herself just enough to still be able to watch for any activity coming upriver.

"No, that's cool Minh.  Take the rear and keep your eyes open," Tucker tells Minh as he goes to make sure everyone is ready.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1545 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 20:41
  • msg #220

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


The tug's armed complement stands to and a dozen weapons are trained on the two spotlit strangers. The tug is not quite even with the unidentified men, the faint lights of Gora Kalwaria glitter off the port side. At Griet's signal, the light is switched off and the surrounding area is swept with several pairs of NVGs. No other interlopers are detected. The powerful is switched on again and, after sweeping the shore and area behind it, reaches out for the two men on the riverbank, blinding them for a second time.

Jan volunteers to take the small boat across to pick up the pair. Tadeuz drives and two of the more calm, experienced militiamen ride shotgun. The two men are secured, their weapons confiscated, and their hands tied securely (but not too tightly) behind their backs with short lengths of rope. They're helped into the small boat and taken back to the Krolowa where they are met on deck by most of the tug's organic security force.

Stoner notes the men's NATO camoflage fatigues- one is clad in British DPM and the other U.S. woodland pattern BDUs- and quips,

"Looks like it's time for introductions. You two first."

Next Moves?
Craig Sutherland
player, 2 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 21:42
  • msg #221

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


The older of the two men speaks up. You would guess his age to be mid forties, his head is shaved and he is wearing a green beret. He also sports a salt and pepper handlebar moustache.

“Well I’m Lt Craig Sutherland four two Commando, Royal Marines.” “I’d shake your hand but.” He motions to his bindings.“We have important Intel about the Baron’s next move against you and that village.” “Who’s in charge ?”
This message was last edited by the player at 23:15, Tue 22 Dec 2009.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 537 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 21:57
  • msg #222

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Griet watched the two strangers get aboard the boat and then waited for Tadeuz to secure the launch. Once everything was safe, she started moving toward Gora Kalwaria once more.

She'd noticed that the two men both wore NATO uniforms and wondered what their story would be. She ordered the searchlight to the front again and searched carefully for any snags or sandbanks that they'd missed on the night trip upriver.
Tom Jones
player, 56 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 23:04
  • msg #223

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom watches the arrival of the duo with interest. He leans on the guard rail with his RPK’s barrel resting on the deck.

Royal Marine, Tom had never met one. He thought they had been all killed like most of the Special Forces types in the UK army. He then notices the beret the new comer is wearing, green with a bronze badge he couldn’t make out. Well he looks the part Tom thought to himself maybe he could lets the others know, then he though better of it.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1089 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 01:11
  • msg #224

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Craig Sutherland:
“Well I’m Lt Craig Sutherland four two Commando, Royal Marines.” “I’d shake your hand but.” He motions to his bindings.“We have important Intel about the Baron’s next move against you and that village.” “Who’s in charge ?”


Bayer motions for Griet to carry on with getting the tug back to the village. He then asks Tucker to move the two unknown men into the galley. Inside, he doesn't answer their question directly at the moment, rather ask first off, "Just how exactly are you privy to information regarding the Baron's intentions?"

After an answer is given he says, "Well... we're listening."
Apel Avtomian
player, 2 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 03:16
  • msg #225

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Before being taken below decks, Apel answers "Apel Avtomian, 1st. Lieutenant US Army 8th ID"
Craig Sutherland
player, 3 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 08:42
  • msg #226

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Konrad Bayer:
"Just how exactly are you privy to information regarding the Baron's intentions?"


As they enter the room Craig takes in his surroundings before addressing the men and women collected around him. "Well the short answer is that up to a few days ago we where part of the Baron’s international brigade.”

He lets the information set in before continuing "When we heard you where putting up a resistance and still fighting the war we thought we could help.”

"As for the Intel the Baron has despatched a convoy including a howitzer and a couple of chemical rounds to the east bank of the river across from the town in order to bombard it.”

“The convoy is leaving this morning and it should reach firing range by mid afternoon. The convoy is going to be escorted by at least 50-100 infantry and at least a couple of AFV’s.”

He looks around at the gathered faces to look for a reaction to the information he has offered up.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 602 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 17:00
  • msg #227

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz stared out onto the bank and watched how the shadows cast by the tug's searchlight played across the land. He wondered to himself what news the newcomers had brought, it probably wouldn't be good news, not good at all.
Apel Avtomian
player, 3 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 17:13
  • msg #228

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"The Baron is livid about the destruction of his riverine force.  Morale is generally low.  A few of his senior officers have been executed for cowardice and incompetence" adds Apel.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1090 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 17:27
  • msg #229

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"Go on." Bayer says quietly. "Explain why the Baron is going to expend his limited supply of invaluable NBC weapons on such a non-direct threat. Surely the army in Lublin is more worthy a target." (Note - he doesn't say this with any sarcasm).

Following a reply, Bayer asks, "Alright. Explain your own plan. How you figured you would convince us that you tell us the truth, and that the Baron hasn't sent you himself." Again, Bayer doesn't word it to be sound sarcastic or disbelieving - only defensive. He continues, "Of course we could use help. And if you are who you say, then you are honorable men worthy of respect. But you have to understand our position regarding your arrival and news. What uniform you wear nowadays certainly doesn't tell much about who you are dealing with. We've already learned that the hard way with false messengers of help."

He continues with collecting as many details as possible, "How many rounds are in this convoy? Type of howitzer? What type of AFVs? Precise Location?" he asks. This is shit, he thought, while entertaining himself with the thought of secreting away the townsfolk and leaving the Baron an empty village to waste his ammo on.

After a moment, Bayer concludes, "Those are big odds. Yet, you risk yourself to put yourself in the face of this? Besides information and a rifle, what else can you offer?" He then looks around to gauge the rest of his team's expressions.

Edit - Apel seems to have answered one of Bayer's questions while I was writing this.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:29, Wed 23 Dec 2009.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 538 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 18:13
  • msg #230

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Griet's heart sank as she heard the news that the newcomers had brought. It was a sword of damocles, they had to react to the intelligence as if it was true, but if it wasn't, they were putting their heads into the noose.

She looked over at the two NATO troopers and said, "I realise that this probably isn't the reception that you may have been accepting, but over the last few weeks we have had two people desert with vital supplies, a Soviet spy infiltrate our ranks posing as a Royal Marine and another stray we picked up killed two of our crew and would have done serious damage to our craft if one of our number hadn't sacrificed themselves."

She smiled lopsidedly, "You must forgive us if we seem suspicious, but we have had cause to be over the last few weeks."

She moved to stand next to Kaptain Bayer, leaving teh guidance of the boat in Adam's expert hands.
Craig Sutherland
player, 4 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 21:52
  • msg #231

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Konrad Bayer:
"Go on." Bayer says quietly. "Explain why the Baron is going to expend his limited supply of invaluable NBC weapons on such a non-direct threat. Surely the army in Lublin is more worthy a target."


"That I can’t explain he is not a rational man. He is aware of the threat from Lubin, I believe you are a test of the shells, there effectiveness and how to deploy them. Also a warning to any who would resist as I said the man is a psychopath surrounded by crazy’s."

Konrad Bayer:
Following a reply, Bayer asks, "Alright. Explain your own plan. How you figured you would convince us that you tell us the truth, and that the Baron hasn't sent you himself."


"Well we both had intended to leave; I had succoured the safety of the family that sheltered me by joining the baron. Apel here has his own story that he can tell. Once we heard that people where resisting we had to come. The last straw was the chem rounds we had to go. To be honest we had no plan, we relied on the fact we had travelled several days to find you and bring this information. We hoped it may give us and our Intel some credence in your eyes, I know it was a long shot." Craig pauses again to look at the people in the small galley.

Konrad Bayer:
"Of course we could use help. And if you are who you say, then you are honorable men worthy of respect. But you have to understand our position regarding your arrival and news. What uniform you wear nowadays certainly doesn't tell much about who you are dealing with. We've already learned that the hard way with false messengers of help."


"I understand this has been the most unconventional of conventional wars."He pauses and then says "In my webbing front pocket is my UK passport, forces photo ID card and dog tags not much but apart from my actions all I have to prove who I am. I know it is a leap of faith to believe us but the consequences of not are to horrible to think of."

Konrad Bayer:
He continues with collecting as many details as possible, "How many rounds are in this convoy? Type of howitzer? What type of AFVs? Precise Location?" he asks.


With the request of more precise info he asks if they have a map of the area to the north of the village. "The route they are taking will take them south to the east bank of the river; I don’t know the precise route. The convoy is made up of one of two D-30 howitzers the baron has, a company of infantry about 50 to 100 men probably Poles or Russians and at least two AFV’s. The AFV’s could be any of the following a T-80, T-72, BMP x2, M113 x 2, BTR-70 x 2 or a OT-64 this is the Barons motor pool. I think he will probably have two rounds for the howitzer, blood agent shells."

Konrad Bayer:
After a moment, Bayer concludes, "Those are big odds. Yet, you risk yourself to put yourself in the face of this? Besides information and a rifle, what else can you offer?" He then looks around to gauge the rest of his team's expressions.


"Well I will offer my services as a soldier of Her Majesty’s armed forces and a Royal Marine commando. I am a mountain leader which is a specialist reconnaissance role within the marines. In addition to normal reconnaissance I am also trained in mountain warfare, arctic warfare, cold weather survival and operations, and cliff assault. I am also a qualified sniper and have had demo training."
This message was last edited by the player at 08:13, Thu 24 Dec 2009.
Apel Avtomian
player, 4 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 23:50
  • msg #232

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"He is crazy," says Apel.  "Seems he wants to quell any resistance to his authority.  Worried about how it will be seen in Warsaw.  He’s mad Gora Kalwaria finished his plans for a brown water navy.  We heard some of his men got gassed.  Payback I suppose.

Apel pauses then continues.

I got separated from my unit last summer outside Neklo when we were overrun by the Sov 207th MRD.  A few of us followed the river Noteć southeast, fishing and foraging until we were “conscripted” into the Czarny's private army.  From what I overheard, the Baron's convoy will probably be coming down by either the 801 or the 50."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1466 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 08:27
  • msg #233

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg #230):

Dawid made sure the ORMO were paying attention to the banks, then wandered over to have a look at the newcomers. After hearing their stories, he commented to Griet in Polish, "wonderful, a couple more NATO liberator mouths to feed. Once again, we must throw ourselves at another army, and it seems we are weaker than we were before. Always, always."

He predicted confidently, "I can take the T-80 and T-72 like taking candy from a baby. It would have to be side shots. I don't imagine these guys brought anything useful other than their clothing and smile."

Speaking in English he said, "welcome to the Wisla Krolowa! We are something of a conglomerate here, with personnel representing NATO, the NATO-allied Polish Home Army (that's me) and various independent factions and their own interests, of course! The pay is lousy but the food's not too bad, thanks to our cook, Mariusz, and as a benefit you have the chance to rid Poland of a madman you recently followed."

"Now, kindly tell me, did you manage to come over to our side with anything more useful than yourselves and your rifles? An anti-tank guided rocket launcher, perhaps? 150mm artillery piece? That would really help."


"And you," he indicated Avtomian, "what might your story be, my good man?"

Dawid spoke English well and fluently, but it was clear he'd never be mistaken for a native speaker. He was dressed in relatively new Polish Army fatigues and wore a green beret with Eagle badge. Around his arm was a red-and-white armband signifying he was part of the Polish Home Army anti-communist forces.
Craig Sutherland
player, 6 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 09:30
  • msg #234

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Now, kindly tell me, did you manage to come over to our side with anything more useful than yourselves and your rifles? An anti-tank guided rocket launcher, perhaps? 150mm artillery piece? That would really help."</Blue>



"I'm sorry Apel and I had to bug out pretty quick. We did as much damage as possible before leaving but apart from my sniper rifle, shotgun and pistol that’s it. I like to think we could improvise, but without the knowledge of what’s available... who knows. If we are calling for plans I have some ideas."

He looks at the collected faces around him, they looked weathered and tired. Probably not that much different from himself, it had been a long war.
This message was last edited by the player at 09:41, Fri 25 Dec 2009.
Tom Jones
player, 57 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 09:36
  • msg #235

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Leaning on the quarter deck, Tom watched the lights of the nearby village. He didn’t really care what the newcomers story was, though he was glad of their help. He just need some down time, some time to think.
This message was last edited by the player at 09:37, Fri 25 Dec 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1467 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 17:09
  • msg #236

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #234):

Dawid sighed and lit a cigarette, from one of his few remaining packs, the offered it around.

"At least you're here and you want to fight. That's the main thing. So many of us are injured now. I can't say you won't regret your decision, but you are appreciated."

"Say, do you know anything about the people resisting the Baron in Warszawa? Any chance they could be of assistance? They must be capable enough of fighting off the Baron's attacks as it is, who knows, eh?"

"Also, any word of a Doctor in the city? Urzula Piotrowski? My sister. They say the Baron killed her, but I don't believe it. It takes a lot to stop a Piotrowski!"

Apel Avtomian
player, 6 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 20:09
  • msg #237

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"As far as I know, there is no resistance in Warsaw.  The Baron runs the show.  His patrols are there as much to keep the civilians in as to keep threats out. I think his bigger problem is food.  Unless he's stockpiled alot, there won't be enough to feed his army and the populace.  People will die."

Apel smiles. "Me, I'm a journalist.  Not much help unless I can eat my words." (Smiles again.) "But I've spent a lot of time on bases and I'm good at finding catch-22 workarounds.  Tracking down "misplaced" gear; that sort of thing.  And learning intelligence I'm not supposed to know."
This message was last edited by the player at 20:11, Fri 25 Dec 2009.
Craig Sutherland
player, 7 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 20:48
  • msg #238

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Craig nods at Apel assessment
“The Barons patrolling is vey intense and his lines of communication have not suffered as much as the other combative units. It’s more about keeping the population quiet then keeping anyone out. He also needs the village for the food; I don’t think he has enough for winter for both the army and civilians. With that in mind and the knowledge that he is a little Hitler you can see why this dog won’t give up the bone”

As he reaches for the offered pack of cigarettes he stops at the mention of a doctor and sits back in his chair.

“There is a female doctor who works at the Barons HQ treating the army and some civilians. She is a civilian not one of the conscripts never got to talk to her though.”
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 716 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 21:24
  • msg #239

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"I think we owe it to the people of G-K here to try and put an end to this threat coming towards us now.  Especially since we kind of helped them out to stand up against the pirates and their little navy they had.  We're a little banged up and tired but, count me in," Tucker stand up and says to those assembled.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1468 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 02:43
  • msg #240

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #239):

Nodding at Tuck's words, Dawid said, "pending the Kapitan's ultimate decision, anyone have any ideas on how to fend off such an attack? We have little time to set an elaborate ambush. God DAMN it, I should have been working on that truck! (The Aldis). We have an anti-tank gun, a Vasilek with some phosphor and a few anti-armour rounds (HEDP). No indirect to speak of. Maybe a damaged AGS-17 with little ammo. An anti-tank mine."

He eyed Sutherland, remembering his comment on using poison gas.

"Hypothetically, does anyone have any objection to employing chemical weapons? We recovered one round of nerve gas. It's evil, I know, and God will punish my soul in eternity already, but what's good for the goose..."
Apel Avtomian
player, 7 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 03:53
  • msg #241

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"Isn't that... Aren't you..." Apel stops.
Minh Quyen
player, 458 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 05:55
  • msg #242

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Quyen nods at Tucker's remarks and says, "I think I'm ready to be put back on the line too, Hauptmann. It hurts still, but I can keep up." She then adds following Dawid's comment, "We've used the gas once already. I don't see why using the last single shell will make things worse. I say do it."

As the conversation continued, she looked over the two newcomers carefully. Trust wasn't her strong point, but she tried. "Are there other NATO soldiers still in the Baron's army?" she asks.

Thinking back to the setting off the gas shell like a mine, she says, "We also have the 120mm dud which can be added for an IED. Maybe we can just blow up the howitzer as its being moved along the route? Saves us a fight against horrible odds."
This message was last edited by the player at 05:57, Sat 26 Dec 2009.
Steven Drew
player, 87 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 07:28
  • msg #243

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


  Drew:

  Drews mind is racing.  He hadn't even wound down from the patrol into indian country.  Digesting all they had been through reviewing in his mind what they had encountered looking for any bit of information that they could extract for intel value.

  He heard the storey and it was similiar throughout dozens of hamlets that was being played out all over Europe.

  "Well, we had better start planning now.  Its obvious we ain't gonna leave the vil, they've been good to us.  So here's as good a place as any if we're gonna go out.  It can be our little ALAMO.  Weather we win or loose at least we may whittle the Baron down enough so he can't do it ta the next town, so lets do it."

  Drew pauses,

"I know I'm new here but anyone get a lay of the land for good ambush sites on the Barons route of march?"

  Drew turns to the new guys,

"Ya know what routes this force is commin by?"

REPY:

  Drew will turn to the other members of the team.

"Ya know this area?"

REPLY:

"Any places along the way we can hit em and make em deploy while we withdraw ta hit em at another place?  Bridges, rivers, ravines, roads through forrests or even swamps?"

  "Hell, if we can get em ta stop and dismount ta deal with us, say from some woods adjacent ta their road,  We'll it will buy us some time, slow em up.  Tire out their force and burn up fuel and ammo.  The thing is, we just want ta engage em enough so they dismount to deal with us then we withdraw."

  "We also set up some obvious improvised mines.  That'll stop em ta either deal with it, or divert their route.  We make some real improvised mines with those duds and the gas round and any other demo we got for real mines that we hide as best we can so they work.  That way, they may drop their guard thinking we're bluffing and drop their guard.  That can also buy some time.  And have the towns forlk set up as many defensive positions as they can, at this point, it won't be much more than a bunch of fightingholes and punji sticks but it'll be something.  We have more fighting holes than people put in some sticks and a hat or something so they look manned, draw some fire off the guys who actualy are manning a hole.  And work out a defense in depth so if one fails we can fall back to a second and third."

  Drew pauses.  His mind racing, his eyes darting.

"We also have the ambush teams, those teams don't need to be more than a guy sniping the bastards, or an RPK letting loose with a burst or two, maybe a machinegun or even a couple riflemen.  Operate in pairs or singly, fire take out a couple folks, a vehicle maybe and wait for them to dismount and attack.  That's when we run.  Have those guys hauling ass all along the enemies line of march and they can't be eliminated!  When the enemy does set up for an attack on the ville, these ambush teams attack their base, focus on weapons, vehicles, weapon crewmen, com and command.  That's the best I can come up with considering what we have ta work with.  The towns folk can dip the holes, the militia can mount their own defense along with our folks here who have the best heavy weapons skills, the rest of us, we'll be those ambush and sniper teams slowing em up."

  Drew again pauses,

"So were are the best spots ta hit em?"

Sgt Drew
Adding his two cents
M16A2
Apel Avtomian
player, 9 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 07:42
  • msg #244

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Apel turns to Drew.  "Either 801 or the 50.  A little town called Pitrowice?"
Steven Drew
player, 88 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 08:22
  • msg #245

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #244):

Drew:

"Then lets take the fight ta the enemy.  Shall we?"

Sgt Drew
M16A2
A meeting of the minds
Craig Sutherland
player, 8 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 08:28
  • msg #246

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Minh Quyen:
As the conversation continued, she looked over the two newcomers carefully. Trust wasn't her strong point, but she tried. "Are there other NATO soldiers still in the Baron's army?" she asks.


There is one company made up of about 50 NATO deserters (mostly Americans and Germans with a few Brits sprinkled in). Most are to scared to leave or uncertain about survival. The majority I'm sad to say have lost all moral or human decency.

Craig moved a little in his seat trying to get the blood moving in his bound hands.

“Any ambush will have to be rapidly set up and adaptable. While I have no problem with the deployment of “special” weapons I don’t think they will be able to be used in any ambush situation. We would have to stop the vehicles dead, no driving through. If you have an anti-tank mine and other dud ordnance we have a start. Daisy chained IED’s with anti-tank equipped teams should deal with any armour and vehicles. The 120mm up a tree will deal with the soft top troop trucks and dismounts”

“We are looking at a least two APC’s and three to four trucks maybe more. Having thought about the MBT’s I don’t think they will be present for this little operation, to much to risk.”
This message was last edited by the player at 08:38, Sat 26 Dec 2009.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1470 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 17:53
  • msg #247

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #246):

"Thanks, Drew, that's solid advice. And yes, if we are to fight for a free Poland, let it be here. I'm not familiar with this Alamo, but hopefully it was a great battle where the good guys won and returned home safely, covered in glory?"

In reply to Sutherland, he said, "no MBTs? You mean no tanks? Great! Wonderful! APCs will be dead meat for the anti-tank gun."

He smoked, then said wistfully, "it would be nice to capture that howitzer. I could make good use of it, do not worry. But it's obviously a key weapon for the Baron, and a primary objective should be to destroy it."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1549 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 00:12
  • msg #248

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


The Krolowa puts in at the improvised town pier. As usual, the Bishop is there to meet the group.

Through the cold and pale light of pre-dawn, you walk to the parish hall/militia HQ and brief the Bishop. As always, he listens quietly, the gears in his keen military mind turning as each new piece of information is filed. (OOC: assume that he knows everything that you do).

"Well, we'd best get moving. It takes only a couple of hours to drive from Warsaw down to the crossing.

"If we don't know which road their convoy is taking (the 801 or the 50), Piotrowice is the natural place to set up an ambush. If they've done their studies, though, they will see this too. Damn! If only we knew which road they were taking..."


It's the first time you've heard the Bishop curse. He's quiet for a moment, his face pale and drawn. When he continues, his brow is furrowed and a look of resignation settles over his face.

"As you know, most of our best men are dead or wounded, but there are a few seasoned veterans who can still fight*. We can't afford to lose any more of the experienced troops but, this appears to be the endgame, and if we don't stop this gas attack...

"So, my men are, once again, at your disposal- a poor choice of words, but you know what I mean. Please be aware of their limitations. I've seen an improvement in the skill and confidence of the greener fighters- you've done wonders with them in just a couple of days- but, most of them haven't seen much in the way of real fighting and it sounds like the Baron is sending some of his best men."


Just as you think the Bishop is done, he continues,

"As to 'your' gas**, I am uncomfortable with the distances involved this time. Otwock was one thing, Piotrowice is quite another. It is just too close to home."

As diplomatically as he is able, the Bishop is putting his foot down regarding using the remaining VX shell as part of your ambush.

Next Moves?

OOC:

*See the intel thread for current militia strength and equipment.

**Since the gas shells can't spin to mix the stuff to its deadliest, I'm treating the gas shells as a kind of "dirtibom". Consequently, the gas won't spread very far and those exposed to the compounds will take longer to die from it. As a conventional alternative, you still have dynamite charges rigged by Minh and the dud 120mm shell to employ as IEDs.

Also, keep in mind the town has possession of an Alvis Stalwart amphibious, wheeled transporter. It is currently not in working condition. NO ONE in the party, however has had a look at it. If you plan on moving the Rapira and/or the Vasilek, you'll need something to tow it. The Baron has your STAR and the T-H is dead.

Time for a plan, folks. Let's put some options of the table, pick and choose, and if, there's not a consensus, put it to an OOC vote. You've got 4-8 hours, IG, to get ready to meet the Baron's convoy so let's not spend more than a couple of turns working up a plan. You're on the clock.

This message was last edited by the GM at 02:56, Sun 27 Dec 2009.
Steven Drew
player, 90 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 01:48
  • msg #249

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


  Drew:

  His mind spinning once more.  As he listens to the hollyman rant he pauses and reconsiders his commitment.  "What a fuckin hypocrite.  He was okay with using lots of chemical rounds when it didn't threaten the vil, but, one round near the town when it is all or nothing and the fucker baulks...what a piece of shit."  Drew thinks.  "Fucker must be bipolar or someshit."

  Drew pauses at this point.  He really considers if these people are worth all the trouble.

  At the mention of a town Drew blurts out,

"A TOWN!  They have to go through a town?"  He is excited.

"Tell me all about this town!  Can we get there first? Is it deserted, freindly or on the side of the Baron?"  If they haveto go through a town well, its a defenders paradise.  Bog em down and whittle em down there, especialy if its empty.  When it gets to hot, we blow the place or put it ta the torch and run for it.  And like I said before, hit em running and gunning along their route of march just like Lexington and Concord."

  Drew pauses,  then asks,

"What highways are capable of handling armor? If one has bridges that can't handle mech, well that narrows things down.  If they have bridges, well, some of us stall em up while others rig em ta blow.  Engage em at the bridge, then when they roll across we blow em, we can also drop some telephone poles and trees on the road, clog it with wrecked vehicles and shit if we can while the rest of us buy time either on the road or in that town.   Like I said, the locals can defend their town and bolster their defenses, while some of us can hit fight a delaying action."

  Drew looks around at the others,

"Come on people this is  economy of forces 101."

"We got dynamite, we got some anti armor weapons we can do it.  Hell, back in the day I could have done it with a squad of my own men."

  Drew waits,

"Well, anyone else have any bright ideas because they are getting closer each second we stand here with our dicks in our hands."

Sgt Drew
M16A2
Trying to help develope a plan and get info
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1550 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 02:48
  • msg #250

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


"Yes, the town- Piotrowice- it's only about 4km to the NW of here, across the river.* It's really just a small village and its entirely abandoned. A few of the people living here now came from there, originally.

"The 801 is the larger road- four lanes- and runs more or less parallel to the Vistula, within a kilometer or so of the river. In fact- correct me if I'm wrong- the pirate camp you destroyed was on or near the 801 southwest of Otwock. If I recall correctly, the pirates had a 100mm anti-tank deployed near the bridge where the 801 crosses the Swinder. If you deployed the gas there, the Baron's convoy may avoid that route. He knows of the gas, correct?"


The Bishop looks to Apel and Craig for confirmation.

"The 50 is a two-lane road and is a less direct route from Warsaw. The convoy would have to take several side roads just to get on to the 50. It is also mostly out of sight of the Vistula. If the Baron fears your tug, he might want to keep the convoy as far from the river as he can. That consideration would make the 50 a better choice.

"I know it's dangerous to start guessing what your enemy will do. We know what he can do and we should focus on that. With that said, I am starting to think that the Baron's convoy will take the 50. It would be a gamble to assume this, but if I were him, that's the route I would choose.

"Piotrowice would be the safe bet but its an obvious place for a trap. The 50 offers many good places to set an ambush but we can't be 100% sure they will use it." 


OOC: *Look at the map of G-K posted in the Maps notice thread. Follow the 50 across the river and about 4km NE and you will find the intersection with the 801 at Piotrowice.
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:58, Sun 27 Dec 2009.
Tom Jones
player, 58 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 02:49
  • msg #251

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom stands on the dock until everyone is offloaded and follows the others towards the parish hall. On the way he notices a familiar profile in one of the garages, he moves closer offloading his webbing and weapons at the door. He remembers the village headman mentioned something about an Alvis Stalwart and here it was in all it’s glory.

Tom does a quick walk around checking the wheels, axels and under-carriage. Then he climbs onto the deck and accesses the engine. He quickly checks all the common reasons it mite not turn over. He then jumps into the drivers seat and turns the key if they are present, if not he hotwires the ignition. If the engine tries to turn over he will concentrate on the mechanical side of things, if not electrical. Tom will keep working on the truck until someone comes and gets him. There’s no point helping with the planning, there where better qualified people then him in that regard. If there are other people standing around he will try to collar them into helping.
Craig Sutherland
player, 9 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 03:40
  • msg #252

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Craig nods at the assessment from the bishop. “I believe your assumptions will prove to be correct but we need reconnaissance elements with radios here and here on both roads and they need to leave now. With the gas and the tug the Baron will take the easy road."

“He believes he has the superior combat force so a trip through unfamiliar territory will not faze them. Also he does not know of our defection in his mind his plan is still secret. If you have an engineer they should be prepping the 120mm round and the other IEDs. I don’t think we should change the route into the town in any significant way we need total surprise, but I defer to anyone with more skill in this area.”

“Now if you are willing to take a chance I would like to leave now to take the route 50 observation role ? I am happy for one of your men to accompany me to be honest I would like the extra set of eyes.”
This message was last edited by the player at 08:14, Sun 27 Dec 2009.
Apel Avtomian
player, 10 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 07:54
  • msg #253

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"I'll stick with Lieutenant Sutherland," says Apel.  "We have a lot of history together."

Apel pauses. "Scratch that.  I should go with whoever is covering route 801 since I'm the only other person who knows what he's doing.  Or.. uh.. wherever you need me" Apel says awkwardly.
Craig Sutherland
player, 10 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 08:24
  • msg #254

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Apel Avtomian:
"I'll stick with Lieutenant Sutherland," says Apel.  "We have a lot of history together."

Apel pauses. "Scratch that.  I should go with whoever is covering route 801 since I'm the only other person who knows what he's doing.  Or.. uh.. wherever you need me" Apel says awkwardly.


“Apel as you know I would always want you along for the party but our new friends may not want us to travel so close to our old comrades in this situation.”

He pauses to look at the faces gathered then continues

“Are there are no objections to Apel taking the other recon position with one of your men in tow ?”
This message was last edited by the player at 08:25, Sun 27 Dec 2009.
Steven Drew
player, 91 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 11:27
  • msg #255

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Drew:

  Drew releases a snort, then a chuckle and then outright laughter.

"A river....they gotta cross a river...oh man!  <as he shakes his head>  like I said, a defenders paradise.  Deny em the crossing.  We just gotta hold it, they gotta come up with the firepower and manpower ta take it and cross it.  And we all know, crossing a contested bridge or ford underfire, its madness."

  When the new comers lay out their plan, Drew looks at the hollyman and then to the Hauptman and then back at the two new guys,

"New guys, are you thinking what you are saying?  You blow into town, give a storey, then want to go an act recon for our  ville?  Even the offer of taking one person to keep you honest.  Sorry guys, but as the resident new guy, I am thinking you maybe spies now and, well the idea of poping you and dumping you in the drink isn't a bad idea after hearing your plan."

  "Padre, we got a couple guys who are fast runners in your militia?  Kids even, who are fast on foot?  We send  em ta watch the roads, just watch em.  Give em a flare ta launch if they see them comming and then they haul out of there, they don't engage, they don't stick around, they just run to where its safe.  Then we'll know where they are comming from.  Like I said, we hit em in the town, and at the river crossing, those are our key natural defensive positions.  The harassing along the road is just ta harass them and buy time for everyone else."

  Turning to Mihn, with a distasteful look,

"Are you healed up enough ta get ta work on some demo charges with the dynamite?  Maybe even rig the bridge ta blow and a few charges ta take down some trees."

  Turning back to the padre,

"Padre, ya think you can get your people together ta start bolstering the towns defenses?  Maybe recuit a some of your best men with an axe ta help drop some trees and phone poles  across those roads or lend a hand ta Miss Ming the Merciless there. <pointing to Mihn> in her preperations.  And remember, we are here ta help your people.  So, they need ta help themselves.  They need ta get ta work building their defensive positions and get it done  before they get here."

  Drew waits for others input, as he is counting on his fingers and planning in his head.

Sgt Drew
M16A2
Planning
Minh Quyen
player, 459 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 11:44
  • msg #256

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Steven Drew:
"A river....they gotta cross a river...oh man!"


Quyen replies, "No. No they don't. They are using a D-30, which is Soviet howitzer with over 15 kilometers of range. There isn't any river crossing. The village he mentioned, is what is on the other side of the river."

Steven Drew:
Turning to Mihn, with a distasteful look,"Are you healed up enough ta get ta work on some demo charges with the dynamite?  Maybe even rig the bridge ta blow and a few charges ta take down some trees."


"Yes. I'm healed up enough to follow whatever plan my commander here orders." she answers.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:44, Sun 27 Dec 2009.
Steven Drew
player, 92 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 12:13
  • msg #257

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Drew:

Turning to Quyen,

"Yeah a howitzer, well, that tells us one of our priority targets along with any MBTs.  And if they have to transit the vill across the river, then well, I've already said it."

  Drew pauses his face goes blank,

"Whats the crew and support needed by a howitzer?  And how many people are needed to make it operational?  Once they set it up, we could have a small force hit it and take it out, a grenade down the barrel, kill the crew, steal the sight or breachblock...well, anyhow, that's my idea.  Hit em en route and from behind."

  Drew goes outside and stares at the sky in the direction of the soon to be attackers.

Sgt Drew
M16A2
Waiting
Konrad Bayer
player, 1091 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 12:13
  • msg #258

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Steven Drew:
"Well, anyone else have any bright ideas because they are getting closer each second we stand here with our dicks in our hands."


Bayer holds up a hand and says, "Quiet please. I'm trying to listen to everything that can be learned before saying anything."

Craig Sutherland:
“Are there are no objections to Apel taking the other recon position with one of your men in tow?”


Bayer then shakes his head and answers, "I'm afraid there are objections to this. It's out of the question."

Turning to Dawid and the Bishop he asks, "You won't be able to fire that anti-tank gun from the tug Dawid. Anything in mind to move that it? Either that British transport or something else in town?" He then continues, "If not, I believe we'll have to rely on textbook tank-killer teams along with the explosives and gas we have available... and make use of the Rapira another day."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1551 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 15:33
  • msg #259

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


The Bishop lifts his hand to signal for quiet.

"Let me clarify two points. Mr. Drew, the bridge I mentioned is the 801 bridge over the Swinder- the river near the pirate base. Because of the gas your party released there and the proximity of the 801 to the Vistula, I believe the pirates will take the 50 instead. But again, this is what you would call a hunch.

"The other point is this, Hauptman, the VX gas is off the table. Piotrowice is too close to Gora-Kalwaria. I won't risk civilian casualties or contaminating arable land this close to town. The rest of our resources are at your command. The gas, however, is not."


OOC: It may be helpful to take a look at this. You can follow the 801 and the 50 north to Warsaw. Piotrowice is clearly visible where they intersect about 4km NE of G-K.

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...00475ae03a3e88352428
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:37, Sun 27 Dec 2009.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1092 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 15:53
  • msg #260

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Cap'n Rae:
"The other point is this, Hauptman, the VX gas is off the table. Piotrowice is too close to Gora-Kalwaria. I won't risk civilian casualties or contaminating arable land this close to town. The rest of our resources are at your command. The gas, however, is not."


"Understood." Bayer replies.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1472 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 16:42
  • msg #261

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #260):

Dawid grinned.

"Kapitan, I was indeed thinking of using the AT gun on land. Much like back in the Great War against the Nazis... er, the Second World War, as others call it. We used to employ the T-12M in an indirect role, it will be amusing to use it as it was intended."

"I also know something about engines, and I was also thinking about that Stalwart vehicle. I'll see if I can get it running. It would be nice if it was amphibious, but I will be satisfied if it runs and can pull the gun."


He answered Drew, "Capture or kill the Howitzer, I completely agree this is our priority."

Starting to leave, Dawid turned and addressed Lt. Sutherland, "oh, mister, ah, Lieutenant Sutherland, thank you for the information. Perhaps the Doctor you speak of is her, if God is kind and merciful."


He spoke to the Bishop privately, then left to go have a look at the Alvis Stalwart, see if it could be started. Once at the Alvis, he asked Tom to go check the chemical shell to see if it was still in their possession, as they had removed it.

"Just in case, you know?"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1555 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 17:12
  • msg #262

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom takes a look at the Stalwart's engine. He can immediately tell what's wrong with it but, without the right parts- which are currently not on hand in the town- he can't do anything to fix it. IF he had the parts, however, it would be a relatively easy fix.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 603 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 18:37
  • msg #263

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"When I was with Brother Switek's partisans," Mariusz began, "we used ambushes a lot. Much of the time they were effective, other times they weren't. The major factors included if the enemy suspected they'd be attacked, we have that here, but more importantly, we were hit badly several times because the enemy had night vison or thermal imaging. We need to know how likely they are to have this before we plan anything."

He looked at the two defectors, "You said they'd be likely to use Eastern style AFVs, they don't usually have thermal imaging, but has the Baron taken other precautions?"
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 539 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 18:45
  • msg #264

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Griet listened and waited until she'd had a report back on the Stalwart, "If we have no motor transport available, we need to use one of two options, one leave the heavy weapons as a shore battery to support our ambush or two, try to rig up horse drawn tows. That would pretty much garuntee that once we'd used the AT gun we'd need to abandon it."

She looked at the situation and grimaced, "After the ambush, we're screwed. Even if we take out the AFVs and Howitzer in the first salvo, we'll then be in a foot chase with a few hundred troops. Whoever participates in the ambush has a very slim chance of survival unless we can play cleverly."

She thought for a moment and said, "Mihn, can you set up some charges that would simulate a chemical attack? The Baron's men know we have gas and the willingness to use it so if we used mock gas clouds to cover our withdrawal it might slow down pursuit enough to give our people a fighting chance."

"I still don't like the idea of a set piece ambush," she said, "we're outnumbered and outgunned and don't have total surprise on our side. If we are to do it we need to stack the odds more in our favour than they are now."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 604 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 18:49
  • msg #265

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz looked over at Bishop and said, "How do you feel about the Lublin Government? If you don't mind strengthening their hand, you might want to try and contact them and offer the Baron's column as a coup de main. Trade use of this town as a jumping off point for the liberation of Warsaw in exchange for having the plane we saw do a couple of strafing runs on the convoy."

"After all," he continued, "the Lublin Government would probably use you whether you like it or not so you wouldn't be losing much by making the offer. If we use official Polis frequencies and boost the Krowola's signal we might be able to contact them."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 540 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 27 Dec 2009
at 18:52
  • msg #266

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

As the discussion continued, Griet spoke quietly to her father, "It looks as if the Baron has a vendetta against us as well as a firm hold on Warsaw. Continuing forward under steam will be suicide. I think we need to get a small party into Warsaw after all this is over to see what the lay of the land is. Taking the Krowola into Warsaw is just putting our heads into the Baron's jaws."
Craig Sutherland
player, 11 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 28 Dec 2009
at 01:35
  • msg #267

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


“Firstly your plan is ill conceived and tactically unworkable. They are not here for a stand up fight, they are here to fire a few rounds at the village and then leave. They are under orders on pain of death not to jeopardize the howitzer or the APC’s. If you start lopping down trees and firing off flares they will just turn around and go home. You will still be cutting the trees as they drive past.”

“Drew is it, if you intend to make threats against people who are trying to help you maybe better served with joining the opposing forces, its how they operate”

Craig then turns and studies the map “Time is our biggest problem; we barely have enough to get to the ambush site let alone set anything up.”

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then shakes his head and answers, "I'm afraid there are objections to this. It's out of the question."


Craig raises his hands and sits back in his chair “This is your command and your Op, Apel and myself are at your disposal to be utilized and deployed how you see fit.”
This message was last edited by the player at 07:49, Wed 30 Dec 2009.
Tom Jones
player, 60 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Mon 28 Dec 2009
at 01:47
  • msg #268

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


With a rag in hand Tom stands at the front of the Alvis Stalwart wiping off the last of the oil and grime from his hands. When Dawid arrives Tom outlines the problem with the missing parts and their unavailability but he adds that if he had them it would be any easy fix. Maybe on the other side of the river in all the wreaks ?

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Just in case, you know?"


He grabs his gear as he exits the garage, slinging the RPK as he moves back to the tug to check on the chem shell.
This message was last edited by the player at 07:02, Mon 28 Dec 2009.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 717 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 28 Dec 2009
at 01:47
  • msg #269

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"I'm feeling better boss so, if you can use me somewhere, I'll do what I can!"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1094 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 14:51
  • msg #270

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"Alright Dawid. Once we return to GK, get whatever you need to allow for that gun to be deployed into position in time. The rest of us will break up into tank hunter teams and ambush at close range as suggested." Bayer says.

He then ask, "Last time I checked there was the RPG with 2 rounds and 3 disposable anti-armor rockets. Does any one have any more on them? If not, this is still more than doable."

"Has the AGS been repaired?" he adds.

Commander/Grenadier - Bayer
Marksman - Mariusz
4 Militia Riflemen Security (carry the mines and IEDs)

Commander/Grenadier - Jan
Anti-tank gunner - Stoner
Machine gunner - Drew
Marksman - Sutherland

Commander/Grenadier - Tucker
Anti-tank gunner - Quyen
Machine gunner - Jones
Marksman - Ondar

Rapira Gunner/Cmdr - Dawid
Rapira Asst. - Apel
+ Militia as needed

"The objective area will be where the two routes intersect."

"We'll use the AT mine to halt the column when the lead vehicle is immobilized. This will initiate the ambush... or failing that, on command. At that time Dawid will begin firing the Rapira at the heaviest armor... setup preferably from a fair, but still effective distance. The two tank killer teams will engage from closer positions. Following this, us on foot will attempt to break contact once the howitzer has been confirm to have been eliminated. Dawid's team will withdraw with the Rapira via their motor transport."

"We're not there to destroy the column. The howitzer is the primary objective. That an escaping of course. Expect the ambush to last only until the armor and howitzer are knocked out and the infantry begins to dismount. Following that - we're running. Fortunately there is a bit of forest cover to help lose any pursuit."

"Questions?"
This message was last edited by the player at 14:52, Tue 29 Dec 2009.
Minh Quyen
player, 460 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 15:10
  • msg #271

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"Right." Quyen replies. She then looks at Stoner and says, "If its alright with you, I'll take issue of the RPG."

"Until then I'll rig charges to the 120mm round and double check those on the IEDs." she says. "The mortar round, the AT mine, and the IEDs should make for a nice first impression."

Then then gives Tuck a thumbs up, "We'll get it done, squad leader."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1476 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 16:42
  • msg #272

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #270):

Dawid checked with Tom about the Stalwart, then returned to the command group meeting. The process only took a few minutes, and the discussion was still going on. He caught Sutherlands comments but decided to ignore them in favour of reporting to Konrad.

"Kapitan, I can report that the amphibious truck, the "Stalwart" is not running but can be repaired if we had the parts. I've seen some parts in the partially sunken police boat that could work with a bit of effort. Mr. Jones also suggested that the vehicle wrecks on the other side of the river could have salvageable parts. it will take a couple hours and I can't promise it won't take more."

He leaned in close to make sure he was not overheard.

"I also detailed Tom to secure the chemical shell. To keep our options... open."

To Sutherland he commented, "I don't know who you think was threatening you, but I will be glad make an overt threat on your life should you betray us, just so there's no misunderstanding. Please understand, we do not owe you anything including our trust at this point. If you are filled with resentment and wish to pick a fight about this with me or complain further in any way, please do so at some more opportune time because these comments are not welcome."

Dawid delivered this with a smile, and although his body language was not challenging and he didn't have a hand on a weapon he was ready for some kind of physical acting out.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1560 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 17:57
  • msg #273

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Wednesday, Oct. 18th
0630hrs.
35F
Clear skies
Slight Breeze from the NE
Piotrowice, Poland


With uncertaintly surrounding the possible (but by no means garaunteed) repair of the Alvis Stalwart 6x amphibeous transport vehicle, it is decided to forge on without it. Instead, the Bishop gives you the keys to a small, civilian van. It's really no more than a small Polish sedan's chasis and powertrain with a boxy, white body, but it will make hauling the Rapira the 4km to the ambush site a little bit easier.

While the party readies their gear, Tadeuz, Walter, and Luboslaw erect the Krolowa's forward crane and transfer the heavy Rapira from the foredeck of the tug to the ferry/pier. The van, loaded with the AT gun's ammo and other heavy equipment* is driven on to the ferry/pier just ahead of it.

You ready your weapons** and personal equipment and board the tug for the quick trip across the Vistula to the eastern shore.

On the other side, the van (driven by a militiaman) cautiously climbs up the rammed-earth draw. A makeshift tow cable is then attached to the Rapira's trail legs and then, with the help of several of the miltiamen, it is pulled/pushed up the draw behind the van. The van then sets off for the 50 (road) at a walking pace. Using a combination of horse and manpower, the Rapira is towed slowly up the 50 towards the intersection with the 801 just north of the abandoned village of Piotrowice. In the back of the small van is the Rapira's ammo and the miltia's DM-36 82mm mortar (and its ammo).

You precede the AT gun, moving quickly by foot to the planned ambush site. Along the way, you pass several destroyed vehicles, mostly Warsaw Pact. About 4km from the Vistula, the 801 joins the 50 in a large traffic circle, surrounded by long, yellowing grass which, inconveniantly, stays matted down whenever someone trods on it. A thin layer of frost covers nearly everything. The pavement is cratered in several places, evidence of the heavy fighting for this important MSR just a couple of years ago. The charred carapace of a destroyed T-72M sits forlorn on the NW side of the traffic circle, it's long gun pointing accusingly in the direction of Gora Kalwaria. Further on, up the 50, are the rusted out hulks of two BMP-2s. North, up the 801, you can see several more wrecked AFVs. Bits and pieces of blasted apart trucks also litter the area. Your militia guide indicates that there are likely still live AP and AT mines burried around the intersection as well. Here and there in the grass, you also spy a few unexploded cluster munitions. Quite a fight took place here not so very long ago.

To the southeast of the traffic circle, bordering the 50 about 20m from its southern edge, is a small but fairly dense wood which offers good conealment, and fair cover, from the main road.

Next Moves?

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...0047be1d48e14abf6444

OOC: As much IC as possible, please describe your preparations and dispositions. Please take a look at the map and be as descriptive as possible. I will plot your IEDs and such as indicated by you. A lot rides on how you prepare for the planned ambush.

*The mines, IEDs, and such. Please ID any other gear, aside from your PC's personal weapons, that you want to take in the van but be advised, it may be lost if anything happens to the van during combat.

**Repairing the AGS-17 will be an average task for anyone with autogun skill. It's been cleaned but it needs to be lubed, reassembled, and the drum mag needs to be repaired (requiring little more than a pair of pliers, a metal file, and a little effort. AFAIK, no PC has taken the initiative to repair it yet. I can retroactively roll for any volunteers and it can be ready. Otherwise, it is not.

This message was last edited by the GM at 20:49, Fri 01 Jan 2010.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 718 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 20:14
  • msg #274

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Minh Quyen:
"Right." Quyen replies. She then looks at Stoner and says, "If its alright with you, I'll take issue of the RPG."

"Until then I'll rig charges to the 120mm round and double check those on the IEDs." she says. "The mortar round, the AT mine, and the IEDs should make for a nice first impression."

Then then gives Tuck a thumbs up, "We'll get it done, squad leader."

Tucker stands a little uncomfortably, still with his injuries healing, he looks at his temporarily assigned team for the ambush.  "OK Minh, let's see if we can come up with a plan once we get out there.  I want to keep it simple.  I'll pair up with Minh and get the site ready with her.  Once we do that, we'll go and get ourselves set up for the ambush kick off.  Jones, Ondar.  You'll cover us while we set up the area with the IED's and other shit for the column.  Once the ambush kicks off, you two have suppression and targets of opportunity.  Put as many rounds on target as accurately as possible until it's time to go.  Questions, Ideas?"
Tom Jones
player, 62 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Wed 30 Dec 2009
at 07:29
  • msg #275

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom stripped down to a minimum of equipment once on the tug. He had secured the chem round and waited to be relived. After moving the round up onto the quarter deck Tom stripes down his RPK and cleans the gun thoroughly.

Once people start to arrived Tom will help load the tug for the quick crossing. When everything is loaded on the opposite side Tom readies himself for the march.

When he arrives at the ambush site Tom scans his surroundings looking for a suitable site for his RPK with good cover. He will then run it by Tucker before setting up. Tom wants to bring up the rear of the ambush close to where he hopes the soft tops will be following the armour. Once in place Tom begins ranging his weapon and lays out four FRAG grenades next to his position. He then wraps the pairs in duck tape and pulls out the pin on the grenade that has its lever taped to the body. Once ready Tom waits.

RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Waiting
This message was last edited by the player at 07:55, Wed 30 Dec 2009.
Craig Sutherland
player, 12 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 30 Dec 2009
at 08:37
  • msg #276

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Craig Takes the measure of Dawid but does not force the issue again raising his hand and does not reply. When the meeting breaks up Craig catches up with Apel as they move towards the tug, “Well my friend this is it. Keep your head down and follow the lead of the people around you. I’ll see you at the end of this.”

As he waits for the tug to be ready he approaches Minh, “If you need a hand wiring up the IED’S I’m happy to help, just give me a shout.” He then makes a radio check and inquires about call signs. He has stripped off any surplus equipment and checks over his weapons.

Once at the ambush site Craig helps out with the IED’s if asked, otherwise he looks for a suitable hide site in the tree line.

He is looking for cover with a clear view of the ambush site. He runs everything past Jan before going ahead with his preparations. Once in the hide he takes off his sniper scrim and pulls it over his head and scope shade then over the rear of his rifle. He ranges his rifle in using the wreaks and other features on the ambush site. He then raises his binoculars and scans along the road looking for the target vehicles.



HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (20/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel 12 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenades x 2
Jan’s Squad
Waiting
This message was last edited by the player at 02:24, Sat 02 Jan 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 606 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Wed 30 Dec 2009
at 10:39
  • msg #277

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz helped to carry all of the equipment to the ambush site and then spoke with Kaptain Bayer, "Sir," he began, "I switched the manpac radio for a personal one in the last engagement. This time I'm with you so who would you like me to give it too?"

As he awaited a reply he looked around at the terrain and tried to think about how he'd be best deployed.

"Sir," he said, "in teams I've worked like with this set up before, my job would have been to tie down the infantry. Initially at least, we hope the infantry isn't deployed. In that case I'll try for an armour driver or commander if they are unbuttoned."

"Another way I could be used is to delay pursuit," he grimaced at this but it had to be said, "if I deploy along our line of retreat, say somewhere in the open ground beyond the woods then I could fire on and delay any pursuit, a couple of us could really slow them down."

"Where would you like me to deploy, Sir?" he asked in conclusion.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 541 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Wed 30 Dec 2009
at 10:55
  • msg #278

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Whilst Griet was helping to ferry the ambushers across the Vistula she managed to get two things done: she got a precise list of the parts that the Stalwart needed to be made operational once more and she also had a chance to speak with Bishop.

"The Krowola will be able to provide some limited fire support with the Vaselisk provided you have any men you can spare that have some experience with mortars." she said, "Would we be able to borrow some or are they all committed?"

Once she had established if there were spare troops to man the mortar she waved the ambushers off and made preparations for their role in the upcoming engagement.

In the wheelhouse she spoke to Adam, "Father, I'd like to station the Queen off the sunken police cutter. Once we're there we can make an assessment of the chances of salvaging parts from its engine. If we can I'd like to use the machine shop to alter parts to fit the town's Stalwart as well as fabricate anything we can't jury rig. I have a list of parts we need here."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1478 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 30 Dec 2009
at 17:46
  • msg #279

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg #278):

After wrangling the Rapira into place and instructing the crew on camouflage, Dawid went over to Apel.

"Lieutenant? A word. Don't take any comments personally, it's just that for all the conflicts and dislikes, this is a tight-knit group. Actually, it's probably much like a family in that way."

Dawid offered him a cigarette.

"Regarding you and your friend, I personally believe you will not betray us, or if you intended to do so no warning from me would deter you. I have no doubt you will fight bravely and through  victory will earn a place in what is (believe it or not) a formidable band of heroes! You will have the gratitude of the Polish people as well. If we don't win, I guess it won't matter, eh?"


He described the parts they would need.

"I hear you are skilled at procuring parts. We need to fix a truck. There is a half-sunken boat near here, the engine is intact, I've seen it myself. See if you can get what you need? Also, there are destroyed vehicles around here, too, they could be of help. Let me know if you need assistance."

Dawid looked back at the Rapira, examining the camouflage with a critical eye.
Steven Drew
player, 93 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 04:15
  • msg #280

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


  Drew:

  In preperation for the comming action Drew will see if the M240 is available.  If it is he will draw 3, 100 round belts of ammunition and load 1 belt in the weapon.  The other two he will wrap and clip around his waist.  <Each belt should fit once around his waist> He will then dump all his spare equipment other than a old bayonet afixed to his trouser belt.  He will carry no other combat webbing to lighten his load.  He won't carry a jacket, but he will carry his BDU uniform and a polypro top and his gloves.  Drew will hydrate well before going so he won't need a canteen.

  He will then assist the other members of his team as they prepare for their operation.  He will then aproach Jan, Bones and the new guy and ask,

"So what we got ta work with?  And are we gonna make up any SOPs?"

Sgt Drew
M240
Preparing for the ambush

*if the M240 is unavailable he will take a suitable alternate
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1480 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 07:33
  • msg #281

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid found Konrad.

"Kapitan, I have a suggestion. We captured enough ammunition to make indirect fire with the Vasilek just barely feasible. That is, four fragmentation anti-personnel rounds (HE), two phosphor (WP) to create a smoke screen or generally cause havoc, and two light anti-armour (HEDP)."

He smoked a cigarette as he talked, and swigged some water.

"In the past, indirect fire has been crucial when it's been available. I suggest employing me on the Queen with the Vasilek. Radislaw is experienced with the Rapira and can use it in a direct-fire capacity."

"Is this acceptable? Switching Radislav for me, and I go on the Queen to provide mortar support."

Konrad Bayer
player, 1095 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 08:00
  • msg #282

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz Tokarski:
"Sir," he began, "I switched the manpac radio for a personal one in the last engagement. This time I'm with you so who would you like me to give it too?"


"I'll take the radio." Bayer replies. "I'll act as spotter for the mortar." OOC - Adding manpac to inventory.

He then adds, "Yes exactly. Your job will be to buy time and protection for the anti-armor teams. Target leadership, exposed crew, and heavy weapons gunners."

"We'll position ourselves in the center with the two anti-armor teams on our flanks." Bayer says, pointing to a concealed position. "We need a spot that has not only usual cover and concealment, but a covered withdraw route."

He then waves into position the other two teams, one each to the left and right of him and Mariusz. Once everyone was in position, he gathered up Quyen and Stoner, "Grab the mines and those shovels. We're going to plant the AT mine to knock out the lead vehicle. The mortar IED will be a fair distance back with the detonator strung back to the center."

Earlier...

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Kapitan, I have a suggestion. We captured enough ammunition to make indirect fire with the Vasilek just barely feasible. I suggest employing me on the Queen with the Vasilek. Radislaw is experienced with the Rapira and can use it in a direct-fire capacity. Is this acceptable? Switching Radislav for me, and I go on the Queen to provide mortar support."


"Acceptable." Bayer answers. "I'm in agreement as long as he can be assured to get a first shot hit... at least as much as one would expect. I'll have the radio and request fire through you on the tug's comms."

Bayer then left Dawid to sort out the heavy weapons elements in order to secure two shovels.

OOC - I left out the most of the militia in this as I wanted to preserve some of their number. We never trained them for infantry vs. armor engagements and figure they'd break and not have the discipline or skill to conduct a fighting withdraw (not turning into a panicked rout).

1. Lead vehicle blows up the AT mine.
2. The Rapira then opens fire at the most dangerous/armored vehicle.
3. The tank-killer teams engage the other vehicles and howitzer.
4. Utilize 82mm support and the IED as needed.
4. Withdraw on command.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1481 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 08:50
  • msg #283

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #282):

"Very well. I will do my best. The best probability to hit is if I spot and correct my own fire. That will mean moving up the mortar."

He thought for a second.

"If we get the amphibious truck fixed, we can certainly mount the Vasilek in the bed! That would allow us to move the mortar up to effective range, then easily withdraw. Even drive it into the river after so the Queen can pick the mortar off the back and lift it onto the deck."

"What do you say?"


Assuming Konrad agrees, he chooses a place where the 82mm mortar can be deployed in solid cover (but no overhead cover). Behind a stone wall should do fine.
This message was last edited by the player at 13:38, Fri 01 Jan 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 610 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 21:45
  • msg #284

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusa left the Kaptain to help organise the whole ambush and concentrated on making sure the security squad was deployed and prepared. He looked at the lay of the land and said, "OK, we'll set up in these trees in a staggered line running roughly west to south east so that we can fire up the road as much as possible. Jacek, you'll be nearest the road in this bit of cover here, Pavel, you set up the RPD here," he pointed to a position about five meters away from Jacek, "you'll sweep the enemy as best you can, Jacek will watch your flank and Arkadiuz will be your assistant, get dug in here and Jacek can help you with the camouflage."

He paused to check how the line was looking, "Tomaz, dig your scrape her with this tree as cover for your left. As soon as the ambush starts, kneel up and fire the LAW at the nearest armoured vehicle, don't worry if it's not a side shot, if it isn't a tank and you hit, you'll kill it. If it is a tank," Mariusz shrugged, "I'll try to cover you to get a side shot."

"I'll position myself here," he pointed to another place, "here I can fire up or down the road and cover you all as you pull back."

"The Kaptain will fill in the gap between the machine gun and the LAW so he can back up whichever needs help with his grenade launcher. I only have one grenade for this," he stroked the HK-69 lovingly, "I'll use it to cover my withdrawal."

"Once the ambush starts, expect things to be fluid," he continued, "when we break contact run like hell for the next clump of woods south of us, if feasible, try to cover the killing ground to delay pursuit. If not, if you get to the river, the tug might be able to help you."

He spoke to Jacek, the combat engineer, once more, "Once you've finished your position, help the others with disguising theirs. We need to be quick as I want to dig the Kaptain a hole too. Questions?"

He waited to clarify anything that the soldiers wanted explained further and then he began his own scrape. It wasn't going to be very deep given the time he had and the hardness of the ground but he began by stripping the turf out and rolling it up nearby, there was quite a bit of this as he intended to be lying down when he fought, at least initially. He dug down several inches and built up a meagre revetment to his front. He covered this over with the turf and worked on making a good rest for his rifle and camouflaging it as much as he could.

Once he'd done that, he streched and blew on his numb fingers and began the Kaptain's scrape.

The others joined him to help as they completed their own defences and soon the Kaptain would find a nice little scrape to hide in.

That done, and Jacek satisfied with everything, Mariusz set everyone up in position and he returned to his scrape. He checked his lines of sight again and made sure his G3 was working efficiently.

He sat on the edge of his scrape and clipped his two frags into their pouches on his chest rig. he set the orange smoke grenade at teh head of the scrape, that and the frag round in his grenade launcher might buy him enough time to break free. That done he pulled out the heavy Colt pistol and made sure a round was chambered.

Summary for GM


XXXXXXXX ROAD XXXXXXXXX    XXXXXXXXXXX      XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

TTTTTTREELINETTTTT TTTTTT TTTTT TTTTT  TTTTTTT TTTTT TTTTTT  TTTTTT   TTTTTTTTT
Jacek
          Pavel and Arkadiuz
                                  Bayer
                                           Tomaz
                                                       Mariusz

Obviously, it might not be exactly like this given fields of fire etc. but hopefully it gives you the picture. Distance should be, Jacek, 2-3m behind the tree line, Pavel 5m to the right and 2-3 m back, the same for Bayer, Tomaz and Mariusz so mariusz should be 23-25m to the right of Jacek and 12m back from him, again, if this is unfeasible, they'll keep the left to right spacing if not the down spacing.

Mariusz has Combat Engineering at 6 and Stealth and Leadership at 9 if that helps.


Mariusz
In scrape awaiting the ambush or orders
G3 bipod deployed 20/20 (6 extra 20 round mags)
HK-69 1/1 HE
2 x frag grenade 1 x orange smoke
M1911 7/7 (2 extra 7 round mags)

This message was last edited by the player at 21:49, Fri 01 Jan 2010.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 547 posts
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 21:56
  • [deleted]
  • msg #285

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

This message was deleted by the player at 18:53, Sat 02 Jan 2010.
Steven Drew
player, 98 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 00:40
  • msg #286

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


 Drew's actions take #2

 Drew walks the road infront of his area.  He knows that footprints won't be noticed on the road.  He will shout a warning to anyone walking in the grass to find or improve their positions as those will be arrows leading right to their positions.

  Drew will then enter the woods going from the side of the woods.  He will then select three good positions about 3m back into the woods.  Then he will take a prone position and sight in on the road from each position.  He will select the position that gives him the most concealment and yet affords the best field of view.  His other two positions, the alternate and the secondary will also be close enough to crawl to under concealment rapidly and afford him a good line of fire on the road.

  Drew will then make a few slight alterations to his position, snaping a branch or two, removing a couple leaves here and there to open up his field of view but not degrade his concealment either.  He will also walk back into the woods about 20 paces or so and select branches that fit the same types of trees and ground cover that are at his three positions to aid in concealment.  He will place one a couple branches maybe even a small log to help his positions.  Then he will pull out the bayonet and dig away an area just enough to get his torso below the level of the ground.  Drew will take painstaking aims to ensure that the dirt he digs up is disposed of inside the woods and thus not visible from the road.  When he is done, he will again walk the road and alter his positions as needed.  He will make sure fresh dirst is not seen, the branches all face with the leaves out, foiliage is of the same kind as the other plants.  Shadows and where he sits is covered from the road.  Drew will also make a point to look for any visible signs from other members of his section and the ambush team as a whole.  He knows all to well that if one person is spotted then the whole operation is screwed.

  Drew makes a mental note, he will most likely be the one covering the team as they withdraw since no one brought it up and he does have an automatic weapon.  He wishes he had a couple grenades, making a mental note to aquire some if he survives this mission.  Chuckling to himslef,

"I'd better get first dibs on gear we capture."


  Drew will also mentaly go over his route of escape if things go south, or if he is th last man when everyone pulls out.

  Drew will pass the word along to his team members,

If things go south, we pull out to the East and rally at that farm we saw 100m to the right on the other side of those trees."  as he points to the wooded area to their right, refering to the farm compound they saw on their way up the 801.

Sgt Drew
M240 and 300 rounds
Prepping his positions and planning with his team mates
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1486 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 07:34
  • msg #287

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid moved the mortar team into place, then got them digging in and concealing their position as well as possible.

He also claimed the PRC-77 and gave it to Arpel. With his binoculars and the laser rangefinder he measured the exact distance to the kill zone to allow for the most accurate fire possible.

"Arpel, what are you armed with? What are you good at in terms of weapons? Ever fired a mortar? If not, you shall be my radio operator. My personal call-sign is Eagle but artillery support is Shelldrake. Konrad is our forward observer, and his call sign in Sunray. He will designate the targets, but I will be able to self-correct from here. More accurate."

Dawid also clarified the RV point was the van in case they bugged out. If that was not feasible, the same farm that Drew indicated would do. He also specified that they would take the mortar if possible, and designated who would carry what. In the end, the ammunition was far more important than the tube, as it could also be used with the Vasilek.

That done, he inspected the position and the troops. He made sure they had drunk some water, and their weapons were clean. He also clarified what the "go" signal would be, although Konrad would be calling the shots.

Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 4 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)
Setting up and laying in the mortar, repairing if needed and emplacing the AGS-17, briefing his crew, camouflaging his position, determining exact range and direction for the mortar.

This message was last edited by the player at 08:26, Sat 02 Jan 2010.
Minh Quyen
player, 461 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 08:17
  • msg #288

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


After placing the three mines (120/TNT/AT) and laying the wires back to the ambush line, Quyen busies herself camouflaging everything. Again, she camouflages the wires and the charge itself using mostly just a little snow.

Following this, Quyen attaches all four wires to the blasting machine. Prior to setting off from the Krolowa, she gave an inspection of all of the charges. She was determined not to let another misfire occur like it did with one of the VX charges earlier.

Next, she digs into her gear and pulls out her POMZ-2 mine. This one will be used to hit pursuers. After coordinating with Tucker, she learns of their planned withdraw route. Along this path she'll plant the mine, driving it into the ground but not stringing out the tripwire. Her intention is to hook the wire on a nearby branch as they run past, eliminating the chance of it being forgotten and tripped by one of their own. She then informs the rest of her team about the mine and returns to her position, to ready that as well.

If there is time, Quyen will help camo the Rapira's position (using Combat Engineer skill).


Editted for content by GM.
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:18, Sat 02 Jan 2010.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1098 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 09:09
  • msg #289

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Griet Niewiadomska:
Satisfied she'd done everything that she could think of she radioed Kaptain Bayer, "Kaptain, I've pre-registered several fire missions, the junction is Red One, the road itself, Red Two and your likely route of retreat, Red Three, call in any others you want logged."


Bayer responds, "Sunray copy. Add one more..." he then registers one in front of Dawid's position.

Bayer will then inspect the ambush lines, checking cover and concealment, arcs of fire, the mine/demo plan with Quyen, and everyone's withdraw and rendezvous plans. He reminds everyone, "We fail if the howitzer survives. Everything is dependent on removing it from use against Gora Kalwaria."

He then says to each group, "More than likely each team will be on their own once the withdraw begins. We'll try to reorg across the road to the southeast where there's some farms. If anyone gets separated and on their own. Do what you can to escape and then head west until you reach the river. If we're missing anyone, we'll have the boat search along the banks for stragglers." Bayer is then about to mention that being captured was not an option... not unless one wanted to experience a torturous and painful death - be he kept quiet.

Once everything is ready, Bayer gives Mariusz two of his 40mm HE rounds. "Now you have three." he says positively, while loading an HEDP into his own launcher, saving Wick's CS shells for when the infantry deploy. "Well done with the locals today."

Bayer finishes everything with a final radio check.

Removing 2 HE 40mm from inventory to Mariusz.
This message was last edited by the player at 09:10, Sat 02 Jan 2010.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1578 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 17:06
  • msg #290

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Wednesday, Oct. 18th
1130hrs.
39F
Clear skies
Slight Breeze from the NE
Woods north of Piotrowice, Poland


You lay in the shadows and underbrush behind a thin screen of trees, just a couple of dozen of meters to the south of the 50 roadway. The sun trickles through the interlaced branches overhead but it’s still rather cold, the chill coming up and penetrating your layers of clothing from the damp earth below. The frost has melted off, leaving the foliage glistening in the midday sun.

You look at the militia positioned nearby. They are clad in mismatched combinations of cast-off military garb and civilian clothing and are adorned with bits of freshly-cut foliage, their faces and ungloved hands blackened with charcoal or lampblack. Their somewhat amusing appearance belies their deadly earnestness and determination.

Your stomach rumbles. You’re not whether it’s hunger or nerves causing the upset; it’s probably a mix of the two. It’s been several hours since breakfast. You remember hearing someone say that it’s better to go into combat on an empty stomach- it lessens the chance of peritonitis in the case of an abdominal wound. It’s not a particularly comforting thought.

After what seems like days, you hear the high, puttering growl of some kind of vehicle engine drifting towards you from the northeast. A few seconds later, a lower, steadier grumble joins in. The sound fades momentarily and it’s hard to tell if its source(s) is coming are going. A few more seconds pass and it’s clear that the engine sounds are growing steadily louder.

Looking throught the trees in the direction of the engine sounds, Jan, Stoner, Drew, and Craig  (on the right flank of the ambush line) can see motorcycle followed by a large jeep/small truck approaching along the tree-lined road. A minute or so later, a motorcycle-sidecar combination drives across the ambush line, headed for the traffic circle. Most of you recognize it instantly as the party’s former Ural “trike”, manned by two helmeted and goggled men clad in Polish “Pantera” pattern camouflage fatigues. Following 200m or so in its tracks is a hard-top Humvee with a similarly garbed fighter standing  erect in the the gunner’s cupola,  an RPK propped in front of him on the roof. The Humvee is painted in a rather garish camouflage scheme of irregular light green and black vertical stripes over the original, faded three-tone U.S. woodland camouflage. A large black rectangle, outlined in white, is painted on the driver’s side door. The two vehicles appear to travelling at between 35 to 45 kilometers per hour.

Looking northeast again, Jan and co. can see what appears to be the main body of the convoy, still over 500m away but closing. At this distance, and through the trees, you can tell that it consists of several green-painted vehicles but, apart from the lead vehicle (either a BTR or OT-64), it’s hard to tell what kind.

The lead vehicles- most likely the main convoy’s point element- pull to a stop at the edge of traffic circle where the 50 meets the 801 highway. The Ural trike pulls ahead about 20m, parking on on the northern curve of the traffic circle. Both vehicles keep their engines idling. One of the passengers in the Humvee dismounts and, without stepping more than a few meters away from his vehicle, looks around, occasionally lifting a pair of binoculars to his eyes to scan the surroundings. There is some motion inside the Humvee but it’s hard to tell exactly what’s going on there. You notice a long whip aerial protruding from the Humvee’s roof.

While the scouts stop and scope out the intersection, the main body of the convoy keeps coming on, steadily closing the distance to the point element.  Following the lead APC is what looks like a WWII era half-track but without any tracks. Behind it is a snub-nosed truck. There are several more vehicles behind it but, due to the distance and lines of sight, you can’t tell what follows it. If they continue on as they are, the convoy will (hopefully) be entering the ambush kill zone in just a few seconds…

Next Moves?

OOC: Combat tags from here on out. Radio transmissions in MONOTYPE font.

Tac-Map (updated):

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:17, Sat 02 Jan 2010.
Steven Drew
player, 100 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 19:17
  • msg #291

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Drew sits tight in his position moving only his eyes or his head ever so slightly to view the types, number and armament of enemy vehicles.  He will wait for the mainbody to arrive.

"Would of been nice to have gotten a go signal or alternate plans... fuck it.  Wait, light em up and bug out.  Fuuuuuuuuuuck." he muses.

Sgt Drew
Waiting, studying the enemy
M240

This message was last edited by the GM at 19:33, Sat 02 Jan 2010.
Tom Jones
player, 63 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sun 3 Jan 2010
at 01:03
  • msg #292

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Laying as low as possible Tom watches the humvee and bike to the front of his position. He makes no movement but keeps a mental note of the number and positions of the enemy.


RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Waiting
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 720 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 3 Jan 2010
at 03:47
  • msg #293

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #290):

Tucker gives Minh a hand laying out her surprises for the convoy.  He hasn't really been trained in IED or too much explosive usage but, however he can help her out Robert makes sure that she has whatever she needs.  Once they're all set, they retreat back to where they're going to spring their ambush from.

Tucker stays low next to Minh as she has the controls to pop the IED's to get the party started.  Tucker makes sure that he has an HEDP loaded into the chamber of his M-203 for his first shot and then will probably switch to single shots and individual targets of opportunity.  He looks over to her and whispers, "Unless we get a call from the Boss, you initiate contact!"

Tucker calls over to Konrad and tells him, "Sunray, Knife.  All set here.  Over"
Tucker
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HEDP]
Waiting to kick off ambush
Konrad Bayer
player, 1099 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 3 Jan 2010
at 06:47
  • msg #294

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Lying in the snow behind cover, Bayer toggles his radio transmit and speaks into the handset, "All call signs, Sunray. Everyone wait. Rapira hold... let them go. Out."

When the main column was closer, he spoke again into the radio, "Standby."

Bayer
G36/HK69 (30/30) (HEDP)
Waiting to give the Rapira team the word to fire
HQ/Spotter Team

This message was last edited by the player at 06:49, Sun 03 Jan 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 612 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 3 Jan 2010
at 10:35
  • msg #295

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz lay in his scrape and watched the scout unit go past them, "Bastard have my ride!" He thought indignantly and then heard the lead unit's engines stop.

As the lack of sound hadn't been preceeded by an ear-splitting explosion he assumed that the scouts had stopped of their own accord rather than having run over a mine. The heavier engine noises of the convoy carried on without changing tone. Mariusz took his right hand off the pistol grip of his rifle and relaxed the muscles for a few seconds.

He grasped the grip once more and used the scope to focus on the place in the road where the first of the larger vehicles would come into his sight. He intended to aim at a driver or commander if they were exposed, but if not, he'd wait for the defenders to start debussing.

Mariusz
G3/HK-69 20/20 HE
In scrape
Waiting to aim at the enemy when they come into view.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1488 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 4 Jan 2010
at 09:13
  • msg #296

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #290):

Dawid had everyone take cover as the warning got to him, checking to make sure they were behind the house or something solid. He then looked at the idling recce vehicles through his binoculars, ready to drop a shell on them, or whatever target presented itself.

His helmet was on, covered with leaves, so he was difficult to see indeed. As well, the sun was overhead and there should be minimal chance of a lens flsh, but he took care to remain in the shadow of a bush that was growing wild. The heavy forest to their rear would make for an easy withdrawal to the south.

There was a crewmember on the AGS and it too was zeroed on the traffic circle, but he was instructed to hold on until Dawid got there. If Dawid was killed, then Arpel was to take over the unit. The AGS was situated to the far right of the position, ready to fire on any vehicles that made it though the kill zone and tried to make a run down the road.

"Ready one round fragmentation. Hold it..."

He checked his measurements, consulting the table he'd worked out to the pre-plotted targets.  The mortar was not visible from the road, but it was directly behind him he could easily make adjustments from where he was.


Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 4 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)
Aiming mortar, waiting for fire order.


OOC: After looking at the map, the unit's evac plan is to head south, not east.
Minh Quyen
player, 462 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 4 Jan 2010
at 11:20
  • msg #297

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Lying on the freezing ground, Quyen readies the RPG. Her AK is only an arms reach away, resting on a rock clear of the snow. When the first vehicles pass, she holds her fire as instructed and waits for the main group. On the other side of her is the blasting machine with its wires snaking out towards the road.

Quyen
RPG-16 (3 rounds)
AK74 (30/30)
Prone / Getting ready to aim for opportunity fire

This message was last edited by the player at 11:21, Mon 04 Jan 2010.
Craig Sutherland
player, 16 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 4 Jan 2010
at 12:17
  • msg #298

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


The chill of the ground is just starting to come through the jacket Craig is wearing as the scouts move past his position. He stays as still as possible waiting for the main group and the signal to fire.



HK G3SG/1w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm (20/20) + 6 spare magazines
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenades x 2
Jan’s Squad
Waiting
Jan Cerny
player, 167 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 4 Jan 2010
at 12:33
  • msg #299

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Jan glanced at the positioning of his squad, instinctively checking that everyone was positioned correctly even though he knew that they were all highly skilled.  He kept a particular eye on Sutherland, conscious that the Brit was still to prove himself, particularly his loyalty.

Satisfied that everything was correct he returned his attention to the convoy, trying to see how long it was and what vehicle was bringing up the rear.  He had his underslung BG-15 ready for the first shot.

A thought occurred to him.  What happened when you blew up a vehicle containing a chemical shell.  Was the gas released?  He seemed to remember that it was unlikely but who knew for certain!  Something about gas shells having two or more inert compounds that were mixed by the spinning of the shell to create the gas.  He couldn't remember the details from his training though.

"Sunray, King One standing by." he whispered into his radio.


Jan
Studying the convoy from his hidden firing position and preparing to fire his grenade launcher.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
RPG-18
Frag grenade x2

This message was last edited by the player at 23:00, Mon 04 Jan 2010.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1581 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Mon 4 Jan 2010
at 22:46
  • msg #300

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


As you watch from the shadows just inside the edge of the woods, the main body of the convoy trundles past, slowing as it nears the traffic circle. The lead vehicle is definitely an OT-64 8x APC, sporting a black panther insignia painted over its fading Polish army green skin. The heads and shoulders of four infantrymen protrude from the rear roof hatches. None of them appear to have spotted you.

The more studious among you recognize the second vehicle as a six-wheeled BTR-152. It’s painted in a gaudy scheme similar to the scout Humvee’s. A PKM is mounted forward in the open-topped troop compartment. 7 to 9 troops are riding in the back. They are clad in woodland camouflage and various types of regulation and non-regulation headgear. A long whip aerial juts up out of the open troop compartment.

The third vehicle is also familiar (to all but Craig and Avel)- the group’s former dark green STAR 6x6 transport. Two men ride in the cab; 4-6 men ride on the benches in the bed.

The fourth vehicle is what you’re here for. A Zil 6x military truck with a tarp-covered bed towing the prophesied D-30 122mm howitzer.

The last vehicle in the main body of the convoy is a second OT-64, painted and manned more of less like the first.

As the first OT-64 pulls even with Jan’s squad, the Ural motorcycle/sidecar combo on the northern hemisphere of the traffic circles revs its engine and starts down the 50, heading for Gora Kalwaria. The man who’d dismounted the Humvee climbs back in and as the OT-64 approaches the field expedient explosive charge (#1, not the AT mine) planted nearest the traffic circle. As the first OT-64 slows to around 5kph, the Humvee pulls away entering the southern hemisphere of the traffic circle.

One of the men in the BTR-52 shouts a warning and points his weapon in the general direction of where the command group is laying in wait.

Next Moves?

See Tac-Map for current tactical situation.

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...91,0.004812&z=18
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:09, Mon 04 Jan 2010.
Jan Cerny
player, 171 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 00:33
  • msg #301

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Due to the combination of his focus on the last two vehicles and the noise of the convoy's engines, Jan was unaware of the shouted warning of one of BTR-52 passengers.

"Targets," he hissed quietly to his squad as he placed his AK beside him on the ground.

"Stoner.  The back of the Zil with a forty."  There could be a lot of men riding in the back of the truck, hidden from view by the tarp.

His glance then switched from Stoner to Drew as he picked up the RPG-18 from the ground where he had placed it.

"Drew.  The OT's passengers."  Suppressing them should hopefully give him enough time to make the RPG shot count.

His attention then moved to the new recruit he'd been assigned.  He deployed the RPG while he whispered.

"Sutherland.  The Zil's driver if you have an angle, otherwise pick your own."  With the driver and anyone else in the cab out of action the Zil wasn't going to go anywhere immediately.

With targets assigned Jan then aimed the RPG-18 at his own target, the OT-64, specifically the turret.

It paid to assign targets.  All of them shooting at the same one would have been such a waste of ammo!


Jan
Assigning targets and then aiming the RPG-18 at the OT-64 (ideally the turret) from his hidden firing position.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
RPG-18
Frag grenade x2

This message was last edited by the player at 00:34, Tue 05 Jan 2010.
Tom Jones
player, 64 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 05:54
  • msg #302

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


With the humvee in Tom’s sights he waits for the go signal. He then fires a five round burst at the gunner and a ten round burst through the front and right window.

As he glances towards the motorbike Tom moves the barrel of his RPK and fires another five round burst. He then moves his point of aim back to the Humvee.


RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Firing at scout vehicles
Konrad Bayer
player, 1103 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 08:02
  • msg #303

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Bayer watches, taking count of the approaching vehicles. Serving more as security than to act as an anti-armor team, Bayer calls over to Mariusz, "HQ team engages the STAR and its dismounts. Don't fire that M72 yet. Small arms only." He then speaks quickly into the radio, "Rapira. Sunray. Second vehicle. The BTR-152. Fire and then switch to armoured targets of opportunity. Out."

With Tucker hearing him over the radio designate the BTR-152 to the Rapira, he figured the sergeant would thus order his own men to concentrate on the lead OT-64 and the Hummer. Steadying his weapon, he aims at the STAR and waits. Immediately following the Rapira's shot, Bayer will fire.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (30/30 + HEDP)
HQ Det.
Aiming/Then firing 40mmHEPD at STAR

This message was last edited by the player at 08:04, Tue 05 Jan 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 613 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 14:54
  • msg #304

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz centered his sights on the driver of the Star and waited for the wavering to settle on the man's chest. He rolled the trigger and sent the 7.62mmN bullet flying toward his target.

Mariusz
G3 (20/20)HE
Aimed shot at Star driver

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1489 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 15:41
  • msg #305

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #303):

Still looking at the scout elements through his binoculars, Dawid debated firing the mortar in support of the initial volley. They had only four rounds, and so they could pull one good fire mission. The initial fire would decide much and the mortar would add much firepower, but it would then put it out of the fight. If the enemy reacted too well to the ambush then the firepower of the mortar could put the balance back in their favour.

Konrad's orders came over the radio net, and it seemed the shooting was going to begin soon.

He was reluctant to fire without specific orders, and the ambush line was very close to the enemy, less than 100m. One wrong round could be disastrous and cause casualties they could ill-afford. He decided that since the mortar hadn't been detailed to join in the initial attack, they would hold fire until either requested or the scout unit started to flank the ambush line. That way (hopefully) everyone would either have their heads down, or the benefit would outweigh the risks.

"Okay boys, we're almost there, keep steady and hold your fire. Arpel, let me know the second Kapitan Bayer calls for a round."


Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 4 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)
Aiming mortar, still waiting for fire order.

Minh Quyen
player, 464 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 00:57
  • msg #306

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Tracking the lead OT-64 as it passes, Quyen waits until the RPG sighting unit steadies on the center of the vehicle. At that moment she fires and immediately ducks back down below the large log she is using as cover.

Quyen
Firing aimed shot from RPG at the OT-64
Tucker's Team

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 723 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 03:56
  • msg #307

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Minh Quyen:
Tracking the lead OT-64 as it passes, Quyen waits until the RPG sighting unit steadies on the center of the vehicle. At that moment she fires and immediately ducks back down below the large log she is using as cover.

Tucker looks around the ambush site quickly, making a quick assesment before turning to Minh who is getting a bearing with the RPG, "Hit the HUMMER and the OT.  Save the IED's in case we need a diversion to get the fuck outta here quickly!  Git 'r done, all hell's about to break loose!"

Tucker then pops back over the top of the log next to Minh and waits for her shot to go off and then he will fire at any dismounts or damatged vehicles the following round.  He slides his M-16's safety from 'off' to single shot.

Tucker
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HEDP]
Getting ready to pop the ambush and firing after he sees what damage his team does with their RPG's on the HUMMER & the OT-64

OOC: Konrad, you can kill me later if I'm wrong...
Craig Sutherland
player, 17 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 05:16
  • msg #308

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Craig centres his aim on the driver of the Zil and fires at the man; he then moves his point of aim to the passenger and fires again.

He pushes the selector forward on the receiver and lines up the edge of the tarp covered bed of the truck as it moves forward and fires a ten round burst along its length. He holds his centre of aim on the end of the bed of the truck to engage any dismounts.

HK G3SG/1w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm (20/20) + 6 spare magazines
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenades x 2
Jan’s Squad
Firing on Zil truck
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
NPC, 349 posts
HM2 (E-5)
US Navy
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 05:29
  • msg #309

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The range was close. Almost too close for the grenade to be certain to arm, and almost close enough for them to catch a few shards of shrapnel if luck deserted them. Fortunately though they'd had just about enough time to situate themselves behind at least minimal cover - a slight rise in front or laying in a depression, even a substantial log with a few shovelfuls of dirt packed in behind, basically anything that would keep them as out of harms way as possible.

The sights of the M203 rested on the centre of the truck cargo bay, an HE round cradled within and safety off. Beside his right hand sat his next round, an HEDP more suited to dealing with harder targets such as the OT-64s or BTR.

Stoner
Aiming at cargo bay of Zil - firing upon ambush initiation
Reloading with HEDP immediately after firing
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 11xHE, 11xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

This message was last edited by the player at 00:28, Thu 07 Jan 2010.
Steven Drew
player, 102 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 07:22
  • msg #310

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Drew:

  Drew if he hears the shout and pointing from the convoy will pen up on the last truck to pass, the ZIL which he had been tracking with his gun.  He will let fly with several bursts in the truck bed and then racking the drivers cab.  After working over the ZIL he will shift his fire to the bed of the STAR taking out whomever could be in the back.

  After he lets loose on the trucks he will focus on other threats or pockets of dismounted troops trying to mass and return fire.  His priority is of course to take out the ZIL and its passengers.

Sgt Drew
M240
Letting loose with his M240
Apel Avtomian
player, 13 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 18:29
  • msg #311

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Okay boys, we're almost there, keep steady and hold your fire. Arpel, let me know the second Kapitan Bayer calls for a round."

"Got it," says Apel, trying to stay still and a bit nervous.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1585 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 00:17
  • msg #312

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


As the troops in the back of the BTR-152 swing their weapons towards where the command group lies in wait, Mariusz initiates the ambush with a single shot aimed at the driver of the STAR truck. The windshield spiderwebs in front of the the driver’s upper body as the heavy 7.62mm N bullet punches through the glass. The truck jerks and wobbles slightly but continues roughly on its original course. Due to the badly cracked windshield, Mariusz can’t tell if he’s actually hit the driver or not. (Mariusz -1 round)

A split second later, in answer to Konrad’s orders to the Rapira crew, you hear a sharp, loud crack, followed almost immediately by a resounding boom. The left side of the BTR-152 is enveloped by a brief sunburst of fire and surrounded by a lingering cloud of dust and smoke. Despite the spectacular direct hit, the BTR-152 continues to roll steadily forward, its troop compartment- which now appears to be completely empty- spewing smoke and wildly corkscrewing sparks.  You see what appear to be two bodies lying motionless on the cracked asphalt in about the same spot where the APC was just hit. Approximately 50 meters further on, the BTR-152 comes to a sudden, jerky stop and the driver’s door, after a couple of unsuccessful attempts, clangs open. The driver stumbles out on to the road, clutching at the back of his neck with one hand while raising the other. No one emerges from the still-smoking troop compartment. (Rapira -1 100mm HEAT round)

Konrad’s LOS to the STAR truck is momentarily blocked off by the dust and smoke of the broadside 100mm HEAT strike on the still-advancing BTR-152. After a couple of seconds he thinks he can make out the silhouette of the STAR’s boxy cab. Realizing he might not get a better shot, he pulls the trigger of his HK-69 GL and, two heartbeats later, the truck’s front grille explodes in orange flames as the impacting 40mm HEDP grenade shreds its big engine. The STAR rolls forward for another ten meters or so before coming to a halt in the middle of the northbound lanes. Angry flames dart out of a gaping hole in the engine compartment, licking at the crew cab. (Konrad -1 round 40mm HEDP)

The driver of the Zil truck towing the D-30 howitzer seems unsure how to respond to the sudden chaos developing in front of him. He slows a bit as the STAR is hit but continues forward, narrowing the distance between himself and the now stationary STAR.  Craig has the unwitting driver in his crosshairs the entire time. Just as the Zil driver starts to turn to his right, angling towards the westbound lanes, a bullet fired from Craig’s G-3 punches through the driver’s side window and into his chest. He lurches to the side and the truck follows. A 40mm HE round fired by Stoner, at almost the same instant as Craig’s first shot, hits  the tarp covering the bed of the truck and explodes in a puff of white smoke and spray of incandescent sparks. The truck drifts into the median before rolling to a stop. (Craig -1 round; Stoner -1 40mm HE)

Drew rakes the passing Zil, adding to the carnage. When the truck stops in the median, no one emerges from the bed. He turns the M240 on the bed of the STAR to his left and lets loose with another burst.  Tracers dart into the open bed and he can see men fall. (Drew -20 rounds)

After a moment's hesitation, the miltiamen attached to the command group open up with their rifles and LSWs, peppering the STAR and the Zil with fire. As soon as the dust cloud thrown up by the Rapira's considerable muzzle blast partially disperses/settles, the RPK gunner attached to its crew starts shooting up the trucks as well. The sound of their bullets impacting against the trucks sounds like small stones being thrown into a metal bucket.

At the rear of the column, Jan rises to one knee and depresses the trigger on the Soviet-made RPG-18 disposable AT rocket. The launcher tube jerks a little on his shoulder as the rocket blazes towards the trailing OT-64. Just as the APC’s KPV sends a stream of tracers just inches over Jan’s head, the 64mm HEAT warhead strikes the OT-64 about two inches below the driver’s view port, producing a terrific flash and tremendous bang. Its pug nose emerging from a halo of white smoke, the OT-64 coasts to a halt a few meters from Jan’s squad’s position.  For the moment, at least, the stricken APC’s KPV stops firing. The infantry, whose heads and shoulders had been poking up through the roof hatches of the OT-64's enclosed troop compartment, have apparently ducked down into the belly of the APC. (Jan uses up RPG-18 single shot LAW)

Meanwhile, at the head of the main column, Minh takes careful aim on the lead OT-64, now accelerating and rotating its small turret to its left flank. As it passes, she pulls the RPG launcher’s trigger. The rocket leaps towards the wheeled APC but lands short, exploding just 20m from Minh’s position. Bits of shrapnel whiz and snap by as Minh ducks behind cover. Had she not already planned on ducking down immediately upon firing, one of the bits of shrapnel could well likely be lodged in her head right now.  She peeks up over the log to see if she hit the APC. There’s a lot of smoke but the OT-64 rolls on, seemingly undeterred. The forward pair of tires on the driver’s side, however, appears to have absorbed some of the shrapnel from the short RPG round. A particulary brave infantryman fires his rifle at Minh's position from one of the open roof hatches at the back of the OT-64. Luckily, the smoke and movement impeed his aim and no one is hit. Another infantryman shoots up the unoccupied woods to the left of the OT-64. The rest of the infantryman have ducked back into the troop compartment for the moment.(Minh -1 round RPG HEAT)

Jones faces west and sets his sights on the departing HUMVEE. All he can see is its rump end, and the back of the gunner’s head and shoulders. At the sound of the gunfire and explosions to his rear, the gunner turns in the HUMVEE’s cupola.  Jones, the gunner already in his sights, fires a five round burst. The gunner jumps slightly, as if stung, and drops abruptly into the HUMVEE’s cab.  As the HUMVEE accelerates away, Tom follows it with 10 more rounds. It’s hard to know whether he’s done it any further damage as it speeds away but Jones thinks he sees the gunner’s RPK fall from the HUMVEE roof and tumble onto the road. The HUMVEE’s squat, boxy body blocks Jones’ LOS to the Ural motorcycle & sidecar which, alerted by the rapid acceleration of the HUMVEE (if not the gunshots), accelerates in turn so as not to get run off of the road by its larger partner. (Jones -15 rounds)

From the southwest corner of the house, Dawid, Arpel, and the rest of the mortar squad can clearly see the Ural motorcycle and the HUMVEE hauling ass down the 50.

Summary:

Ural motorcycle/sidecar undamaged, heading west at approx. 50kph

HUMVEE  apparently undamaged, heading west at approx. 50kph

Lead OT-64 damaged forward, left side tires; moving into the traffic circle at approx. 40kph

BTR-152 severely damaged (possibly on fire); immobilized

STAR severely damaged; immobilized

ZIL & D-30: truck damaged; currently immobile

Trailing OT-64 badly damaged; immobilized


Current Tac-Map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:56, Thu 07 Jan 2010.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1105 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 01:19
  • msg #313

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Bayer drops behind his cover and reloads with another 40mm HEDP round. "Mariusz! Get these people firing at the STAR now!" he yells as he digs into his grenade pouch. Then holding down the transmit switch of his radio for the benefit of Jan's team, he adds, "Keep the Zil alive. Kill the crew."

Bayer
HQ Det
Reloading w/ 40mm HEDP
Prone


OOC - The militia didn't fire?
This message was last edited by the player at 01:24, Thu 07 Jan 2010.
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
NPC, 350 posts
HM2 (E-5)
US Navy
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 01:39
  • msg #315

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"Jan, drop a grenade in there!" Stoner yelled out refering to the OT-64 Jan had just hit.
"We've got you covered."
He scanned the killzone for targets for either a bullet or grenade without sucess. The lack of infantry spilling from the vehicles worried him greatly for although both trucks had been hit hard, the APCs they could see still potentially held upwards of thirty well armed infantrymen.

Stoner
Yelling to Jan
Scanning for (and firing at) targets - either single shots or aimed grenade (Intiative 7)
F88A1 Steyr AUG (30/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 11xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Cap'n Rae
GM, 1588 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 02:09
  • msg #316

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


The voice of the translator posted to the Rapira crew- a former flight engineer aboard Polish air force transport aircraft- crackles through the radio. Despite the obvious nervous energy apparent in his voice, his English, though accented, is precise and easy to understand.

"Sunray, Rapira. No armored targets. Do you want us to engage trucks with the HE frag? Over!"
Steven Drew
player, 103 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 03:47
  • msg #317

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


  Drew:

  Drew lifts his head from his machinguns sight.  He looks for other targets, vehicles that are still moving, or return fire.  He loots at the armored vehicles if lucky he can get a view and a shot through an open rear drop ramp.  <I don't recall them having such, but if they do, a pure target of opportunity!  A coulple rounds inside would bounce around nicely>

  Drew will move to his alternate position he prepared on the left for a better view and field of fire.  Before he does so, he will shout out,

"FLANK EM! I'VE GOT EM!"

 He will then shout towards the vehicles in English,

"SURRENDER OR DIE!"

  He will then shout soldiers German or POLISH whichever he can pronounce better the single word,

"SURRENDER!"

  He will instantluy start moving under cover at the highcrawl but being carefuly not to cause alot of the brush to move betraying his position and movement.  Getting into position to cover the enemy from a different angle.


Sgt Drew
M240
Looking, calling, then crawling about 3-5m
Tom Jones
player, 65 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 08:00
  • msg #318

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


With the Humvee in his sights Tom fires another ten round burst at the fleeing vehicle.

Then he rolls onto his side and grabs one of his prepared tapped grenades. Pulling the pin on the grenade he watches the lever detach as he throws the grenades onto the rear deck of the OT-64 aiming for one of the open hatches. He then grabs the RPK and covers the rear of the APC for dismounts.

RPK-74 (30/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Throwing tapped grenades at OT-64
This message was last edited by the player at 08:21, Thu 07 Jan 2010.
Minh Quyen
player, 465 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 09:08
  • msg #319

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Peering over the log, Quyen curses at the misfortune of missing the enemy vehicle. A hit would have been spectacular, she thought, before quickly ducking back down behind her cover as an enemy began firing in on her position.

She then pulls out another round from the two she had tucked into her webbing, and inserted it into the end of the launcher. "Sergeant. Sorry I missed." she calls as the RPG is reloaded.

Not entirely sure what vehicles are still a threat, she rises back up behind the log with the RPG leveled towards the road and ready. For the time being, the detonator will remain on the ground next to her.

Quyen
Reloading RPG (2 rounds)
Tucker's Team
Lying behind cover

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 614 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 09:21
  • msg #320

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz heard the Kaptain's call over his radio and yelled as loudly as he could, "Keep firing at the Star, don't let them organise!"

He pulled the rifle tightly to his shoulder and braced himself as he flicked his selector to full auto and sent fifteen rounds heading toward the cargo bed of the Star.

Mariusz
G3 (19/20) HE
Lying in a scrape
Firing 15 rounds full auto at the truck bed of the Star

Craig Sutherland
player, 19 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 10:06
  • msg #321

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Craig moves his point of aim slightly to the left and fires two shots to where he hopes the passenger may still be. Even though he knows the bullet has to punch through the rear of the cab Craig is confident the heavy 7.62mm bullet can do the job.

He then glances further along the road looking for any other vehicles.


HK G3SG/1w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm (19/20) + 6 spare magazines
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenades x 2
Jan’s Squad
Engaging passenger area of the Zil truck
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 724 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 14:07
  • msg #322

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

 
Minh Quyen:
Peering over the log, Quyen curses at the misfortune of missing the enemy vehicle. A hit would have been spectacular, she thought, before quickly ducking back down behind her cover as an enemy began firing in on her position.

She then pulls out another round from the two she had tucked into her webbing, and inserted it into the end of the launcher. "Sergeant. Sorry I missed." she calls as the RPG is reloaded.


With explosions and gunfire coming from all points of the ambush, Tucker sees the the OT-64 that was passing their point was hit but, not hit by Minh's RPG.  His own M-16 already shouldered to fire at threats from the convoy after the ambush was started, Tuck fires his loaded HEDP 40mm round at the OT-64 and the exposed gunman who has bravely decided to take pot shots at Minh, trying to disable it.

"Don't worry bout it Minh.  Stay frosty with the IED's & RPG just in case we need them.  You can get the round back so, try and make the next one count if we need it!"

Tucker
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HEDP]
Firing 40mm HEDP at the damaged OT-64
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:40, Thu 07 Jan 2010.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1492 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 16:06
  • msg #323

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #312):

Dawid looked at the speeding motorcycle and Humvee, weighing his options. Their primary target was the howitzer, and there was no expectation they would or could stop all the vehicles. The escaping vehicles didn't seem to be a great threat to their immediate security, as they seemed to be leaving the ambush zone. So, opening fire now would only serve to give away their position and not aid in completing their objective.

"Hold fire, hold fire everyone."

Dawid gave his RPG-76 to Arpel, then flipped up the sights for the  BG-15 grenade launcher and tracked the Humvee.

"The runners are not an immediate threat. Keep an eye on them anyways, Arpel. If they come back or try to flank, then let me know. I hope you know how to use this rocket. I'll instruct you if you can't read the instructions."

"For now, get on the radio and inform "Queen" that a couple vehicles have escaped the trap but nothing critical. Queen is the tug, we're Eagle."



82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 4 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)
Lending RPG-76, aiming BG-15 at Humvee, instructing Arpel.


OOC: what is Arpel armed with?
Alexei Ondar
NPC, 128 posts
Starshiy Praporshchik
Ex-GRU/Spetznaz
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 23:00
  • msg #324

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Ondar waits patiently while the ambush unfolds. Dust from the explosion of Minh's RPG temporarily disorients him but he recovers in time to take a shot at the soldier firing at his comrade from the back of the egressing OT-64. Squaring the man quickly in the reticle of his bullpup marksman's rifle, Ondar squeezes the trigger.
Apel Avtomian
player, 14 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 23:34
  • msg #325

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Dawid gave his RPG-76 to Arpel, then flipped up the sights for the  BG-15 grenade launcher and tracked the Humvee.

"The runners are not an immediate threat. Keep an eye on them anyways, Arpel. If they come back or try to flank, then let me know. I hope you know how to use this rocket. I'll instruct you if you can't read the instructions."

"For now, get on the radio and inform "Queen" that a couple vehicles have escaped the trap but nothing critical. Queen is the tug, we're Eagle."



Apel takes the RPG awkwardly, trapping it against his body as he picks up the radio.

"Queen, this is Eagle. A few targets--vehicles," he says glancing at Piotrowski, "have escaped the trap and are heading down the 50. So far so-- nothing critical."

Then Apel aims the RPG-76 in the general direction of the passing motorcycle and HUMVEE.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
OOC: what is Arpel armed with?

OOC: M-16A2; M9
Standard loadout of 7 full magazines for his rifle, three full mags for his pistol, two fragmentation hand-grenades, and one smoke grenade (green)

Apel
Dawid's squad
M-16A2; M9
7 full magazines for his rifle
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Taking the RPG-76, Radioing the Tug, tracking vehicles on the 50

This message was last edited by the player at 02:37, Fri 08 Jan 2010.
Jan Cerny
player, 175 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 00:05
  • msg #326

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Jan discarded the expended RPG-18 tube as the damaged OT-64 coasted to a halt a few meters from him.  Despite his experience he felt a sense of disappointment that the APC hadn’t erupted in a fireball.  In reality they never exploded like they did in the movies!

Konrad Bayer:
Then holding down the transmit switch of his radio for the benefit of Jan's team, he adds, "Keep the Zil alive. Kill the crew."


He keyed his radio transmit button briefly.  “King One acknowledged on the Zil,” he replied to Hauptmann Bayer.

“The Capitaine wants the Zil intact,” he then called to his squad, relaying the orders for those who hadn't heard it on the radio.  “Just kill the crew!”

He then turned his attention back to the OT-64 in front of his position, conscious that, while he was on the radio, Stoner had yelled something to him about a grenade and Drew had called to the enemy to surrender.  He was too close and too low to use the BG-15 so he pulled a frag grenade from a loop on his webbing, pulled the pin and then lobbed it in an arc towards the APC, aiming to land it in the rear passenger compartment.

The moment the grenade left his hand he snatched up his rifle from beside him and brought it to his shoulder, pointing it towards the OT-64, ready to duck and call a warning if his thrown grenade landed short.

"And keep low!" he continued to his squad.  "The KPV probably can't get an angle on us."


Jan
Relaying Konrad's orders re the Zil and then trying to throw a frag grenade into the passenger compartment of the closest OT-64.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x2

Konrad Bayer
player, 1109 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 00:49
  • msg #327

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Cap'n Rae:
"Sunray, Rapira. No armored targets. Do you want us to engage trucks with the HE frag? Over!"


Before getting back into a firing position, Bayer responds over the net, "Sunray. No. Negative. Armored targets only, or on command. Standy by. Over."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1591 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 03:34
  • msg #328

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom Jones fires after the speeding Humvee. His RPK-74 bucks twice before a stoppage abruptly stills it. The HUMVEE races down the 50 towards the Vistula, right behind the motorcycle-mounted scouts. Focused on his fleeing quarry, and somewhat taken aback by the misfire, Tom almost doesn't notice the OT-64 rumbling by on his right. By the time he does, it's almost out of effective throwing range, especially considering the extra weight and bulk of two taped grenades. He decides not to waste them. (Jones -3 rounds)

Ondar, meanwhile, takes a shot at the infantryman firing from the top hatches of the same OT-64. The man's helmet does a backflip off of his head and the target drops from sight into the troop compartment. (Ondar -1 round)

At nearly the same instant as Ondar fires, Tucker fires a 40mm HEDP grenade at the broad rump of the OT-64. The grenade falls short, detonating roughly 10m behind the accelerating APC. (Tucker -1 HEDP)

At an almost reckless speed, the OT-64 enters the southern half of the traffic circle, turns on to the 801 going southbound, and rolls past the spot where Minh had earlier emplaced the AT mine.

Minh reloads the RPG-16 and looks up to find no worthy targets for the last remaining rocket. The OT-64 is just passing out of view; the BTR-152 is apparently immobilized (and possibly on fire) and does not appear to pose a threat at the moment. The driver of the badly damaged BTR-152 sinks to his knees on the near shoulder, clutching the back of his neck with one hand and covering his head with the other as he bows forward, making himself as small as he can.

The miltiamen attached to Konrad and Mariusz's squad (and the RPK man with the AT gun squad) continue to plink away at the immobilized STAR with rapid single shots (the RPD and RPK both fire short, tight bursts). Glass crashes as each window is shot out in turn. It starts to sink on punctured tires. The passenger side door opens and the occupant falls hard to the pavement. The cab is starting to burn. The open bed is raked by fire. No one gets out. The five (or so) men who'd been riding back there are most likely all dead, badly wounded, or are too scared to move (or waiting for a chance to make a break for it).

As ordered, the Rapira crew holds its fire.

Drew moves to his left at a crawl, dragging his M-240 along with him. He sets up in his new position, looking for good targets for the GPMG. The STAR looks like it’s made of Swiss cheese. Looking towards the ZiL, Drew watches as two men drop from the truck to the grassy median on the far side of the vehicle. One starts running across the far lane (heading north); the other crawls into the shallow ditch between the median and the southern edge of the far lane.

As Drew displaces, Craig takes aim at the Zil through the scope of his G-3. He no longer has direct LOS to the cab of the Zil, now blocked from view by the smoking, tattered tarp that's still draped over the bed. He attempts the circus shot anyway, sending two bullets lengthwise through the covered bed. As he looks to his right up the road, Craig’s attention is caught by Jan's one-man assault on the immobilized OT-64. (Craig -2 rounds)

Jan, keeping low to prevent the OT-64’s gunner from depressing his weapon low enough to shoot him during his approach, moves towards the nose of the big APC. Surprisingly, the OT-64's KPV has not resumed firing. Jan is too focussed to notice. He tosses the grenade in a graceful arc over its front half, trying to loop it through the open roof hatches at the back. At about the same time as he releases the hand grenade, the rear doors swing open and a line of infantrymen begins to emerge, each man cutting hard right and sprinting south into the woods. As the third man in the line enters the tree-line, Jan hears a clang as the grenade hits metal. As the fourth man passes in front of him, the grenade explodes on the road several meters behind the APC. The fifth man out the back of the OT-64 starts limping as he crosses Jan’s path. (Jan -1 frag)

Stoner, seeing that Craig and Drew have the arc from 10-o’clock to 12-o’-clock covered, turns his attention to the OT-64 just as the dismounts begin spewing from the open hatch. He lifts his rifle to his shoulder and squeezes off three shots at the fifth man in the line. The man continues limping into the trees, apparently unhit. Stoner notices several other men ahead of his fortunate target, their shadows moving into the trees. There are now five enemy soldiers (so far?) on Jan’s team’s right flank*.  Even more troubling, on the road behind the knocked out OT-64, Stoner thinks he can see another wheeled APC coming their way down the 50. It appears the enemy have not neglected to address rear security… (Stoner -3 rounds)

*Having looked back, Craig is aware of this; Drew, currently focused on the trucks, is not.

Next Moves?

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:53, Fri 08 Jan 2010.
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
NPC, 353 posts
HM2 (E-5)
US Navy
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 05:00
  • msg #329

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Rapidly Stoner moved his master hand to the trigger of the M203. A heart beat later and the HEDP grenade was sailing after the rapidly departing survivors of the OT-64, and another taking the expended round's place within the weapon.

"A. P. C. SIXTY METRES!" he bellowed out, hoping Konrad, or somebody located with the HQ would hear.
"TOMASZ!"

Stoner
Firing grenade at centre of fleeing infantry (Intiative 7) then reloading
Yelling to alert of APC and calling for Tomasz and his beautiful M72
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 10xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Tom Jones
player, 66 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 05:49
  • msg #330

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom works the bolt to extract the jam as he pivots his body to face down the road towards the Zil.

He then fires three five round bursts at the two crew who have just dismounted from the vehicle. He will fire on the runner moving north first then the man in the ditch.

RPK-74 (27/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Firing at Zils former crew
This message was last edited by the player at 09:39, Fri 08 Jan 2010.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1494 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 08:56
  • msg #331

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #328):

The damaged OT-64 making it through the traffic circle was much more of a threat than the fleeing Humvee and motorcycle. It had passed the useless AT mine, and was in a position to stop on the ambush line's flank. If it ran that would be a good thing, but somehow he imagined there was something worse in store.

Grabbing the handset he blurted a short radio message, hoping it got through. "Eagle calling Sunray, one armoured carrier to your south, will engage if flanks."

He aimed his Tantal/BG-15 at the OT-64 and continued issuing instructions, making sure his voice carried through the different rooms of the farmhouse.

"Arpel, target: armoured carrier, distance 120-30 metres. Engage the front quarter if possible, try and take out the engine or turret. At that time I will also engage, so fire when I fire."

He switched to Polish to address the mortar crew. "Piotr, Dariusz: keep an eye on the motorcycle and car going west."

"Ireneusz, aim the grenade launcher at the armoured carrier but hold your fire until I say so. This is important, DO NOT FIRE."
The AGS was emplaced at a window on the farthest left, which gave it the widest arc of fire.

Adrenaline pumping, Dawid breathed in and out, controlling his heart. He tracked the armoured personnel carrier as it made it's wobbly way south. When it stopped Arpel would hit the front with the rocket, while he would try to take out the troop compartment with his grenade launcher before the troops had a chance to dismount. It would be a miracle if they hit it at all, but they could dream! If they failed to destroy either the engine/gun or any/all dismounts, the AGS-17 would be their fail-safe and if possible he would man it.


Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 4 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)

Warning Konrad. Issuing instructions while aiming Tantal/BG-15. Waiting for OT-64 to stop to engage (firing at vehicle with 40mm HE).

This message was last edited by the player at 14:28, Fri 08 Jan 2010.
Craig Sutherland
player, 21 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 09:28
  • msg #332

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Seeing the feeling dismounted infantry as more of a threat then the two crew from the Zil, Craig engages the running men with double taps starting with the man furthest from his position.

He then speaks into his head set:

“King this is King Two, BTR-70 inbound, Route 50, sixty meters out from our position”



HK G3SG/1w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm (17/20) + 6 spare magazines
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenades x 2
Jan’s Squad
Engaging fleeing dismounts
Jan Cerny
player, 177 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 10:28
  • msg #333

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Years of training kicking in, Jan dropped to a kneeling position, flicked the selector on his AK to burst and fired a couple of five round bursts after the fleeing troops.  He tried to compensate as much as possible for the recoil but they were so close it was worth expending the ammo.

Dave 'Bones' Stoner:
"A. P. C. SIXTY METRES!" he bellowed out, hoping Konrad, or somebody located with the HQ would hear.
"TOMASZ!"


As he heard Stoner’s shout he stopped firing at the retreating troops and started to look for the APC Stoner had spotted, intending to call in a more detailed location.

Craig Sutherland:
“King this is King Two, BTR-70 inbound, Route 50, sixty meters out from our position”


He then heard Sutherland do exactly what he had intended so he decided that it was time to get back into the cover of the trees.  Rising quickly he sprinted back into the trees, diving into cover behind one somewhere near to his small squad.

He was pleased with Sutherland though.  He’d liked the man when he first met him and passing on the information about the APC promptly was another tick in the right direction to prove that the Brit was truly on their side and against the Baron.


Jan
Firing a pair of 5 round bursts at the rear most two of the enemy soldiers fleeing from the immobilised OT-64 and then running back into cover.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1

Konrad Bayer
player, 1110 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 11:39
  • msg #334

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

With a fresh 40mmHEDP inserted into the launcher, Bayer toggles his radio and says quickly "Sunray copies all." He then rises up off the cold ground and hollers to his second in command, "Mariusz! Take the RPD gunner and reinforce Sergeant Tucker. Orient yourselves to cover the left flank."

Then pointing to the remaining team he yells, "Move now! Ready that M72 on the go!" He'll then lead them sprinting across the open ground towards the forested area where Jan is camped out. With no shot against the BTR, he doubts it would willingly enter an ambush kill zone... so the move is necessary. IF however, it does approach while the team is still in the open, Bayer will drop to the ground and fire at the vehicle.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (HEDP)
Running NE (will go to cover if exposed to fire)
HQ Det.


OOC - Mariusz how many of those 40mm round Bayer gave to you do you have left?
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 615 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 11:54
  • msg #335

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"On it, Sir!" Mariusz called as he rose from his scrape, "Pavel! On me now!"

He switched magazines as he waited for the RPD gunner to react to his call and then headed toward Tucker's position.

Mariusz
Changing mag and heading to Tucker's position

OCC: Had one 40mmHE up the spout and Bayer gave me two more. Still have three rounds to fire.

Apel Avtomian
player, 15 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 16:24
  • msg #336

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Arpel, target: armoured carrier, distance 120-30 metres. Engage the front quarter if possible, try and take out the engine or turret. At that time I will also engage, so fire when I fire."


Apel nervously targets the armoured carrier, double-checking that he actually knows how to fire the RPG.  He waits silently for Dawid to fire, his heart pounding in his head and neck.

Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
7 full magazines for his rifle
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Targeting the front quarter of the OT-64, Waiting for Dawid to fire/give the command to fire

This message was last edited by the player at 16:28, Fri 08 Jan 2010.
Minh Quyen
player, 466 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 16:35
  • msg #337

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Quyen curses a second time as the enemy vehicle fails to drive over the AT mine they had planted and taken the added time to camouflage. Either that or the junk didn't detonate. A miss and a miss, she thinks, definitely not my good day. On the bright side though, it did look as though they'd be pulling out with all of the demo, to be put to use at a later date.

Lowering back down behind her cover she calls over, "Sergeant? New orders?"

"Whadya want me to do here?"
she casually asks, half hoping his answer to be somewhere along the lines of "I don't care. Have a smoke or something."

Not sure of the status of the lead OT-64, she adds, "Is that APC going to be a problem?"

Quyen
RPG (2 rounds) + AK74
Tuck's Team
Holding position - requesting orders

This message was last edited by the player at 16:37, Fri 08 Jan 2010.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 728 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 01:21
  • msg #338

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Cap'n Rae:
Tom Jones fires after the speeding Humvee. His RPK-74 bucks twice before a stoppage abruptly stills it. The HUMVEE races down the 50 towards the Vistula, right behind the motorcycle-mounted scouts. Focused on his fleeing quarry, and somewhat taken aback by the misfire, Tom almost doesn't notice the OT-64 rumbling by on his right. By the time he does, it's almost out of effective throwing range, especially considering the extra weight and bulk of two taped grenades. He decides not to waste them. (Jones -3 rounds)

Ondar, meanwhile, takes a shot at the infantryman firing from the top hatches of the same OT-64. The man's helmet does a backflip off of his head and the target drops from sight into the troop compartment. (Ondar -1 round)

At nearly the same instant as Ondar fires, Tucker fires a 40mm HEDP grenade at the broad rump of the OT-64. The grenade falls short, detonating roughly 10m behind the accelerating APC. (Tucker -1 HEDP)

At an almost reckless speed, the OT-64 enters the southern half of the traffic circle, turns on to the 801 going southbound, and rolls past the spot where Minh had earlier emplaced the AT mine.

Minh reloads the RPG-16 and looks up to find no worthy targets for the last remaining rocket. The OT-64 is just passing out of view; the BTR-152 is apparently immobilized (and possibly on fire) and does not appear to pose a threat at the moment. The driver of the badly damaged BTR-152 sinks to his knees on the near shoulder, clutching the back of his neck with one hand and covering his head with the other as he bows forward, making himself as small as he can.

Tucker gets a look at the soldier that is now outside the BTR-152 who appears to be wounded and surrendering, to whom, he has no idea.  The initial vehicles that were supposed to be in the ambush are now moving out of the area at a rapid speed.  This could be their chance to get a prisoner or at least make sure the BTR is definitely out of commission.

Minh Quyen:
Quyen curses a second time as the enemy vehicle fails to drive over the AT mine they had planted and taken the added time to camouflage. Either that or the junk didn't detonate. A miss and a miss, she thinks, definitely not my good day. On the bright side though, it did look as though they'd be pulling out with all of the demo, to be put to use at a later date.

Lowering back down behind her cover she calls over, "Sergeant? New orders?"

"Whadya want me to do here?"
she casually asks, half hoping his answer to be somewhere along the lines of "I don't care. Have a smoke or something."

Not sure of the status of the lead OT-64, she adds, "Is that APC going to be a problem?"

Looking back over to Minh and asking for new orders, Tucker begins to get up to his feet and tells her before he moves, "On me!  We're going to secure the prisoner and that vehicle.  Bring the RPG with you in case we need it," Tucker tells Minh pointing to the BTR-152.

Tucker
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [Empty HEDP Casing]
Emptying chamber of spent HEDP casing while moving to the BTR-152 and trying to secure an EPW who is outside the vehicle


As Tucker & Minh are moving away, he will yell directly to Jones & Ondar, "MOVING!" and then to the approaching Mariusz and the militia man that is following him, "REPORT TO MR. JONES!  COVER THE INTERSECTION WITH THEM!"
This message was last edited by the player at 01:44, Sat 09 Jan 2010.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1597 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 18:21
  • msg #339

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


At the northeast edge of the ambush, Stoner fires a 40mm HEDP midpoint at the line of dismounts running south into the tree from the OT-64. It explodes at the feet of the third man in the line, cartwheeling him into a tree. The fourth man stumbles into the smoke of the bursting grenade but continues forward. (Stoner -1 HEDP)

Jan drops to his knee and engages the fourth and fifth man in the line. Ten rounds acounts for one of them, a solid hit center mass that drops the fifth man like a sack of potatoes. The fourth man, somehow remains unscathed and continues running. (Jan -10 rounds)

Craig sets his sights on the second dismount, now 25m into the woods. A 5-round burst of 7.62mm knocks down his target, sending him skidding through the leaves littering the forrest floor. The first dismount keeps running deeper into the woods. Craig fires another burst after him but the trees absorb most of the rounds and the first man escapes unscathed. Incoming fire grabs Craig's attention, allowing the very lucky fourth dismount to escape his attention.(Craig -10 rounds)

The BTR-70 continues down the road towards its stricken Polish counterpart. At about 50m from the OT-64, it opens up with its coax. A stream of tracers whizzes and cracks overhead, cutting down low-hanging branches and showering Stoner and Jan with bits of wood and damp leaves. The gunner pauses, likely adjusting his aim. The BTR-70 is moving slowly but deliberately. An olive green orb sails over the OT-64, landing about 10m from Stoner and Jan. Grenade!

Konrad, Arkadiusz, Tomasz, and Jacek rise from their positions at the center of the ambush line and start across the clearing towards Jan's squad's positions. They pass in front of the Rapira crew; their RPK gunner sees Konrad in time to hold his fire. Konrad and his team hit the dirt as a few rounds buzz by at just above head level. The fire is coming from up the road. It doesn't appear to be aimed fire- more likely it's long rounds from the firefight between Jan's squad and whatever enemy forces they're currently engaging.

Drew [NPCed] continues to rake the bed of the Zil with fire. After another 20 rounds, he decides he's wasting ammo. He sees Konrad's squad coming his way and he sees them go to ground. He can hear the fire behind him, now apparently going both ways. (Drew -20 rounds)

Tom engages the man running from the Zil across the far lane, heading for the cover of the wreck of a BMP. The man stumbles and falls but rises again and hops on one leg before diving into the depression on the north edge of the road. From there he crawls behind the BMP, rounds cracking off of the pavement at his feet. When Jones turns to look for the other escapee from the Zil, last seen falling into the depression between the southern lanes and the median, he can't see him. (Jones -10 rounds)

Tucker and Minh emerge from the treeline and carefully approach the cowering BTR-152 driver and his smoldering mount with their weapons drawn. The man doesn't look up. It appears that he's just trying to stay small enough not to attract any of his ambusher's fire. Perhaps he's in shock. It appears that the contents of the APC's troop compartment are burning. The fire's not yet out of control but it likely will be soon. Someone inside the troop compartment begins calling for help in a weak but desperate voice.

Passing behind Tucker and Minh, Mariusz and Pavel arrive at Jones' position to guard against a possible flanking move launched from the escaped OT-64, still out of sight.

From the sturdy little farmhouse, Dawid and Apel and their miltia squadmates watch as the OT-64 slows down, swings right momentarily and begins a wide, left U-turn, apparently intending to head back up the road towards the traffic circle.

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...91,0.004812&z=18

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:23, Sat 09 Jan 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 616 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 18:38
  • msg #340

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz looked at the situation on the ground as he arrived at Jones' position. He called over to Jones, "Tom, we'll extend the defensive line south of your position."

"Pavel," he continued, "take up position there, only fire if anyone dismounts or I yell for you to!"

He watched Pavel take cover and then knelt by the side of a nearby tree, he deliberately raised the legs of the heavy gun's bipod to make sure he could bring the HK-69 into action if need be. He calmed his breathing and began to track the APC.

Mariusz
G3 (20/20) HE
Kneeling using a tree as cover
Tracking APC
If it stops and fires he'll shoot the 40mm at it to worry them
If troops dismount he'll try to frag them

Steven Drew
player, 104 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 21:37
  • msg #341

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Drew:

  Drew shifts his fire from the trucks to further down the road and that threat.  He also starts scaning his front and the right oblique looking for where the freindly fire is comming from and the hostile fire is going to.

  When the BTR comes into sight he will try to open up on anytroops who attempt to dismount as they make for the cover of the woods.  He will lay down as much fire as he can to stop them.

  Shouting,

"DO WE HAVE HOSTILES IN THE WOODS? "

  Drew will scan the woods before him and the road waiting for targets.

"CALL OUT ANY CONTACTS!!! "

  Drew knnows they are on a tiny spit of wooded area that gives them cover.  And enemy now have a foot hold between them and further cover.  To flee they would have to sprint across open ground, probably under hostile fire.  "Fucken brainiac plan.  If I live through this I am gonna punch someone in the head."

Drew continues to scan the road and the woods to his right for movement and the infantry looking and listening.

Sgt Drew
Scanning for infantry movement and contacts
M240
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 731 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 22:11
  • msg #342

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Cap'n Rae:
Tucker and Minh emerge from the treeline and carefully approach the cowering BTR-152 driver and his smoldering mount with their weapons drawn. The man doesn't look up. It appears that he's just trying to stay small enough not to attract any of his ambusher's fire. Perhaps he's in shock. It appears that the contents of the APC's troop compartment are burning. The fire's not yet out of control but it likely will be soon. Someone inside the troop compartment begins calling for help in a weak but desperate voice.

Next Moves?

As Tucker gets to the damaged BTR with Minh, he closes the breech on the M-203 grenade launcher and lets the entire rifle/launcher combo fall to its sling and then reaches for his holstered Browning HP secured to his MOLLE grenadier's vest.  Tuck turns to Minh and instructs her quickly before moving, "Watch our asses!  In case the APC comes back and doesn't hit your mine, be prepared to take it out with the RPG.  Fuck what happened before!  I'm going to secure the prisoner and have a quick look in back before the vehicle cook's off.  Can you make a quick call on our net that there's friendlies at the BTR?"

Robert takes a quick look at the enemy soldier on the ground by the truck as he punches out the HP-35 in a two-handed hold as he tactically moves towards him.  As Tucker approaches quickly, he yells at him (soldier) to stay down and uses his support hand to motion for him to stay down in case he doesn't understand English.  When he is upon the surrendering soldier, he will see if he can look inside the back of the BTR from where he is to see who was calling for help.  If there are any sudden movements by the person on the ground or from the truck, Tucker will go back to a two-handed hold on the pistol and fire off three shots to try and neutralize the threat(s).

Tucker
Browning HP-35 [14/13]
Slung back M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [Empty HEDP Casing]
Moving to surrendering soldier and back of BTR-152

Jan Cerny
player, 182 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 23:36
  • msg #343

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

“GRENADE,” yelled Jan as he threw himself to the ground further away from the grenade someone had lobbed in his direction, ideally putting a tree between himself and the explosion.  It had landed short of him but the fragments could fly a long way and he would rather be hit by splinters of flying wood than red hot shrapnel!  It also, hopefully, made him a difficult target for the KPV - he'd seen what a 14.5mm round could do to someone!

He waited a few seconds for the grenade to go off before belly crawling a little further south, deeper into the trees, then pushed himself up into a kneeling position behind a tree.  With his rifle tight in his shoulder he then peered around the tree, flicking the selector to single shot and looking for targets.  He swung his rifle in a narrow arc, starting with the woods to the North East were several soldiers had fled and ending with the BTR-70.

“Drew,” he called to his machinegunner, starting to issue orders to his squad while he scanned for new targets.  “Suppress the infantry on the back of the BTR.”

“Stoner.  Try and immobilise the BTR with a HEDP round.”

“Sutherland.  Kill anyone who looks like they’re giving orders.”



Jan
Avoiding the grenade (hopefully), moving to a new position and then looking for new targets while issuing orders to his squad.  If he sees a target he will fire a pair of single shots at them.  If he doesn’t see a target then he will switch to the BG-15 and aim it at the back of the BTR-70, intending to drop a HE grenade there if the infantry start to debus.
AK-74 (20/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1

This message was last edited by the player at 00:02, Sun 10 Jan 2010.
Steven Drew
player, 107 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 01:18
  • msg #344

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Drew:

  Drew shouts back to Jan;

"I'll take care of any dismounts from the BTR!  You keep the ones that got into the woods off our back.   You don't and they'll flank us and roll right up on us!"

  Drew seems to recall similiar words from an old movie from when he was a kid.

  Drew keeps his focus on the BTR ready to send rounds downrange at any dismounts.  He also keeps track of where that turret and KPV are tracking, he goesn't want to run afoul of it.

Sgt Drew
M240, covering the BTR
Craig Sutherland
player, 22 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 03:49
  • msg #345

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Craig grabs at one of his FRAG grenades on his vest and lobs it over the other side of the OT-64. He slings his rifle and then begins a fast crawl to the front of the OT-64.

Once crouched in place he rases his shotgun to his shoulder and checks the back of the Zil and the highway for movement. Craig then pivots out on the left side, clearing along the APC's lenght and the left quarter of the highway before moving back into cover.

HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod (7/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel 12 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenades x 2
Jan’s Squad
Clearing OT-64
This message was last edited by the player at 04:59, Sun 10 Jan 2010.
Tom Jones
player, 67 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 04:23
  • msg #346

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Seeing the OT-64 begin it long circle U-turn, Tom aims his RPK at the front drivers side of the APC. If the drivers vision hatches are up he will wait until it is within range and begin firing tight 5 round bursts at them. If they are down he will concentrate on the vision blocks at the top of the drivers entry hatch.


RPK-74 (17/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Firing at OT-64 when it's in range
This message was last edited by the player at 04:25, Sun 10 Jan 2010.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1497 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 11:50
  • msg #347

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Seeing the APC start to make a U-turn, Dawid made a quick decision. If the APC turned around it could hit the AT mine. But it might not (again). In that case, it could become a real problem for the ambush line if it returned.

"Okay, this is it, Arpel. Wait for the slowest part of the turn. Firing... now!"

He triggered the underbarrel GL, feeling a hard kick against his shoulder, then reloaded.


Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 4 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)

Aiming and firing BG-15 GL at APC at slowest part of turn, then reloading.

Minh Quyen
player, 467 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 12:32
  • msg #348

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Watch our asses!  In case the APC comes back and doesn't hit your mine, be prepared to take it out with the RPG. Can you make a quick call on our net that there's friendlies at the BTR?"


Quyen follows closely behind Tuck as they move in on the knocked out BTR. "Covering!" she confirms, while setting herself up into a prone position angled towards the circular intersection. After laying her AK on the cold ground next to her, she props the RPG up onto her shoulder and levels it a little to the right of the treeline where the AT mine is positioned (flanking shot if the mine is missed again). She then clarifies, "Sergeant. I don't have a radio!"

Quyen
RPG (2 rounds) + AK within easy grasp
Prone with whatever is suitable cover
Covering west to AT mine

Konrad Bayer
player, 1111 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 12:56
  • msg #349

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"Quickly! Up!" Bayer yells to the militia. He'll then lead them a little to the left of Jan's position. By changing direction, it's his intention to get out of the incoming fire and just as importantly, to put the OT-64 between him and the advancing BTR-70.

As Bayer races forward, he toggles his radio, "Jan! We're coming up on the left of your squad to hit that BTR. Watch your fire."

Nearing the vehicle, Bayer readies his rifle to engage any dismounted threats with single shots. Noticing some of Jan's men assaulting near the APC (which is hopefully his destination), he shouts to the militia behind him, "Friendly! No shoot."

Bayer
G36/HK69 (30/30 + HEDP)
Running NNE to use the OT-64 as cover vs the BTR

Dave 'Bones' Stoner
NPC, 358 posts
HM2 (E-5)
US Navy
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 13:20
  • msg #350

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

The thud of the grenade hitting the dirt instantly changed Stoners priorities from lining up for a shot at the incoming BTR-70 to rolling away from the explosive and around to the other side of his cover. Another metre or two further away and he'd have completely ignored it and taken his chances, but the probability of attracting a few fragments of burning hot metal was just to great where he lay.

Once there he waited for the inevitable deafening explosion before lifting his head from the hole his eyelids had just dug and aiming at the BTR-70.

Stoner
Taking cover by rolling/crawling to place something substantial between him and the grenade, or staying put and putting his head down if he's in a hollow and fragments are unlikely to hit
After detonation, aiming at the BTR-70
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 10xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Jan Cerny
player, 183 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 16:02
  • msg #351

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

"Friendlies coming up from behind," Jan called to his squad.

"Be aware, Sutherland's by the APC," he replied to Konrad across the radio.

There had been at least one fatal blue on blue incident since he'd joined this unit!
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 732 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 18:19
  • msg #352

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Minh Quyen:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Watch our asses!  In case the APC comes back and doesn't hit your mine, be prepared to take it out with the RPG. Can you make a quick call on our net that there's friendlies at the BTR?"


Quyen follows closely behind Tuck as they move in on the knocked out BTR. "Covering!" she confirms, while setting herself up into a prone position angled towards the circular intersection. After laying her AK on the cold ground next to her, she props the RPG up onto her shoulder and levels it a little to the right of the treeline where the AT mine is positioned (flanking shot if the mine is missed again). She then clarifies, "Sergeant. I don't have a radio!"

Quyen
RPG (2 rounds) + AK within easy grasp
Prone with whatever is suitable cover
Covering west to AT mine

OOC:  If allowed to, Can Tucker hand off his radio to Minh?  It is in his MOLLE grenadier's vest?
Apel Avtomian
player, 16 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 19:00
  • msg #353

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Seeing the APC start to make a U-turn, Dawid made a quick decision. If the APC turned around it could hit the AT mine. But it might not (again). In that case, it could become a real problem for the ambush line if it returned.

"Okay, this is it, Arpel. Wait for the slowest part of the turn. Firing... now!"


Apel levels the RPG-76 at the turning APC, holds his breath, winces, and pulls the trigger.

Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
7 full magazines for his rifle
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Firing upon the front quarter of the OT-64

Cap'n Rae
GM, 1601 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 22:02
  • msg #354

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


The hand grenade tossed from the back end of the OT-64 takes a short bounce off of the soft earth before exploding in a cloud of steel splinters, dirt, leaf bits, and smoke. Both Stoner and Jan feel a slight kick from the concussion but fortunately neither takes any shrapnel from the blast.

As Sutherland crawls towards the nose of the OT-64, the slowly advancing BTR opens fire again, this time with its KPV. A small tree near Jan is cut down in a shower of splinters. Jan feels the sting of splinters scraping the skin on the back of his neck. Despite the incoming fire, Stoner cooly lines up the Soviet-made APC in the flip-up sights of his M203 and launches an HEDP grenade at the crawling, fire-breathing metal monster. The 40mm grenade impacts against the BTR's small turret, its small shaped charge warhead exploding into the relatively thin armor protecting the enemy gunner. The HMG is instantly silenced and the BTR lurches to a halt, smoke streaming from a small hole in its turret. (Stoner -1 HEDP)

At that moment, Sutherland lobs a fragmentation grenade over the OT-64. Two seconds later, it explodes with a CRUMP close behind it. A second later, a choked cry can be heard from the same area. He stands up behind the cover of the OT's blunt nose and peeks around its right side (his left), his shotgun leading the way. He sees smoke and one of the troop compartment doors ajar. On the ground behing the aft-most tire, a booted foot sticks out into the road. (Sutherland -1 frag)

The enemy BTR seems to hesitate for a few seconds before backing up and away from the ambush.

Konrad and his squad, using the OT-64 to cover their approach, arrive on scene as the BTR begins to withdraw.

Drew keeps the BTR covered but, so far, no enemy have dismounted.

In addition to whoever may still be alive inside the OT-64, two of the dismounts who made it into the woods are currently unaccounted for. If they are brave or foolish enough to attempt a counterattack on their own remains to be seen.

In the middle of the ambush zone, things appear to be more or less under control. As of yet, not one enemy fighter from the BTR-152, STAR, or Zil have even attempted to return fire. One enemy has surrendered, another, likely wounded is hiding near the derelict BMPs, and another cowers in the ditch near his truck. Over the gunfire to the north can be heard the crying of wounded men. It seems to be coming from shot-up beds of the two trucks.

Tucker hands off his radio to Minh and, satisfied that the wounded BTR-152 driver poses no threat, peeks though the hole in the BTR's side bored by the 100mm HEAT round fired from the Rapira. He can't see much through the hole- just smoke- so he slings his rifle/GL combo and moves to the rear of the APC, Browning HP drawn. The doors are shut. As he reaches out to open them, small arms ammo begins to crackle and pop off inside the troop compartment. First one bullet and then another impacts off of the inside of the thinly armored door. Someone inside the BTR screams out. Tucker doesn't speak much Polish, but he can understand the man's desperate pleas,

"Help me! Get me out of here!"

Not too far away, Minh, Tom, Ondar, Mariusz and Pavel await the return of the lead OT-64.

From the farmhouse to the southwest of the ambush zone, Dawid and Apel watch as the OT-64 swings around in a wide U-turn. Dawid is the first to fire, sending a caseless 40mm HE grenade in a shallow arc towards the Polish-made APC. As the OT-64 finishes its turn (its nose is now facing north up the 801) the grenade explodes on the its left side. Apel gamely follows it up, aiming and firing the totally unfamiliar RPG-76. The warhead sails roughly towards the OT-64 but lands about 40m short, errupting in an impressive but harmless ball of fire and dust. The OT-64 continues north up the 801, rotating its turret to face the woods at the southwest corner of the intersection, just east of the traffic circle. It begins to fire its coaxial machinegun, spraying the woods with 7.62mm S bullets. (Dawid -1 40mm S; Apel used up single-shot RPG-76)

Tom, Minh, Ondar, Mariusz, and Pavel hear the rounds snapping through the trees nearby but it is quickly apparent to the experienced soldiers that the enemy gunner is firing blind. He's probably just trying to lay down suppressive fire as his vehicle approaches the intersection. The OT-64 rolls right past the AT mine a second time and breaks left across the far lanes into the western hemisphere of the traffic circle, still heading north on the 801. All the while, the APC's gunner hammers away at the woods with his coax.

In the farmhouse, Ireneusz shouts,

"The Jeep and motorcycle are coming back!"

Updated Tac-map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...83,0.009624&z=17

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:10, Sun 10 Jan 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 617 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 22:19
  • msg #355

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Mariusz braced his rifle more firmly on his knee and switched to cover the advancing jeep. He couldn't harm the APC and firing on it would reveal his position so he preffered to wait to open fire on something he could damage.

He waited nervously and than a thought occured to him, he clicked on the radio and said, "Has the howitzer been destroyed?"

He hoped that if it hadn't been, then that the main point of their mission was completed soon.

He replaced his hand on the pistol grip and began to cover the Hum Vee again.

Mariusz
G3 (20/20) HE
Using the radio
Starting overwatch on the Humvee

Steven Drew
player, 108 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 23:25
  • msg #356

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Drew will continue to scan the woods as well as the road for vehicles and dismounts.

He will call out,

"We need to consolidate.  Then flush the woods and wreckage for stragglers!"

Sgt Drew
M240
Still covering the woods and road for hostiles
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:49, Mon 11 Jan 2010.
Jan Cerny
player, 184 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 23:33
  • msg #357

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

“Good shooting,” Jan called to Stoner.  He’d been hoping that Stoner would immobilise the BTR-70 but knocking out the KPV was a major result!

He saw Konrad and his three militiamen approaching their position.  He took the opportunity to report in detail to his commander.  “Mon Capitaine,” he began, crouching down in cover and indicating the relevant direction with a nod of his head, “two soldiers made it out of the OT and into the woods to the West.  Stoner has, it appears, taken out the main armament of the BTR but no troops have dismounted yet from it.”

He contemplated lighting up a cigarette but decided against it.  It was too early and he was in too much danger of running out of genuine French cigarettes to risk not being able to savour it!

“What are your orders?  Secure this area, check the Zil or reinforce to the West?  It will take them a little while to reorganise and counterattack on this side I think.  That is if they have the will!”

Noticing that Tomaz was with Konrad and carrying a M72 LAW, Jan added a further question to his commander, “Shall I take the LAW now?”

His voice then dropped to a whisper, intended for Konrad only to hear.  “Sutherland seems genuine and brave.  He did his share.”


Jan
Reporting to Konrad, requesting new orders and, possibly, taking the M72 LAW off Tomaz, depending on whether Konrad wants him to or not.
AK-74 (20/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1

Apel Avtomian
player, 17 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 00:05
  • msg #358

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Apel, frustrated that he missed the OT-64, awaits the signal to fire again from Dawid.


Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
7 full magazines for his rifle
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Awaiting instructions from Dawid

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 733 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 03:33
  • msg #359

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

 
Cap'n Rae:
Tucker hands off his radio to Minh and, satisfied that the wounded BTR-152 driver poses no threat, peeks though the hole in the BTR's side bored by the 100mm HEAT round fired from the Rapira. He can't see much through the hole- just smoke- so he slings his rifle/GL combo and moves to the rear of the APC, Browning HP drawn. The doors are shut. As he reaches out to open them, small arms ammo begins to crackle and pop off inside the troop compartment. First one bullet and then another impacts off of the inside of the thinly armored door. Someone inside the BTR screams out. Tucker doesn't speak much Polish, but he can understand the man's desperate pleas,

"Help me! Get me out of here!"
Next Moves?

Tucker is just about to reach for the handle that will open up the troop compartment when he hears the rounds begin to cook off against the armored door.  He takes a hard look at the door for a second and then moves away from it, moving back towards the soldier on the side of the BTR and the hole from the shot that immobilized it.  Tucker reaches into one of his grenade pockets for a fragmentation grenade and brings it out into his support hand, still carrying the Browning pistol in his right hand.  As he moves towards the soldier on the ground he yells to him (in English) and flips his pistol at him to try and relay to him to get up and move (we'll see how that goes), "MOVE!  GET THE FUCK OUT OF HERE!  FOLLOW ME IF YOU WANT TO LIVE!"

When Robert gets up next to the hole in the BTR-152, he pulls the pin on the fragmentation grenade and plucks it into the hole in the back of the vehicle where the ammo is beginning to cook off and where he's sure that at least one soldier remains alive.  "Sorry you unlucky sonuvabitch!  May God have mercy on yer soul," Robert thinks as he drops the frag in and moves away quickly, shouting out again, "FIRE IN THE HOLE!"  He moves as quickly away trying to lead the soldier back towards Minh and eventyally back to cover.

Tucker
Browning HP-35
Dropping Frag grenade into hole in BTR-152 and then moving away towards Minh and ambush point with (hopefully) the EPW

Craig Sutherland
player, 24 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 06:00
  • msg #360

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


With the angle of the APC providing cover Craig moves forward to the open crew door with his shotgun at his shoulder. He speaks into his radio “Clearing APC, will use main gun to engage BTR-70, all units hold fire on east OT-64.”

He moves to the door covering the rear of the APC using right angles to see into the rear of the crew compartment. He then shifts his position to the left of the door to see forward into the commanders and driver’s positions.

He will fire on any targets otherwise he moves into the APC and clears the entire vehicle as fast as possible. He occupies the gunners chair and rotates towards the BTR-70. Craig will fire on the BTR with the KPV, short five round bursts.


HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm,(7/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5) 3+1  10" Barrel 12 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenade
Jan’s Squad
Clearing OT-64, firing on BTR-70
This message was last edited by the player at 06:09, Mon 11 Jan 2010.
Tom Jones
player, 68 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 06:16
  • msg #361

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)


Tom changes the magazine on his RPK as the OT-64 begins its run back up the road. He keeps firing on the APC as it turns onto the traffic circle, short five round bursts at any crew or open hatches. "RPG hit the APC" he will yell.

Once he is aware the humvee and bike are returning, Tom lines up the drivers side of the front window and fires short five round bursts. He will direct the guy on the RPD to do the same.

RPK-74 (45/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Firing at OT-64
This message was last edited by the player at 09:48, Mon 11 Jan 2010.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1112 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 08:25
  • msg #362

Re: Ch. 14: Gora Kalwaria (continued)

Jan Cerny:
He took the opportunity to report in detail to his commander.  “Mon Capitaine,” he began, crouching down in cover and indicating the relevant direction with a nod of his head, “two soldiers made it out of the OT and into the woods to the West.  Stoner has, it appears, taken out the main armament of the BTR but no troops have dismounted yet from it.”

“What are your orders?  Secure this area, check the Zil or reinforce to the West?  It will take them a little while to reorganise and counterattack on this side I think.  That is if they have the will!”

Noticing that Tomaz was with Konrad and carrying a M72 LAW, Jan added a further question to his commander, “Shall I take the LAW now?”


Bayer kneels in the brush at the edge of the treeline, keeping a low profile as Jan updates him on the situation on his end. He then replies, "I need you to sweep your men across these vehicles and confirm they're in fact clear, and hold the right flank against any further counter attack."

He then lists off a set of subesquent orders, "As soon as the situation allows - get a confirmation on the gas shells... a tally of recoverable stores... and report the condition of both the howitzer and the Zil truck, as well as the other vehicles. Find out what's salvagable on a short time frame."

He then waves at Tomaz and says while pointing, "Soldier. Give the M72 for Jan. I need you and your friends here to attach yourselves to his (Jan's) team."

Bayen then nods silently at Jan's positive assessment of Sutherland, acknowledging him with a simple thumbs up.

Following the explosions and crackle of gunfire emitting from the west, Bayer toggles his radio and says, "Eagle. Sunray. Send sitrep on left flank. Whats the status on that APC and the Hummer? Over."

While he waits for a reply, Bayer radios the anti-tank gun, "Rapira. Sunray. Watch to North and Northeast for dismounted enemy. Use small arms only if you spot them. Out."

Bayer
Next to Jan's team
Coordinating

This message was last edited by the player at 08:27, Mon 11 Jan 2010.
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
NPC, 360 posts
HM2 (E-5)
US Navy
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 11:40
  • msg #363

Ambush!

Staying prone, Stoner rapidly reloaded another HEDP grenade, aimed, and fired once more at the BTR-70. Although the vehicle had been silenced for the moment, nobody outside it's armoured shell knew if it was the weapon, gunner, or something else that had taken the brunt of the blast. For all anyone knew, it would be up and firing again in moments.

Stoner
Reloading with HEDP
Aiming for another shot at the BTR-70
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 9xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1498 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 12:41
  • msg #364

Re: Ambush!

"Nice try, Arpel! Get down and back, away from the windows. Those 14.5mm rounds will go through this brick, I think. Go out the back, then update Konrad!"

"Piotr, Dariusz, keep an eye on the other vehicles but keep your heads down. Aim at the pre-plotted traffic circle target, wait for my order. Ireneusz, hold your fire."


Relocating to the opposite side of the house (still facing North), Dawid aimed the GL and fired another HE grenade at the APC. It was possible the motorcycle and Humvee could come at them, but at this time the APC was the biggest threat. He considered, then rejecting firing the AGL at it as well, keeping it in reserve.


Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 3 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)

Relocating within the house, aiming and then firing 40mm HE at the OT-64 APC.

Minh Quyen
player, 468 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 16:01
  • msg #365

Re: Ambush!

While Quyen is keeping the RPG leveled towards the intersection, the OT-64 comes rolling along. She pauses long enough for a steady aim, not wanting to waste another of the valuable rounds. Biting back the cold, she fights to stop her body from shivering against the frozen ground. When the aiming reticle is just right, she fires, sending the rocket soaring across the road towards a flanking shot on the APC.

"C'mon!"

Quyen
RPG (2 rounds)
Firing RPG at OT-64 (side shot)
Near BTR-152

This message was last edited by the player at 16:02, Mon 11 Jan 2010.
Apel Avtomian
player, 18 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 23:39
  • msg #366

Re: Ambush!

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
<Blue>"Nice try, Arpel! Get down and back, away from the windows. Those 14.5mm rounds will go through this brick, I think. Go out the back, then update Konrad!"


Apel exits the farmhouse through the back and crouches down, speaking into the radio.  "Sunray, this is Eagle.  The OT-64 is headin-- turned around and is heading north along -- is heading north thru the traffic circle.  The hummer and the motorcycle have turned around as well and are heading east along the 50."

Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
7 full magazines for his rifle
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Exiting the farmhouse to the rear, radioing to Konrad

This message was last edited by the player at 23:41, Mon 11 Jan 2010.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1602 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 02:32
  • msg #367

Re: Ambush!


As Jan and Konrad briefly confer in order to coordinate the securing and clearing of the ambush kill zone, Craig attempts to clear the disabled OT-64 on his own.

The Royal Marine Commando slides along the left side of the APC, using the open rear door to screen himself from the withdrawing BTR. Arriving at the door, he swings around it, leveling his 12-gauge into the long, narrow box that is the OT-64. He comes face to face with two or three men- it’s all so fast that he can’t be sure- and pulls the trigger, pumping one of men full of double-O buckshot and knocking him backwards into the troop compartment.  As Craig reflexively adjusts his aim (to use the term loosely) to bring his trench-sweeper on to another target, someone deeper within the troop compartment unloads what seems like a full magazine on the open exit.  The long, hollow compartment amplifies the sound of the repeated muzzle blast, making the volley sound like a couple of batteries of 155mm howitzers firing in quick succession. Fortunately, the man’s aim (if he was aiming at all) is off and most of the bullets streak past, grazing Craig’s left cheek and nearly tearing a chunk out of his ear on the way. Craig pulls away sharply as a continuing stream of bullets snaps by, stepping back and to his right to clear the line of fire. His boot comes down on the lower leg of the dead man lying on the road right outside the door and he stumbles, falling on his right side out of the line of fire and scraping his right elbow on the pavement in the process. Over the ringing in his ears, he can hear someone inside the OT-64 screaming in a combination of fear and rage. As Craig tries scrambling to his feet, he almost stops short, a sharp pain radiating through his right ankle. (Craig -1 round buck)

As Craig finds out the hard way that fish in a barrel sometimes shoot back, Stoner attempts to further damage the withdrawing BTR-70 with another 40mm HEDP grenade. The grenade lands short and to the left, diggin up a divot in the pavement a few meters away from the BTR’s right, front tires. The BTR speeds up, putting more distance between itself and its tormentor.  (Stoner -1 round HEDP)

The two OT-64 dismounts that made it into the woods have still not made an appearance. Over the radio, the Rapira team ROGERS Konrad’s warning and reports that they haven’t seen any sign of the enemy.

From behind the M240, Drew covers his squad leader and Konrad but, at the moment, there are no targets to be seen. Although he can't understand Konrad's verbal instructions, Tomasz picks up on the German's gestures and, as directed, passes the M72 LAW off to Jan.

At the BTR-152, Tucker decides to play it safe and drops a fragmentation grenade into the open-topped troop compartment.  It explodes a couple of seconds later, tossing some small bits of debris out on to the road and instantly silencing the cries that had been coming from inside.

Meanwhile, inside the stone farmhouse to the southwest, Dawid relocates (reloading his BG-15, as he does so), takes aim, and fires a second 40mm HE grenade at the rolling OT-64. He scores a second direct hit on the upper hull (side) about a meter behind the small turret. The OT-64 continues on towards the traffic circle with more scorched paint but no further apparent damage. (OOC: This does not mean that damage was not incurred).

As Tucker moves away from the smoking BTR-152, the first OT-64 returns, raking the tree line along the southern edge of the 50 with coaxial fire. Tom and Minh are waiting for it. Tom tries putting rounds into the vision slits, pinging them off of the hull for no appreciable damage. As soon as the APC’s long side enters sight of her rocket launcher, Minh fires. The rocket propelled grenade leaps forwards, its fiery trail tracing a path towards the target. Once again, despite her best efforts and a clean side shot, the HEAT rocket falls short, exploding in a fireball that most likely does little damage to the OT-64 armored flank. (Jones -10 rounds; Minh -1 rocket*)

The OT-64 stands its ground for a few seconds, spraying rounds into the trees. Bullets snap and buzz all around the left flank teams’ heads, showering them with bits of wood, small branches, and withered leaves. Still firing, it begins rolling slowly north.

The HUMVEE and its smaller companion continue to rapidly approach the traffic circle from the west. From the farmhouse window, Dawid can see the gunner in the open cupola of the American-made utility vehicle firing his rifle at the woods at the southeast segment of the traffic circle. Another passenger fires his AK out of his window at the farmhouse. A couple of rounds shatter a roof tile or two. The man in the sidecar joins in, spraying the farmhouse with automatic fire. Only a couple of bullets strike the sturdy stone wall of the farmhouse. The 50 is bordered by a single row of evenly spaced trees and they undoubtedly absorb some of the enemy scout team’s fire. In the back garden, Apel can hear incoming rounds buzzing high overhead or plinking off of the roof tiles.

Whether deliberately or by chance, the OT-64 screens its unarmored compatriots from the fire of the ambush force (i.e. Jones, Minh, Mariusz, Ondar, etc. can’t see the HUMVEE and the Ural at the moment).

Next Moves?

*According to my records, that was the last rocket for the RPG-16.

Updated Tac-Map:


http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...83,0.009624&z=17
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:44, Tue 12 Jan 2010.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1501 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 04:24
  • msg #368

Re: Ambush!

"Arpel, keep under cover, engage the motorcycle, single shots, remember to lead them!"

Realising that he couldn't do more than dent the APC, Dawid aimed and fired his grenade launcher at the Humvee. At this range, he still wasn't worried too about wild automatic fire from the smaller vehicles. That they hit the house at all was a miracle. Although, it was best not to tempt fate and might as well target them while he could.


Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (4 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 3 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)

Relocating within the house, aiming and then firing 40mm HE at the Humvee.

This message was last edited by the player at 04:48, Tue 12 Jan 2010.
Apel Avtomian
player, 19 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 05:04
  • msg #369

Re: Ambush!

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Arpel, keep under cover, engage the motorcycle, single shots, remember to lead them!"

Apel crawls around the southwest corner of the house, lies down, and sights the Ural through his M-16.  Like he was taught in basic, he steadies himself, exhales, and squeeeeeeezes the trigger.


Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
7 full magazines for his rifle
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Crawling to the left rear corner of the farmhouse, lying prone, shooting at the sidecar of the Ural. Single shots.

Tom Jones
player, 69 posts
Private
2 KINGS, King's Regiment
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 05:37
  • msg #370

Re: Ambush!


As the second RPG misses Tom stops firing his RPK and preps one of his RKG-3 grenades. He waits for a lull in the incoming fire and throws the grenade towards the APC.

He will change his RPK's point of aim towards the drivers side of the Humvee window screen once it comes into view.

RPK-74 (35/45) + 6 spare magazines
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15) + 3 spare magazines
RKG-3 x 3 grenades
F1 FRAG grenades x 6
Tuckers Squad
Throwing RKG-3 at OT-64
This message was last edited by the player at 07:45, Tue 12 Jan 2010.
Steven Drew
player, 113 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 07:42
  • msg #371

Re: Ambush!

Drew:

  Drew continues to watch the woods for the two unacounted for enemy, as well as any other dismounts, he still watches the road and down thw road as best he is able. <He should have a decent line of sight at an oblique angle.  And he doesn't know this yet, but when the ural or Humvee cruise past he should be able to light them up hitting them in the rear.>

Sgt Drew
M240
Covering the road and woods
Craig Sutherland
player, 26 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 07:59
  • msg #372

Re: Ambush!


Craig cursed his lapse in judgement; he garbed a FRAG grenade off his vest and rolls it through the door towards the enemy. He holds it slightly longer then normal before putting it through the door.

"Dismounts in APC, Fire in the hole"

He looks down at his foot trying to see if he was hit or if it was a break, shotgun still at his shoulder for any dismounts. Once the grenade detonates he will again try to clear the rear of the APC after listening for any movement.

HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (7/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5) 3 00  10" Barrel 11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
L2A1 FRAG grenades
Jan’s Squad
Clearing OT-64
This message was last edited by the player at 09:13, Tue 12 Jan 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 618 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 16:44
  • msg #373

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz waited patiently, the OT-64 was a target he couldn't deal with so he needed to reserve his first and best shotd for something that he could damage. That meant a waiting game that puckered every orifice, his body trembling in anticipation of the OT-64's coaxial machinegun finding him before he got a shot off.

He steadied himself and covered the area where he guessed that the HumVee and Ural would come from.

Mariusz
G3 (20/20) HE
Beside a tree
Overwatch on the presumed position where the soft skinned vehicles will emerge.

Jan Cerny
player, 189 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 23:47
  • msg #374

Re: Ambush!

Jan slung the M72's strap over his shoulder and told Konrad of his immediate plan.

"Stoner and Jacek can sweep the Zil and the Star and Tomaz can join Drew holding this flank."  As he spoke he changed the magazine in his AK for a fresh one.  "I'll take Arkadiuz and help Sutherland clear the OT-64 and then leave Arkadiuz with Sutherland if we can get the OT's KPV working while I shift back to join Drew and Tomaz."

He looked at Konrad for confirmation that he was happy with the plan.

"Were are you going?  Can you stick with Drew and Tomaz until I get back as Drew doesn't speak any Polish?  Or do you need to investigate if that is an enemy MG still firing down near Tuck's squad?"

Assuming that Konrad was happy with his suggestion Jan then issued orders to the men nearby and informed Sutherland over the radio that he and Arkadiuz were coming to join the Brit.


Jan
Agreeing a plan of action with Konrad and then issuing orders if Konrad is happy with it.  Just to reiterate the plan is that Stoner and Jacek sweep the Zil and Star, Drew and Tomaz hold the right flank and Jan and Arkadiuz join Sutherland at the OT-64.  Assuming that there are no problems at the OT-64 Jan will then leave Arkadiuz there with Sutherland and move back to join Drew and Tomaz.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

This message was last edited by the player at 00:12, Wed 13 Jan 2010.
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
NPC, 363 posts
HM2 (E-5)
US Navy
Wed 13 Jan 2010
at 01:45
  • msg #375

Re: Ambush!

Reloading with another HEDP, Stoner waited for further orders, aiming in the direction the BTR had headed and taking another shot if a good opportunity presented itself.

Stoner
Reloading with HEDP
Aiming towards the BTR-70 but only firing if it's not in cover through bushes, etc.
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 8xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Konrad Bayer
player, 1114 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 00:59
  • msg #376

Re: Ambush!

Jan Cerny:
"Were are you going?  Can you stick with Drew and Tomaz until I get back as Drew doesn't speak any Polish?"


"Ja. I hold here for the moment while you secure your flank." Bayer replies. He then moves into a position of cover while Jan heads off.

Bayer
Holding position
G36/HK69 (HEDP)

Cap'n Rae
GM, 1605 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 01:53
  • msg #377

Re: Ambush!


As Jan and Arkadiusz make their way around the trail OT-64, Craig uses a handhold on the hull of the Polish APC to drag himself to his feet. His right ankle throbs in pain. He ignores it for the moment, intent on finishing the job at hand. He removes a hand grenade from his LBE, pulls the pin, and reaches up to drop it through one of the open roof hatches. As Jan and Arkadiusz arrive, the fragmentation grenade explodes within the confines of the cramped troop compartment with a tinny, hollow bang. Thin white smoke rises from the troop hatches and wafts from the open doors at the back. The berserk yelling from inside the OT-64 has abruptly stopped. (Craig -1 fragmentation hand grenade)

Covered by Jan and Arkadiusz, Craig looks down at his ankle. There's no blood and, even with all of the adrenaline pumping through his arteries, he reckons that it would hurt a lot worse if it were broken. For the moment, he decides that it's just a bad sprain.

The BTR-70 continues to back away from the ambush zone. From his current position, Stoner doesn't have a shot for the trees lining the side of the road. He'd have to move into the roadway for a firing angle. The BTR is now about 120m from the OT-64 and moving at approximately 30kph.

Drew, Konrad, and Tomasz hold the flank, covering Jan's movement and still watching for the two "missing" dismounts.

At the still-smoking BTR-152, Tucker hits the pavement and rolls into the ditch alongside the cowed driver as a stream of tracers from the OT-64's coax rips overhead. Steady but relatively innacurate automatic fire pours from the two firing ports in the right side of its hull. Mariusz, Minh, Ondar, and Pavel all hold their fire and try to burrow into the soft earth, realizing that their small arms will do little but annoy the armored beast and most likely draw its unwanted attention. Tom, however, gamely attempts to bring the beast to heel with a hand grenade. He rises slightly and hurls the grenade towards the OT-64. As the grenade sails through the air to land in the middle of the traffic circle, the sudden movement immediately draws the APC turret gunner's full attention. The gunner switches to his main gun, sets his sights, and puts a burst of 14.5mm bullets into the Welshman, hitting him in once in the left leg (severing it) and twice in the back. He's literally torn in half by the accurate, large caliber fire. The grenade explodes harmlessly well short of the APC. (Jones -fragmentation hand grenade. Jones is KIA!)

The enemy gunner seems momentarily sated and does not immediately resume firing.

Meanwhile, Dawid and Apel try to stop the enemy scouting element from rejoining the battered and bloody main body of the convoy. Dawid leads the speeding HUMVEE and attempts to launch a 40mm HE grenade into its path. It's a tough shot and the puff of smoke on the far side of the road just ahead of the HUMVEE indicates that the shot has gone long. As Dawid reloads, Apel tests out his marksmanship- infrequently practiced since basic training- and tries to hit the speeding Ural motorcyle at nearly 200m. He fires four aimed shots without any apparent success. The fifth shot, however, causes the motorcycle to fishtail briefly before the driver regains control. (Dawid -40mm S HE; Apel -5 rounds)

A few bullets from the HUMVEE and sidecar's passengers continue to strike the stone walls of the house now and again but the shooters have so far failed to do any damage to the mortar team itself. The enemy scout team slows slightly as it nears the intersection and the covering OT-64. (OOC: Remember the wreck of the T-72 as well.)

Updated Tac-Map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:55, Thu 14 Jan 2010.
Steven Drew
player, 114 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 04:33
  • msg #378

Re: Ambush!

Drew:

  Drew will continue to man his position watching for enemy activity ether more vehicles or the dismounts.

Sgt Drew
M240 w/60 rounds
Holding position scanning for targets and ready to lay down cover fire
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
NPC, 365 posts
HM2 (E-5)
US Navy
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 05:32
  • msg #379

Re: Ambush!

With the BTR now retreating beyond the range Stoner judged a hit to be likely, he held his fire and turned his attention to watching towards the south east.

Stoner - prone in cover (not just concealed)
Filling in the gaps for all around defence
Awaiting further orders
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 8xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

This message was last edited by the player at 06:00, Thu 14 Jan 2010.
Apel Avtomian
player, 20 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 05:50
  • msg #380

Re: Ambush!

Apel, encouraged by his near miss, steadies himself and squeezes off a few more rounds, careful to lead the Ural a bit more.

Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
6 full magazines for his rifle, 1 mag -5 rounds
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Lying prone at the left rear corner of the farmhouse, shooting single shots at the sidecar of the Ural.

Minh Quyen
player, 469 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 10:49
  • msg #381

Re: Ambush!

Quyen keeps as still as possible where she laid on the ground, hoping not to draw attention to herself as she sat unable to do anything about the APC. Shouting over to Tucker she yells, "Sergeant! Out of ammo! Need your 203 on that thing!"

She then spoke into the radio, "Sunray. Man down. APC over here causing some serious problems."

Quyen
Calling for Tuck to hit the APC with his M203.
AK74 (30/30)

Konrad Bayer
player, 1116 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 12:11
  • msg #382

Re: Ambush!

Unsure if anyone still had any means of knocking out the APC, Bayer rises up off the ground. He still had a handful of HEDP and figured he'd better get moving before finding out Tuck's team shot off all of their anti-armor rounds.

Toggling the radio he says, "Sunray is moving to support west flank." His message was partly to let those in need know a little help was on the way, and as well to inform Jan that Bayer would no longer be on his position.

As he races across the field, Bayer will try to keep the wrecks between him and any active vehicles. If any enemy soldiers appear, he'll drop to the ground and fire (semi auto). Remembering he gave Mariusz some of his 40mm grenades, he yells into the radio, "Mariusz? Can you hit the APC?"

OOC - Quyen, Bayer heard the radio call.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (HEDP)
Running back to Tuck's team
Currently with Jan's team

This message was last edited by the player at 12:12, Thu 14 Jan 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 619 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 12:19
  • msg #383

Re: Ambush!

"Only high explosive, not armour piercing, but I'll try." Mariusz replied over the radio.

He gulped hard and brushed his trigger finger along the crucifixes at his neck before taking careful aim at the OT-64. He waited for a good opportunity tp make the most of his shot and prepared to roll to his left behind the tree he was next to as soon as he'd fired.

Mariusz
G3 (20/20) HE
Aiming at the OT-64

Jan Cerny
player, 190 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 13:02
  • msg #384

Re: Ambush!

Hearing Quyen's call across the radio and Konrad's reply Jan muttered "Con!" to himself before keying his radio to transmit.  "Sunray, this is King One.  You need the LAW over there?"

While he waited for Konrad to reply he issued a further couple of orders, firstly in Polish.  "Sutherland. Arkadiuz.  Hold this point and try and get the KPV firing."

With a nod to confirm that they had understood he then turned and raced back into the woods to join Stoner, Drew, Jacek and Tomaz.  Taking control of his squad again he realised that Stoner and Jacek hadn't moved towards the Zil and the Star.  There was a lot of noise going on though and they must have missed his instructions so he reiterated them again to Stoner in English.

"Konrad wants the Zil and the Star checked and you and Jacek have the job." 
Switching to Polish he said to Jacek, "Go with Stoner, back him up and follow his orders."

Jan then waited for a response from Konrad over the radio regarding whether he wanted the LAW or not.


Jan
Continuing to reorganise and running round the woods a lot but ending up with Drew and Tomaz on the right flank.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

Craig Sutherland
player, 29 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 13:46
  • msg #385

Re: Ambush!


Craig looks towards the departing BTR then the men cluster around him and their apparent apathy towards it. They seemed to be happy to let it go to be met at a later date.

He considered sticking his head in the APC again then thought better of it, his ears where still ringing. He thought his idea of using all the weaponry available i.e. the KPV had been sound but when he saw the M-72 still slung over Jans shoulder.

The frantic voice over the radio net seemed to indicate that their position was still precarious. He thought of calling in a fire mission but it wasn’t really his place to use such a precious commodity and the group seemed to have a problem with expending their heavy weapon ammunition.

Bugger it he thought he conifers with Arkadiuz, a quick plan basically “On three”. Leaving the militia man by the side door Craig moves to the rear doors and using a hand signal counts to three. He swings the door back using it for cover with his shotgun around the edge. If it’s clear he will move to the gunner’s chair.


HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (20/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel , 3 00,  11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
Jan’s Squad
Clearing OT-64
This message was last edited by the player at 04:33, Fri 15 Jan 2010.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1607 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 00:04
  • msg #386

Re: Ambush!


Craig, hobbling on his painfully stiff ankle, makes a second attempt to clear the interior of the disabled OT-64, this time with the assistance of Arkadiusz. Craig uses the rear door as a swinging shield, and pivots around to cover the troop compartment with his Browning shotgun. The side hatch must be latched from the inside because Arkadiusz can't get it open. It doesn't matter, though. The interior of the OT-64 is a bloody mess. Four or five corpses lie sprawled in various contorted positions The inside of the APC smells horrible- the coppery tang of fresh blood, the nauseating stench of human excrement, and the sickly sweet aroma of charred flesh. Craig enters the troop compartment and has to work hard to keep his footing among the corpses and the pooling blood covering the metal floor. On his way to the turret, he unlatches the side hatch to allow Arkadiusz access. Craig stands in the turret and attempts to figure out how to operate the traverse system.

Meanwhile, outside the OT-64, there is very little going on. Jacek waits on Stoner to lead the way in clearing the two disabled trucks. The STAR's cab is now entirely engulfed in flames. The conflaguration grows as one of its fuel tanks ignites in a rolling ball of flames. The truck's tailgate drops down and an obviously wounded man rolls out onto the ground, landing hard on the asphalt.

Konrad trots past the blazing wreck (giving it a wide berth) on his way back to reinforce Tucker's pinned-down squad. The essentially blind Rapira crew watches him pass, growing a bit restless with their restricted role in the still-raging fight.

At the western end of the kill zone, the lead OT-64 continues to dominate the traffic circle. Mariusz has the menacing APC lined up in the sights of his inherited HK-69 grenade launcher but, having just seen Tom Jones blasted to pieces by the its main gun, holds his fire. Minh, Tucker, and Ondar follow suit, hoping to escape the enemy gunner's attention. For the moment, at least, it works. The gun turret swings right and left threateningly, apparently looking for targets, but not firing. A random burst of AK fire issues forth from the right-side firing ports of the OT every few seconds.

Meanwhile, from just outside the farmhouse to the southwest of the interchange, Apel continues to plink away at the Ural with his M-16A2. Five more carefully aimed shots fail to stop the motorcyle, which continues hot on the heels of the HUMVEE towards the traffic circle. Dawid watches and weighs his options. The very disciplined miltia AGS gunner continues to await the order to open fire. The two enemy scout vehicles swing to the left, slowing considereably as the pass behind the OT-64 which lets loosed an unaimed burst of coaxial fire into the trees to the east of the traffic circle. As the scouts thread their way between the OT-64 and the wrecked T-72 on the shoulder of the highway, getting on to the 801 North, the OT-64 starts rolling. (Apel -5 rounds)

Updated Tac-Map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:06, Sat 16 Jan 2010.
Apel Avtomian
player, 22 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 00:17
  • msg #387

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
Meanwhile, from just outside the farmhouse to the southwest of the interchange, Apel continues to plink away at the Ural with his M-16A2. Five more carefully aimed shots fail to stop the motorcyle, which continues hot on the heels of the HUMVEE towards the traffic circle.


Apel watches the Ural and HUMVEE speed away into the cover of the OT-64.  He eases up on his rifle and awaits further instructions.

Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
6 full magazines for his rifle, 1 mag -10 rounds
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Lying prone at the left rear corner of the farmhouse, awaiting further instructions

This message was last edited by the player at 00:18, Sat 16 Jan 2010.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 735 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 02:04
  • msg #388

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
At the western end of the kill zone, the lead OT-64 continues to dominate the traffic circle. Mariusz has the menacing APC lined up in the sights of his inherited HK-69 grenade launcher but, having just seen Tom Jones blasted to pieces by the its main gun, holds his fire. Minh, Tucker, and Ondar follow suit, hoping to escape the enemy gunner's attention. For the moment, at least, it works. The gun turret swings right and left threateningly, apparently looking for targets, but not firing. A random burst of AK fire issues forth from the right-side firing ports of the OT every few seconds.
Next Moves?

Tucker remains as low as he can get in the ditch were him and the EPW are held up near Minh as he tries to stay low and holster his Browning HP and then somehow manipulate how he can get back to his M16, more importantly, the grenade launcher.  He tries to yell back to Minh, "I only got HE left Minh.  Can you see what they're doing?"

Tucker
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HE]
Attempting to reload M-203 w. a HE round in ditch with the EPW

OOC: Sorry, thought I packed more than [1] HEDP for this one
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
NPC, 368 posts
HM2 (E-5)
US Navy
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 05:41
  • msg #389

Re: Ambush!

"Somebody better tell the gun crew the OT will be in their line of fire shortly," Stoner declared, getting to his feet reluctantly and heading to the Zil.
For the moment, the blazing Star would be given a wide berth - he didn't feel much like catching any ammo as it cooked off within.

Stoner
Heading to Zil with Jacek in tow.
Paying a lot of attention to the surrounding area in case there's somebody waiting to take a shot.
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 8xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Craig Sutherland
player, 30 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 06:34
  • msg #390

Re: Ambush!


Craig pulls the doors behind him and fastens them. He limps through the gorge on the floor and takes the gunner chair. Concentrating on the task in front of him and not on the death around his feet, Craig quickly scans the controls.

Trying to remember his familiarization for Russian armour at the army tank museum at Bovingham during various command courses. He grabs the large gear wheel to the front and puts his eyes to the gun sight as he traverses the turret. As this is happening he says to Arkadiusz;

 ”Jeżeli JA robię ten nieprawidłowo pozwalany ja poznają”*

Craig then uses his left hand to change the elevation of the gun with the left wheel. Once he has the BTR in his sights he lines up the front of the APC using the graduated lines on the sight to compensate for the range. He flicks the switch for the PKT machine gun and depresses the electronic trigger, firing off a burst as a spotting shot. He then makes any adjustments and fires off three bursts from the KPVT, stopping to adjust after each burst.

*“If I am doing this wrong let me know.”



KPVT 14.5mmB ?/?, PKT 7.62mmB ?/?
HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (07/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel , 3 00,  11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
Jan’s Squad
Firing OT-64 weapons at BTR-70
This message was last edited by the player at 06:38, Sat 16 Jan 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 620 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 10:56
  • msg #391

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz glanced nervously over at the various bloody parts of the Welshman's broken body and swallowed hard. Once he fired on the OT-64 he'd risk revealing his position and if he didn't kill the gun in one shot that would be it for Mrs. Tokarski's little boy.

The odds weren't with him and as he looked at the enemy vehicles he noted that they were clustered within about twenty meters of each other, perfect targets for indirect fire, he got on the radio and said, "Kaptain, direct fire with the HE is too risky for the potential benefits, I'm going to try and break contact and get in a position where I can fire indirectly. Are the mortar team all dead? I don't hear any firing."

He finished on the radio and ducked further behind the tree. He dropped into a low crawl and headed south.

Mariusz
G3 (20/20) HE
Low crawling south

Minh Quyen
player, 470 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 13:01
  • msg #392

Re: Ambush!

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
He tries to yell back to Minh, "I only got HE left Minh.  Can you see what they're doing?"


"Sitting there. Looking to kill someone." she hollers back without moving her body. "The Hauptmann radioed he's moving up... don't know about any other help."

When the KPV opened up, her heart jumped at the unexpected fire. As she struggled to keep as low and still as possible, fear edged up a notch. That is until she noticed the large tracer rounds streaking by closer and closer to the OT-64. "Just stay low." she yells again.

Quyen
Keeping low
AK74 (30/30)

Konrad Bayer
player, 1117 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 13:17
  • msg #393

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz Tokarski:
He got on the radio and said, "Kaptain, direct fire with the HE is too risky for the potential benefits, I'm going to try and break contact and get in a position where I can fire indirectly. Are the mortar team all dead? I don't hear any firing."


Listening as he ran at a crouch, Bayer radioed back, "Mariusz no. Stay put." He didn't get into his reasons over the radio, but noticing Tom's mangled body up ahead, Bayer didn't want Mariusz (or anyone) to do anything that might cost them another life unnecessarily.

He'd no idea who was in the APC behind him, but knew it had to be Jan or someone in his team. Speaking into the radio again, he says, "Nearly there. Jan's got the KPV in action. Everyone stay low."

As he got near where the enemy vehicle was, he slowed and scanned for a position that would hopefully allow him to get close enough for a shot without being spotted.

Bayer
Continuing to run
G36/HK69 (HEDP)

This message was last edited by the player at 13:18, Sat 16 Jan 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 621 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 13:34
  • msg #394

Re: Ambush!

"Roger that, Sir," Mariusz said and froze in position.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1504 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 17:31
  • msg #395

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #387):

As usual, Dawid displayed his usual contempt for their opponents.

"Fuck their mothers! They can kiss my ass!"

He exited the rear of the house. It was time to solve problems the artillerist way: drop high explosives on them.

"Apel, get back behind the building, Advise Sunray he has a fire mission inbound targeted on the traffic roundabout. Get their heads down!."

He went over to the mortar, carefully adjusting it so the round would fall 20m to the western edge of the aim point on the middle of the traffic circle.

Dawid paused as he re-entered the house. "One round phosphor, in the tube. Fire!" Quickly, he moved low to where he could see out a front window, to observe the fall of the shot and correct.


Dawid Piotrowski
82mm Mortar (2 HE, 2 WP)
Tantal/BG-15 (30 rounds + 6 mags, 4 40mm HE)
AGS-17 (17 rounds)

Firing 1 round WP at the west edge of the traffic circle.

Jan Cerny
player, 192 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 01:06
  • msg #396

Re: Ambush!

Dave 'Bones' Stoner:
"Somebody better tell the gun crew the OT will be in their line of fire shortly," Stoner declared, getting to his feet reluctantly and heading to the Zil.


Jan heard Stoner’s warning and looked around trying to figure out what he was talking about.  The OT-64 on the right, or Eastern, flank was immobilised and had Sutherland and Arkadiusz inside it.  The BTR, which looked very similar to an OT-64, was retreating and wasn't passing the LOS of the Rapira.  Therefore which OT was Stoner talking about?  Or did he mean that the one on the left flank was coming back down the road?

Jan peered to the West, trying to see where other OT-64 was, based on the KPV fire he could hear.  “Stoner, which OT are you talking about?” he called after his friend as Stoner made his way towards the Zil

Konrad Bayer:
He'd no idea who was in the APC behind him, but knew it had to be Jan or someone in his team. Speaking into the radio again, he says, "Nearly there. Jan's got the KPV in action. Everyone stay low."


Maybe Konrad was expecting Sutherland and Arkadiusz to start getting the OT-64 moving again and that was what Stoner had been talking about.  It sounded like some confusion was breaking out.  And with all the radio chatter going on it also seemed like Konrad had missed his call about the LAW.

“Sunray, this is King One,” he transmitted across the radio net in English, hoping to ensure that anyone relevant understood the situation on the right flank.  “Sutherland’s trying to get the OT’s KPV firing but the OT is immobilised and not going anywhere.  Also Stoner thinks that an OT will be in the LOS of the Rapira soon.  Is the OT on the Western flank coming back up the road?  Also say if you need me or Tomaz with the LAW?  BTR still retreating though.”

God that was terrible English, Jan thought to himself.  But then it wasn't his first language.  With that information passed on however, he then returned to watching the woods to the East and the retreating BTR, though because of his angle to the road, he was starting to lose sight of the APC through the trees.


Jan
Relaying information and watching the right flank from a kneeling position behind a tree.  If a lone target presents itself he will fire a pair of single shots at it.  If a group of targets in close proximity presents itself then he will fire a HE round at them.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

Apel Avtomian
player, 23 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 03:50
  • msg #397

Re: Ambush!

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
He exited the rear of the house. It was time to solve problems the artillerist way: drop high explosives on them.

"Apel, get back behind the building, Advise Sunray he has a fire mission inbound targeted on the traffic roundabout. Get their heads down!."


Apel ran behind the house and picked up the radio.

"Sunray, Eagle will mortar the OT-64 20 meters -- in the center of the traffic circle.  Get your heads down!"

Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
6 full magazines for his rifle, 1 mag -10 rounds
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Moving behind the the farmhouse, relaying mortar attack information to Sunray.

This message was last edited by the player at 03:52, Sun 17 Jan 2010.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1610 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 15:54
  • msg #398

Re: Ambush!


Rifle at the ready, Stoner passes alongside the D-30 howitzer on his way to the bed of the Zil, covered by Jacek following a few meters behind. Rising briefly from his crouch just a few meters from the truck's raised tailgate, Stoner surveys his earlier handiwork with the M230 GL. There are about 4-5 bodies lying sprawled around on the truck's flat bed beneath the tattered remains of the hanging awning. At least one of the bodies is moving and Stoner can hear a low moaning coming from the pile. Jacek calls out a warning and points his weapon at a enemy soldier in the roadside ditch a few meters away.

Meanwhile, inside the cramped turret of the OT-64, Craig finds the turret traverse mechanism and begins to bring the turret's weapons to bear on the withdrawing BTR-70, backing its way east up the 50. He places the shrinking target in the aiming reticle and tries to fire a ranging burst with the PKT. The machine gun does not respond. He switches to the heavier KPV and sends a 5-round burst at the BTR. The two tracers in the burst streak past the BTR just a meter or two from its right side (Jan's left), indicating a near miss. (KPV -5 rounds)

Drew and Tomasz provide overwatch. There still have not been any sightings of the two dismounts who'd made it to the woods from their disabled APC. Flames from the STAR's fiercely burning cab are beginning to engulf the cargo bed. It will only be a matter of time until the entire vehicle is burning.

Konrad enters the treeline just to the east of the main body of Tucker's reinforced squad. Bullets buzz overhead, indicating that the enemy at the western edge of the ambush zone is still active to some degree.

As Mariusz, Tucker, Minh, Ondar, and Pavel lay low, hoping not to draw the OT-64's extreme ire, the mortar team leaps into action. Using a road map and the miltia's local knowledge, Dawid had preplotted a fire mission on the traffic circle. Not having had the luxury of the opportunity to fire a test round, there's still the chance of landing the first bomb off target but, in Dawid's professional opinion, the time is right to take the risk.

Dawid drops a WP round down the tube and a second later, the bomb arcs skyward. Jogging the few meters from the mortar to the edge of the house, Dawid watches the splash of his first shot. To his horror, the bomb lands about 35m to the east of the traffic circle, almost right on top of the treeline where Tucker's squad was positioned. The white phosphorous bomb errupts in a thick, stubby mushroom cloud and sending out streamers of white smoke. (-1 round 82mm WP)

Burning fragments of white phosphorous rain down around Mariusz, Minh, Ondar, and Pavel. Fortunately, the overhead cover catches most of the fragments. The trees above them are instantly alight. Ondar screams as a fragment of white phosphorous bores into his scalp (serious wound). Minh feels an ironically icy pain in her lower left calf as a fragment burns through her fatigue trousers and into her flesh (slight wound). Somewhat miraculously, neither Mariusz nor Pavel are hit by falling fragments and the blast from the exploding WP bomb is negligible (no one suffers damage due to concussion). The small wood has been transformed almost instantly into a choking, burning hell. Tucker's squad, sans its leader, who was lucky to be outside of the WP bomb's primary burst radius, is temporarily blinded by the thick, acrid, white phosphorous smoke between the wood and the traffic circle. The only good thing about the almost disastrous situation is that the OT-64 can't see them any more either.

From the farmhouse, Dawid notices the trio of enemy vehicles begin to move north on the 801, the Ural and HUMVEE in the lead, followed by the OT-64.

Updated Tac-Map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:41, Mon 18 Jan 2010.
Apel Avtomian
player, 25 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 19:12
  • msg #399

Re: Ambush!

Apel begins to speak then falls silent.
Steven Drew
player, 116 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 20:56
  • msg #400

Re: Ambush!

Drew:

  Drew hears the "Karump" or the mortar and the crack as it hits the ground.

  He pauses for an instant, turning his head towards the sound,

"What the fuck?" he mutters, pondering if it was "ours" or "theirs."

Sgt Drew
M240 and about 60 to 70 rounds
Waiting, watching and wondering
Jan Cerny
player, 195 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 21:59
  • msg #401

Re: Ambush!

"That was ours," Jan answered Drew as he also stared in the direction the mortar round had impacted.  There seemed to be smoke from something burning in that direction as well.

As he stared he spotted, through the undergrowth and the smoke from the burning Star, the movement of vehicles going Northwards on the 801, led by the motorcycle and side-car.  He instantly reached for his radio, realising suddenly what Stoner had been talking about.

"Rapira crew this is King One," he transmitted in Polish.  "Vehicles heading North on the 801.  Motorbike in the lead but others following.  You should have LOS soon.  I will observe and pass on targets but get yourself ready."


Jan
Observing the vehicles moving Northwards up the 801 and passing targets along to the Rapira crew via the radio.  If he sees the OT-64 he will make that the primary target, letting the others go if necessary.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 624 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 22:22
  • msg #402

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz coughed up the choking white cloud that suddenly surrounded him, he could hear cries of pain but couldn't see who to help. He headed out of the cloud to try to see what was happening, "Pavel," he called, "are you OK? Head out to the south of the cloud."

He'd been considering griping about the fact that the artillery hadn't intervened before they had. Now they had intervened spectacularly. He looked up at the burning branches, at least it was warmer now.
Steven Drew
player, 117 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 22:38
  • msg #403

Re: Ambush!

M240 w/60-70 rounds
Jan Cerny:
"That was ours," Jan answered Drew as he also stared in the direction the mortar round had impacted.  There seemed to be smoke from something burning in that direction as well.

As he stared he spotted, through the undergrowth and the smoke from the burning Star, the movement of vehicles going Northwards on the 801, led by the motorcycle and side-car.  He instantly reached for his radio, realising suddenly what Stoner had been talking about.

"Rapira crew this is King One," he transmitted in Polish.  "Vehicles heading North on the 801.  Motorbike in the lead but others following.  You should have LOS soon.  I will observe and pass on targets but get yourself ready."


Jan
Observing the vehicles moving Northwards up the 801 and passing targets along to the Rapira crew via the radio.  If he sees the OT-64 he will make that the primary target, letting the others go if necessary.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW


  Drew:

  Drew hears the Jan on the radio.  He asks,

"Who ya callin?  And next time tell em ta give us a heads up before they start dropping shit on us."

  Drew will turn his gaze in the direction of the mortar impact.  He will also see for the vehicles.  DOES HE HAVE LINE OF SIGHT of the road the Ural and Humer are cruising on too?  If he does he will shift his line of fire and open up on them with short aimed bursts when the two lighter vehicles go through his field of fire.  If he can't then he will continue to monitor his front.

Sgt Drew
M240 w/ 60-70 round belt
Talking to Jan, scanning the escape route for the Ural and Hummer for line of fire
Steven Drew
player, 121 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 00:26
  • msg #404

Re: Ambush!

Drew realises the route the fleeing vehicles are taking gets into a high crawl like he trained for at the School of Infantry over ten years prior.  The words echo in his ears as he takes the position,

"Fire Team, Prepare To Rush!" as a slight grin crosses his lips.

  "KEEP EM OFF MY BACK!" he shouts as he raises up and runs from the cover of the woods across the street to take up a firing position at the burnt out hulk of one of the BMPs at the side of the road.

  Drew will shout,

"DREW COMMING IN!" as he sprints across the road to take up his new position, warning freindlies he is comming so he is not shot at as a threat.

  Once Drew takes up a position he will aim in on the two lighter vehicles and fire walking his fire on them going from front to back so the vehicles will drive right into his fire.  He will fire from a supported position with his weapons bipods resting on the burnt out hulk of the armored vehicle.

  IF Drew has time he will clip another belt of ammo the belt in the weapon.

  Drew will fire in controlled aimed bursts.  He will persue the enemy vehicles focusing on the motorcycle then the Humvee as long as they are in his sights persuing them with fire.  IF he takes one out he will adjust and focus his fire on the other.  Should he take out both vehicles he will cease fire and more his position so as not to draw the ire of the remaining track.  He will not engage the armored vehicle unless it drops its ramp and disgourges is dismounts.  IF he is fired on from the woods by the two errant enemy in the woods he will move his position for cover and to engage them.

  IF Drew encounters any enemy on the ground as he takes a position he will kick any wounded or those on the ground a solid kick to the head or torso, or anyone hiding gets a burst at point blank range.  Drew is not in a mood to mess with anyone, he wants one or both of those vehicles.

Sgt Drew
M240 w/60-70 rounds
Displacing to take a better firing position to engage the fleeing light vehicles
Jan Cerny
player, 198 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 00:46
  • msg #405

Re: Ambush!

Steven Drew:
"Who ya callin?  And next time tell em ta give us a heads up before they start dropping shit on us."


"The Rapira crew," he answers Drew.  "And the mortar crew did.  It wasn't supposed to be that close though."

As Jan's view of the moving enemy vehicles improved he keyed his radio again.

"Rapira, this is King One." he continued to transmit in Polish as Drew moved across the road.  "Save your shot for the third vehicle.  It's a slow moving APC."

Turning to Tomaz he gave him an order.  "Keep a watch to the East."

Jan was going to watch what happened to the OT-64.


Jan
Observing the vehicles moving Northwards up the 801 and ordering the Rapira crew to target the OT-64.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

This message was last edited by the player at 00:48, Mon 18 Jan 2010.
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
NPC, 377 posts
HM2 (E-5)
US Navy
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 01:15
  • msg #406

Re: Ambush!

Ignoring the wounded for the moment (unless they're still a likely threat), Stoner assessed the threat posed by the man Jacek had spotted before running to the back of the Star to see what could be dragged clear of the flames. If he appeared still willing to fight rather than surrender, he'd soon find himself host to a round or two of 5.56mm.

Over at the Star, ammunition was his priority as it was both valuable to the militia and would reduce the danger to those nearby. After than came radios, weapons and whatever else could be quickly flung clear. Bodies would wait until last - he was tempted to let the flames take care of them, but doubted they'd be more than seriously charred.

Stoner
Shooting at Jacek's target/prisoner if they appear a threat
Save what he can from the Star
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 8xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Craig Sutherland
player, 33 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 07:04
  • msg #407

Re: Ambush!


The smell must be getting to him Craig thought. As he glances up to check if the PKT is loaded and begins to make the necessary corrections, he tells Arkadiusz;

“Sprawdzenie szkoda widzą jeżeli wy możecie otrzymywać przesuwający”*

He uses the two fly wheels to make the corrections and fires another burst. He holds his breath even though the stabilised mount of the KPVT makes it unnecessary; some habits are hard to break.

If he can see the PKT is loaded he will flick the switch and grab the stick in front of him. He pushes it forward to cycle the bolt hoping to clear any jams. He then flicks the switch back to the KPVT.

*Check the damage see if you can get us moving

KPVT 14.5mmB ?/?, PKT 7.62mmB ?/?
HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (07/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel , 3 00,  11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
Jan’s Squad
Firing OT-64 weapons at BTR-70
This message was last edited by the player at 19:05, Mon 18 Jan 2010.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1118 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 14:05
  • msg #408

Re: Ambush!

Still rushing forward through the trees, Bayer calls into the radio, "Eagle! Check fire! You're hitting our men in there!"

Then dropping to one knee he quickly lines up the departing OT-64 though the sights of the underbarrel grenade launcher. Leading the moving vehicle just slightly, Bayer steadies his aim and fires off the round.

Bayer
G36/HK69 (HEPD)
Firing at OT-64

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1509 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 17:37
  • msg #409

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #408):

From teh house, Dawid saw the result of the disastrous shot. He missed Konrad's transmission, but could well guess what he said anyways.

"Damn! Damn, damn damn me! May the good Lord grant they are not all killed! My fault, my fault!"

Angry and bitter at his lack of luck and skill, he stormed into the house. "Don't fire again, just hold, hold. Shit."

Shaking now, he said in English to Arpel, "Contact Eagle, er, Sunray. Tell him we've ceased fire, and enemy is retreating North."

Shaken, he wandered back inside the house to where he could see outside. He lit a cigarette with some effort, saying to himself, "fuck, fuck, what a disaster. May the blessed Black Madonna preserve them and keep them safe."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1615 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 21:04
  • msg #410

Re: Ambush!

Jan Cerny:
"Rapira crew this is King One," he transmitted in Polish.  "Vehicles heading North on the 801.  Motorbike in the lead but others following.  You should have LOS soon.  I will observe and pass on targets but get yourself ready."


After a couple of seconds, Jan receives the following reply,

"King one, Rapira crew rogers last. Preparing to engage. Standby."
Minh Quyen
player, 471 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 01:16
  • msg #411

Re: Ambush!

Quyen drops her rifle and rolls onto her back as the searing pain from her leg shuts down most of her other senses. She tries to scream to release some of the pain, but emits only a raspy, half choking exhale.

Putting her two fingers into the hole in her trousers, she rips the opening a little larger before grasping at her bayonet. Quyen will then madly dig at the frozen ground to collect a handful of soil to extinguish the burning fragments.

Quyen
Attempting to deal with WP wound

Alexei Ondar
NPC, 129 posts
Starshiy Praporshchik
Ex-GRU/Spetznaz
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 01:54
  • msg #412

Re: Ambush!


Screaming with pain and rage, Ondar reaches up with grimy fingers and plucks the burning WP fragment out of the hole that it is boring through his scalp, singing his fingertips in the process. Hearing Minh's strangled shout, Ondar, coughing smoke out of his burning lungs, gets up with some effort and heads towards her, trying to keep from passing out as he wills one foot in front of the other. In a brief moment of clarity, he wonders how he's going to help Minh when he can barely walk by himself.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 736 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 02:07
  • msg #413

Re: Ambush!

[NPC'ed]

Tucker tugs his gas mask out of its case and begins pulling it over his head. As he does so, he shouts, "Stay here! Don't move or you'll be shot!" at the wounded BTR-152 driver, hoping the man understands English or at least his commanding tone of voice.

Once his mask is secured in place, he slings his rifle, rises up out of the ditch, and heads into the smoke towards where the rest of his squad had been just seconds before.
Apel Avtomian
player, 27 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 02:14
  • msg #414

Re: Ambush!

Konrad Bayer:
Still rushing forward through the trees, Bayer calls into the radio, "Eagle! Check fire! You're hitting our men in there!"


Apel hears Sunray over the radio and begins moving into the house to relay the message to Dawid when Dawid turns to him, furious.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Contact Eagle, er, Sunray. Tell him we've ceased fire, and enemy is retreating North."


Apel toggles on the radio. "Sunray, message received.  We've ceased fire and are awaiting instructions. Over"
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:11, Tue 19 Jan 2010.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1616 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 02:59
  • msg #415

Re: Ambush!


In the confines of the tiny gun turret of the disabled trail OT-64, Craig adjusts his aim, shifting the target reticle an inch or so to the right, and squeezes off another burst at the fleeing BTR. The tracers seem to intersect with the BTR and two bright showers of sparks leap from its hull. It continues to back away trailing thin whisps of white smoke. Craig reaches for the PKT's charging handle and works the bolt a couple of times. It seems to be stuck fast so he gives up and considers his next move. (KPV -5 rounds 14.5mm)

From the front of the OT-64, Arkadiusz shouts, "It's a... mess up here! The... is burned in two and the... look all... !"

In the trees outside, Jan watches through a gap in the wreckage on the 50 for the three vehicles from the convoy's vanguard. Drew shouts out something and, hefting the M240, runs across the two divided lanes of 50 towards the BMP wreck on the far side of the road.

Drew's heart is pounding when he arrives at the rusted-out BMP. As he prepares to set up his MG to fire on the lead element of the convoy he's startled to find a wounded Pole on the north side of the BMP's hull, attempting to bandage a ragged hole/gash in his wounded calf with a rag or piece of cloth. Startled by Drew's arrival, the Pole raises his bloody hands towards the American Marine and starts shouting something in Polish.

With Jacek covering the seemingly unarmed and compliant enemy in the roadside ditch, Stoner jogs over to the bed of the burning star. The tailgate is down and Stoner can clearly see a 60mm mortar set up on the floor of the cargo bed. There are several corpses sprawled around it (and on its base). At the back of the bed, stacked up against the back of the burning cab, are two long, rectangular, wooden crates. Flames are licking up their sides. The wood of the crates is starting to darken and smoke. In a matter of seconds, they will begin to burn in earnest.

On his way towards the smoke-enveloped western end of the ambush, Konrad catches a glimpse of the surviving trio of convoy vehicles rolling north up the 801. His view is obscurred somewhat by the drifting white phosphorous smoke on the left, and grey smoke from the burning BTR-152 on the right. Taking a knee, he sets his sights on the lead OT-64, leading it a little, and pulls the trigger. The 40mm HEDP grenade arcs through the smoke towards the 801. It explodes short of the )T-64, doing it little (if any) harm but likely encouraging it on its way. (Konrad -1 40mm HEDP)

Leaving his prisoner, Tucker runs into the white cloud of phosphourous smoke. Under a burning canopy, he finds Ondar trying to help Minh to her feet. She has succeeded in smothering the small particle of WP that had burned into her calf. The pain is intense. Tucker and Ondar place her arms over their shoulders and lift her up. Hopping on her good leg, she does what she can to help ease their burden. Somewhat disoriented by the thick smoke, they head back in the general direction from which Tucker had just come. Emerging from the worst of the smoke cloud by the edge of the road, they move past Konrad, out on to the asphalt, away from the burning trees. Nearly all around them there is fire. The BTR-152 is burning slowly to the west. The STAR truck is burning fiercely to the east. To the southwest, the forest is on fire. It's a fair approximation of a biblical hell.

Mariusz and Pavel, miraculously unwounded by the bursting WP bomb, head in the opposite direction, unaware of Minh and Ondar's plight. After a few seconds of breaking brush, they emerge from the southern edge of the smoke cloud. Coughing, they take a moment to get their bearings. The trees here are not on fire so it seems as good a place as any to take a breather. Through the trees, they can see the farmhouse where the mortar team is set up.

The the southwest, Dawid, Apel, and the militia crew can only watch and hope that none of their friends and comrades are trapped in the inferno in the woods. The survivors of the enemy convoy are pulling away, heading north up the 801.

Updated Tac-Map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 22:45, Tue 19 Jan 2010.
Steven Drew
player, 126 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 03:34
  • msg #416

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #415):

  Drew slams into the burnt and rusted hulk of the APC, his chest heaving as he sucks in air.  Upon seeing the wounded Pole he will hiss in English and soldiers Polish,

"GET THE FUCK DOWN!"  As he waves the wounded Pole to lay down.  All the while Drew will set his weapon in position and aim in to fire upon the retreating motorcycle and Humvee.

  Drew will ignore the wounded man unless he gets up or does something hostile at which time he will shoot him with the machinegun at pointblank range.

  Between bursts from his M240 Drew will shout out,

"LETS CONSOLIDATE PEOPLE!  WE GOT PRISONERS AND EQUIPMENT UP HERE!"

Sgt Drew
M240 60 to 70 rounds being fired in aimed bursts of 5 to 10 rounds
Aiming and firing at the departing motorcycle and Humer and calling for more troops to consolidate their positions
Konrad Bayer
player, 1119 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 05:49
  • msg #417

Re: Ambush!

Still kneeling on the cold, hard ground, Bayer lowers his weapon as he watches the remaining enemy make their speedy escape. He then glances around at where everyone is and exhales deeply. Then speaking into his handset Bayer calls over to Jan's team, "King One, Sunray. Send status on last orders*. And detach Stoner to my position asap. over."

*msg #362 to Jan ("As soon as the situation allows - get a confirmation on the gas shells... a tally of recoverable stores... and report the condition of both the howitzer and the Zil truck, as well as the other vehicles. Find out what's salvageable on a short time frame.")

While he waits for a reply, he observes how Tucker is preoccupied with recovering his wounded. With nobody else on this flank, he shouts over to Mariusz and the HQ reserve, "Hey... Collect the militia here and sweep through this half of the vehicles. Report back as soon as you get an idea on the status of the enemy material and personnel."

Bayer then rises up off the ground and walks over to where Tucker and his survivors had pulled back to. From here, he'll assist Tucker on helping Quyen and Ondar until Stoner arrives. "Let me help Tuck." he says. "We'll transport these two out with the Rapira team and have the doctor standing by for surgery."

Bayer
Coordinating with teams/helping Tuck

Craig Sutherland
player, 34 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 07:04
  • msg #418

Re: Ambush!


As he is aiming the KPVT at the BTR Craig asks Arkadiusz to use his own weapon or find a GPMG and help Drew through one of the gun ports or the partially open door. He then fires another burst at the retreating BTR.


KPVT 14.5mmB ?/?, PKT 7.62mmB ?/?
HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (07/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel , 3 00,  11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
Jan’s Squad
Firing OT-64 weapons at BTR-70
This message was last edited by the player at 10:15, Tue 19 Jan 2010.
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
NPC, 379 posts
HM2 (E-5)
US Navy
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 11:19
  • msg #419

First it burns, then it BOOMS

Knowing crated mortar bombs and a potentially very deadly situation when he saw one, Stoner didn't hesitate.
"GET SOME HELP OVER HERE!" he screamed out at the top of his lungs, already diving into the back of the burning truck.
Ignoring the bodies, he scrambled forward to snatch the crates away from the flames and slid them to the back of the cargo bed. Next he rolled bodies rearward, mainly to clear them away from the priceless mortar but also make them easier to offload and then strip of equipment.
After that it was a simple matter of lifting the weapon whole and staggering towards the tailgate.

Stoner
Save the ammo, then clear backward away from the flames
F88A1 Steyr AUG (27/30) +5x30 mags
M203 (HEDP) + 10xHE, 8xHEDP, 2xCS, 2xILLUM
PM Makarov (8/8) + 2x8 mags
Bayonet (not fitted)
Butterfly knife, right boot
Medic Bag

Jan Cerny
player, 200 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 14:36
  • msg #420

Re: First it burns, then it BOOMS

Steven Drew:
  Between bursts from his M240 Drew will shout out,

"LETS CONSOLIDATE PEOPLE!  WE GOT PRISONERS AND EQUIPMENT UP HERE!"


Konrad Bayer:
"King One, Sunray. Send status on last orders. And detach Stoner to my position asap. over."


Dave 'Bones' Stoner:
"GET SOME HELP OVER HERE!" he screamed out at the top of his lungs, already diving into the back of the burning truck.



Lots of information meant Jan had to quickly make a decision on priorities.  Knocking out the moving OT-64 seemed to be the most immediate one and the crew had missed his last radioed instruction in all the mayhem.

“Rapira,” he transmitted in Polish over the radio, conscious that he didn’t have time to identify himself and hoping that they recognised his voice.  "I say again, save your shot for the third vehicle.  It's a slow moving APC."

Without waiting for a response he then switched to English and continued transmitting.  “Sunray.  Right flank seems secure.  Am taking over from Stoner and sending him to you.”

He then released the transmit button and turned to Tomasz beside him.  “Tomasz!  On me!” he called in Polish before setting off at a run towards Stoner and Jacek.  As he ran he hit the transmit button on his radio again.  “Sutherland,” he said in English, “You and Arkadiusz have the right flank.  Yell if you need support.”

As Jan approached the Star he saw what Stoner was doing.  “Stoner, Konrad needs you,” he informed the SEAL Corpsman.  “I'm guessing Tuck's squad have wounded.  We’ll do that.”  He indicated the unloading Stoner had been doing as he finished speaking.

Glancing round he issued some more orders, firstly in English.  “Drew keep laying down fire on the bike and Hummer.  We’ll sort out the gear and prisoners.”  He then switched to Polish and indicated the crates Stoner had been pushing off the Star.  “Tomasz, move this shit away from the truck.  Jacek, get the prisoners by Drew as well and then move them all into the woods and keep them alive.”

With that he slung his own rifle and went to carry on with the “unloading” Stoner had been doing.  He wasn't taking any risks for a bit of scavenged gear though and he didn't climb up into the back of the Star.  If it started to get too dangerous then he would get Tomasz and himself out of the way!


Jan
Ordering the Rapira to fire on the OT-64, updating Konrad, warning Sutherland that he is the right flank now, telling Stoner that Konrad needs him, ordering Drew to keep firing at the Ural and Humvee and then continuing with the unloading of the Star that Stoner had started as long as it doesn't get too dangerous - if it does he will get the hell out of there.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

OOC – Rae - I'm not sure if this is too much to do in one "turn" or not.  If it is then please say how far through this Jan can get and I will amend as appropriate.

This message was last edited by the player at 23:32, Tue 19 Jan 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 627 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 16:38
  • msg #421

Re: First it burns, then it BOOMS

"Yes, Sir," Mariusz said and looked around him.

He called Pavel and the other nearby militia to him and said, "OK, we're to check the vehicles for status and any equipment. We'll start with the BTR 152, you cover me while I look around and I'll hand anything over to you to carry."

He looked at the shattered and burning vehicles, there probably wouldn't be much to find, "We'll do these quickly and then head for the D-30."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1511 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 16:47
  • msg #422

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #414):

Having his back to Arpel, Dawid missed his look. Seeing the enemy retreat, he waited until he had regained his composure, then wandered back through the house.

He addressed the mortar crew. "You all did well, The shot missed, but only a fool thinks every shot hits. That's war! If anyone was hurt by that shot, I will accept responsibility. The good news is the survivors are in flight, I think we have won this battle."

Dawid "Arpel, any word from Kapitan Bayer? Come, follow me." He returned to the front of the house, to see if the situation had changed.
Apel Avtomian
player, 29 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 19:00
  • msg #423

Re: Ambush!

Apel follows Dawid to the front of the house, looking up the 801 at the fleeing vehicles.

Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
5 full magazines for his rifle, 1 mag -10 rounds
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
Walking to the front of the farmhouse, assessing the situation at/around the traffic circle

This message was last edited by the player at 19:03, Tue 19 Jan 2010.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 737 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 22:48
  • msg #424

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
Leaving his prisoner, Tucker runs into the white cloud of phosphourous smoke. Under a burning canopy, he finds Ondar trying to help Minh to her feet. She has succeeded in smothering the small particle of WP that had burned into her calf. The pain is intense. Tucker and Ondar place her arms over their shoulders and lift her up. Hopping on her good leg, she does what she can to help ease their burden. Somewhat disoriented by the thick smoke, they head back in the general direction from which Tucker had just come. Emerging from the worst of the smoke cloud by the edge of the road, they move past Konrad, out on to the asphalt, away from the burning trees. Nearly all around them there is fire. The BTR-152 is burning slowly to the west. The STAR truck is burning fiercely to the east. To the southwest, the forest is on fire. It's a fair approximation of a biblical hell.
Next Moves?

Before Tucker gets up and leaves the prisoner, he looks at him with a fire in his eyes (from the casualities for the inaccurate rounds) and points at the EPW with his finger.

"YOU" pointing directly to the driver;

"STAY" pointing directly to the ground;

and then finally making his thumb and forefinger mimicing a a gun pointing it at his (EPW) head and going "BANG."

Robert takes off in the direction of of his squad and trying to get to Minh and Ondar as fast as he can.  He knew there was already one K.I.A. and there wasn't much hoope for him but, the other two were still alive.  Tucker goes for Minh first when he realizes that he gave his radio to her before checking out the BTR-152.  Tucker tries to come in smiling and joke with her as he and Ondar try to get out of the smoky area.  "Hey!  If you wanted to be swept off your feet by a guy, there are other ways you could've done that you know?  WE're going to getyou outta here so try and deal with it a little more Minh.  You OK Ondar?"

The only thing going through Tuck's mind right now is who fired that fucked up fire mission.

Tucker
Slung & holstered weapons
Moving from EPW to Minh to get his radio and get out of the smoky area for medical treatment

This message was last edited by the player at 22:49, Tue 19 Jan 2010.
Dave 'Bones' Stoner
NPC, 382 posts
HM2 (E-5)
US Navy
Wed 20 Jan 2010
at 02:13
  • msg #425

Re: Ambush!

Whether it was the sounds of gunfire, the roar of the flames or complete focus on the dangerous job at hand, Stoner did not reply to Jan's words. Instead he just kept on going, shoving materials to and over the Star's tailgate as fast as he could all the while knowing his next breath could well be his last.
Any delay in removing explosive material from the truck could spell disaster for them all.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1624 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 20 Jan 2010
at 23:12
  • msg #426

Re: Ambush!


From within the rear OT-64, Craig fires another volley from the KPV at the withdrawing BTR. Once again, sparks shoot from the lower hull near its left, front tire, indicating at least one hit. The BTR turns to its left (Craig's right), backing quickly off of the road and out of sight behind some trees. (KPV -5 rounds)

On the north side of the 50, Drew props the bipod of the M240 on a folded-out piece of BMP hull and sets his sights on the Ural motorcyle/sidecar. The wounded enemy soldier makes no move to oppose or flee the Marine. He simply sits there pale-faced, continuing clumsily to try and bandage the ugly wound in his right calf. When the Ural crosses his sights, Drew pulls the trigger. There follows a loud CLICK but the weapon doesn't fire. The gun appears to have jammed.

The Rapira crew waits patiently for the lead OT-64 to cross its path. As the enemy APC rolls into view, Radoslaw engages the trigger mechanism, leading the target vehicle ever so slightly in the gun's sights. The Rapira kicks like a mule as it hurls a 100mm HEAT round downrange at several hundred feet per second. A rolling fireball erupts two dozen meters short of the target. Radoslaw screams at his crew to reload with another HEAT round and begins adjusting his aim, hoping for at least one more shot at the departing OT-64 before it disappears again behind the burning trucks on the 50.

Meanwhile, on the 50, Stoner leaps into the bed of the STAR and scrambles over the bloody corpses, past the 60mm mortar, towards the two crates of mortar bombs stacked against the glowing cab of the truck. The heat at the front of the bed is intense and Stoner's lungs start to burn from the smoke and fumes given off by the burning fuel, paint, and rubber. After a few seconds, Stoner reaches the crates, lifting the top crate by its smoldering rope handles. As he turns to toss it towards the back of the truck bed, at least one of the mortar bombs in the bottom crate explodes, tossing the SEAL corpsman off of the truckbed and on to the unforgiving surface of the roadbed, his body riddled with metal shrapnel and bits of wooden crate. If the force of the blast and the shrapnel hadn't killed him already, the broken neck he sustains on impact does.(Stoner is KIA!) A half-second later, a second (or third) mortar bomb explodes tossing flaming debris in every direction. Fortunately, the truck absorbs most of the blast and shrapel and Jacek and Tomasz are only knocked down and stunned. When they recover their senses, Jan notices a bloody piece of scalp flapping down over the miltiaman's forehead. Jacek has also been knocked down by the blast but appears to be unwounded.

Just prior to the explosions, Tucker and Ondar had lowered Minh to the pavement behind the BTR-152. Ondar promptly collapsed to the pavement next to her. Konrad arrived almost simultaneously to assess the situation and render aid. He and Tucker instinctively hit the deck as the earsplitting crack signals the supersonic passing of the Rapira's 100mm HEAT shell as it speeds towards the fleeing OT-64. A couple of seconds later, all of them are startled by the explosions aboard the nearby STAR but, having just gone to ground to avoid friendly fire, none of them are injured.

To the west of the exploding STAR, Mariusz and Pavel arrive at the BTR-152. Thin, malodorous, white smoke still rises steam-like from the open-topped troop compartment but its contents appear to be smoldering rather than fully ablaze and Mariusz decides it's safe enough to open the back door. The scene that greets him inside is disturbing, even to a seasoned young fighter like Mariusz. Several scorched and partially nude corpses (parts of their clothing have been burned away) are strewn around the interior of the troop compartment. One of the charred, dismembered corpses is sprawled over a large, fire-darkened wooden crate. Amidst a thick, viscous soup of blood and rendered human fat, bits of shattered weapons and singed equipment litter the floor all around.

Dawid and Apel watch the enemy point element flee north up the 801. The woods at the southeast corner of the traffic circle are burning. The concussive echoes of twp explosions gently washes them from the northeast.

Upated Tac-Map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...91,0.004812&z=18

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:19, Thu 21 Jan 2010.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 738 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 00:10
  • msg #427

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
Just prior to the explosions, Tucker and Ondar had lowered Minh to the pavement behind the BTR-152. Ondar promptly collapsed to the pavement himself. Konrad arrived almost simultaneously to render aid. He and Tucker hit the deck as the earsplitting crack of the Rapira's 100mm HEAT shell passes a few meters away at supersonic speed. All of them are startled by the explosions aboard the nearby STAR but, having just gone to ground, none of them are injured.

Next Moves?

Tucker will try and cover up Minh when the explosions go off trying to keep any further injuries minimal.  Tuck looks up and sees Konrad move in close to obviously help out the situation.  Tucker looks at Bayer with a fire in his eyes.
Steven Drew
player, 130 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 06:42
  • msg #428

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
From within the rear OT-64, Craig fires another volley from the KPV at the withdrawing BTR. Once again, sparks shoot from the lower hull near its left, front tire, indicating at least one hit. The BTR turns to its left (Craig's right), backing quickly off of the road and out of sight behind some trees. (KPV -5 rounds)

On the north side of the 50, Drew props the bipod of the M240 on a folded-out piece of BMP hull and sets his sights on the Ural motorcyle/sidecar. The wounded enemy soldier makes no move to oppose or flee the Marine. He simply sits there pale-faced, continuing clumsily to try and bandage the ugly wound in his right calf. When the Ural crosses his sights, Drew pulls the trigger. There follows a loud CLICK but the weapon doesn't fire. The gun appears to have jammed.


Upated Tac-Map:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...91,0.004812&z=18

Next Moves?


"MUTHERFUCKER!" Drew hisses as his hand makes the well practiced motion to rack the bolt to the rear recocking the weapon for another try.  He doesn't even remove his cheeck from the weapons stock.  His left hand moves to the belt of ammunition where it feeds into the weapon and he pushes it in making sure the belt hasn't dislodged from the feeder claws, his pushing should put the belt back in alignemnt if it did get pulled out of place.  When this is done Drew will firing the motorycle and humvee once more, just a little more pissed this time.  He is oblivious to any of the casualties the unit has suffered at this point.

  His vision is narrow, the sounds of battle are forced out.  They are there, but he has tunned them out.  He is barely aware of the wounded man near him, only because he is a possible threat he may have to eliminate.  But now, right now, Drews focus is on gettintg rounds on the two targets down range!

Sgt Drerw
M240 w/ 60-70 roundsClearing a jam and firing up the fleeing ural and humvee
Apel Avtomian
player, 30 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 06:48
  • msg #429

Re: Ambush!

"Are they--why are- are they firing?" asks Apel, dumbfounded.




Apel
Dawid's squad
RPG-76
M-16A2; M9
5 full magazines for his rifle, 1 mag -10 rounds
three full mags for his pistol
two fragmentation hand-grenades
one smoke grenade (green)
watching the retreating vehicles on the 801, talking to Dawid.

Minh Quyen
player, 472 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 14:02
  • msg #430

Re: Ambush!

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker tries to come in smiling and joke with her as he and Ondar try to get out of the smoky area.  "Hey!  If you wanted to be swept off your feet by a guy, there are other ways you could've done that you know?  WE're going to get you outta here so try and deal with it a little more Minh.  You OK Ondar?"


Quyen is still lying on her back with her injured leg raised and partially covered in frozen soil when Tucker arrives. Intense pain jolts through her body, causing her eyes to water. Quyen barely even comprehends what he says to her, hearing his words but with the meaning slipping past. When he crouches next to her, Quyen grits her teeth and gasps, "Giúp tôi nó đau!" then grabbing hold of his webbing she says again, "Nó đau!"

After being helped back to a safer spot, she lays back down on the freezing ground and stares upwards, wishing everything away, and barely reacting when Tucker shields her when the ammo truck explodes. It's only by the time Konrad arrives to help, she's finally been able to control her emotions and get her breathing back to normal.

Quyen
Out of it

This message was last edited by the player at 14:06, Thu 21 Jan 2010.
Jan Cerny
player, 207 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 15:01
  • msg #431

Re: Ambush!

Jan pulled himself up off the ground and exclaimed, "Merde! Stoner etait dedans!"

He glanced round quickly to gather what had happened.  Tomasz was bleeding and needed some attention.  "Jacek, pilnujcie Tomasz," he ordered in Polish as he reached for his radio.

Still rattled from what had just occurred he took a second to pull himself together before transmitting in Enlgish, "Konrad.  Jan here.  Stoner was in the Star when it blew.  I'm checking but I fear he's dead!"

He then cautiously moved towards the Star, his rifle braced against his shoulder and ready to fire some single shots if necessary.  His intention was firstly to confirm that Stoner was dead as he suspected and then to round up any prisoners that were still alive.  He wasn't going to get too close to the Star though, in case there was still something inside that might explode.

As he moved forwards he remembered back to when he'd first pulled Stoner out of the freezing river.  He'd liked the man but there would be time for thinking about that later.


Jan
Relaying information, checking that Stoner is dead and recovering any prisoners.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW


OOC translations
"Merde! Stoner etait dedans!" hopefully means "Shit!  Stoner was inside!" in French.
"Jacek, pilnujcie Tomasz," hopefully means "Jacek, look after Tomasz," in Polish.

This message was last edited by the player at 15:12, Thu 21 Jan 2010.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 740 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 17:11
  • msg #432

Re: Ambush!

Minh Quyen:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker tries to come in smiling and joke with her as he and Ondar try to get out of the smoky area.  "Hey!  If you wanted to be swept off your feet by a guy, there are other ways you could've done that you know?  WE're going to get you outta here so try and deal with it a little more Minh.  You OK Ondar?"


Quyen is still lying on her back with her injured leg raised and partially covered in frozen soil when Tucker arrives. Intense pain jolts through her body, causing her eyes to water. Quyen barely even comprehends what he says to her, hearing his words but with the meaning slipping past. When he crouches next to her, Quyen grits her teeth and gasps, "Giúp tôi nó đau!" then grabbing hold of his webbing she says again, "Nó đau!"

After being helped back to a safer spot, she lays back down on the freezing ground and stares upwards, wishing everything away, and barely reacting when Tucker shields her when the ammo truck explodes. It's only by the time Konrad arrives to help, she's finally been able to control her emotions and get her breathing back to normal.

Quyen
Out of it
Not knowing what Minh is saying, Tucker has an idea that it might be 'don't let me die like this' or 'help me'.  It didn't matter, he was there to help her now.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1513 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 17:15
  • msg #433

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #429):

"Jesus, I don't know!" Dawid replied. "I hope that's not MY fault..?"

Puzzled and worried, he considered their options. "What do you think, you want to abandon our weapons here, get the van and go see what's up? Or at least drive it closer to the fire and honk, maybe lead people out if they're lost in the smoke?"
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 628 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 18:40
  • msg #434

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz blanced and crossed himself, "Holy Mary, God Bless their immortal souls and forgive us our trespasses."

He looked at his militia companions, "Go over to the Zil and cut away some of the canvas to help get the dead out of this charnel box."

He stared at the carnage within and felt his stomach heaving, it was a good job he'd had nothing to eat since breakfast, he turned to find Bayer and called, "Sir, permission to gather enemy bodies together for burial?"
Apel Avtomian
player, 32 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 03:05
  • msg #435

Re: Ambush!

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #429):

"Jesus, I don't know!" Dawid replied. "I hope that's not MY fault..?"


"No, no. You're fine. That's not..."

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:

Puzzled and worried, he considered their options. "What do you think, you want to abandon our weapons here, get the van and go see what's up? Or at least drive it closer to the fire and honk, maybe lead people out if they're lost in the smoke?"


"I don't think that's such a good idea.  I mean, adding to the shitstorm ... and all.  I think we should await orders" says Apel, looking into the distance.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1121 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 05:22
  • msg #436

Re: Ambush!

Upon arriving at Tucker's position, Bayer doesn't say anything in response, giving him only a silent, affirming nod that he understood the American's distress. He then puts his hand firmly on the sergeant's shoulder and says, "Not now Robert. You've got people to take care of. Get them ready for evacuation with the Rapira's motor transport. Mariusz and HQ will cover your squad's duties. See what can be done about Jones' body as well."

Jan Cerny:
"Konrad.  Jan here.  Stoner was in the Star when it blew.  I'm checking but I fear he's dead!"


Kneeling next to the casualties, Bayer transmits a simple, unemotional reply "Sunray roger, out." He then curses quietly to himself. Things had started off so great, he imaged they might have been able to walk away from all of this unscathed.

Shaking his head in further disappointment as the Rapira failed to secure on final blow to the enemy, he speaks again into his radio, "Eagle. Sunray. Prep for immediate withdrawl. Have two wounded that need emergency transport out with you and the Rapira back to the tug. Begin extraction now over."

He then waits for Mariusz and Jan to send their report on the status of the enemy remains.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:24, Fri 22 Jan 2010.
Apel Avtomian
player, 33 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 05:46
  • msg #437

Re: Ambush!

Konrad Bayer:
Shaking his head in further disappointment as the Rapira failed to secure on final blow to the enemy, he speaks again into his radio, "Eagle. Sunray. Prep for immediate withdrawl. Have two wounded that need emergency transport out with you and the Rapira back to the tug. Begin extraction now over."


Apel speaks into the radio.  "Understood, Sunray.  Eagle out."  He turns to Dawid.  "That was Sunray.  We need to extract the Rapira and some wounded back to the tug.  Time to pull out."  Apel begins to quickly gather up his gear and to steer Dawid towards moving out.
This message was last edited by the player at 06:11, Fri 22 Jan 2010.
Craig Sutherland
player, 38 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 05:52
  • msg #438

Re: Ambush!


Craig grabs the fly wheel on the power assisted turret and rotates 90 degrees. As it’s moving he radios Konrad;

“King this is King one, believe BTR is damaged may have dismounts in the eastern woods. Request infantry detachment on my position to sweep for them”

He also shouts at Arkadiusz to keep watch for the BTR on the road.

Picking up the boxy outline of the OT-64 Craig aims then fires off a burst at the departing APC.


KPVT 14.5mmB ?/?, PKT 7.62mmB ?/?
HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (07/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel , 3 00,  11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
Jan’s Squad
Firing OT-64 weapons at BTR-70
This message was last edited by the player at 05:55, Fri 22 Jan 2010.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1123 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 07:15
  • msg #439

Re: Ambush!

Craig Sutherland:
As it’s moving he radios Konrad; “King this is King one, believe BTR is damaged may have dismounts in the eastern woods. Request infantry detachment on my position to sweep for them”


Bayer stands and looks in the direction of the OT-64. He then replies, "King. Nobody available, work with what you have. Maintain security on the OT-64 while everyone else focuses on your immediate task with the howitzer."

He was then about to end the transmission and go collect the mines, when he gave it a second thought, as (to him) the possibility of a squad running lose in the woods was more pressing than salvaging some explosives. Bayer quickly adds the best compromise he could offer, "Correction, I'll moving up to support."

Before leaving, he hollers over to Mariusz, "Speed it up over there. I'm going to backup Jan's squad. Report by radio when you're done." Then as Bayer runs back to the east, he inserts an HE round into his launcher.

(Bayer won't cross the open until the Rapira takes its last shot - and once its fired, he'll also warn them to watch for infantry in the woods until they can pull out.)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1515 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 13:05
  • msg #440

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #437):

"Understood. Arpel, get the van. We'll meet you on the road. Watch yourself, there could be some of the Baron's men in there, stragglers. And Arpel, I was impressed with your actions under fire. You are welcome to stand beside us!"


Moving back through the house, he began issuing instructions on dismantling the mortar. The four   men plus him would be enough to move the mortar, ammunition, and AGS-17.

"Let's get going, quick!"
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 629 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 14:20
  • msg #441

Re: Ambush!

At Bayer's urging, Mariusz got into the BTR and started to push the unfortunate corpse off the box it lay on, there might be something in it. After examining the box he intended to see if there was anything else that a closer examinatio could uncover.
Apel Avtomian
player, 34 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 22:11
  • msg #442

Re: Ambush!

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #437):

"Understood. Arpel, get the van. We'll meet you on the road. Watch yourself, there could be some of the Baron's men in there, stragglers. And Arpel, I was impressed with your actions under fire. You are welcome to stand beside us!"


Apel begins trudging along the woods to the south of the house.  He'll then walk north along the trees bordering the 801 and then cross into the forest to retrieve the van (if he can remember exactly where it is.  He was focused on keeping his fear down when they arrived.)

He'll be on the lookout for more vehicles coming north or south along the 801.

OOC:  Where are the van's keys?  I'm assuming Dawid had them and gave them to me or they were left at the van.  Otherwise, before he leaves, Apel will ask "And the keys?"
This message was last edited by the player at 22:12, Fri 22 Jan 2010.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1630 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 00:08
  • msg #443

Re: Ambush!


At the eastern edge of the ambush zone, all appears quiet. While Arkadiusz covers the woods to the east from the open side hatch of the APC, Craig watches the 50 east through the gunsight of the KPV. After a few seconds, thick red smoke begins pouring out onto the road. Craig just catches a glimpse of the the enemy BTR as it emerges from the trees, nose first, and pulls back on to the 50, eastbound, behind the smoke screen (target obscurred).

Across the 50, Drew and the wounded enemy pay each other no mind, each focussed on his own business. Drew clears the jam and aims just ahead of the speeding Ural motorcyle. He pulls the trigger and a second later, a stream of bullets intersects with the Ural. The motorcycle swerves left and tumbles off of the road, spilling its riders on the western edge of the highway. Just as Drew eases up on the trigger, the gun seizes up. After firing only five rounds, the M240 jams yet again. (Drew -5 rounds)

The unarmored Humvee continues on past its fallen comrades but the OT-64 slows. It's turret slews back and to its right and begins spraying coaxial machinegun fire towards the wreckage on the 50.

Radoslaw strains the Rapira's limited traverse in bringing the weapon to bear on the retreating OT-64 for a second time. As the OT-64 crosses its sights, Radoslaw engages the gun's firing mechanism. A cloud of dust blows up in front of the Rapira as another 100mm HEAT round hurtles towards its prey. Unfortunately, the result is another miss. The unexpected slowing of the OT-64 has thrown off Radoslaw's aim and the round streaks past it just a meter or two from its nose, exploding in the field at least one hundred meters west of the highway. One of the OT-64's back doors swings open and two men emerge, heading to where the motorcyle rider and passenger lie. One of them tosses a canister which starts bellowing thick red smoke, partially obscurring the OT-64. The APC gunner continues to spray bullets towards the carnage on the 50. Radoslaw screams at his gun crew to reload. The stationary target, nearly in the AT gun's sights, offers a unbelievable third chance at scoring a significant kill. (Rapira -1 100mm HEAT)

Jan confirms that Stoner is dead. The SEAL's head and torso are oddly misaligned-it's readily apparent that he likely broke his neck when he hit the asphalt. There's not a lot of blood but there's no pulse either. Tomasz is dazed and is having trouble seeing because of the blood in his eyes. A broken crate of mortar rounds rests on the roadbed right behind the tailgate of the truck which is now burning even more fiercely. It's ablaze from its shattered nose to about halfway down the flat bed. The stench of the corpses that have started to burn is almost unbearable. The mortar, which was knocked over by the blast which tossed Stoner to the pavement, is resting half in and half out of the flames.

Jacek yells "The prisoner! Do you see him?" A quick scan of the area does not immediately reveal his whereabouts. Jan picks up movement from the corner of his eye. Turning his head, he sees the ex-prisoner running for the BMP hulk on the north side of the road.

Konrad, on his way east to help Sutherland and Arkadiusz hold the right flank, also sees the ex-prisoner running north towards the derelict BMP. The runner doesn't seem to be aware that Drew is situated behind the BMP as well. He's probably just trying to escape in the confusion caused by the explosions aboard the Star.

While Pavel heads back to the Zil as instructed, Mariusz climbs into the warm, reeking interior of the BTR-152's open troop compartment. He tugs the charred corpse off of the large wooden crate and lifts its blackened lid. Inside are three large, smoke-stained artillery shells. Mariusz can't read the Cyrilic script ardorning the shells but the prominent red bands painted around each of their bases seem somewhat... ominous.

Tucker checks Minh's mud-smeared wound. The mud makes it hard to assess but it doesn't look that bad. It definitely hurts a lot worse than it looks. He douses it with water from his only canteen and Minh whinces in pain. Tucker tears open a personal med kit and begins bandaging the wound. Ondar is moaning softly a couple of meters away. His back is to Tucker and it's not clear whether he is conscious or not. Bullets from the enemy OT-64 buzz and snap all around the trio, exposed on the slightly raised and cover-free road. Fortunately, the enemy gunner has not quite found the range yet.

As the firefight to the north continues, Apel leaves the relative safety of the stone farmhouse and crosses the 801. The woods near the traffic circle are burning and the woodsmoke irritates his eyes and lungs. The white van is easy to find, even camouflaged as it is with branches and dead leaves. The keys are in the ignition. It starts up after a couple of tries.

Dawid has the militia crew pack up the mortar and its ammunition and begin moving it, along with the AGS-17, to the road for pickup.

UPDATED TAC-MAP:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:56, Sat 23 Jan 2010.
Apel Avtomian
player, 35 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 02:21
  • msg #444

Re: Ambush!

Apel is going to wait until he can see Dawid and company at the side of the road.  Then he will leave the van and look up the 801, to make sure the OT-64 is gone.  Then he will pick up Dawid and the mortar crew.

It's good to be out of harm's way, although he's beginning to shake slightly from the adrenaline in his system.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:23, Sat 23 Jan 2010.
Craig Sutherland
player, 40 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 03:16
  • msg #445

Re: Ambush!


With the rear of the BTR disappearing into the smoke screen Craig aims and let’s loose another burst at the APC.

“Eagle this is King Two, fire mission, APC, one round HE, Grid ****, Fire on my mark, over”

Craig waited for the confirmation from the mortar team before giving the order to fire.

“King this is King Two, BTR is still mobile, eastbound on route 50.

KPVT 14.5mmB ?/?, PKT 7.62mmB ?/?
HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, Bipod deployed (07/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel , 3 00,  11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
Jan’s Squad
Firing OT-64 weapons at BTR-70
Steven Drew
player, 132 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 09:18
  • msg #446

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
At the eastern edge of the ambush zone, all appears quiet. While Arkadiusz covers the woods to the east from the open side hatch of the APC, Craig watches the 50 east through the gunsight of the KPV. After a few seconds, thick red smoke begins pouring out onto the road. Craig just catches a glimpse of the the enemy BTR as it emerges from the trees, nose first, and pulls back on to the 50, eastbound, behind the smoke screen (target obscurred).

Across the 50, Drew and the wounded enemy pay each other no mind, each focussed on his own business. Drew clears the jam and aims just ahead of the speeding Ural motorcyle. He pulls the trigger and a second later, a stream of bullets intersects with the Ural. The motorcycle swerves left and tumbles off of the road, spilling its riders on the western edge of the highway. Just as Drew eases up on the trigger, the gun seizes up. After firing only five rounds, the M240 jams yet again. (Drew -5 rounds)

"Sonofa..you gotta be kidding!"  as Drew astonished at his weapon going down yet again.

The unarmored Humvee continues on past its fallen comrades but the OT-64 slows. It's turret slews back and to its right and begins spraying coaxial machinegun fire towards the wreckage on the 50.

Next Moves?

UPDATED MAP TO FOLLOW. PROBABLY TOMORROW MORNING.



  "Piece of....OH SHI!" As Drew is racking back the bolt due to possibly bad ammo sees the armored personel carrier roll up and its turret traverse towards him.

  Drew drops behind the cover the burnt out hulk provides.  He will stay low and if he has to look peer around the side of the vehicle staying LOW rather than going high.

  He will look at the prisoner and wave him over to come his way motioning him to stay low and pointint to himself saying,

"MEDIC!"  taking no chances though, drew will reach behind him and pull out the Beretta he kept hidden there since he was trusted by the group to draw weapons of his own from the units limited arms locker.

Drew will continue to wave and call his prisoner to him

"Medic..come!" with some proding with the pistol pointed in the mans general direction.

  When the man gets close Drew will make a cursory search for weapons, then check and adjust his bandage and have him stay down, covering him with his Beretta.

Sgt Drew USMC
M240 at his side and pistol in hand
Clearing jam and checking/coverin g prisoner

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 630 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 09:21
  • msg #447

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz stuck his head out of the back of the BTR and said, "Sir! There are artillery shells in here."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1632 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 18:00
  • msg #448

Re: Ambush!


Maciej's calm voice comes out of your radio handset. You can barely hear him over the din of the battle.

"Sunray, Rapira. There are some trees in the way of our shot at the OT. And people keep running across our path. Gunner says we have a 50% chance of hitting the target. Do you want us to try another shot or let it go? OVER."
Jan Cerny
player, 213 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 23:29
  • msg #449

Re: Ambush!

Jan dropped to a kneeling position, brought his rifle to his shoulder and fired a pair of single shots at the fleeing soldier.  The man had had his chance to surrender and had made his decision.  Even if Jan missed the shots were likely to keep the man running away from the battle and that was the key thing at the moment.

Jan then turned his attention to the burning Star truck.

"Get away from the truck," he yelled in Polish to the militia and wounded enemy soldier near him.  "It's likely to blow!"

He ignored his own orders though and ran towards Stoner's body, feeling the heat from the truck as he slung his rifle over his shoulder.  Grabbing Stoner by a webbing shoulder strap he pulled the SEAL further away from the burning truck.  Stoner deserved a decent burial and Jan wanted to ensure that he got one.

Once Stoner's body was far enough away from the Star, Jan then returned to the radio, his composure now restored.  "Sunray, King One," he transmitted in English while moving towards the Zil.  "Taking sporadic HMG fire from the OT to the North but the East seems quiet.  Star's burning and too dangerous to salvage from.  Am now moving to the Zil unless you've got other orders?"


Jan
Firing two single shots at the fleeing soldier, dragging Stoner's body clear of the Star and then reporting in to Konrad.
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 741 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 23:37
  • msg #450

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
Tucker checks Minh's mud-smeared wound. The mud makes it hard to assess but it doesn't look that bad. It definitely hurts a lot worse than it looks. He douses it with water from his only canteen and Minh whinces in pain. Tucker tears open a personal med kit and begins bandaging the wound. Ondar is moaning softly a couple of meters away. His back is to Tucker and it's not clear whether he is conscious or not. Bullets from the enemy OT-64 buzz and snap all around the trio, exposed on the slightly raised and cover-free road. Fortunately, the enemy gunner has not quite found the range yet.

Next Moves?

Tuck does the best he can to make Minh as comfortable as he tries to also keep an eye on Ondar who isn't very far from them but, maybe be dangerously close to going into shock or worse, dying.  Hearing the rounds from the HMG coming in and going all over the place, Tucker does his best to cover up Minh with his body whispering near her ear to try and keep her clam, "I got you Minh.  Don't worry, I got you," Tucker tells her over and over while trying to figure out what to do with Ondar.

Tuck
Slung & Holstered weapons
Administering FAK to Minh and trying to provide her with some cover from incoming fire and trying to figure out what to do with Ondar

Cap'n Rae
GM, 1634 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 00:12
  • msg #451

Re: Ambush!


Sutherland sends a series of parting shots after the BTR-70. Five more 14.5mm rounds race downrange, disappearing into the cloud of red smoke currently obscuring the road. They seemed to fly true, and Craig thinks he can see another flash through the smoke, indicating a hit, but there's no way to be sure. (KPV -5 rounds)

On his own initiative, Radoslaw decides to risk a third shot at the lead SKOT (OT-64). It's a tricky shot. The target is well within the Rapira's range and Radoslaw had squared it in his sights before it was hidden from Smoke. The couple of naked trees between the AT gun and the SKOT APC are more of a concern but Radoslaw knows they may not get another chance to take out one of the Baron's AFVs. He engages the trigger and the gun roars a third time. (Rapira -1 100mm HEAT)

The 100mm HEAT round threads the needle, passing between two tree trunks, and streaks into the smoke. There is a thunderous BANG and the red smoke is torn to shreds by the blast of the HEAT shell against the hull of the Polish SKOT APC. Soon, thick black smoke intermingles with the remains of the red smoke. It's a solid hit and the SKOT is clearly ablaze. It has ceased firing.

Jan raises his rifle and takes two quick shots at the running prisoner. Apparently unhit, the prisoner keeps on running and makes it to the safety (or so he thinks) of the BMP hull.

The prisoner runs right into drew, knocking the solid Marine over. Drew maintains a hold on his pistol. Both men recover almost simultaneously from their surprise. The desperate runner, his circulatory system pumped full of adrenaline, makes a play for the weapon, grapping with Drew and attempting to wrestle the pistol out of the Marine's strong grip. Drew's prisoner is clearly in shock and makes no effort to joing the fray. (Jan -2 rounds)

The STAR continues to burn. Small arms ammunition in the bed is now cooking off, adding a random but no less deadly danger to the violent chaos of the  battlefield. In addition to the crackling of the small arms ammo, there's also the danger that the fire in the woods will spread and one of Minh's IEDs (the westernmost) is dangerously close to the burning trees.

Aside from the random pop of small arms ammo cooking off in the bed of the STAR, the ambush kill zone is no longer under any incoming fire. There may still be some infantry alive near the lead SKOT, now burning, and the two dismounts from the rear SKOT (now occupied by Craig and Arkadiusz) are still unaccounted for.

Given their decisive defeat, it is likely that the Baron's forces have given up on this fight and that the survivors are in full retreat.

Next Moves?

OOC: Aside from Drew's life and death struggle with the enemy runner, the fight is effectively over. It's now time to consolidate, recover as much gear as possible, and plot out your next moves.
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:39, Mon 25 Jan 2010.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 742 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 02:35
  • msg #452

Re: Ambush!

After Tucker preps Minh for transport, he will do the best he can for Ondar with his limited medical training.  He calls on the radio, "Where the fuck is Stoner?" not know ing that Stoner had been killed just less than a minute ago.
Apel Avtomian
player, 38 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 05:13
  • msg #453

Re: Ambush!

Apel begins searching the cab for cigarettes.  He doesn't smoke, but at this moment, thinks it's a capital idea.
Steven Drew
player, 142 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 07:30
  • msg #454

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
On his own initiative, Radoslaw decides to risk a third shot at the lead SKOT
Jan raises his rifle and takes two quick shots at the running prisoner. Apparently unhit, the prisoner keeps on running and makes it to the safety (or so he thinks) of the BMP hull.

The prisoner runs right into Drew, knocking the solid Marine over. Drew maintains a hold on his pistol. Both men recover almost simultaneously from their surprise. The desperate runner, his circulatory system pumped full of adrenaline, makes a play for the weapon, grapping with Drew and attempting to wrestle the pistol out of the Marine's strong grip. Drew's prisoner is clearly in shock and makes no effort to joing the fray. (Jan -2 rounds)


  Drew has an equal amount of addrenaline flowing through his veins at the moment but he is to tired for this,

  Drew snarls,

"HALT!"

  As he struggles with the runner he will squeeze the trigger firing a round.  Drew will try to keep the muzzle of the pistol pointed low but away from himself.  He isn't in a mood to kill the guy but oh well, if he gets hit he'll take a round in the leg.  With luck the sound of the gunshot will give the guy a moment of pause.  And the recoil should slice and burn his hands as well as jerk the weapon out of his hands.  If that makes the guy pause Drew will with his free hand hit him in the throat.  <tap your adams apple gents you will cough,>   <IF at anytime Drew feels he is going to loose control of his pistol he will drop the magazine and fire the round in the chamber thus loosing an empty gun.>
Next Moves?

OOC: Aside from Drew's life and death struggle with the enemy runner, the fight is effectively over. It's now time to consolidate, recover as much gear as possible, and plot out your next moves.


  Drew will continue to shout to the dude to "STOP!" and "HALT!" as well as some choice words.  IF any of the above tricks work or don't work his next move will be to come down with all the force he can muster landing the heel of his boot on the top of the dudes foot in an attempt to break it.  If the guy keeps it up he will make Drew mad and then he will really start to get nasty!

Sgt Drew
M9 Beretta
Wrestling with the runner and about to put  whoop on!
Craig Sutherland
player, 46 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 07:32
  • msg #455

Re: Ambush!


With no reply from the mortar team Craig wondered whether the explosions that had rocked the APC he was in where from them. He suddenly felt very exposed.

Keeping his eye on the gun sight Craig asks Arkadiusz if he has seen any movement in the woods. He then waits for the smoke to dissipate and takes a quick look at the drivers area of the OT-64 to try and assess what Arkadiusz had meant when he first sent him forward to try and get the APC started. He then radios Konrad;


“King this is King Two, BTR has poped smoke and is moving eastbound on route 50. It took some hits but it looks like it soaked them up. No other contacts".
This message was last edited by the player at 08:58, Mon 25 Jan 2010.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1127 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 08:43
  • msg #456

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz stuck his head out of the back of the BTR and said, "Sir! There are artillery shells in here."


"Secure them. Then carry on... vehicle servicibility, weapons, ammo, fuel... anything we can use." Bayer yells back. "Let me know if anything happens with that APC up the road once the smoke clears. And keep your men clear of that WP fire."

As Bayer makes his move towards the eastern side, he slows as it becomes aparent that the fight has effectively concluded. Raising the handset, he responds solemly to Tucker's call, "Tuck. Sunray. Stoner is gone... you're the medic for the moment. Do what you can until transport arrives. Out."

When Sutherland's call came in, Bayer sighed a breath of relief that things didn't turn to the worse like he feared. "Roger that." he replies. "What is the state of the vehicle you're in? Over."

When he arrived at Jan's squad's posiition, Bayer waved over to him and says, "Mostly everything here is under control now is it? Carry on with assessing the status of the vehicles and stores. Let me know what we can gain here, and in what kind of time frame. I can allocate additional help once we know what's available."

Standing amongst the wrecked convoy, Bayer looks to the south towards the Rapira and then over towards the concealed van. He then gets on the radio once again, "Eagle. Sunray. I need you to pick things up a notch and get moving off the position quickly. We've got wounded depending on you. Over."
Craig Sutherland
player, 47 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 09:13
  • msg #457

Re: Ambush!

Konrad Bayer:
When Sutherland's call came in, Bayer sighed a breath of relief that things didn't turn to the worse like he feared. "Roger that." he replies. "What is the state of the vehicle you're in? Over."


“King King two. Checking APC now, towable, not under it's own power. KPVT is operable, PKT is inoperable, will collect crew and dismounts gear and weapons. Out"
This message was last edited by the player at 09:14, Mon 25 Jan 2010.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1516 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 12:17
  • msg #458

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #456):

Out of commo for the moment, Dawid continued to get the mortar/AGS element mobile and moved onto the road.

"Come on, let's move, move!"


He was mindful of the remaining AT mine, and tried to remember where it was located so they didn't drive over it.
Jan Cerny
player, 218 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 14:36
  • msg #459

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
Jan raises his rifle and takes two quick shots at the running prisoner. Apparently unhit, the prisoner keeps on running and makes it to the safety (or so he thinks) of the BMP hull.

The prisoner runs right into drew, knocking the solid Marine over. Drew maintains a hold on his pistol. Both men recover almost simultaneously from their surprise. The desperate runner, his circulatory system pumped full of adrenaline, makes a play for the weapon, grapping with Drew and attempting to wrestle the pistol out of the Marine's strong grip. Drew's prisoner is clearly in shock and makes no effort to joing the fray. (Jan -2 rounds)


Konrad Bayer:
When he arrived at Jan's squad's posiition, Bayer waved over to him and says, "Mostly everything here is under control now is it? Carry on with assessing the status of the vehicles and stores. Let me know what we can gain here, and in what kind of time frame. I can allocate additional help once we know what's available."


"Putain de merde!"
Jan exclaimed when he realised that exactly what he'd wanted to avoid happening had happened - the escaping prisoner had jumped Drew!  Consequently, as Konrad started to talk to him, Jan sprinted off in the direction of Drew and the problematic prisoner, unfortunately missing most of his commander's instructions.

Arriving he levelled his rifle at the prisoner and yelled, "Surrender or die?" in Polish.

If the prisoner surrendered again then Jan planned to assist Drew in securing him.  If the prisoner continued to resist then Jan didn't plan to follow through with his threat as he was too close to Drew.  Instead he would plant a well placed kick on any vulnerable spot of the escaping prisoner that was available.


Jan
Assisting Drew in re-capturing the escaping prisoner.
AK-74 (28/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

Anneka Soleblume
player, 1276 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 15:00
  • msg #460

Re: Ambush!

"Sunray this is Starlight. Request sitrep. Over."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 632 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 17:32
  • msg #461

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz tugged gamely at the ammunition crate but failed miserably to budge it. The combination of slippery footing and weight made him unable to shift the crate. He exited the passenger hold and moved to the front of the vehicle. He inspected the cab to see if the thing would still go.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 743 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 01:58
  • msg #462

Re: Ambush!

Konrad Bayer:
As Bayer makes his move towards the eastern side, he slows as it becomes aparent that the fight has effectively concluded. Raising the handset, he responds solemly to Tucker's call, "Tuck. Sunray. Stoner is gone... you're the medic for the moment. Do what you can until transport arrives. Out."

Tucker pushes the button to transmit and only gets out of his mouth, "Uh, um, C-Copy!"  Tucker looks down to Ondar and tries to do the best he can to make him comfortable and treat him the best he can.  He strips his webbing and gear off too, making it into a small pile next to Minh's to be moved when the vehicles show.
Apel Avtomian
player, 39 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 04:51
  • msg #463

Re: Ambush!

Apel sits in the cab waiting for Dawid and the mortar crew to reach the opposite side of the road.

Then, as stated, he'll look north & south down the 801 to make sure it's clear.  Then he drive over, pick up the mortar crew, and then head north up the 801 to pick up the injured.

OOC:  Is there a radio in the van?
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1635 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 18:46
  • msg #464

Re: Ambush!


Mariusz climbs from the troop compartment into the driver's seat of the BTR-152. He doesn't have much experience driving but he's fairly certain that the old APC will still run. The 100mm hit the troop compartment and apparently didn't do any damage to any of the vehicle's automotive components. All of the damage (and carnage) appears to be limited to the troop compartment. How it stopped burning is somewhat of a mystery, although Tucker's hand grenade may have had something to do with it. With a start, Mariusz realizes that the BTR is currently idling.

At a glance, the Zil's chances of running look to be about 50-50. It's rear, left side tires are all flat and there are numerous bullet holes in the rail guards lining the open bed. There are also a few bullet holes in the driver's side door but only a couple in the area around the engine compartment. Pavel hops into the bed and partially disappears behind the tattered tarp. After a few seconds and a couple of gunshots, he tugs down the remains of the tarp and hops down shouting out the following report.

"Five enemy dead and a crate of shells for the gun!"

Tucker dresses Minh's wound and then sees to Ondar's. Tucker can see skull through the dime-sized hole burned into the Tuvan commando's skull. Ondar coughs and gives Tucker an awkward half-grin. He's conscious and alert and that's a good sign. Tucker glances over and sees that the BTR-152 driver has disappeared. No one saw him leave. He probably ran into the southern woods, a portion of which are still burning. With all of the smoke and flames over there, it's probably not a good idea to try to go after him.

Behind the BMP, Drew wrestles with the desperate enemy escapee while the enemy's dazed comrade looks on, seemingly quite disinterested. Drew stomps down on the man's foot just below the ankle as Jan arrives on the scene. The man cries out in pain as the delicate bones in his foot crack and Drew takes advantage of the moment to drag him roughly to the ground. Two guns sticking in his face (Drew's pistol and Jan's AK) finally subdue him and he goes completely limp.

Craig watches the red smoke drifting over the 50 East and decides that the enemy BTR has buggered off for good. He eases out of the cramped turret and heads forward. Arkadiusz wasn't kidding- the driver's compartment is a truly a mess. Jan's RPG warhead penetrated a few inches below the driver's forward vision port and cut the unfortunate driver in two. The man's upper torso, sans a rather large chuck, is slumped next to the seat; his scorched lower torso still sits in the remains of the partially melted seat. Most of the large steering wheel and some of the dials on the spartan dashboard have melted and cracked and the whole place stinks of badly charred meat. The damage looks bad but it may be little more than cosmetic in nature. It's possible that the vehicle can still run. Perhaps the only thing that stopped it dead was the evisceration of its driver. If so, the whole interior will need a good cleaning.

The Star continues to burn and small arms ammunition continues to crackle in its flaming bed. A small explosion tosses bits of flaming debris in the air. The 60mm mortar is now completely engulfed in flames. Human bodies sizzle and pop as the burning flesh and fat peels back in blackened ribbons.

Radios crackle to life as Radoslaw, his voice rich with pride, reports for the Rapira crew,

"All elements, Rapira. Target destroyed. Awaiting orders. OVER."

Apel doesn't hear this since there is no radio in the civilian van. He drives the van on to the 801 and noses south to pick up Dawid and the rest of the waiting mortar crew. As they load the 82mm mortar and 30mm AGL aboard, the van is shaken by a thunderous explosion (no one is hurt).

A tremendous explosion rocks the vicinity of the traffic circle. Mariusz is closest to the blast but is protected by the thin armor of the BTR-152's driver's compartment. He feels like he's in a large metal waste bin that someone's just kicked very hard. Adding insult to injury, bits of smoking wood rain down on Tucker's roadbed aid station (no one is hurt beyond a couple of light burns from falling cinders).

For a moment, you think that the enemy has called down artillery. Then, you realize that the explosion came from the spot where the first (westernmost) IED was planted. Apparently, flames from the forrest fire found it and detonated the dynamite charge attached to the 120mm mortar bomb. Thankfully, no one was near enough to the charge to have been more than shaken a bit by the concussion of the blast.

It's probably not very safe for the mortar team to head north towards the traffic circle. There's an AT mine planted somewhere on the road and the burning woods are dangerously close to the right lane.

The enemy OT-64 on the 801 continues to burn. If anyone survived the hit, they could have escaped through the smoke into the woods on the east side of the highway or to the open fields to the west. The Humvee is now out of sight behind the thickening trees to the north.

Next Moves?

OCC: Once you guys have had a chance to look around, IC, I'll post a list of the gear you've managed to recover. Scrounge checks may apply. Don't take recovery for granted or you might miss some good stuff.
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:45, Tue 26 Jan 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 633 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 19:00
  • msg #465

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz yelled loudly, his ears ringing from the blast and his voice cracking from the bellow, "The APC is still running. I think the IED just blew up!!!"

He moved to the back of the vehicle again and roared, "Shall I just shut the door and we can clean up when we reach the town? We can make sure we don't lose anything then."
Jan Cerny
player, 220 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 22:13
  • msg #466

Re: Ambush!

Jan continued to cover the two prisoners, holding his AK with just his right hand briefly while he pressed the transmit button on his radio with his left.  "Sunray, this is King One.  We have two prisoners and are continuing to sweep the area."

His call finished he then returned to holding his rifle correctly even though these two prisoners didn't seem to pose a threat any more.  He then glanced over his shoulder, assessing what was going on with the rest of his squad.

"Drew," he said to his compatriot beside him, "you OK guarding these two?  I need to check on the rest of the squad and see what gear we can gather up."

He paused briefly before continuing,  "Stoner was in the Star when it blew.  He died quickly at least."  He made a mental note to gather up all of Stoner's gear.  His medic bag and Steyr were important bits of equipment they couldn't afford to loose.
Apel Avtomian
player, 41 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 03:22
  • msg #467

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
Apel doesn't hear this since there is no radio in the civilian van. He drives the van on to the 801 and noses south to pick up Dawid and the rest of the waiting mortar crew. As they load the 82mm mortar and 30mm AGL aboard, the van is shaken by a thunderous explosion (no one is hurt).


"Holy Shit!!! What the fuck was THAT!!" yells Apel, jumping out of his skin. "The OT-64 is coming back, we've got to move!!!"  Apel quickly puts the van in reverse and begins a messy, hurried 3 point turn.
Steven Drew
player, 144 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 04:24
  • msg #468

Re: Ambush!

Jan Cerny:
Jan continued to cover the two prisoners, holding his AK with just his right hand briefly while he pressed the transmit button on his radio with his left.  "Sunray, this is King One.  We have two prisoners and are continuing to sweep the area."

His call finished he then returned to holding his rifle correctly even though these two prisoners didn't seem to pose a threat any more.  He then glanced over his shoulder, assessing what was going on with the rest of his squad.

"Drew," he said to his compatriot beside him, "you OK guarding these two?  I need to check on the rest of the squad and see what gear we can gather up."

Drew:
"Give me a minute ta secure this one incase he gets froggy again."

He paused briefly before continuing,  "Stoner was in the Star when it blew.  He died quickly at least."  He made a mental note to gather up all of Stoner's gear.  His medic bag and Steyr were important bits of equipment they couldn't afford to loose.


  Drew recovers himself and puts the newly restained prisoner face down in the dirt in a maner that is well practiced.  He nudges the mans arms out to his sides with his boot.

  Without taking his eyes from his prisoner he says to Jan,

"Let me search em just in case, then ties em up, okay?"

  Drew kneels with his knee on the mans neck and pistol in the mans temple and conducts a quick pat down search of the man, checking pockets, pulling up the short and checking the belt, first one side of the torso, then the other, then he will remove the mans belt and tie his hands behind his beck with his trouser belt.  Drew will keep any cigarettes he may find as well as any lighter, and any weapons, maps or notpads go into his lower right blouse pocket.  Any weapons or other equipment gets placed in Drew cargo pocket and the mans combat harness, helmet and gasmask if he has one get set aside in a pile.

  When done Drew will say,

"Tell the dude with the bum leg ta hold up his hands, I'm gonna search him."  , once Jan has relayed the message Drew will search the wounded man a less roughly than the other.    He too will tie the mans hands but, infront.  The same does apply to the second prisoner, cigarettes go into Drews pocket, maps and notbooks go into the lower left blouse pocket and other items go in the left cargo pocket.  <Wounded mans items go in pockets on left side, unwounded in pockets on right side.  Those pockets were empty>  Drew pauses,

"Jan, tell em both, I am covering em.  <as he points his pistol at them> Tell em its simple, they fight I shoot em, they run I shoot em in the back.  They follow my direction and they'll be alright.  "

  Drew waits for any other instructions from Jan.  He then adds,

"I;ll keep em settled for now, we should blind fold em before we start moving, so they can't gather any intel, otherwise I';ll sit tight for now until we secure the area and get ready ta move out."

  Drew moves the two bound men beside the wrecked track,  He takes a piece of rag and ties it around the two mens eyes for the time being and then sits with his pistol on them.  With his free hand he flips the feed tray on his M240 and once more repositions the belt and closes the feed tray cover and racks the bolt back.

   Drew will ensure the prisoners are seperated by a few meters one towards the front of the wreck, the other near the end and they face away from each other.  If they try to speak to one another Drew will say,  "SILENCE!"

Sgt Drew
M240 with pistol in his belt in the small of his back
Searching and then covering the blindfolded and bound prisoners with his M240
Craig Sutherland
player, 48 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 09:35
  • msg #469

Re: Ambush!


Turning from the severed driver Craig instructs Arkadiusz to see if he can get some extra hands and search the bodies of dismounted troops that ran towards the woods and where cut down by the squad. He will cover them from the driver’s hatch, after removing the body of the driver into the back of the APC. He extends the bipod on his G3SG1 and scans the woods as the militiamen go about the task.

He gave them clear instruction to take weapons, cut off their webbing and then check their pockets. Once they return he will help with the crew still in the APC and dump their bodies on the side of the road. He will always have someone watching down the road and the woods.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1128 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 10:32
  • msg #470

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
"All elements, Rapira. Target destroyed. Awaiting orders. OVER."


"Sunray. Post a sentry and stand down. Prep for withdraw. Transport is coming. Out." Bayer replies.

Then realizing the van hadn't arrived and not knowing why, Bayer radios Mariusz's position. Mariusz had a lot to do as it was, but this shouldn't take too long, "King Two. King. Can you see the van? Are you able to guide them into position and point out the danger zones? Over."

He then acknowledges Jan's report and awaits a sitrep on the enemy material.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1280 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 11:16
  • msg #471

Re: Ambush!

"Sunray. Sunray. This is Starlight. This is Starlight. Send Sitrep. Send Sitrep. Over. Over."
Jan Cerny
player, 223 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 12:10
  • msg #472

Re: Ambush!

Jan relayed Drew's commands in Polish while the Marine firstly bound the hands of the prisoners and then blindfolded them.

That completed he left Drew in charge of the prisoners and moved off to gather Stoner's body and gear personally and to find out the situation with the rest of his squad so that he could report in to Konrad.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 745 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 28 Jan 2010
at 01:29
  • msg #473

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
Tucker dresses Minh's wound and then sees to Ondar's. Tucker can see skull through the dime-sized hole burned into the Tuvan commando's skull. Ondar coughs and gives Tucker an awkward half-grin. He's conscious and alert and that's a good sign. Tucker glances over and sees that the BTR-152 driver has disappeared. No one saw him leave. He probably ran into the southern woods, a portion of which are still burning. With all of the smoke and flames over there, it's probably not a good idea to try to go after him.

A tremendous explosion rocks the vicinity of the traffic circle. Mariusz is closest to the blast but is protected by the thin armor of the BTR-152's driver's compartment. He feels like he's in a large metal waste bin that someone's just kicked very hard. Adding insult to injury, bits of smoking wood rain down on Tucker's roadbed aid station (no one is hurt beyond a couple of light burns from falling cinders).

For a moment, you think that the enemy has called down artillery. Then, you realize that the explosion came from the spot where the first (westernmost) IED was planted. Apparently, flames from the forrest fire found it and detonated the dynamite charge attached to the 120mm mortar bomb. Thankfully, no one was near enough to the charge to have been more than shaken a bit by the concussion of the blast.

Next Moves?

Robert winces when he sees the hole in Ondar's head but, tries to keep his composure as he tries to dress wounds the best he can.  Tucker returns the smile to Ondar and makes him as comfortable as he can.  "We're going' to get you and Minh outta here Ondar.  Just hang in there buddy, OK?"

When the explosion happens, Tucker covers up on the commando and is madder than he was before.  He reaches for the radio and says over the team channel, "Can somebody give me a fuckin' hand over here or tell whoever the fuck is firing to fuckin' stop!  I've got fuckin' wounded here, COPY THAT?"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1129 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 28 Jan 2010
at 03:24
  • msg #474

Re: Ambush!

Bayer finally notices the faint and scratchy call coming in from the Doctor. Unhooking the handset, he replies, "Sunray. Sitrep. Enemy force is largely destroyed with minor elements scattered and withdrawing. Objective has been captured. Friendly casualties are light. Two personnel are being medivaced back to camp with WP burns. We are consolidating on the position and assessing the enemy material. Withdraw TBA. Over."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1519 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 28 Jan 2010
at 15:40
  • msg #475

Re: Ambush!

Apel Avtomian:
"Holy Shit!!! What the fuck was THAT!!" yells Apel, jumping out of his skin. "The OT-64 is coming back, we've got to move!!!"  Apel quickly puts the van in reverse and begins a messy, hurried 3 point turn.


Thrown off balanace as the van is put into gear (if you can't find it, grind it!) Dawid swore. "Arpel, over the radio, they said all targets destroyed. I don't know who. I think it might have been something else?"

Gaining his balance, Dawid clicked on the radio handset. "Eagle calling Sunray. We're moving north now towards the traffic circle. Please advise if any hostiles in area."

To Arpel he said, "watch for that mine. Let's not go over it! Careful, now, let's be calm." He sat in the passenger's seat, putting the radio between them.

Tony
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1637 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 02:17
  • msg #476

Re: Ambush!


Having recovered his composure, Apel steers the van towards the traffic circle, keeping to the left lanes in order to avoid the residual flames from the woods to the east. Up ahead several hundred meters past the traffic circle, those in the van can see the lead SKOT, burning amid a dissipating cloud of red smoke. There is no sign of passengers or crew. The Humvee is out of sight.

Avoiding the anti-tank mine pointed out by Dawid, the van curls around the traffic circle and enters the northern lane of the 50. In earlier days, he likely would have received a ticket for going the wrong way. Ahead, on the 50, is a scene of destruction.

The BTR-152 sits on the southern shoulder surrounded by white smoke from the burning trees (it gives the illusion that the BTR is still burning itself). There's a large crater on the southern edge of the south lane, 30m or so in front of the BTR. Past the BTR-152, the STAR truck still burns, shooting off wild streamers of sparks every couple of seconds. It's fully ablaze, from stem to stern, throwing off thick clouds of greasy, black smoke. On the far side of the blaze, stretched out between the lanes, is the Zil towing the D-30. Past that, and out of view, is the disabled OT-64, currently occupied by Craig and Arkadiusz.

Despite the end of the firefight, the group stays busy. The Rapira team starts push/pulling the heavy AT gun towards the 50. It's easier than hauling it back through the woods (much of which is no burning) to where the van had been parked.

Pavel begins piling weapons and ammunition* from the bed of the Zil on the tattered tarp which he's layed out on the road. He leaves the heavy crate of three 122mm HE shells in the truck. After moving his comrade to the Zil, Jacek bandages Tomasz's nasty looking scalp wound.

Mariusz leaves the BTR-152 running. The fuel gauge indicates over half a tank of methanol remaining in its tanks. He knows that if he shuts it off, it may not start again. On his initial inspection of the troop compartment, Mariusz saw an AMD-65 AR, a Dragunov SVD, and a PKM (mounted on a pintle over the crew cab) that appeared to be salvageable (singed and/or covered in gore, but more or less intact). The other weapons he notices appear to be too badly damaged to be of any use.

Jan and Drew secure the two prisoners. Besides a jacknife, a half-pack of Russian cigarettes, and a pill bottle full of kitchen matches, Drew doesn't find much of interest in their pockets. Jan moves back to Stoner's body, and after dragging it further away from the burning STAR, begins to strip off his gear. He fings and AKM on the road.

After counting up the dead (9 KIA), Craig and Arkadiusz police up the weapons and ammo of the rear SKOT's passengers and crew** and start moving them to the Zil. No one has checked the truck so, at this point, you can't be sure that it will still run.

Next Moves?

OOC: There are still a couple of loose ends to tie up. I know this isn't quite as exciting as the firefight but do try to stay involved and be proactive.

*1 PM-63 and 1 PM-84 submachine gun (3 mags each); 1 AKMS and 1 AKM  (5 mags total); 1 P-64 pistol (1 mag)

**4 Pz-88 Tantal ARs, 1 RPK-74, & 1 AKS-74U (27 mags); 1 PM-84 submachine gun (2 mags); 1 M-3 Greasegun (1 mag); 1 Tokarev pistol (1 mag); 1 RPG-7 with 4 HEAT rockets

+ 1 AMD-65, 1 SVD, & 1 PKM

I'm putting all of these weapons in the Militia stores to ease my book keeping. If you want something for your PC, let me know and we'll work out the details.
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:22, Fri 29 Jan 2010.
Steven Drew
player, 145 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 04:11
  • msg #477

Re: Ambush!


  As Drew is monitoring his prisoners he calls out,

Someone check where these dudes came from.  What gear they left.  This joker <as he points to the cooperative prisoner with the wounded leg> he was hiddin in a ditch over there.  See what he left......And anyone check out the bike I took out?   See iif what we can do with that."   As Drew points in the direction of where he fired on the motorcycle and they drove off the road.

Sgt Drew
M240 and M9 Beretta
Watching prisoners and making sure his prisoners weapons and equipmnent as well as the motorcycle are checked for salvage
Apel Avtomian
player, 43 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 04:18
  • msg #479

Re: Ambush!

"Wow." says Apel, his mouth open, surveying the damage.  He turns off the engine and slowly exits the van, looking around.

Steven Drew:
  As Drew is monitoring his prisoners he calls out,

Someone check where these dudes came from.  What gear they left.  This joker <as he points to the cooperative prisoner with the wounded leg> he was hiddin in a ditch over there.  See what he left......And anyone check out the bike I took out?   See iif what we can do with that."   As Drew points in the direction of where he fired on the motorcycle and they drove off the road.


Apel walks over to where Drew motioned, looking for the prisoner's gear.
Craig Sutherland
player, 49 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 07:41
  • msg #480

Re: Ambush!


Hobbling towards the Zil trying to keep off his sprained ankle, Craig keeps his eyes open for additional equipment to add to the pile.

He then returns to the group of bodies next to the road from the OT-64 and its dismounts. He goes through all their pockets and strips off any webbing. He needs to replace his FRAG grenades so he keeps his eyes open. He then checks the OT-64's armaments ammunition levels and for any additional weapons or equipment in the APC. Once he is satisfied he has searched the immediate area under his control, Craig takes the APC’s drivers seat and tries to get the vehicle started he will then drive closer to the Zil.
Jan Cerny
player, 225 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 11:14
  • msg #481

Re: Ambush!

Jan hefted Stoner's body across his shoulder and carried it and Stoner's gear to the Zil, having gathered from Pavel that it was still working.  It was a slow walk carrying all that weight and so he enlisted Jacek's help in putting Stoner onto the Zil's bed beside all of the weapons they were salvaging.

"Sunray, this is King One," he broadcast across the radio in English.  "The Zil's still working so we're gathering weapons and other gear there.  The Howitzer looks to be in good working order and Stoner's body's on board the Zil now as well.  I'm going to take Jacek and check the OT the Rapira blew.  Drew has two prisoners."

He then turned to Jacek and Tomasz and switched to Polish.  "Jacek, you're with me.  We're going to check the other OT.  Tomasz, are you ok enough to guard Drew's prisoners?"

If Tomasz answered yes then Jan planned to take Drew with him to check the OT-64 and leave the bound and blindfolded prisoners with the militiaman.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1638 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 15:33
  • msg #482

Re: Ambush!


While Arkadiusz stands guard, Craig replenishes his store of grenades and collects 6 more Polish-made frags from the bodies in and around the SKOT. Checking the ammo levels in the turret, he finds only 16 rounds for the PKT but 27 for the heavier KPV. Crawling back into the half-melted driver's seat, Craig tries to start the APC. Turning the ignition switch yields no result. Examining the damaged dash, Craig thinks it likely that some of the wiring connecting the ignition system to the engine has been severed. Someone with some skill in electronics may be able to fix it. Otherwise, the SKOT isn't going anywhere.

At the Zil, Tomasz nods his bandaged head, indicating that he is fit to guard the bound and blindfolded prisoners. Pavel cuts in, addressing Jan,

"Boss, I don't know if this truck will run or not. I guess I'd better check."

He opens the bullet riddled door and climbs into the driver's seat (after shoving aside the body of the unfortunate driver). The truck starts up with a cough.

"It works! The back tires are all flat, though. It'll be a bumpy ride." 

He leaves the truck running, just in case.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:47, Fri 29 Jan 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 634 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 16:33
  • msg #483

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz bounced over to Konrad, "Sir, the BTR is running and ready to go. Can I go and check if the URAL trike is salvagable?"
Konrad Bayer
player, 1130 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 16:44
  • msg #484

Re: Ambush!

After acknowledging Jan's report, Bayer responds to Mariusz, "King, roger. Take that militia there with you and be careful. The last APC hasn't been cleared. Out."

When the van passes alongside the wrecked enemy convoy, Bayer waves it down and points towards the casualty collection point. "Quyen and Ondar are over there. Take them out with you."
This message was last edited by the player at 16:45, Fri 29 Jan 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 635 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 16:49
  • msg #485

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz smiled at the Kaptain and grabbed the nearest militiaman, "Come on," he said grinning, "let's get my ride back!"

He checked that his rifle was ready and jogged toward the smoking APC and what Mariusz hoped was his hog.
Craig Sutherland
player, 50 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 30 Jan 2010
at 01:23
  • msg #486

Re: Ambush!



Craig pushes the transmit button on his radio as he puts the grenades away in various pouches; “King this is King two, OT-64 has an electrical fault, can you ask around if anyone has experience in this area, will try to fix myself.” He then sets about trying to get the ignition working, concentrating on the dash board area. He also calls Arkadiusz over and asks if he has any experience with electronics.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:06, Sat 30 Jan 2010.
Steven Drew
player, 146 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sat 30 Jan 2010
at 02:29
  • msg #487

Re: Ambush!


  As Drew is releived watching the prisoners he tells Jan,

"Wait a second, I got some bad ammo I think, my gun kept going down."

  As Drew drops to a knee and opens the feedtray cover flipping out the last 40 rounds of ammo from his belt.  He unsnaps the other belt of ammo wrapped around his waiste and with with a well practiced hand drops the belt into the feed tray and snaps the cover down.  He pulls the bolt back cocking the weapon and returning the charging handle forward.

  Shouldering the automatic weapon once more hopefully should he need it, he won't have the jamming problem he had before.

"Okay, I'm ready. lets rock!"  As he moves with the others to inspect the last armored personel carrier and the motorcycle.

  As they move down the road Drew will keep to the left sight of the road with the mental plan should they be fired upon he will jump to the left side and off the road and lay down covering fire.

Drew will ask,

"Anyone got any grenades incase we gotta clear out the APC?"

Sgt Drew
M240 with a fresh 100 round belt and a hidden M9
Going to check on the last two vehicles
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1521 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 30 Jan 2010
at 15:16
  • msg #488

Re: Ambush!

Crossing himself, Dawid breathed a little easier when they cleared the mine. He thought he could see where the IED had gone off, as flaming debris had scattered everywhere.

"Good driving, Arpel, lucky we weren't anywhere near! Thanks for avoiding the mine."

He got on the radio, "Eagle to Sunray, we are coming in, don't shoot! If there is a truck or vehicle that we can salvage, I'm a decent mechanic so point me in that direction. I'll need some tools."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 747 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 31 Jan 2010
at 20:28
  • msg #489

Re: Ambush!

Tucker continues to wait for help for Minh and Ondar.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1641 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 2 Feb 2010
at 01:52
  • msg #490

Re: Ambush!


As Tucker and Dawid careflly load the wounded Minh and Ondar aboard the crowded civilian van (a couple of the militia crew dismount to give the wounded some room), Mariusz takes Pavel and begins advancing on the SKOT burning on the 801. Jan, Drew, and Jacek meet them on a converging course.

As they get nearer to the wreck, they see several fleeing figures running along a fence line towards a finger of the forest on the east side of the freeway. They are moving quickly and present poor targets. It appears that several of the enemy have already made the cover of the trees and are covering their comrade's bound to relative safety. A treeline stands between the enemy and the recovery team, providing both parties with partial cover and concealment. The SKOT itself appears completely undefended. In addition to the dark smoke and flames shooting out of the perfectly round hole bored in its armored hide, smoke is starting to pour out of the open hatches both fore and aft. It's only a matter of time until the ammunition inside the turret begins to cook off. This SKOT is well on its way to becoming a total write off.

The Ural trike is lying in a twisted heap a few meters beyond the burning SKOT. Even from a distance, you can tell that its front wheel is bent out of shape and the sidecar is no longer completely attached to the motorcycle. You can't see the enemy Humvee any longer.

The Rapira crew hauls/pushes the heavy AT gun closer to the road.

The BTR-152 sits idling on the road as the fire from the woods creeps closer. The fire has already detonated one of the IEDs. Another is hidden only a few meters from the BTR-152.

Meanwhile, all is still quiet at the rear of the enemy's shattered column. In answer to Craig's question, Arkadiusz answers,

"Electrician? No I don't think so. Maybe in the village. Er, maybe Maciej. He was a pilot or something; he may know something about electronics."

Craig knows that the problem with the SKOT's ignition is beyond him. An electrician is needed, although it may be possible for a very skilled mechanic to fix the wiring issue.

It appears that most of the ammunition in the back of the burning STAR has exploded. Although it is still blazing fiercely, the fire appears well on its way to burning itself out.

Next Moves?

UPDATED TAC-MAP:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...812&t=h&z=18

OOC: People or gear not dealt with IC will be left behind.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 748 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 2 Feb 2010
at 02:07
  • msg #491

Re: Ambush!

As Tucker helps finishing loading Minh and Ondar into the civilian van, he looks to Dawid and tells him, "Make sure that they don't get any more fucked up than they already are!  I'm going to get Jones' body!"

Robert moves off to where Jones was shot down and tries to retieve the body and what gear he might be able to find.
Apel Avtomian
player, 45 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Tue 2 Feb 2010
at 03:41
  • msg #492

Re: Ambush!

Apel grabs all the prisoners' gear he can find and drops it in the back of the van.  Then he begins helping Dawid and Tucker load and care for the wounded.

Apel looks at Ondar's scalp.  "I know a bit of first aid," he says, reaching into his medkit pouch.  He looks around.  "Anyone see a first aid kit or medic's bag?"
This message was last edited by the player at 03:43, Tue 02 Feb 2010.
Steven Drew
player, 154 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 2 Feb 2010
at 03:48
  • msg #493

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
As Tucker and Dawid careflly load the wounded Minh and Ondar aboard the crowded civilian van (a couple of the militia crew dismount to give the wounded some room), Mariusz takes Pavel and begins advancing on the SKOT burning on the 801. Jan, Drew, and Jacek meet them on a converging course.

As they get nearer to the wreck, they see several fleeing figures running along a fence line towards a finger of the forest on the east side of the freeway. They are moving quickly and present poor targets. It appears that several of the enemy have already made the cover of the trees and are covering their comrade's bound to relative safety. A treeline stands between the enemy and the recovery team, providing both parties with partial cover and concealment. The SKOT itself appears completely undefended. In addition to the dark smoke and flames shooting out of the perfectly round hole bored in its armored hide, smoke is starting to pour out of the open hatches both fore and aft. It's only a matter of time until the ammunition inside the turret begins to cook off. This SKOT is well on its way to becoming a total write off.

The Ural trike is lying in a twisted heap a few meters beyond the burning SKOT. Even from a distance, you can tell that its front wheel is bent out of shape and the sidecar is no longer completely attached to the motorcycle. You can't see the enemy Humvee any longer.

OOC: People or gear not dealt with IC will be left behind.



  Drew shouts,

"CONTACT FRONT!!!!!"

  As he runs forward to a position that provides cover and and a place to support his machinegun.  One there he will lay down a few aimed bursts.

  Drew will aim for targets or even muzzle flashes and light them up with a burst.  He hopes the fresh belt of ammo he has isn't faulting like the last one.  As he lays down fire Drew will shout,

"TELL EM TA SURRENDER! THROW DOWN THEIR ARMS AND SURRENDER AND THEY WON'T BE HARMED......LET EM KNOW,  THEY GOT A LONG WALK HOME AND THEIR BOSS IS GONNA BE PISSED!  THEY GIVE UP AND JOIN US, WE'LL TREAT EM RIGHT, THEY KNOW WHAT THEIR BOSS IS WILL DO!"

Sgt Drew
M240 laying down 5 round bursts AIMED!
Moving to position, laying down fire and shouting instructions to relay to the enemy to surrender or be harassed all the way back to to the Baron and face his wrath!
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1525 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 2 Feb 2010
at 06:25
  • msg #494

Re: Ambush!

Seeing the loading is going according to plan, Dawid assesses the immediate situation. He hears gunfire and shouting (from Drew) to the north, and figures in the smoke to the east. There was an idling APC/armoured truck to the west, closer to the fire, and the position of where he thought one of the IEDs was located.

"The Black Madonna of Czestochowa protect and preserve us!"

"Arpel, load the wounded. That bomb looks like it might blow any time because of the fire, so go east down the road when you load up."
He left out the redundant instruction to go a safe distance. Dawid did point in the correct direction for clarity, while dumping the backpack radio and rifle in the van's passenger seat.

"I'll recover the armoured truck, see if we can get more transport, especially for the Rapira."

Crossing himself with one hand while muttering a prayer, Dawid drew his Stechkin for protection with his other and sprinted across to the idling BTR-152. Racing against time and praying the second IED would not blow up in his face, he approached from the side opposiet to the IED, looking for anyone inside.

"Anyone inside! Please surrender, or you will be destroyed! We have littel time, and I'm coming in!"

Dawid Piotrowski
Stechkin 21/20, 2 spare mags
2 Frag Grenades
Approaching BTR-152. Start it up, drive East, then hook up the Rapira for transport.

Craig Sutherland
player, 51 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 2 Feb 2010
at 07:35
  • msg #495

Re: Ambush!


Looking down at the melted wires and fried connections Craig realised he was wasting his time pretty quickly. Asking Arkadiusz to resume his position watching the woods Craig transmits another message to Konrad;

“King this is King one, OT-64 will need a tow unless Maciej can be spared to take a look at it.”

He then climbs onto the driver’s seat and puts his head and rifle out of the hatch. Deploying the bipod Craig aims in the general direction of the rifle fire and tries to identify any enemy soldiers.

As he scans the tree line through his scope he tells Arkadiusz in
Polish;

”Keep your eyes sharp the enemy may use this to rally.”

He then waits for help to arrive while taking any shots that present themselves.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 637 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 2 Feb 2010
at 19:02
  • msg #496

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz looked at the wrecked trike and then resentfully over at Drew, "Aw, man, you trashed my ride."

He shrugged and yelled out at the retreating foes, "Come back and join us, we'll let you live while the Baron will be feeding you your own cocks before sunset!"

He kept his rifle ready and stood close to cover in case anyone decided to shoot the messenger. He grumbled to himself, "The trike was going to be a babe magnet, now I'll have to give the SKOT a wicked paint job. Drew, you're helping."
Jan Cerny
player, 229 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 2 Feb 2010
at 23:57
  • msg #497

Re: Ambush!

Jan left the yelling to Mariusz as it was his native language and hit the send button on his radio, speaking English.

"Sunray this is King One.  Troops from the OT are in the woods to our North West and your North.  They look to be routed but we'll make sure they surrender or leave."

Or die if they wanted a third option.

“Maruisz,” he continued in Polish having stopped transmitting.  “Take Pavel and search the OT and the bike.  You know what we want.”

Having reported to Konrad and directed Maruisz, Jan then dropped into a kneeling position and aimed his BG-15 in the direction of the fleeing troops.  If none of them surrendered then Jan planned to give them some encouragement to keep fleeing.


Jan
Reporting in, issuing orders and aiming/firing his BG-15 at the fleeing enemy troops – just to be clear if someone surrenders then he won’t fire, if someone fires at him he will fire an unaimed shot and if they just keep fleeing then he will aim and fire next round.
AK-74 (28/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (1/1 HE round - 12 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 749 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 3 Feb 2010
at 03:07
  • msg #498

Re: Ambush!

As Tucker moves to get Jones' body, he ques the radio and transmits, "All units, I'm going to get Jones.  Tucker out!"
Steven Drew
player, 155 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Wed 3 Feb 2010
at 03:58
  • msg #499

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz looked at the wrecked trike and then resentfully over at Drew, "Aw, man, you trashed my ride."

Drew:
"Dude, it's just a scratch, a little pain and some elbow grease and it'll be good as new....sides duude, <Drew draws the word in a manner that seems to fit his character> it'll give ya sometin ta do durring down time.....imagine ya out front working on it, letting the hotties see ya and get all worked up, get some didgets as they work it ta get the first ride bro...."

He shrugged and yelled out at the retreating foes, "Come back and join us, we'll let you live while the Baron will be feeding you your own cocks before sunset!"

Drew shouts,  "YEAH! WHAT HE SAID! ....Muther fuckers!"

He kept his rifle ready and stood close to cover in case anyone decided to shoot the messenger. He grumbled to himself, "The trike was going to be a babe magnet, now I'll have to give the SKOT a wicked paint job. Drew, you're helping."


"Works for me man....sorry bout the bike.  I was hoping they'd just loose it and we could get it back....we can still try and get er runnin again though."


  Drew continues to sight in and aim for targets who he can deliver a burst of rounds.

Sgt Drew
M240 w/X rounds and a M9 in his belt
Aiming and delivering well aimed bursts at any visible enemy
Apel Avtomian
player, 46 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Wed 3 Feb 2010
at 07:50
  • msg #500

Re: Ambush!

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Arpel, load the wounded. That bomb looks like it might blow any time because of the fire, so go east down the road when you load up."</Blue> He left out the redundant instruction to go a safe distance. Dawid did point in the correct direction for clarity, while dumping the backpack radio and rifle in the van's passenger seat.


Apel looks around for medical gear in the van.  Then he'll do what he can for Ondar.
Minh Quyen
player, 473 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 3 Feb 2010
at 12:27
  • msg #501

Re: Ambush!

Unable and/or unwilling to do much else, Quyen lays on the ground waiting for pickup. As she listened to the van's motor approaching, she rolled her head over to her side and glanced at her gear - taking a count of everything to make sure nothing was left behind.

As Apel took over the casualty point, she says, "If nobody happens to collect the explosives, somebody at least needs to grab the blasting machine. It's the only one we've got. It's over by Tucker and my position."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1645 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 00:32
  • msg #502

Re: Ambush!


Dawid climbs into the driver's seat of the BTR-152 by crawling across from the passenger side door. Putting the armored truck into reverse, he backs up and away from the fire-threatened IED. This manouver brings the BTR-152 closer to the Rapira.

The burning STAR still poses a danger to the immediate area as well as obstructing the westbound lanes. It should burn itself out in the next 10-15 minutes, though. (OOC: I don't think anyone dragged the broken crate of 60mm HE mortar bombs away from the truck so the danger might actually be somewhat greater, ATM.)

In the nearby van, Apel tries to make Ondar and Minh as comfortable as possible. Tucker, it appears, has done a pretty good job of bandaging their respective wounds. Minh begins to realize that her latest wound is not very serious. The pain is nothing to sneer at, though.

Tucker, meanwhile, braves the danger posed by the unrecovered IED charges to recover what's left of Jones' body. He finds his dead comrade in a contorted heap on the roadway, several meters from where Tucker last saw him. He was probably blown into the road by the force of the first IED when it exploded. His RPK-74 is nowhere to be found. Tucker's eyes are watering from the woodsmoke (the woods are still smouldering).

Drew unleashes a burst of fire at the treeline 100m to the northeast. The enemy recedes deeper into cover. A couple of enemy fighters return fire. Bullets whiz, crack, and SNICK through the trees around you. Jan points his weapon at one of the muzzle flashes and quick-fires a 40mm HE grenade at it. The grenade explodes a ways past the treeline. There's movement in the trees. Figures bobbing left to right, disappearing and reappearing between the trees and brush. It seems as though the enemy are simply trying to quit the battlefield and make it to the relative safety of the woods to the northeast. While a few of the enemy (you estimate there are about 10 of them) lay down suppressive fire, the others are attempting to retreat. On the other hand, the enemy could be attempting a flanking move. Given their numbers and the casualties their unit (as a whole) has taken up to this point, this seems fairly unlikely.(Drew -10 rounds; Jan -1 40mm S)

Due to the incoming fire, it would be unsafe for Mariusz and Pavel to approach the burning SKOT. At the moment, they would have to low crawl to the road and along the roadside depression in order to avoid enemy observation/fire.

From the captured OT-64, Craig can't see the enemy to the north. There are too many trees in the way.

Konrad does his best to coordinate everyone's efforts. He tries to guide the BTR-152 towards the Rapira so that the former can be set up to tow the latter. The van is just too heavily loaded to pull the heavy AT gun at greater than a snail's pace. It is possible that the BTR-152 could tow the disabled SKOT. But, given the disparity in weight, this seems rather unlikely. Konrad shouts for Maciej to head for the captured SKOT. The former flight engineer leaves his comrades to manhandle the Rapira on their own and trots over to the SKOT where Craig and Arkadiusz a guarding the western flank.

"What do you need me to do?"

Next Moves?

UPDATED TAC-MAP:

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...91,0.004812&z=18
This message was last edited by the GM at 02:02, Thu 04 Feb 2010.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 750 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 01:00
  • msg #503

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
Tucker, meanwhile, braves the danger posed by the unrecovered IED charges to recover what's left of Jones' body. He finds his dead comrade in a contorted heap on the roadway, several meters from where Tucker last saw him. He was probably blown into the road by the force of the first IED when it exploded. His RPK-74 is nowhere to be found. Tucker's eyes are watering from the woodsmoke (the woods are still smouldering).

Next Moves?

Tucker looks around quickly to see if there's anything else left from Jones before he tries to figure out how to carry/drag his body out of the smouldering area.  Slinging his rifle, Tucker will use the drag handle on Jones' webbing to get him out of the area so he can get some fresh air in his lungs again and to one of the vehicles to get out of here.  Tuck ques the radio again, "All posts, Tucker.  Moving back to exfil point with one KIA.  OUT!"

Tucker
Slung & Holstered weapons
Dragging Jones' body back to where he left Minh & Ondar

Steven Drew
player, 156 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 03:04
  • msg #504

Re: Ambush!



  Drew notes where the covering fire is comming from, he retorts,

"FUCKERS!!!!  ROCK ON! DUDES!"

  As he lets loose with a short aimed burst at the muzzle flashes who are laying down covering fire, unless he can catch a group of them in the open as the manuever.

With a "BRAAAAAAAAAAAA!P"
"GET SOME!!!!!"

Drew lets loose on his foe.

Sgt Drew
M240 w/90 rounds left
Lighting up enemy returning fire and those moving in the open
Apel Avtomian
player, 47 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 07:51
  • msg #505

Re: Ambush!

Minh Quyen:
Unable and/or unwilling to do much else, Quyen lays on the ground waiting for pickup. As she listened to the van's motor approaching, she rolled her head over to her side and glanced at her gear - taking a count of everything to make sure nothing was left behind.

As Apel took over the casualty point, she says, "If nobody happens to collect the explosives, somebody at least needs to grab the blasting machine. It's the only one we've got. It's over by Tucker and my position."


"Remind again before we leave and I'll get it.  How are you feeling?" ask Apel, moving on to Ondar.
Craig Sutherland
player, 53 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 09:36
  • msg #506

Re: Ambush!



Craig shows Maciej what he thinks the problem with the APC is and lets the man get to work. He then exits the APC and looks towards the gunfire trying to look through the trees.

Giving up he sits on the ground near the left wheel of the APC using it for cover as he watches the woods to East.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1527 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 15:48
  • msg #507

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #502):

Sweating freely, Dawid opened the driver's door and collapsed, sitting down by the front wheel. He lit a cigarette with shaking hands, spilling a few on the ground.

"Hold Mother, thank you, thank you, thank you."

He crossed himself with a trembling hand. Then, feeling decades older than he really was, he slowly stood up and stumbled to the back of the idling BTR to where the Rapira was being wheeled towards him.

"Okay, let's get this fucker hooked up and ready for transport. Radoslav, you manage to hit anything?"
Jan Cerny
player, 234 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 16:02
  • msg #508

Re: Ambush!

Jan cursed himself for not taking the time to aim his grenade launcher before firing.  Hopefully the level of incoming fire the enemy was experiencing would keep them moving away and not let them regroup for a flanking manoeuvre.

"Sunray, this is King One," he transmitted in Enlgish.  "About ten enemy soldiers in the woods about 100m North of the centre of the ambush.  They could be withdrawing in good order or they could be flanking to the East.  Am setting up a blocking force in the tree line between them and the road.  Don't have sufficient troops to pursue though."

Jan doubted that Konrad wanted them to pursue anyway, particularly if the enemy were withdrawing rather than flanking.

"Drew," he continued having finished transmitting, "keep laying down fire on them.  Jacek and I will go to the end of this tree line to the East to stop them flanking us."  As he spoke he flipped open his BG-15 and reloaded it with another HE grenade.

He then switched to Polish.  "Mariusz.  Pavel.  Support Drew and check the OT if you can.  Jacek, you're still with me."

His orders issued Jan then led Jacek along the tree line that ran roughly Eastwards, keeping an eye out for enemy troops trying to cross the open ground to their tree line.  He kept Jacek and himself on the Southern side of the trees, using them for cover as necessary.


Jan
Reporting in, issuing orders, reloading his BG-15 and then moving Eastwards along the tree line with Jacek.
AK-74 (28/30 rounds - 9 mags total)
BG-15 (0/1 HE round - 11 HE rounds total)
Frag grenade x1
M72 LAW

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 638 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 16:40
  • msg #509

Re: Ambush!

"Pavel," Mariusz said, "support Drew with your RPD, get some cover first though."

He looked over at Drew and said, "If you keep firing I'll crawl up under cover and get to the OT and the side of the road. Once I've done that, I can cover your advance. That sound OK?"
Steven Drew
player, 158 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Fri 5 Feb 2010
at 03:33
  • msg #511

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz Tokarski:
He looked over at Drew and said, "If you keep firing I'll crawl up under cover and get to the OT and the side of the road. Once I've done that, I can cover your advance. That sound OK?"


Drew continues to aim and fire at visible targets shouts back,

"TRY BRINING THE OT'S GUNS ONLINE, IF YA CAN!  AND PUT THAT FIRE OUT!  I DON'T WANT IT BLOWING UP ON US WHILE WE'RE NEXT TO IT!"

sGT dREW
M240 w/ 90 rounds loaded and M9 in belt
Confirming Mars actions, laying down aimed fire, and advising him to put that fire out and possibly use the OT's weapons systems against the hostiles in the woods.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 639 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 5 Feb 2010
at 14:54
  • msg #512

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz dropped to the ground and started to scramble toward the burning SKOT. With luck, he thought, there might be something there to put the fire out, if not he could always try pissing on it.
Alexei Ondar
NPC, 130 posts
Starshiy Praporshchik
Ex-GRU/Spetznaz
Sat 6 Feb 2010
at 17:15
  • msg #513

Re: Ambush!

Apel Avtomian:
"Remind again before we leave and I'll get it.  How are you feeling?" asks Apel, moving on to Ondar.


Ondar leans against the inside of the opposite door, his head head swathed in bandages. He tries to smile but grimaces instead.

"I will be fine."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1647 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 6 Feb 2010
at 17:39
  • msg #515

Re: Ambush!

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
He crossed himself with a trembling hand. Then, feeling decades older than he really was, he slowly stood up and stumbled to the back of the idling BTR to where the Rapira was being wheeled towards him.

"Okay, let's get this fucker hooked up and ready for transport. Radoslav, you manage to hit anything?"


"We hit this thing! I can't believe it's still running. And we hit the first SKOT. Two for five- not too bad, eh?"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1648 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 6 Feb 2010
at 17:40
  • msg #516

Re: Ambush!


While Jan and Jacek move east along the treeline to make sure the enemy can't try a flanking move, Drew continues to keep the moving enemy under fire. They return a few shots but seem disinterested in continuing the fight. After a couple of minutes, the last of the enemy have disappeared into the thicker wooded area to the northeast. (Drew -20 rounds; Pavel -10 rounds)

Under the covering fire of Pavel and Drew, Mariusz is able to move to the 801 and north along the shallow roadside ditch towards the burning SKOT relatively unmolested. Smoke is now pouring out of all of the APC's open hatches, as well as from the nearly perfect hole in the midpoint of its starboard side. Mariusz can hear ammo cooking off inside the turret, creating an odd, metalic hammering noise. The SKOT is clearly beyond help.

As Tucker drags Jones' mangled body back towards the BTR-152, the second dynamite IED charge explodes, knocking Tucker backwards. He lands hard on his back on the unforgiving asphalt surface of the road, his K-pot helmet saving him from a concussion (or worse). Although dazed, he's otherwise unhurt. Same goes for Dawid, behind cover at the back of the BTR-152. The others are unhurt, being a relatively safe distance from the explosion.

As Tucker regains his senses, the Rapira crew continues to try to hook the AT gun up to the BTR-152.

Back in the captured SKOT at the back of the column, Maciej looks at the problem with the wiring behind the damaged dashboard. He reaches behind it and grabs a handful of wires. Pulling them up he examines the closely and sorts them.

"I need some tape and... er, pliers. I think I can fix this."

He jogs back to the van, giving the burning STAR a wide berth. After collecting the requisite tools from Minh's demo kit, Maciej returns to the SKOT and begins his repairs.

Next Moves?

OOC: THis will probably be the last turn at the ambush site. Last chance to do stuff here before the group heads back to the river for pick-up.
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:46, Sat 06 Feb 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 640 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 6 Feb 2010
at 18:19
  • msg #517

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz looked back at his coverers and yelled, "The SKOT is dead and beyond recovery!"

He accompanied the yell with a cutting sign accross his throat.

He turned around and trotted over to inspect the URAL and see if the riders had left anything interesting around the wreck.

Mariusz
Trying to loot around the URAL trike.

Steven Drew
player, 159 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sat 6 Feb 2010
at 18:45
  • msg #518

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz looked back at his coverers and yelled, "The SKOT is dead and beyond recovery!"

He accompanied the yell with a cutting sign accross his throat.

He turned around and trotted over to inspect the URAL and see if the riders had left anything interesting around the wreck.

Mariusz
Trying to loot around the URAL trike.



"Okay!  They're runnin anyhow....but lets secure the area just in case.  Drew turns his head at the metalicpopcorn like poping sounds comming from the burning vehicle and judges the distance and his own position to determine if he is safe or he should move.  If he is safe he will adjust his position so he can cover the others as they consolidate their position and gains...and loot any booty.

  He shouts over to Martz

Find anything good?

  As Mar is searching he will shout,

We may wanna sweep the woods for any strays left behind or gear they left."

Sgt Drew
M240 80 rounds and a M9 in his belt
Covering his comrades and making sure he is a safe distance from the burning APC and under some kind of cover should they take fire from the woods again
Craig Sutherland
player, 55 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 7 Feb 2010
at 00:16
  • msg #519

Re: Ambush!


Craig moves back to the side door of the APC when Maciej returns. Covering the tree line while listening to the militiaman work there is little else left to do. He tries to remember where any unsearched bodies may be, but he thought they had been all looted.

He changes the magazine in his rifle for a fresh one and hits the transmit button on his radio;

“King this is King One, APC should be mobile soon any other tasking for the us ? Over”

Waiting for a reply Craig runs through the last engagement in his mind. Apart from his own mistake at the APC door he thought the men in his squad had preformed admirably especially the militiamen they where starting to come together. Catching Arkadiusz eye at the other door he gives him a thumbs up.

He shuffles into the interior of the APC giving it a thorough going over looking for intel and stowed gear, it was a lot easier now the bodies where on the side of the road.


HK G3SG/1 w/ Zeiss 1.5-6 x 42 mm, (20/20) + 6 spare magazines
L32A1 (Browning A5)  10" Barrel , 3+1 00,  11 of 00 buck, 4 slugs, 3 flechette
Browning HP (20/20) w/ silencer + 2 spare magazines
8 F-1 FRAG grenades, No.80 WP grenade, L13A2 CS grenade
Jan’s Squad
Searching APC for stowed gear and Intel
This message was last edited by the player at 00:20, Sun 07 Feb 2010.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1288 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Sun 7 Feb 2010
at 00:48
  • msg #520

Re: Ambush!

"Sunray this is Starlight!"
"What the hell was that explosion!?"

Alarm could clearly be heard in her voice.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 751 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sun 7 Feb 2010
at 03:03
  • msg #521

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
As Tucker drags Jones' mangled body back towards the BTR-152, the second dynamite IED charge explodes, knocking Tucker backwards. He lands hard on his back on the unforgiving asphalt surface of the road, his K-pot helmet saving him from a concussion (or worse). Although dazed, he's otherwise unhurt. Same goes for Dawid, behind cover at the back of the BTR-152. The others are unhurt, being a relatively safe distance from the explosion.

As Tucker regains his senses, the Rapira crew continues to try to hook the AT gun up to the BTR-152.

Next Moves?

OOC: THis will probably be the last turn at the ambush site. Last chance to do stuff here before the group heads back to the river for pick-up.

With his ears ringing and head pounding, Tucker is almost nauseous from the blast and being thorwn around like a doll.  Trying to get his bearings and makes sure that he feels to see if his weapon is still slung and he didn't drop anything.  He staggers back over to where Jones' body was left before his little flight and begins to drag him back, obviously disoriented and very tired.  Robert says nothing and just keeps dragging Jones back to the van.
Apel Avtomian
player, 48 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Sun 7 Feb 2010
at 04:29
  • msg #522

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
As Tucker drags Jones' mangled body back towards the BTR-152, the second dynamite IED charge explodes, knocking Tucker backwards. He lands hard on his back on the unforgiving asphalt surface of the road, his K-pot helmet saving him from a concussion (or worse). Although dazed, he's otherwise unhurt. Same goes for Dawid, behind cover at the back of the BTR-152. The others are unhurt, being a relatively safe distance from the explosion.


The van rocks from the explosion and Apel instinctively throws his body over Ondar & Mihn.

"What the hell was that?!" ask Apel.  He pokes his head out of the van and makes sure that  they're not being attacked again.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1529 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 7 Feb 2010
at 13:10
  • msg #523

Re: Ambush!

Cap'n Rae:
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
He crossed himself with a trembling hand. Then, feeling decades older than he really was, he slowly stood up and stumbled to the back of the idling BTR to where the Rapira was being wheeled towards him.

"Okay, let's get this fucker hooked up and ready for transport. Radoslav, you manage to hit anything?"


"We hit this thing! I can't believe it's still running. And we hit the first SKOT. Two for five- not too bad, eh?"


"That was amazing! Really good work. As for me, ah, it didn't go so well even though I got a couple hits in myself. Well, let's get going, here."


He continued helping the crew limber the gun and attach it to the BTR-152.

"Let's drive by the motorcycle. I saw that it went down, and I'd like to grab it, see if we can fix it. I love that bike!"
This message was last edited by the player at 11:59, Mon 08 Feb 2010.
Jan Cerny
player, 235 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 7 Feb 2010
at 22:36
  • msg #524

Re: Ambush!

OOC - Rae - you've said that this is the last "turn" and there were several things that Jan wanted to do so hopefully all of this is ok as a final summary post.


The explosion drew Jan’s attention back to the road.  He was initially concerned that they were receiving artillery fire, but it then occurred to him that he hadn't heard an incoming round prior to the explosion.  That combined with the lack of further detonations and careful studying of where the explosion was centred convinced Jan that one of the IEDs had gone off.  He just hoped that it was the fire in the wood that had detonated it rather than someone being forgetful.

He had also become certain that the enemy were withdrawing.

Anneka Soleblume:
"Sunray this is Starlight!"
"What the hell was that explosion!?"

Alarm could clearly be heard in her voice.


He doubted that Konrad needed to discuss the current tactical situation with the boat so he interrupted the radio conversation with more immediate information that his unit commander needed to know.

“Starlight, this is King One.  Wait out.  Sunray, this is King One.  Enemy appear to be withdrawing.  Am leaving some guards on the northern flank and returning to the road.”

He left Mariusz and Pavel to search the OT-64 and Ural bike and, after telling Drew and Jacek to keep watch to the North, Jan then moved back to the road.  He told both Drew and Jacek to call or fire a shot if they spotted anything unusual.

Reaching the ambush site Jan then organised a through search of the area, utilizing the militiamen, after they had finished hooking up the Rapira to a vehicle, and anyone else who was available.  He ensured that the search covered all of the wrecked vehicles, both old and newly generated and that it covered both inside the vehicles as well as around them.  There was a chance that something had been thrown clear of the Star when it blew and that an escaping enemy solider was hidden inside one of the old BMPs or had dumped some gear while initially fleeing.

He also checked that Sutherland and Arkadiusz had recovered the weapons and equipment belonging to the men who had initially escaped from the rear OT-64 before his squad had killed them, and that Tomasz was still ok covering the POWs, whom Jan discovered had grown to three.

Lastly when he finally found out that Minh and Ondar were wounded Jan retrieved Stoner’s medical kit from the Zil and brought it over to the militia’s van.  He wasn’t certain whether anyone had told Anneka over the radio to expect wounded so he took the initiative himself.

“Starlight, this is King One.  Be aware that Stoner and Jones are KIA and Tomasz, Minh and Ondar are all wounded.  Ondar looks to have a serious head wound but the others appear to be walking wounded.”
Konrad Bayer
player, 1132 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Mon 8 Feb 2010
at 09:21
  • msg #525

Re: Ambush!

Bayer stands next to the main road, communicating with the various squads over the radio...

Craig Sutherland:
“King this is King One, APC should be mobile soon any other tasking for the us ? Over”


"King. Roger. Squad One will ride out in the SKOT... first in the order of march. No change to taskings until then... collect any recoverable stores and prepare to depart. Out."

Anneka Soleblume:
"Sunray this is Starlight! What the hell was that explosion!?"


Jan Cerny:
He doubted that Konrad needed to discuss the current tactical situation with the boat so he interrupted the radio conversation with more immediate information that his unit commander needed to know. “Starlight, this is King One.  Wait out.  Sunray, this is King One.  Enemy appear to be withdrawing.  Am leaving some guards on the northern flank and returning to the road.”


"Sunray, roger. Your squad is to mount up in the SKOT for extraction and are front security. Do not pursue enemy at this time. Out."

"Starlight this is Sunray. Explosion was demo charges cooking off. No further casualties. Out."

Jan Cerny:
“Starlight, this is King One.  Be aware that Stoner and Jones are KIA and Tomasz, Minh and Ondar are all wounded.  Ondar looks to have a serious head wound but the others appear to be walking wounded.”


"King roger. Starlight has been informed and is standing by for patient arrival. All wounded, including those walking are to be transported in the van. The dead can be placed in the back of the Zil. Call sign Eagle is tasked with casualty evac. Out."

Bayer then walks up onto the road and begins to assign the HQ and support personel to seating amongst the rest of the captured vehicles. He'll leave the capture of small arms and supplies/provisions to be accounted for by the squad leaders.

Once the SKOT is made mobile, he gets on the radio again, "All call signs, Sunray. All personel report to designated transport. Element commanders report in to me your head count asap. Withdraw in effect now. Order of march... OT-64 (security), ZIL (howitzer), Van (casualties), and BTR-152 (Rapira). Out."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 641 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 8 Feb 2010
at 16:54
  • msg #526

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz checked the area around the trike for bodies or booty. He intended to transfer any loot he found to a pile by the trike and then attempt to right the battered vehicle. If nothing else they could take it back to base for parts.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1649 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Mon 8 Feb 2010
at 23:02
  • msg #527

Re: Ambush!


After a few minutes of Maciej's tinkering, the captured SKOT's engine rumbles to life.

The vehicles are loaded with the wounded, the dead, the prisoners, and the captured enemy gear* and, once the living have boarded, the convoy motors west on the 50 towards the the Vistula.

The Queen is waiting near the east bank with the pontoon/ferry. Due to the barge's limited capacity, the crossing must be done in shifts. During the first of those shifts, Anneka examines and redresses the wounds of Ondar, Minh, and Tomasz.

The crossing is completed in the late afternoon. Tired, cold, and hungry, the groups retreats to the parish hall where a warm, hearty dinner is served.

This is a good opportunity to debrief the day's events and plan for the future.

Next Moves?

OOC: It's time to "talk". I'd like to keep as much of this IC as possible.

*The URAL trike is damaged and must be loaded on board the Zil for transport.
Steven Drew
player, 162 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 9 Feb 2010
at 01:06
  • msg #528

Re: Ambush!



  After rallying and reorganizing Drew learns of the casualties they suffered.  He remains silent durring the river crossing.  Only after everyone is across he will chime,

"Well, we've bloodied his nose, I expect he'll come down on us with his full weight now.  And they'll come on organized, not just strollin down the road.......We got anymore ammo for this thing? <as he pats he M240>  Some of the ammo I got is bad and we're gonna be needin it soon."
Jan Cerny
player, 236 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 9 Feb 2010
at 10:48
  • msg #529

Re: Ambush!

As the boat made several trips across the river, ferrying all their vehicles, heavy weapons and people across, Jan helped with organizing the loading and unloading, following Old Adam’s directions.

While on the boat Jan took the opportunity to sort out poor Stoner’s gear.  He passed the medical supplies on to Anneka for her to check their condition, once she had finished treating the wounded, as she was best placed to decide what to do with them.

He kept Stoner’s Steyr for himself but divided up the HEDP rounds, giving three each to Konrad and Tucker and keeping four himself.  He returned Stoner’s remaining gear and his own AK to the stores, conscious that they would need to work out who should be assigned his AK as its underslung grenade launcher shouldn’t be left gathering dust in the weapons locker if at all possible.  Jan was certain that there would be more fighting in the future!

He also took the opportunity to examine the condition of Stoner’s webbing and grenade vest, looking to see if they were serviceable or whether they had been damaged severely in the blast that had killed his friend.

---------------------------------------------

Upon arrival at the parish hall Jan, like all good soldiers, ate everything that was offered to him.  You never knew when the opportunity to eat again was going to occur!  The food was hearty but simple and Jan wondered aloud what Mariusz would have done to improve it!

Turning to the nearest militiaman to him Jan asked in Polish, “Do you have anything that we can drink to toast the memory of our fallen comrades?  And where is the cemetery?  We should bury them soon.”

Steven Drew:
  After rallying and reorganizing Drew learns of the casualties they suffered.  He remains silent durring the river crossing.  Only after everyone is across he will chime,

"Well, we've bloodied his nose, I expect he'll come down on us with his full weight now.  And they'll come on organized, not just strollin down the road.......We got anymore ammo for this thing? <as he pats he M240>  Some of the ammo I got is bad and we're gonna be needin it soon."


“We’ve certainly focused his attention,” Jan replied in English, “and I think that we need to discuss tactics for the future.  My thoughts are that if he mounts a major operation against us we’re going to be in trouble so we need to keep using hit and run ambush tactics.  Make him bleed and avoid a fixed engagement.”

Having finished eating Jan pulled out one of his last few cigarettes, a Gauloises, and lit it.  Taking a long first drag his continued.  “That would also buy us some time if we want to try and recruit some allies.”
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1532 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 9 Feb 2010
at 13:06
  • msg #530

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #529):

Dawid made sure the motorcycle was loaded on the Zil, with the hopes he could fix it later.

After returning to Gora Kalawria, he also ate up.

"Jan, I think a toast is a great idea! I am sorry that my one shot went wild, and our people got hurt. It's always unfortunate when that happens, it was a bad decision on my part, I apologise and take personal responsibility."


He rummaged around in his pack for his bottle of vodka. "Here we go, a toast!"

Dawid poured it all around, to everyone who wanted some, NATO, Polish fighters and ORMO alike.

"The militia fought well... as did Arpel. He was brave and competent, a good addition to the group, should he wish to stay. Did Drew do good as well?"


He paused. "At any rate, my vote is to take the fight to the Baron. But first, we should do a reconnaissance of the city. I know our information is there's no organised resistance, but we need allies if we are to succeed against him, and survivors in the city are the natural choice. I lived in Warszawa during the NATO seige, I may know people there. I at least know the area, if anything remains after the NATO bomb."

"How much ammunition did we recover with the D-30? For my personal projects, I would like to repair the Alvis Stalwart and maybe mount the Vasilek on it, then fix any other trucks or vehicles, then work on the bike."

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 642 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 9 Feb 2010
at 16:52
  • msg #531

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz sat down and enjoyed the hot meal. he listened to the conversation around him and then said, "Scouting the city would be good, I lived there until before the bombings, I'd volunteer to go."

He looked around and said, "Even with hit and run attacks I don't think we can beat the Baron without more allies. I'm not sure, but one night I was up late doing the laundry and I head Milk talking to one of the others, Yazzie I think, he said something about a Pro-NATO unit near Warsaw that he wanted to join up with. I don't know if I remember rightly, does anyone else remember that?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 753 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 10 Feb 2010
at 01:12
  • msg #532

Re: Ambush!

Tucker helps out with the loading of the gear, vehicles, equipment, wounded, etc. as best he can and adds the [3] HEDP 40mm grenades to his grenadiers vest from Jan.  He nods to him and then goes and finds a place to sit after he makes sure that Jones' body is secured properly for travel back to the town before he goes to check on Ondar & Minh.  He will return and sit next to the corpse of Jones and lights up a cigar, enhaling deeply and then exhaling after holding in the smoke for a few seconds.

"I guess you never know when your numbers going to be pulled huh Jonesy?  IT sucks dude.  Seems like everyone's buying the farm lately.  We almost lost Minh and Ondar today too.  I mean fuck, we lost Stoner today too man!  Everyone I had in my squad got FUBAR'd today to some extent and no offense but, you got the worst of it buddy.  I guess it's my fault to an extent right?  I don't know what to do Jonesy.  Do I keep going on with them to Warsaw, basically what I signed up for with the Captain or do I stay behind in the town and try to make some kind of life for myself?" Tucker sits and asks the corpse of Jones while he tires to enjoy his cigar.
Apel Avtomian
player, 50 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Wed 10 Feb 2010
at 06:41
  • msg #534

Re: Ambush!

Jan Cerny:
Steven Drew:
  After rallying and reorganizing Drew learns of the casualties they suffered.  He remains silent durring the river crossing.  Only after everyone is across he will chime,

"Well, we've bloodied his nose, I expect he'll come down on us with his full weight now.  And they'll come on organized, not just strollin down the road.......We got anymore ammo for this thing? <as he pats he M240>  Some of the ammo I got is bad and we're gonna be needin it soon."


“We’ve certainly focused his attention,” Jan replied in English, “and I think that we need to discuss tactics for the future.  My thoughts are that if he mounts a major operation against us we’re going to be in trouble so we need to keep using hit and run ambush tactics.  Make him bleed and avoid a fixed engagement.”

Having finished eating Jan pulled out one of his last few cigarettes, a Gauloises, and lit it.  Taking a long first drag his continued.  “That would also buy us some time if we want to try and recruit some allies.”


"I doubt he'll try.  He won't waste more heavy artillery on us or the town and he has bigger fish to fry with the impending government attack bearing down on him" says Apel, sipping his watered coffee.
Craig Sutherland
player, 56 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 10 Feb 2010
at 07:06
  • msg #535

Re: Ambush!


Craig tried to help as much as possible with the loading of the vehicles but having limited mobility he opted for covering the operation from the quarter deck of the tug.

On the walk up to the hall Craig asks Apel to give him a hand:

“Well you seem to have come through the scuffle intact, got all you limbs.”

The smiles from Craig’s face fading a little too quickly. He stops at the bodies of the fallen giving his own silent prayer especially for Stoner and Jones. The lost of Jones hit him hardest, the last thing his country needed was for it’s sons to keep dying.

As they sit down for the meal provided, Craig asks Apel to recount the battle from his point of view outlining what his unit did and how they performed. He then fills in Apel and anyone else listening as to what he got up to. As he straps up his ankle he sits listening to the others.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1533 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 10 Feb 2010
at 07:55
  • msg #536

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #534):

"The problem is, we don't know what he'll do."

Dawid fished out a cigarette pack, discovered it was empty. Cursing, he crushed the pack and continued.

"If he's rational, then yes, he'll have other things to worry about. Going after us would be throwing good troops after bad."

"If he's not rational, or believes the benefits of attacking us will have some additional payoff, he will attack. An unavenged defeat could cost him serious prestige among his own people or the civilians under his control."

"We can hope he is going to stay away. But still do some reconnaissance, first. I think as long as the Baron is alive, we will not see peace. The Communists would rather make a deal with him than fight, mark my words."


He raised his glass. "Well, anyways, a toast to the fallen! We have won, like always, but like always there is a high cost and another countries' sons is buried on our hallowed Polish soil. To the fallen, may God and the Virgin of Czaestochowa keep and protect them."
This message was last edited by the player at 08:01, Wed 10 Feb 2010.
Craig Sutherland
player, 57 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 10 Feb 2010
at 08:21
  • msg #537

Re: Ambush!

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
He raised his glass. "Well, anyways, a toast to the fallen! We have won, like always, but like always there is a high cost and another countries' sons is buried on our hallowed Polish soil. To the fallen, may God and the Virgin of Czaestochowa keep and protect them."


Craig raises his glass as well but says nothing. He reflects for a minute before speaking.

Equipment wise is the village in a position to be able to defend themselves if we are not here ? Should we consider mounting a raid on this garrison they trade with ? Or even the government forces who dropped the leaflets ?
This message was last edited by the player at 08:22, Wed 10 Feb 2010.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1293 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Wed 10 Feb 2010
at 10:33
  • msg #538

Aftermath

Red eyed, Anneka seemed a little more harsh than normal when she spoke. Perhaps it was because once again she was left to clean up the mess of combat, or maybe it was something closer to home. Whatever it was had caused her to seek solitude for a while so she could sort through her feelings.

"I'm afraid we have no more 7.62 belts for the machinegun."
With the handful of rounds they'd had to donate to the Militia to keep their SLRs and G3 useful, as far as she could tell only 480 rounds remained, including the dodgy belt.

"Now, with regard to further action, we currently have a number of wounded to think about. Those unwounded militia need a chance to be trained before they are thrust into combat."
"I propose that a small team of no more than about a dozen people, be sent to make contact with possible friendly forces both in and around the city of Warsaw."
"This should allow the wounded to heal and the "recruits" to receive some training. It will also allow our newly aquired vehicles to be repaired and we might even get lucky and find more ammunition for our larger guns."
"The unit, or units sent out will also be able to scout out the enemy and get soime idea of their intentions. At the very least they'll be able to give us a bit more than five minutes warning of an attack..."

Konrad Bayer
player, 1133 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 10 Feb 2010
at 15:38
  • msg #539

Re: Aftermath

Bayer spoke very little during the return to Gora Kalwaria, letting the morning's events unfold piece by piece in his mind. While generally pleased with the surprising results, the loss of two of his team, now wrapped up in their rain gear in the bed of the truck, weighed heavily on him.

During the river crossing, Bayer left the coordinating and supervising to Dawid and the other NCOs. Taking the three 40mm HEDP rounds from Jan, he made his way to the Bishop and reported the success, and cost of the ambush. Following that he retired to the group's billet, inviting the Bishop to stop by later on in the afternoon.

After the wounded were tended to and stores were put away, Bayer sat at the main table in the billet as the group ate and talked. While it was his usual habit to wait until all have spoken, Bayer says, "Before any suggestions are made, perhaps we should hear first from Captain Rataj." Then nodding to Adam, he says, "You made it clear you intended to haul anchor today and make for Warsaw. Is that still what you plan to do?"


OOC - Bayer also instructed for the 3 EPW to be kept alive and under our watch.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:47, Wed 10 Feb 2010.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 548 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Wed 10 Feb 2010
at 19:44
  • msg #540

Re: Aftermath

Griet nodded at Bayer, "I agree," she said, "my father should outline his plans as they will have a grave bearing on our decisions."

She had already urged her father to allow them to do a clandestine scouting of the ruined city to see if he had any family left there instead of steaming into the Baron's jaws with a half fit crew and a handful of heavy weapons capable of lasting one firefight if they were lucky. The possibility of contacting forces that were, if not friendly, then against the Baron and the Lublin Government was also interesting.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 755 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Wed 10 Feb 2010
at 22:01
  • msg #541

Re: Aftermath

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #539):

After the tug arrives back at the town, Tucker makes sure that the wounded are offloaded first and then sees to Jones.  "I'm not a religious person Jonesy and I'm sure the Padre around here will have some better words for ya but, God Bless soldier," Robert says to the motionless corpse as he lays a hand upon the top of his forehead and then recovers the body.  He sees that Jones makes it with Stoner's body and then goes to clean up before dinner.

At dinner, Tuck eats slowly and quietly not making much eye contact with anyone in the room until his eyes meet with Bayer's.  He sees the nod he gives him and returns it in turn and then goes back with his meal.  When he finishes, he politley stands up and excuses himself from the table.  "If you'll excuse me?  I have wounded to check on."
Jan Cerny
player, 239 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 10 Feb 2010
at 22:30
  • msg #542

Re: Aftermath

Before Old Adam could address them Jan poured a shot of Dawid's Vodka and stood.  "To our fallen comrades," he announced before indicating Apel and Craig and adding, "and to our new comrades."

He then downed his Vodka in one and sat down with a pained look on his face.  "Someday my friends," he said to the people around him, "I hope to be able to let you try some Ricard.  A much more refined drink."

Seeing Dawid crumpling an empty packet of cigarettes Jan passed over his half smoked Gauloises.  "I'm almost out myself," he said with a tight smile.  "All I can offer you is a drag of mine!"

He pondered some of the other's comments.  "A small recce patrol into Warsaw sounds like the right move to me."

Apel Avtomian
player, 51 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 02:23
  • msg #543

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #536):

"We'll see.  His navy is done and he'll have a difficult time crossing the river with no bridges."  Apel shrugs and turns to Sutherland.  "If you want to know how the mortaring went, talk to Dawid," Apel says, gesturing with his head.
'Old' Adam Rataj
NPC, 77 posts
Polish (NPC)
Captain of the Queen
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 02:28
  • msg #544

Re: Aftermath

Konrad Bayer:
Bayer says, "Before any suggestions are made, perhaps we should hear first from Captain Rataj." Then nodding to Adam, he says, "You made it clear you intended to haul anchor today and make for Warsaw. Is that still what you plan to do?"


"Well, no. That would be foolish. I won't risk any more lives for the sake of my soothing my impatience. I do wish to learn more of the situation in Warsaw so that we can start planning a rescue mission.

"Father Andre has agreed to allow anyone we bring back from Warsaw- anyone we vouch for- to settle here.

"But, of course you are right. We need to know what we're dealing with first. I will support this reconaissance mission in any way that I can."

Cap'n Rae
GM, 1652 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 02:53
  • msg #545

Re: Aftermath


Having listened in, the Bishop weighs in on the discussion,

"I wouldn't put anything past Czarny. Our one saving grace is the Vistula. There are no bridges anywhere near Warsaw- at least none that can handle his armor- and his navy is resting at the bottom of the river."

"Our situation has improved as a direct result of Czarny's losses today. We have gained some more small arms and, at the very least, the captured APCs are good for show.

"We are still low on ammunition, though. Jupyzyk- the "gypsy" that runs our modest trade caravan- doubts that the government garrison at Kozienice will part with more small arms ammo for the 'same old' food and spirits we've been plying them with these past months. They've grown stingier each trip, he reports.

"He does believe that they would be willing to trade some more ammunition- a substantial amount- if we could provide them with something of military value. If the garrison could claim success against 'bandits', they could write off the ammunition as having been spent in the effort. We don't have the personel here to operate that D-30 and with only three shells for it...

"It could buy us a lot of bullets. You captured it, though. You should have some input into what we do with it- and everything else won in today's fight. We couldn't have done it without you."

This message was last edited by the GM at 02:55, Thu 11 Feb 2010.
Steven Drew
player, 164 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 03:21
  • msg #546

Re: Ambush!

Apel Avtomian:
Jan Cerny:
Steven Drew:
  After rallying and reorganizing Drew learns of the casualties they suffered.  He remains silent durring the river crossing.  Only after everyone is across he will chime,

"Well, we've bloodied his nose, I expect he'll come down on us with his full weight now.  And they'll come on organized, not just strollin down the road.......We got anymore ammo for this thing? <as he pats he M240>  Some of the ammo I got is bad and we're gonna be needin it soon."


“We’ve certainly focused his attention,” Jan replied in English, “and I think that we need to discuss tactics for the future.  My thoughts are that if he mounts a major operation against us we’re going to be in trouble so we need to keep using hit and run ambush tactics.  Make him bleed and avoid a fixed engagement.”

Having finished eating Jan pulled out one of his last few cigarettes, a Gauloises, and lit it.  Taking a long first drag his continued.  “That would also buy us some time if we want to try and recruit some allies.”


"I doubt he'll try.  He won't waste more heavy artillery on us or the town and he has bigger fish to fry with the impending government attack bearing down on him" says Apel, sipping his watered coffee.



  Drew offers Jan one of his cigarettes he took of one of his prisoners,

"He're, mine are fresher."he grins offering the man one of his captured cigarettes.  As he takes one for himself and lights it up.

  After a pause to enjoy the harsh blue smoke of the psuedo tobacco and looking contemplatively he looks at Apel,

"I don't know.  We;'ve stood up to the baron a couple times now, but he has only given us half assed efforts.  If word like that got around to other villages he may have a popular uprising.  Nope, I think he needs to squash us and do it hard as a message to all who stand up to him.  Its to much a risk to his hold on power. "

Sgt Drew
MP5 slung and M9 hidden in his back
Talking with Jan and Apel
Steven Drew
player, 165 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 03:31
  • msg #547

Re: Aftermath

Anneka Soleblume:
"I'm afraid we have no more 7.62 belts for the machinegun."
With the handful of rounds they'd had to donate to the Militia to keep their SLRs and G3 useful, as far as she could tell only 480 rounds remained, including the dodgy belt.

"Well, then I guess I'll have to make do and make every round count.  Thanks." Drew replies.

"Now, with regard to further action, we currently have a number of wounded to think about. Those unwounded militia need a chance to be trained before they are thrust into combat."
"I propose that a small team of no more than about a dozen people, be sent to make contact with possible friendly forces both in and around the city of Warsaw."
"This should allow the wounded to heal and the "recruits" to receive some training. It will also allow our newly aquired vehicles to be repaired and we might even get lucky and find more ammunition for our larger guns."
"The unit, or units sent out will also be able to scout out the enemy and get soime idea of their intentions. At the very least they'll be able to give us a bit more than five minutes warning of an attack..."

"Cool, it's be cool ta go sight seeing.  Count me in,"  Drew adds as he volunteers.
Steven Drew
player, 166 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 03:39
  • msg #548

Re: Aftermath

Cap'n Rae:
Having listened in, the Bishop weighs in on the discussion,

"I wouldn't put anything past Czarny. Our one saving grace is the Vistula. There are no bridges anywhere near Warsaw- at least none that can handle his armor- and his navy is resting at the bottom of the river."

"Our situation has improved as a direct result of Czarny's losses today. We have gained some more small arms and, at the very least, the captured APCs are good for show.

"We are still low on ammunition, though. Jupyzyk- the "gypsy" that runs our modest trade caravan- doubts that the government garrison at Kozienice will part with more small arms ammo for the 'same old' food and spirits we've been plying them with these past months. They've grown stingier each trip, he reports.

"He does believe that they would be willing to trade some more ammunition- a substantial amount- if we could provide them with something of military value. If the garrison could claim success against 'bandits', they could write off the ammunition as having been spent in the effort. We don't have the personel here to operate that D-30 and with only three shells for it...

"It could buy us a lot of bullets. You captured it, though. You should have some input into what we do with it- and everything else won in today's fight. We couldn't have done it without you."


"Did we get those mortar rounds that were on the road?  We could use em as demo, but if we could trade em for some ammo, it might be more valuable.  We may also wanna go across the river and strip those wrecks when they cool down for working parts, if they have a use for them.  Armored hatches, periscopes, wheels and axles and stuff, if they need that sort of thing.  Or, maybe see if they need any labor we could barter, a medic or mechanic or electrician or something."
Craig Sutherland
player, 58 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 06:56
  • msg #549

Re: Aftermath



“If you want a guide I’m happy to help, I have a few local contacts. We may be able to use them as a base for a deeper penetration recon of the city proper.”

Cap'n Rae:
"He does believe that they would be willing to trade some more ammunition- a substantial amount- if we could provide them with something of military value. If the garrison could claim success against 'bandits', they could write off the ammunition as having been spent in the effort. We don't have the personel here to operate that D-30 and with only three shells for it...


“It looks like we have two options with the garrison either trade or attack. If we trade we potentially arm a future enemy. They at the present moment don’t see the village as a threat, try to trade a D-30 and that will change. They will not pay and will coming looking for more assets.”

He asks the bishop;

“What do we know of the guys with the plane are they a viable target ?”
This message was last edited by the player at 06:56, Thu 11 Feb 2010.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1296 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 10:07
  • msg #550

Re: Aftermath

"Couldn't the smaller mortar rounds still be fired? I heard back in Krakow there's a factory making mortars that can do it, how exactly I don't really know."

"As far as trade, I'm loathe to give up the D-30 but with so few rounds it's hardly worth keeping. We should trade it and the rounds captured with it."
"However, we should try and get more than just ammunition for it."

"I suggest we ask for radios, gas masks, chemical suits and medical supplies. Some barbed wire and explosives could be useful too to help fortify the place."

Jan Cerny
player, 243 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 13:07
  • msg #551

Re: Aftermath

Jan nodded in thanks for the cigarette Drew offered him.  He took two and passed one along to Dawid.

“Aren’t the rounds for the D-30 we captured the chemical rounds?” Jan added into the conversation.  “If they are then we should just trade the gun and not the rounds!”

Finishing his Gauloises he used it to light the cigarette from Drew before stubbing it out and continuing.  “As for a recce patrol to Warsaw would that go overland or on the Queen?  Overland gives us more avenues of approach and means that we can be quieter but the Queen gives us more logistic support and means that we can bring back allies more easily if we come across some.”

He stopped to glare at his new cigarette briefly before tearing off the filter and puffing on it again.  He then glanced round the table mentally putting a list together before speaking.

“I think that the patrol itself should comprise ten people.  Apel and Craig are needed for there recent experience and knowledge of the Baron’s forces.  Mariusz and Dawid both lived in Warsaw before the war I believe.  Anneka as medic.  Konrad in command with Minh, Tuck, Steven and myself providing fire support.”

The unfiltered cigarette appeared to be more to Jan’s liking.  “If we go on the boat or take some vehicles we should also take some militia to protect them.”
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 757 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 13:46
  • msg #552

Re: Aftermath

Jan Cerny:
Before Old Adam could address them Jan poured a shot of Dawid's Vodka and stood.  "To our fallen comrades," he announced before indicating Apel and Craig and adding, "and to our new comrades."

Before Tucker walks out before Adam or anyone else addresses the group, he takes the shot of vodka and joins the others in the toast to fallen comrades and new one's as well.  He places the empty shot glass back on the table loudly and then silently walks out of the building.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1535 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 15:31
  • msg #553

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Apel Avtomian (msg #543):

Dawid toasted his fallen comrades and their new ones, downing the shot.

"Na Zdrowie!" ("To health")"

He replied to Arpel, "oh, I think I mentioned how badly the mortar went, ha ha! That's the fortune of war, sometimes you miss. If we'd have taken out that BTR-70 when we had the chance, the risky shot wouldn't have been needed later. But God or fate decided differently, I'm sorry people were hurt but I'm glad no one was killed."

When the discussion of trading off the D-30 came up he cried, "NO! Please, we can't give up that howitzer! With those rounds, we can strike a serious blow to the Baron if we get him in the right location! If we get more ammunition for it, so much the better! Please, God, let's hang onto it! None of this mortar shit, a howitzer is REAL firepower. Did we recover any other weapons or ammunition? We should allow the garrison to claim they cleared the town, by all means."

"As for my experience with Warszawa, I was there during the NATO siege, but not the the nuclear attack. So I can be of some help. I think Mariusz is the same way."

This message was last edited by the player at 15:21, Fri 12 Feb 2010.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 549 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 18:14
  • msg #554

Re: Ambush!

Griet looked at her glass for a moment and then said, "Absent friends." Before drinking its contents off in one.

She put the glass down and thought about what was being said around the table, "I agree that the reconnaisance would be best done by land, the Baron will be looking for us by river now without a doubt. Whilst the team is out the Queen can be put to use helping the town defend itself," she smiled at her father, "if we are going to have family staying here, we should make the best of the place. I'd suggest that we set up a salvage team from volunteers here and we range the banks for more equipment to help defend the town."

She looked over at Mariusz and said, "You are correct, Mari, Clarence Milk, the CIA Operative we harboured for a while had the aim of linking up with members of a defected Russian Tank Division. That Division is probably in a world of hurt now, the Baron is at its flanks and Lublin looks as if it is moving North. I'd imagine it is desperate for allies at present. Trying to find them might help us a lot."

"As for our booty," she concluded, "I'd rather not give a potential enemy chemical shells, but with just three rounds for the D-30 I can't see it being worth keeping. I don't think that trading it with teh garisson would immediately make us a threat, we could pretend that the townspeople here found it in a woods rather than won it by a coup de main. Ammunition and any other equipment we could get would be more useful than having it rusting in the town square."
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1657 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 22:47
  • msg #555

Re: Ambush!


The Bishop nods his head in agreement.

"The garrison to the south is not much of a threat and the Lublin government has bigger fish to fry if those propaganda leaflets you brought back are to be believed. But you are correct Dawid, we must also think long term. If the howitzer could be used against us in the future, perhaps it would be better to leave it rusting in the town square. I don't know."

Addressing Craig specifically, he continues,

"A raid on Lublin is out of the question. We do not want to risk raising the government's ire. It may be weak, but it is stronger than us. If they really are planning on taking on the 'Baron' of Warsaw, they could probably handle us with relative ease. Once again, the Vistula is our greatest ally. But, perhaps we should look to strengthening our southern defenses, just to be on the safe side."

"Oh, I forgot to mention that another NATO soldier has come to town. He walked in this morning, a few hours after you left. He says he's Norwegian and he certainly looks it. We're holding him at the moment. He claims to know nothing of Czarny but we wanted to make sure before extending our hospitality.

"Mr. Sutherland and Mr. Avtomian, you could verify if he is one of the Baron's men, could you not?"

Craig Sutherland
player, 60 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 07:49
  • msg #556

Re: Ambush!


Craig nods his head at the bishop’s assessment of the likelihood of a raid on Lubin “Best not to poke the bear” he adds.

“There are now two mortar systems we have no ammunition for maybe they should go before the D-30 ? I still think the garrison posses a threat and a resource and at some point it may have to be dealt with. We do not want to be arming a potential enemy”

“If the recon is to happen first then we need to go over the detail, vehicles, weapons and personnel. I think we need to keep it compact three vehicles at the most and the Vasilek on one of them gives us a game winner. Should we use the BTR-152, OT-64 and Alvis Stalwart ? ”

Stopping for a minute to consider the Bishop's request Craig replies;

"I think both Apel and I had a handle on the foreigners in the Barons army but people and faces were more Apel's bag. I’m happy to help if you need me though."
This message was last edited by the player at 08:06, Fri 12 Feb 2010.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1299 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 11:54
  • msg #557

Re: Ambush!

"Sergeant Tucker, Piotrowski, please accompany Lieutenants Sutherland and Avtomian to the prisoner."
Although Sutherland had sought to excuse himself from the identification, that wasn't going to wash with her. Although both officers appeared to have performed adequately during the ambush, both were still very new additions to the unit - trust had yet to be established.

"With regard to any patrols, I will be staying behind in the village. There are too many wounded for me to leave at the moment without putting their lives at risk."
"I'm sure several of those who will be going possess sufficient medical knowledge to deal with any minor injuries that may occur on what I assume is to be a reconnaissance mission?"


Although competant in the field, just, her inclusion could actually prove detrimental should things go badly. Far better she allow those trained for the job to carry it out.

"Now, I would advise leaving the amphibious truck behind. My understanding is that it is unarmoured and therefore not suited to possible combat."
"What are the conditions of the other two vehicles? Are both able to be used now or if not, what it the estimated time to repair them?"


In her mind one of the two would be more than sufficient to transport the patrol to and from it's objective. The BTR-152 would be her first choice as she understood there were less mechanical issues with it.
Jan Cerny
player, 246 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 11:54
  • msg #558

Re: Ambush!

“A Norwegian,” Jan muttered to himself with a small smile.  “This is turning into the UN!”  He had served with a couple of Norwegians in the Legion though and they had been good solid men who could be relied on.

“Warsaw is only about twenty five to thirty klicks away isn’t it?  If it is then I think that we should leave the vehicles here and walk it.”  He nodded at Craig.  “Or as you British say tab it.”

He took another drag on his cigarette.  “If we take vehicles then we’ll have the worry of what to do with them once we get to Warsaw.  Or is the suggestion to drive into Warsaw?  I think that we need to be quieter than that if possible.  I’d also heard that Warsaw was a total mess as a result of the nuke so will we be able to drive round the city avoiding routes the Baron’s forces have cleared?”

He scratched at the stubble on his chin.  “Yes, I think a foot patrol to recce Warsaw would be the best idea.”
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1301 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 12:00
  • msg #559

Planning the next move

Anneka mulled over the Frenchmans comments.
"You do have a point there, however fifty kilometres just there and back is a very long way. Even longer if the weather continues to close in as it has been."
"Perhaps a vehicle crew should drop the patrol a few kilometres short and then return here?"

"And don't forget they may need to visit other villages and camps before returning. Can enough supplies be carried on foot?"

Jan Cerny
player, 247 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 12:22
  • msg #560

Re: Planning the next move

"We need to look at how compact the available food is to work out how many days we can operate unsupported but a drop off near to Warsaw could work well.  Particularly as we could conceal some food somewhere near the drop off point so that we could resupply shortly after leaving Warsaw."
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1303 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 12:30
  • msg #561

Re: Planning the next move

"Also, how long can we afford them to be gone?"
"Is a day or two too long, or not long enough to complete the task? Will a week or more be needed?"
"What exactly do we want to achieve?"


Planning a mission without a goal was just plain silly, everybody knew that.

"I propose the following objectives."
"One. Make contact with friendly residents of Warsaw and assess their ability and willingness to fight against the Baron."
"Two. Make contact with same in communities close to Warsaw."
"Three. Seek out ammunition and equipment stores that may be obtainable."

"Depending on what is found, the patrol may be able to split up and deal with several areas at once thus saving a lot of time. If on the other hand the area is judged by the team leader, who will no doubt be Hauptman Bayer, then the patrol should stay together and prioritize the objectives."

Steven Drew
player, 169 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 14:39
  • msg #562

Re: Planning the next move


  Drew has been listening to the plan.  He is already figuring the distance and time it would take before he chimes in,

"Figure we'll be gone a week if we go by foot t'll take a day going and commin, so however many days it takes us ta do what we're gonna do.  And if we are compromised well, we could have ta run and gun 20 clicks or E&E that distance....ouch, that'd suck big time."

  "I like the idea of defining mission objectives,  we need to set up a couple rally points and safe houses along the route too just in case we need ta split up or get seperated.  That could be something for the folks who have been there could figure out."


  Drew is already going through things in his mind, assessing what what equipment he may need over such a long distance unsupported.  He feels cold at the thought of the risks he may face.

Sgt Drew
MP5 at the moment
At the discussion and planning phase of recon patrol

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 758 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 14:51
  • msg #563

Re: Ambush!

Anneka Soleblume:
"Sergeant Tucker, Piotrowski, please accompany Lieutenants Sutherland and Avtomian to the prisoner."
Although Sutherland had sought to excuse himself from the identification, that wasn't going to wash with her. Although both officers appeared to have performed adequately during the ambush, both were still very new additions to the unit - trust had yet to be established.

Tucker has left the building...

Tucker
Leather Shoulder holster .357 Colt Python [2] speed loaders
Clean BDU's
This message was last edited by the player at 01:58, Sat 13 Feb 2010.
Jan Cerny
player, 249 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 15:04
  • msg #564

Re: Ambush!

"Ok, let's start to flesh out those objectives.  What communities near to Warsaw do we wish to contact?  Let's work out as sensible a route as possible."
This message was last edited by the player at 15:12, Fri 12 Feb 2010.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1305 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 15:11
  • msg #565

Re: Ambush!

"Has anyone got a map? That's probably the best thing to start with."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1538 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 15:42
  • msg #566

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Anneka Soleblume (msg #557):

Dawid nodded at Anneka's instructions to go with Sutherland and identify the newcomer.

"Sergeant Tucker went outside, I'll get him, ma'am."

He paused. "Please, let's not trade away any explosive ammunition for the Howitzer. We may only have a few rounds, and while that may not have been much in the old days that's a fortune in today's terms! Remember, only three 82mm rounds helped stop the Baron's troops at Kozienice! Three mortar rounds would have annihilated them, and a howitzer if more accurate. Seriously, I will pout for a month."

"Also, we have enough mortar rounds for one weapon, but not really both. We could trade away the 82mm tube (not the Vasilek). I don't like trading away weapons that could be used against us, especially heavy weapons, but if we have to..."

"One last thing, we should take the Stalwart, I don't famcy walking and time is of the essence. It's not armoured so we're not tempted to get into a fight! It's amphibious so we'd not be forced to use bridges. Either way, I want to mount the Vasilek on the back, shouldn't be a problem. If we walk, we should take the Queen as close as possible."


Putting on his green beret and Home Army armband he turned to Sutherland and asked, "shall we go, leftenant?"
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 550 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 16:17
  • msg #567

Re: Ambush!

"If you only want to trade one mortar tube, we probably won't get much in return for it," Griet said, "but whatever is decided is decided. As for selling arms to potential enemies, the people of the town can't fight everyone. If we do take out the Baron, this town will probably have to acceed to Lublin at some point. We are a small, mobile unit and we've gotten away with fighting everyone so far because we could steam away. Gora Kawalria can't do that so it'll probably have to ally with Lublin if it does come this way. As the garrison is loyal to Lublin we aren't really arming the town's enemies."

"Setting objectives is good, but we don't have much intelligence about the communities of Warsaw, maybe Bishop does," she looked at the militia's leader, "Do you have any information about post nuke Warsaw? Are there any communities we could talk too? Have you heard anything about a Pro-NATO unit in the vicinity?"

As she waited for any possible answers she looked at Bayer, "We should go through anything Milk left, maybe there's a clue in his pack, I think that was on the truck when he died."
Minh Quyen
player, 474 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 19:04
  • msg #569

Re: Ambush!

Quyen attends the gathering, but doesn't say anything. Sitting in silence, she keeps her injured leg outstretched, listening. She also eats as much as possible, in an effort to help keep up her strength.

When Tucker leaves, Quyen notices, but her eyes remain fixed on the table.
'Old' Adam Rataj
NPC, 78 posts
Polish (NPC)
Captain of the Queen
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 21:04
  • msg #570

Re: Ambush!

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"One last thing, we should take the Stalwart, I don't famcy walking and time is of the essence. It's not armoured so we're not tempted to get into a fight! It's amphibious so we'd not be forced to use bridges. Either way, I want to mount the Vasilek on the back, shouldn't be a problem. If we walk, we should take the Queen as close as possible."</Blue>


Adam volunteers the services of his boat and its crew.

"I will take you as far as you want to go. Any way I can help, I will."
This message was last edited by the player at 22:13, Fri 12 Feb 2010.
Gaspar 'The Bishop' Dudka
NPC, 1 post
Polish Warrior Monk
G-K Militia Commander
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 21:10
  • msg #571

Re: Ambush!

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"One last thing, we should take the Stalwart, I don't famcy walking and time is of the essence. It's not armoured so we're not tempted to get into a fight! It's amphibious so we'd not be forced to use bridges. Either way, I want to mount the Vasilek on the back, shouldn't be a problem.


"The Stalwart isn't running. I believe the tug crew salvaged some parts from the police cutter's engine, though. I'm not sure if they'll be much help. And the BTR-152 or Zil you brought back could probably be stripped for parts. Our van, too, isn't good for much. You're welcome to take parts from it as well.

"I understand your concerns about trading with the Kozienice garrison. I dread the day Lublin decides to send a press gang to Gora Kalwaria. On the other hand, we can't defend ourselves at all without adequate ammunition. I'm willing to trade the 120mm or the 82mm mortar or both. We don't have ammunition for the former and what ammunition we have for the latter is probably better used by your Vasilek. As far as I'm concerned, they are both yours."


OOC: What, if anything, are you willing to let G-K trade for ammo?
This message was last edited by the player at 22:12, Fri 12 Feb 2010.
Jan Cerny
player, 252 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 23:53
  • msg #572

Re: Ambush!

While the discussion progressed and Anneka looked for a map Jan got up and moved over to Konrad to whisper in his commander’s ear.

“I think that Tuck’s taken Jones’ death hard.  Do you want me to go and talk to him about it?  Possibly get him drunk?”

Jan was also feeling the guilt of a section commander losing a member of his squad but it didn’t seem to have impacted him in the same way as it had Tuck.  Jan was good at compartmentalising things and after losing the rest of his patrol a little while ago in a one sided ambush the loss of Stoner, though much fresher and more raw, was smaller for Jan than the loss of Jones seemed to be for Tuck.

It probably meant that Tuck was a better man than he was.
Apel Avtomian
player, 53 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Sat 13 Feb 2010
at 02:48
  • msg #573

Re: Ambush!

Craig Sutherland:
"I think both Apel and I had a handle on the foreigners in the Barons army but people and faces were more Apel's bag. I’m happy to help if you need me though."


"That's true.  I'm good with faces.  Ever since I was a kid.  If he was in the Baron's army, I'll recognize him." Apel says confidently.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1541 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 13 Feb 2010
at 03:28
  • msg #574

Re: Ambush!

In reply to Griet Niewiadomska (msg #567):

Dawid stopped at the door, not wanting to rudely walk out when Griet was talking.

"Let's not surrender to Lublin just yet! Who knows, if we defeat the Baron it's possible people will rally to us because God is on our side. The real non-communist Polish government also needs to extend it's authority over the rest of Poland, why not here?"

"Trade the 82mm tube and the 120mm tube. All 82mm ammunition we have should go to the Vasilk, and we don't have any more 120mm ammunition."


He replied to the Bishop, "I can fix the Stalwart within a day, given the parts we've salvaged."

Dawid waited at the door for any reply, if there was none he exited.
Craig Sutherland
player, 61 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 13 Feb 2010
at 04:27
  • msg #575

Re: Ambush!


Looking towards the major Craig shrugs and replies;

“Yes maybe it's best we both go Apel, we can give the newcomer a good look over.  Maybe the major knows another ally who has been in Warsaw with the units they intend to take on in the last 72 hours.”

With that he grabs his rifle and leaves.
This message was last edited by the player at 10:36, Sat 13 Feb 2010.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1134 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 13 Feb 2010
at 10:21
  • msg #576

Re: Ambush!

Jan Cerny:
While the discussion progressed and Anneka looked for a map Jan got up and moved over to Konrad to whisper in his commander’s ear. “I think that Tuck’s taken Jones’ death hard.  Do you want me to go and talk to him about it?  Possibly get him drunk?”


Bayer leans in as Jan talks quietly to him at the table. He shakes his head softly and says, "Let him go for now."

Turning back to the group discussion, Bayer ignores the debate over the trade options, leaving that to be decided by the others. He'll work with whatever weapons and resources they agree to keep or trade away. Instead, Bayer pulls out his map, the one Adam gave to him in the pilothouse of the Krolowa all those days ago. Over the talk of mortars and howitzers, Bayer measures distances and studies the layout of the huge city.

When a moment came, Bayer then says, "I'm not convinced taking the vehicles or going by foot decisively outweighs the other. Both are adequate for the mission. Once we've had a chance to learn all we can about the city and the Baron, then we'll begin detailed planning... everyone here is going, except for the doctor as she's just mentioned. In the meantime, have you come to an agreement on what to trade?"
This message was last edited by the player at 10:21, Sat 13 Feb 2010.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 552 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 13 Feb 2010
at 10:34
  • msg #577

Re: Ambush!

"I'd say we trade both the G-K mortars." Griet said, "That way we should be able to gain a substantial amount of ammunition in return. Both weapons are things the locals could have found so it doesn't suggest that they are becoming a force to be reckoned with. I know we'll regret losing them if we find more ammo later, but without bullets, the defences here are seriously compromised. I'd say this is one time where we trade off the possibility of a long term pay-off in exchange for short term profit."
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1306 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Sat 13 Feb 2010
at 11:44
  • msg #578

Re: Ambush!

"There is one small problem I can see possibly cropping up. The larger of the mortars was "aquired" from the very people we're considering trading it back to."
"If they think to check serial numbers...."

Thor Halgeirsen
player, 5 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Sat 13 Feb 2010
at 13:47
  • msg #579

Prison

Upon reaching the makeshift prison, your nose is assaulted by a foul stench, the source of which is as yet unseen. The next sign of what is to come is the rather large pile of weapons and military equipment.

A military issue pack in standard Norwiegan camoflage has been carefully unpacked and searched, it's contents laid out for inspection. Besides the usual sleeping bag, small tent, basic cooking utensils and typical survival gear are a few items of great interest - a pair of image intensifiers, late model NVGs, a geiger counter, and about twenty large gold coins. Also, and perhaps even more exciting is the M72A4 LAW and half dozen M26 fragmentation grenades.

Another selection of equipment is located even further away from the cell. Besides a set of worn but well maintained webbing is what appears to be a 9mm pistol, a civilian bolt action hunting rifle, and possibly the biggest, most deadly looking hunk of metal you've ever seen! At about five feet from butt plate to massive flash suppressor it's easily half again as long as most standard issue weapons. Each of it's six huge magazines look heavy enough to need two hands just to lift. Attached to the top of the weapon is a lovingly cared for precision telescopic sight.

Gathered together, it's a wonder all of it could possibly be carried by just one man.

The condition of the equipment appears to indicate someone who takes pride in their ability to deal death at extreme ranges, however the bulls horns attached to either side of their kevlar helmet presents a question of their sanity.

Inside the cell lounges a pile of skins, furs and rags, topped by a mass of unkempt hair, and this apparently is the source of the stench.

"Thjalfi!" the prisoner cried joyfully as if greeting a long lost friend. "Er den virkelig du?"
"Der hvor er Roskva?"

This message was last edited by the player at 14:57, Sat 13 Feb 2010.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1542 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 13 Feb 2010
at 15:13
  • msg #580

Re: Prison

In reply to Thor Halgeirsen (msg #579):

D<wid called to Anneka as he left, "good point, Major, we'll take the serial numbers off! Oh, and, when we go to Warzsawa I'd like to check out my old bunker. It should still be intact, and it's on the outskirts. I'll tell you later whwere it it, I should really go and catch up to Sgt. Tucker and Lt. Sutherland."

Once they were at where the newcomer was being held. He wrinkles his nose and he nudged the rocket with his toe. "Anti-tank rocket, good. A copy of the RPG-18, I see!" He was mildly impressed by the massive rifle; as an artilleryman he wasn't too impressed with any small arm but this one was still pretty big.

"Ah, a sniper. Well, we have seen them come and go."

Squatting, he looked at the kit and webbing. "Hm, typical NATO stuff. Tough, but expensive to make. Overly complicated. What's wrong with leather and canvas?"

Finally, he was ready to look at the prisoner. A hulking beast who spoke a barbaric unidentifed language. He made sure his pistol was handy, but didn't draw it or charge it.

"Ahhh.. do you speak English? I am Sergeant Dawid Piotrowski, of the NATO-allied Polish Home Army." He tapped his red-and-white armband for emphasis.
Gaspar 'The Bishop' Dudka
NPC, 2 posts
Polish Warrior Monk
G-K Militia Commander
Sat 13 Feb 2010
at 21:05
  • msg #581

Re: Ambush!

Anneka Soleblume:
"Now, I would advise leaving the amphibious truck behind. My understanding is that it is unarmoured and therefore not suited to possible combat."
"What are the conditions of the other two vehicles? Are both able to be used now or if not, what it the estimated time to repair them?"


"They're both in relatively good shape, all things considered. The BTR has a hole in its side but we should be able to patch that with some salvaged armor plate. The fire damage in the troop compartment is minor. The SKOT has a smaller hole in its front glacis near the driver's vision port but the driver's compartment is a mess. It needs a new seat and stearing wheel and several of the gauges don't appear to be working. I had X check it all out.

"They're both being cleaned out right now."


OOC: He would know this since his people are working on them. At least one of the veteran NPCs has extensive experience driving the OT-64 as well and there are a couple of skilled mechanics. Now that parts are available, repairing the Stalwart can be accomplished entirely by NPCs.
This message was last edited by the player at 21:07, Sat 13 Feb 2010.
Jan Cerny
player, 256 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 13 Feb 2010
at 23:50
  • msg #582

Re: Ambush!

Jan nodded in response to Konrad’s comment about Tucker but didn’t say anything.  If there was a problem brewing then he hoped that Konrad felt that Jan could be relied upon to do what he could to help.

As the map was laid out on the table Jan studied it.  “What about places like Grojec, Tarczyn, Piaseczno and Raszyn?  Or any of the smaller villages in the area?  What do we know about them or do we need to check them out as well?  And what’s this about a pro NATO unit somewhere that someone mentioned?  As Anneka said we need to set out some clear objectives and work out what ones can be combined with a recce of Warsaw.”

Finishing his cigarette he stubbed it out on a nearby plate.

“Also as Griet said has anyone searched Milk’s pack?  He might well have had some maps with some interesting intel on them.”
Craig Sutherland
player, 62 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 14 Feb 2010
at 03:54
  • msg #583

Re: Ambush!


Craig look at the newcomer;

”No not one of the Baron’s. Never seen him before.”

He gives the guys gear a quick sidelong glance as he leaves the building. He moves off to the side of the path and leans against the side of the building waiting for Apel to exit.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 643 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 14 Feb 2010
at 13:33
  • msg #584

Re: Ambush!

Mariusz listened to the opinions as the went around the table and then cleared his throat, "I think that using armoured vehicles for our scouting mission would be unwise. They tie us to the need for fuel and they are a big clue that we're around. I would suggest that we infiltrate with a small foot patrol using PACT weaponry and a mix of uniforms. That way we have a chance of remaining unseen or being mistaken for locals if we are seen. If we go in with vehicles we issue a challenge to the local powers. As a lightly armed group we might stand more of a chance."

He pushed his hands against the side of the table and leaned back on his chair, "Using the APCs will be like continuing with the Queen, we make ourselves known quickly and we are hard to hide. In fact, the smaller the reconnaisence, the better as we have less chance of being detected."
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1309 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Sun 14 Feb 2010
at 13:52
  • msg #585

Re: Ambush!

"Which is exactly why the suggestion to use one only to transport the patrol close to it's goal was made."
"A taxi, nothing more, simply to cut half a days unnecessary walking."

Konrad Bayer
player, 1135 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 14 Feb 2010
at 14:40
  • msg #586

Re: Ambush!

"Alright." Bayer answers. "Settled. We'll go by foot... transported most of the way in, but hoof it from there."
Jan Cerny
player, 257 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 14 Feb 2010
at 17:43
  • msg #587

Re: Ambush!

"Just to Warsaw and skirting other towns and villages?" Jan asked.  "Or checking them out along the route?"

He studied the map again.  "How about the vehicles take us up this road here, route seventy nine, and drop us short of Piaseczno.  We can then scout round Piaseczno, see how it is here and are then only about five klicks from the outskirts of Warsaw."

He scratched again at the stubble on his chin.  "Presumably the Baron has some outlying villages under his control.  Do we know how far South his territory extends?"
This message was last edited by the player at 22:53, Sun 14 Feb 2010.
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 6 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Mon 15 Feb 2010
at 00:46
  • msg #588

Prison

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Ahhh.. do you speak English? I am Sergeant Dawid Piotrowski, of the NATO-allied Polish Home Army." He tapped his red-and-white armband for emphasis.

Looking disappointed underneath all that matted and filthy hair, the prisoner replied to Piotrowski.
"Saxon? Little bit maybe."
"You not Thjalfi? No. Many too names."

"I Thor the thunderer! You free, I kill many giganten,"
he appears to be struggling to express his meaning.
"Ah, many ah, olbrzymy."

"You give Mjollnir."
The mass of stinking furs stands.

"Give Járngreipr, fight smok!"
A filthy hand reaches out and points to the piles of equipment.

"Give Megingjord, kill trolls!"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 759 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 15 Feb 2010
at 03:10
  • msg #589

Re: Prison

Tyucker simply makes his way over to medical to check in on Ondar.  He will sit there with him for awhile.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1546 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 15 Feb 2010
at 08:21
  • msg #590

Re: Prison

In reply to Thor Halgeirsen (msg #588):

Dawid was puzzled. "Kill many... olbrzymy? Giants? Smok, er, Dragons?"

He picked up the M72. "Kill with this? I think he's trying to say he was part of a tank-killer team... er, Lieutenant?" Seeing that Sutherland had already left, he was at a loss.

Deciding to take the bull by the horns, he held out his hand, trying not to flinch at either the smell or the likely bone-crushing handshake to follow. "Welcome, friend! I am Dawid!"
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 7 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Mon 15 Feb 2010
at 09:31
  • msg #591

Re: Prison

Thor seemed to ignore Dawid's proffered hand, instead looking pointedly at the locked door keeping them apart.
"You open yes?"
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1311 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Mon 15 Feb 2010
at 09:31
  • msg #592

Re: Prison

Nodding her head in acknowledgement, Anneka withdrew her notebook and shuffled through, looking for the best mix of personnel from the militia to crew their transport.
"Radoslaw, Albert and Pawel seem to be the best fit for crewing the BTR-152. Albert driving, Radoslaw commander-gunner and Pawel mounting his RPD in the passenger bay. Might not hurt to have Euzebiusz go along too with the RPK."
That would give them three machineguns, including the currently installed PK they had yet to inspect for servicablity.

"So, the ground team will consist of Hauptman Bayer, Lieutenants Avtomian and Sutherland, Starszy bosman Niewiadomska, Sergeant Tucker, Sergent-chef Cerny, Plutonowy Piotrowski, Sergeant Drew, Corporal Quyen and Mariusz."

"I suggest that the patrol be dropped off at first light which will mean setting off from here an hour or two before dawn."

"Do we have any definate objectives yet?"

This message was last edited by the player at 10:48, Mon 15 Feb 2010.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1547 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 15 Feb 2010
at 12:06
  • msg #593

Re: Prison

In reply to Anneka Soleblume (msg #592):

Dawid smiled and shook his head, withdrawing his hand. "Sorry. Orders."

He walked back to where the O-Group (and whoever else was interested) was meeting. "Ah, Major, Kapitan. LT Sutherkand said the new guy wasn't with the Baron's crew, then he took off. Tucker must have had something better to do, I didn't see him at all. I left, er, I don't even recall his name, the smelly guy there. I think he's legitimate, if a little crazy."

"I suggest the Queen towing the Stalwart, then driving it in if we go by foot the rest of the way. It's not a former vehicle of the Baron's, no one will know it's us if they see it. Mounting the Vasilek is something they can do here."

"Also, I would like to carry the captured PKM GPMG. That's my preferred weapon!"
He grew sad for a moment, remembering his long-gone PKM, destroyed by an RPG while on loan to the Militia.
Jan Cerny
player, 258 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 15 Feb 2010
at 12:47
  • msg #594

Re: Prison

Anneka Soleblume:
"So, the ground team will consist of Hauptman Bayer, Lieutenants Avtomian and Sutherland, Starszy bosman Niewiadomska, Sergeant Tucker, Sergent-chef Cerny, Plutonowy Piotrowski, Sergeant Drew, Corporal Quyen and Mariusz."

"I suggest that the patrol be dropped off at first light which will mean setting off from here an hour or two before dawn."

"Do we have any definate objectives yet?"



Jan shook his head as Anneka insisted on using everyone ranks as well as their names.  "Anneka, I think that we're a long way past formal ranks here," he said with a smile, "and though we need a structure we're a small enough unit to base that on experience and capability rather than what rank people were before we all signed on."

"I also suggest that we allow more than a couple of hours for the drive so that we can arrive a bit before first light even if there are problems."

Anneka Soleblume
player, 1313 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Mon 15 Feb 2010
at 12:51
  • msg #595

Re: Prison

"Then I'd better go check him out myself," Anneka sighed, not looking forward to having to deal with yet another person of questionable sanity.
"It might be an idea if somebody comes along for protection. Somebody who can speak Norweigan preferably. Failing that, Danish or Swedish would suffice."

Although she hadn't yet interviewed the two new Lieutenants, she had a sinking feeling that nobody would be able to effectively communicate with the rather smelly prisoner.

"Plutonowy Piotrowski, what language did you use to communicate with him?"
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 8 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Mon 15 Feb 2010
at 13:41
  • msg #596

Re: Prison

Bitterly disappointed, Thor flopped back down on the cold hard floor and continued doing what he had before the three odd men had come to visit - he waited. Why was everything so hard? He'd made a concerted effort to walk into town in full view of the guards, allow himself to be disarmed and stripped of his armour, and still he was treated as bonden.
He could have easily avoided detection, and the first anyone knew he was there would have been when they found him sprawled over the herskerens throne feasting on freshly caught goat!
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1549 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 15 Feb 2010
at 16:16
  • msg #597

Re: Prison

In reply to Anneka Soleblume (msg #595):

"I'll go with you, Major. I talked to him, sort of, in English. If he's NATO, he should speak it some, I think?"

As he talked, he took his maps out and laid them on the table. The Warszawa maps were well out of date, and all were heavily marked up from use in plotting artillery.

"Arpel and Sutherland should mark on the map the extent of the Baron's territory. As far as they know."

"As for the wild man, I think if he really is a sniper he could have probably been a lot more sneaky. Still, a couple times now traitors and saboteurs have walked brazenly into our midst with a smile on their face, looking innocent as the day is long, but we have to trust someone, some time. At any rate, he seems to have some skill as a tank-killer, although he just had one light rocket."

Cap'n Rae
GM, 1660 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 00:05
  • msg #598

Goodnight and Goodmorning


The planning meeting is productive but you are all in agreement that "sleeping on it" would be a good idea. It's tentatively decided that the planning meeting will reconvene the next morning, after a full night's rest and a good breakfast. Combat, even a relatively brief firefight, it extremely exhausting and what the group needs most now is rest.

Tucker finds Ondar finds Ondar resting in an expertly made-up bed in the wing of the convent currently being used as the town hospital. The Tuvan is just waking up from a morphine-induced nap. He looks somewhat comical with half of his slack face wrapped in bandages. He's speak is slurred and Tucker has a hard time understanding him.

"Hello comrade. Do not worry for me. Today- not your fault. Jones, he make mistake. The mortar, they make mistake. This is war. You are good squad leader. You save Minh. You fight for your soldiers. You be proud. I will be fine. I sleep now."

As all of you return to your billet, you pass a group exiting the church after evening mass. Towards the end of the procession of villagers, two armed miltiamen appear to be escorting a bound man. The man bears a placard around his neck marked with a large red letter.

Lukasz, the Bishop's young runner, notices your puzzled glances and explains,

"He fu... I mean, slept with a married woman. It's his second time so he's being kicked out of the town. Tomorrow morning. He'll be given some food and couple of tools and be sent on his way. He knew the rules."

As Lukasz gives the group an impromptu primer on town justice, Dawid exchanges inadvertant glances with very attractive young lady. She blushes and looks away as he passes by. She could have been a part-time model before the war.

You bunk down for the night. No one is required to stand watch so everyone gets equal opportunity sleep. As you slumber, you take quick trips through strange and sometimes troubling dreamscapes populated by supernatural creatures and forgotten friends.

You are awoken by a steadily growing racket. Your mind takes a minute to adjust to the sound. It's oddly familiar. Some of you haven't heard it for years; others heard it about a week ago. It's the unmistakeable sound of helicopter rotor blades chopping through the cold pre-dawn air.

You quickly dress and, grabbing your weapons, rush outside.

Sure enough, descending from the east, sillouetted by the dim grey light of false dawn, is a helicopter. While you watch, it's running lights switch on, then off, then on again. It appears that it is going to land in the open area just east of the town.

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 00:17, Tue 16 Feb 2010.
Jan Cerny
player, 261 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 00:34
  • msg #599

Re: Goodnight and Goodmorning

Seeing a helicopter approaching and attempting to land Jan grabbed his rifle, body armour and webbing and ran to the town’s Eastern wall, looking for a good solid piece of wall for cover in case this turned into a firefight.

Finding a good spot he propped his rifle against the wall, pulled on his armour and webbing and then studied the helicopter in more detail through his binoculars.  He tried to identify what type of helicopter it was and what weapons it was armed with as well as working out how many people it could potentially be carrying.

“Anyone know if we’re expecting visitors?” he asked those around him in Polish.  He judged that it was unlikely that those in the helicopter had immediately aggressive intentions towards the town.  If they did then they had certainly blown the element of surprise by announcing their presence in this way.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1314 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 00:53
  • msg #600

Re: Goodnight and Goodmorning

Night

Anneka walked to the cells with Dawid to keep her company. The mass of equipment was impressive she thought, the huge rifle nearly as big as her - whoever the Norwegian was, he had to be strong.

"Hello, I am Major Soleblume, medical officer of this unit. I'd like to help you."
He nose crinkled in disgust as the stench hit her.
"When was the last time you washed? For that matter when did you last have a hot meal, or sleep in a proper bed?"
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1661 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 02:39
  • msg #601

The Helicopter


Although it's hard to make out much detail in the half-light, the helicopter appears to be an small, unarmed- at least there are no portruding gun or rocket pods- military utility helicopter.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1551 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 04:06
  • msg #602

Re: Goodnight and Goodmorning

In reply to Anneka Soleblume (msg #600):

"Ah, let's just let the poor bastard go! So he can have a bath, for God's sake!"

[Assuming Anneka agrees] Dawid freed the man, and offered his hand to shake. "I'll get you some hot water. Sorry, what was your name? I am Dawid, you?" Dawid drew him a basin of hot water and got him some soap. Whether he decided to use it was up to him. After, he helped the man get settled in his billet, so he could keep an eye on him.

After the scene with the "scarlet letter", he went by the hospital to see Ondar and the other militia that was hurt by his errant mortar shot, but both were asleep when he got there. He procured the captured PKM from the group's stores, then wandered back to his billet. Once his weapons were thoroughly cleaned (including the mortar), he tried to get a good night's sleep after thoroughly cleaning all his weapons.

Being a farm boy, he naturally woke before dawn so the helicopter didn't pull him from his slumber. Concerned, he grabbed the PKM he'd commandeered to replace his destroyed weapon, and a spare belt in an ammo can. Looking through his NVGs and binoculars he tried to determine the type of chopper and any markings.

When it was obvious the helo wasn't going to strafe them, he started towards the eastern field, where it was circling, looking for a place to land. "Tucker, please keep an eye on that new guy, the stinky one. Too much of a coincidence we have a new arrival on the ground, and then in the air, eh? I'm going to see what these buggers want, I have made truces with the communist government goons before, maybe they're in a mood to talk now."

Leaving the GMPG and ammo can in nearby cover, he stood a few steps away and took out a white hankerchief and his torch. Waving the white flag of truce, he directed them to land in an open spot.

Dawid Piotrowski
Stechkin (21/20 + 2 spare mags)
Directing helicopter in for a landing.
Standing near cover and PKM w/ 2 belts.

This message was last edited by the player at 06:06, Tue 16 Feb 2010.
Steven Drew
player, 171 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 04:59
  • msg #603

Re: Goodnight and Goodmorning

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #598):

 Slowly awaking from his slumber by the sound he comes to full awake with a start at the sound of the incomming helo.

  Drews eyes wide he springs from his bed and the comfortable warmth it provided to standing in the floor, grabbing for his trousers.  He worked fast, as fast as he did in Boot Camp almost 20 years before.  Now he was pulling on his boots followed by the M65 fieldjacket, he felt a slight cringe putting on a deadmans jacket.

  A moment later Drew was stuffing his pistol in the back of his belt.  It took less than half a second for him to decide.  He drapes the two belts of MG ammo over his shoulder and hefts the weapon.  He grabs the MP5 on the way out muttering,

  "If they're using a helo they're committed."

  Drew knows what a helo means in these times.  If its an assault it is on.  He tries to put the thought out of his head that he may very well be dead before sunrise.

  On the way out of his room he stuffs the two frags he got into the pocket of his coat.  "Damn, I could use a smoke" he mutters as he hits the cold air.

 Seeing Jan as he trots towards the LZ and looks for  a suitable position to lay down fire with the M240 he whispers loudly,

"What the hells goin on?"  as Drew looks towards the helo, its LZ studying its location, size and weapons loadout from the silhuette.

Sgt Drew
M240, MP5 and M9 and 2 frags and Ka-Bar
Rushing to a good position to repel a helo landing and trying to get intel from Jan

Thor Halgeirsen
player, 9 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 05:06
  • msg #604

Prison

"Frigg?" Thor asked Anneka.
"Ah, three maybe four måneder. It hard to eat well dodging tanken and soldaten that long."

A glimmer of gratitude is seen in his eyes when Dawid unlocks the door.
"Takk skal du ha Dawid, takk skal du ha."
Once again he ignored the extended hand, instead grasping Dawid in a stinking bearhug and commencing the squeeze the breath out of him.

"Bath, food, bed. Good."
He pointed at his posessions. "Utrustningen later?"

Thor followed instructions, cleaning himself up and staying away from his equipment until given permission to retrieve it. Once undressed, the furs, skins and rags were revealed to be a very effective snipers camoflage smock, known to US soldiers as a Ghillie suit.

Anneka's medical check showed that physically he was in good health if a little on the thin side. His body was lean and extremely well muscled, finely defined and the envy of many prewar body builders.

Quickly and efficiently he packed everything away into a suprisingly small space, ensured all three weapons were unloaded and bedded down where he was assigned.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1316 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 05:33
  • msg #605

Re: Prison

Although she couldn't understand some of what the man said, she was able to make an educated guess.
"You've been hiding from the enemy for 3 or 4 months? Were you part of the summer offensive?"
If he was, he was a long way from where he should have been. As far as she knew, all of Norway's troops had been withdrawn home a year or more ago. What one was doing here and now a thousand miles or more from home?
"What happened to your unit? Where have you been since seperating from them?"
Her questions continued, gently probing away to learn exactly who he was and how he came to be under her fingers.
"I see you have some impressive weaponry," her eyes flicked downward involuntarily.
What can you do?"
This message was last edited by the player at 10:14, Tue 16 Feb 2010.
Craig Sutherland
player, 63 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 07:06
  • msg #606

Re: Prison



Craig followed the others into the billet and tried to get some sleep. After a fitful night Craig rises early and tries not to wake anyone else. He is sitting on a bench outside the billet rotating his ankle as the helicopter swooped over.

His instincts take over as the others began to rouse in the building. He moves towards the hovering helicopter taking up a position that will give me a clear shot should things turn ugly.
Apel Avtomian
player, 54 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 08:27
  • msg #607

Re: Ambush!

Craig Sutherland:
Craig look at the newcomer;

”No not one of the Baron’s. Never seen him before.”

He gives the guys gear a quick sidelong glance as he leaves the building. He moves off to the side of the path and leans against the side of the building waiting for Apel to exit.


"Never seen him before either" Apel says definitively.

OOC: Sorry, unexpectedly out of town for a few days.
Apel Avtomian
player, 55 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 08:29
  • msg #608

Re: Ambush!

Apel dresses quickly and moves to a window where he can safely watch the chopper land.  Whoever it was, they certainly had juice...
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 11 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 10:01
  • msg #609

Morning visitors

In reply to Anneka Soleblume (msg #605):

Thor blushed.

”Ah, I fight,” he said, rapidly seeking some way to answer the heavily weighted question from the extremely off limits woman.
”I swim. I hunt. I sail.”
“I Thor!”



At the first sound of the helicopter, Thor was up and out the door, webbing over one shoulder and huge rifle cradled in hand.

”Smok! Smok! SMOK! he yelled into the half light, heading towards the likely landing location while slipping a piece of electronics over the rifles telescope.

A few seconds later and he disappeared into cover, bipod deployed and magazine snapped into place…
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 644 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 10:10
  • msg #610

Re: Morning visitors

Mariusz had just finished cleaning his rifle after a good night's sleep when he heard the sound of an incoming helicopter. He swiftly reassembled his rifle and slotted a new magazine into the well. He slid one of his HE grenades into the breech of teh grenade launcher and snapped it shut.

He stood up and moved quickly toward the sound of the chopper, looking to see where his companions were in order to join them before advancing on the aircraft.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1318 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 10:26
  • msg #611

Re: Morning visitors

Anneka waited in cover for further word of what was going on. There was no point in risking herself when there were far more skilled and experienced soldiers available.
"Hauptman, I think you'd better make sure the town's perimeter is secure. I fear everyone's going to be looking at the helicopter rather than where a ground attack could come from."

Anneka
Taking cover well out of the way and waiting for further information
RPK-74 (40/40) + 6x30rd mags

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 553 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 16:34
  • msg #612

Re: Morning visitors

Griet had enjoyed a good night's sleep aboard the Wisla Krowla and had just finished her rounds when the helicopter came in low over the trees. She frowned and headed for the wheelhouse where her father was staring at the charts and trying to divine where the rest of his family might be.

"Incoming, helicopter," she said, "make steam and lets' get ready to move if we have to."

She got the crew to cast off the ropes and then manned the starboard Dushka, hopefully she wouldn't have to fire it but it was better to be safe than sorry.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 760 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 18:44
  • msg #613

Re: Goodnight and Goodmorning

Cap'n Rae:
The planning meeting is productive but you are all in agreement that "sleeping on it" would be a good idea. It's tentatively decided that the planning meeting will reconvene the next morning, after a full night's rest and a good breakfast. Combat, even a relatively brief firefight, it extremely exhausting and what the group needs most now is rest.

Tucker finds Ondar finds Ondar resting in an expertly made-up bed in the wing of the convent currently being used as the town hospital. The Tuvan is just waking up from a morphine-induced nap. He looks somewhat comical with half of his slack face wrapped in bandages. He's speak is slurred and Tucker has a hard time understanding him.

"Hello comrade. Do not worry for me. Today- not your fault. Jones, he make mistake. The mortar, they make mistake. This is war. You are good squad leader. You save Minh. You fight for your soldiers. You be proud. I will be fine. I sleep now."

As all of you return to your billet, you pass a group exiting the church after evening mass. Towards the end of the procession of villagers, two armed miltiamen appear to be escorting a bound man. The man bears a placard around his neck marked with a large red letter.

Lukasz, the Bishop's young runner, notices your puzzled glances and explains,

"He fu... I mean, slept with a married woman. It's his second time so he's being kicked out of the town. Tomorrow morning. He'll be given some food and couple of tools and be sent on his way. He knew the rules."

As Lukasz gives the group an impromptu primer on town justice, Dawid exchanges inadvertant glances with very attractive young lady. She blushes and looks away as he passes by. She could have been a part-time model before the war.

You bunk down for the night. No one is required to stand watch so everyone gets equal opportunity sleep. As you slumber, you take quick trips through strange and sometimes troubling dreamscapes populated by supernatural creatures and forgotten friends.

You are awoken by a steadily growing racket. Your mind takes a minute to adjust to the sound. It's oddly familiar. Some of you haven't heard it for years; others heard it about a week ago. It's the unmistakeable sound of helicopter rotor blades chopping through the cold pre-dawn air.

You quickly dress and, grabbing your weapons, rush outside.

Sure enough, descending from the east, sillouetted by the dim grey light of false dawn, is a helicopter. While you watch, it's running lights switch on, then off, then on again. It appears that it is going to land in the open area just east of the town.

Next Moves?

Robert smiles when he sees that Ondar is responsive when he comes to visit him.  He puts his hand on top of Ondar's as he tells him that there were a bunch of mistakes today that caused the death and injuries out there.  "You're a good man Ondar!  I will let you get back to sleep.  You let me know if you need anything comrade."

Tucker cares little about the person that is being kicked out of town the next day, he just goes back to his bunk for the evening and then he goes to sleep.  Knowing that he doesn't ahve a watch to stand, he looks forward to getting a long, good night's sleep.  Tucker's mind wanders back a couple of years ago as he sees himself and a a couple of his former squad members laying in wait for the chopper to get them out of a hot area they had wandered into.  As gunfire is exchanged, he remembers hearing the radio come to life asking them to pop smoke for pick up.  Next thing that Tucker knows is that he hears the rotor blades of a helicopter  coming into the area.  He shoots up out of bed from his dream and tires to focus to see if the rotor blades are part of his dream or real.

Tucker jumps up out of his sleeping area and immediately grabs his M-16A2/M-203 combo and throws on his kelvlar helmet and heads outside to see what is going on.  He walks over to where the new guy is standing and he says to him, "Hey!  I'm Tucker!"
This message was last edited by the player at 18:47, Tue 16 Feb 2010.
Jan Cerny
player, 262 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 17 Feb 2010
at 01:03
  • msg #614

Re: Goodnight and Goodmorning

Steven Drew:
Seeing Jan as he trots towards the LZ and looks for  a suitable position to lay down fire with the M240 he whispers loudly,

"What the hells goin on?"  as Drew looks towards the helo, its LZ studying its location, size and weapons loadout from the silhuette.


"No idea my friend," Jan replied to Drew.  "That looks like some kind of small scout helicopter to me."

He continued to watch through his binoculars.  "If it's some government bigwig come to talk then he's confident of his own safety."

He also looked around for a senior member of the town's militia.  Someone who could talk for the town if that was needed.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1554 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 17 Feb 2010
at 14:49
  • msg #615

Re: Goodnight and Goodmorning

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #614):

As he waited, Dawid pulled the strap tight on his helmet and checked his vest was properly on. He also wished he had a cigarette; while he wasn't out he had started rationing the few packs he had left.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1662 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Wed 17 Feb 2010
at 23:39
  • msg #616

The Helicopter


The helicopter flares abruptly as it decelerates and descends to the ground. It lands heavily in a field to the east of town, bouncing a couple of times on its stubby wheeled landing gear before rolling to a halt. The pitch of the engine changes as it powers down and the rotors slow their spinning.

You recognize the helicopter as a Polish-made WT-3 Soko'l but it's still too dark to make out its paint scheme and markings.

Almost as soon as the helicopter touches down, the left side cockpit door opens and a man hops out. He holds his hands over his head and begins walking quickly towards the town. Over the sound of the dying engine and slowing blades you can hear the man shouting but you can't make out exactly what he's saying. All of you know enough Polish to at least make out the word "HELP" repeated over and over.

You think you can see someone else in the cockpit as well but he/she makes no effort to exit the whirleybird.

The distance between the parked heli and your positions on the town's eastern perimter is about 300m.

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:46, Wed 17 Feb 2010.
Jan Cerny
player, 263 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 17 Feb 2010
at 23:48
  • msg #617

Re: The Helicopter

"These are suspicious times," Jan yelled in reply, "so tell your partner to get out as well."

The engines were shutting down though so it would take the pilot a few seconds to get the rotors spinning fast enough to take off.  He stayed behind the solid wall he'd chosen for cover and let the man approach.

If someone wanted to walk out into the open to speak to the man that was there business but Jan wasn't going to take that risk and was happy to let him approach closer before trying to find out what he wanted.
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 12 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Thu 18 Feb 2010
at 00:50
  • msg #618

Re: The Helicopter

Peering through the linked Megingjord and Járngreipr, Thor lined up Mjollnir on the tail of the Smok, intending to disable rather than destroy. A Smok on the ground could still be dangerous though, but as long as you kept away from it's head the danger was managable.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1555 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 18 Feb 2010
at 04:08
  • msg #619

Re: The Helicopter

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #616):

Dawid moved to intercept the man, drawing his and charging it. He yelled in Polish, "STOP, GET ON THE GROUND! YOU, IN THE HELICOPTER, GET OUT NOW! OUT AND ON THE GROUND, BOTH OF YOU! NOW DO IT NOW!" The man could be infected with something, so he intended to keep his distance, at least 3-4 metres away. Using the torch in his off-hand, he pulled out his torch in the dawn's murky twilight and looked at the man's face and exposed skin for sores or blotches. Not that he knew what he was looking for!

"What is the matter? Who are you, where do you come from? Answer me, quickly!"

If the man didn't comply, he was ready to fire a warning shot into the ground in front of him. As well, if he looked infected, he would stow his torch/gun and pull on his gas mask and gloves, putting them on as quickly as possible.
This message was last edited by the player at 06:05, Thu 18 Feb 2010.
Steven Drew
player, 172 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Thu 18 Feb 2010
at 04:15
  • msg #620

Re: The Helicopter

Jan Cerny:
"These are suspicious times," Jan yelled in reply, "so tell your partner to get out as well."

The engines were shutting down though so it would take the pilot a few seconds to get the rotors spinning fast enough to take off.  He stayed behind the solid wall he'd chosen for cover and let the man approach.

If someone wanted to walk out into the open to speak to the man that was there business but Jan wasn't going to take that risk and was happy to let him approach closer before trying to find out what he wanted.


  Drew having taken up a position to cover the helo with his M240 shouts,

"I got em covered."

Sgt Drew
M240, MP5 and M9
Covering the helo
Craig Sutherland
player, 64 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 18 Feb 2010
at 07:50
  • msg #621

Re: The Helicopter


His left hand adjusts his scope to take in the range to the helicopter, Craig centres the cross hairs on the passenger. Dawid seem to have things in hand so he concentrated on the possible threat still in the helicopter.

Several of the other members in the team had passed him as he hobbled towards his current position. He hadn’t seen Apel but if he came past Craig will call him over.
This message was last edited by the player at 08:03, Thu 18 Feb 2010.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 645 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Thu 18 Feb 2010
at 10:13
  • msg #622

Re: The Helicopter

As the others aimed their weapons at the helicopter and its occupants, Mariusz walked over to Dawid and stood by him, his rifle held loosely and pointing toward the ground.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 554 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 18 Feb 2010
at 15:21
  • msg #623

Re: The Helicopter

Griet reached the Dushka as she felt the thrum of the engine picking up. It would take several minutes to build up enough steam to move the old tug. She checked the heavy machine gun and readied herself for combat she hoped would never occur.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1138 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Thu 18 Feb 2010
at 16:06
  • msg #624

Re: The Helicopter

When is became apparent that it wasn't an attack run, nor were there assault troops leaping out, Bayer figured it was some sort of diplomatic run. Perhaps those in Lublin or something.

Although he didn't think anyone would risk losing a functioning helicopter as a decoy over Gora Kalwaria, he agreed with the Major that perimeter security needed to be put on increased alert. When the Bishop arrived (assuming he does), Bayer says, "My men are securing the helicopter. You should muster your militia and have them seal off the town... lock down."

He adds, "Once we've determined their intentions, I'll escort you to meet with them." It was the Bishop's town after all. Bayer then checks his P7 handgun, before placing it back into the holster attached to his tac vest.

After a couple of minutes, once the commotion started around the landing site, Bayer positions the Bishop in building where the two can observe but remain sheltered. "Who has the capacity for maintaining operational aircraft around here? The Baron no? Only Lublin?"
This message was last edited by the player at 16:07, Thu 18 Feb 2010.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 761 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 18 Feb 2010
at 16:24
  • msg #625

Re: The Helicopter

Tucker looks over to the new, big guy, and yells out to him, "Hey!  You speak English buddy?"
Gaspar 'The Bishop' Dudka
NPC, 3 posts
Polish Warrior Monk
G-K Militia Commander
Fri 19 Feb 2010
at 01:11
  • msg #626

Re: The Helicopter

Konrad Bayer:
After a couple of minutes, once the commotion started around the landing site, Bayer positions the Bishop in building where the two can observe but remain sheltered. "Who has the capacity for maintaining operational aircraft around here? The Baron no? Only Lublin?"


"It's probably from Lublin. I doubt the Czarny has gotten his hands on an operational helicopter, crew, and fuel for it. I hope I'm not wrong. Even if it's from Lublin, though, I'm not pleased that they are paying us this much attention. We shall see."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1556 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 19 Feb 2010
at 04:43
  • msg #627

Re: The Helicopter

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #622):

Dawid glanced over at Mariusz and nodded his thanks, then concentrated on the man in front of him.

"Watch him, please."

He flicked the torch across the helicopter's fusilage, looking for Polish AF or army tactical insignia. It should be easy to see.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 646 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 19 Feb 2010
at 11:10
  • msg #628

Re: The Helicopter

"I'm on it," Mariusz replied to Dawid and kept his eyes on the dismounted passenger. He looked at the person and smiled at them, keeping his rifle low but ready to use.
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 13 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Fri 19 Feb 2010
at 12:19
  • msg #629

Re: The Helicopter

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Hey!  You speak English buddy?"

"Shhhh!" he hissed back from cover, not taking his eye from the high tech sight unit.
"There's smot. Talk later Tyr."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 762 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 19 Feb 2010
at 13:10
  • msg #630

Re: The Helicopter

Thor Halgeirsen:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Hey!  You speak English buddy?"

"Shhhh!" he hissed back from cover, not taking his eye from the high tech sight unit.
"There's smot. Talk later Tyr."

Tucker turns his head like a dog that heard a strange noise and wonders to himself, "What the fuck was that?  Talk to me later?  After a god damned bath maybe we'll talk!"

Robert stands by the new person as the others check out the copter and what/who it brings to the town.
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 15 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Sat 20 Feb 2010
at 06:23
  • msg #631

Re: The Helicopter

"Gjemme eller du ville vekke oppmerksomhet, Tyr!"
Thor sounded a little upset, but it was hard to tell with his face buried into the Barret's sight.
Minh Quyen
player, 475 posts
Spec-4
U.S. Army Military Police
Sat 20 Feb 2010
at 06:24
  • msg #632

Re: The Helicopter

Quyen collects her gear and makes her way out of the billet. She's last to arrive and not in any hurry. Favoring her good leg, she walks towards the landing site, keeping her attention on watching the team from potential harm which may come from the direction of the town.

After linking back up with the Hauptmann and Bishop, she waits in cover with them until something comes up and she's needed.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1663 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sat 20 Feb 2010
at 18:26
  • msg #633

Re: The Helicopter


The stranger from the helicopter complies and lies down on the cold earth. He obviously understands Polish. The pilot does not move. David flashes his torch on the whirlibird and sees that it is clearly marked with the red and white checkerboard of the Soviet-allied Polish military. The pilot's slumped over in his seat, chin resting on his chest.

In accented Polish, the man on the ground yells,

"The pilot is wounded! She can't get out on her own. Please, we need help!"

The rotor blades continue to slow their spin. The engine noise has died down considerably.

On board the Krolowa, moored several hundred meters further east, Griet scans the skies for more aircraft. She sees none. A survey of the far shore also reveals nothing. Walter turns on the ship's powerful searchlight and sweeps the far shore as well. They see nothing out of the ordinary.

Next Moves?
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 647 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 20 Feb 2010
at 19:38
  • msg #634

Re: The Helicopter

Mariusz yelled out to Bayer and his group, "The pilot's wounded, cover the guy on the ground!"

He looked over at Dawid, "Do you want to cover me as I get her out or shall I cover you?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1557 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 21 Feb 2010
at 07:41
  • msg #635

Re: The Helicopter

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #634):

"Ï'll cover you while you check the pilot, if you please."

As he checked the man for weapons, he asked, "who are you, my friend, and why are you here?"

Checking over his shoulder at the guns that were trained on the helo, he moved to follow Mariusz while staying out of the line of fire.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 648 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 21 Feb 2010
at 08:23
  • msg #636

Re: The Helicopter

"OK," Mariusz said. He lay his rifle gently on the ground, the big weapon would be unweildy in the close confines of the helicopter. Once he'd done that he went inside to see to the pilot, "Don't worry," he said, "you'll be safe her and we have a great medic, where are you hurt?"
Jared Coulter
player, 1 post
American
Stranger
Sun 21 Feb 2010
at 16:06
  • msg #637

Re: The Helicopter


   As he checked the man for weapons, he asked, "who are you, my friend, and why are you here?"

  In usable of not fluent Polish, the man responds. "The name is Coulter. Jared Coulter, Master Sergeant, U.S. Army.  The pilot is Irina.  As far as what we are doing here, that depends on where here is, I heard an American voice a minute ago if this is friendly lines then we were trying to get the hell out of Russia and back to friendly lines if there is any such thing left."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1558 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 22 Feb 2010
at 05:18
  • msg #638

Re: The Helicopter

In reply to Jared Coulter (msg #637):

Dawid switched to English, trying to pronounce the man's unusual-sounding name (to him). He was a young man with short dark hair and spoke in fluent but Polish-accented English. He was wearing the newer-pattern Polish army fatigues with a UK-pattern Kevlar vest and Helmet.

"Jarr-red, JA-red, Ja-RED? Jared. Well, Jared, I am Dawid (pronounced "David"). That is Mariusz." He indicated the young man by the helo.

He stood up, having either found nothing or tossed away any weapons, then waved Tucker (or anyone) over for further assistance, cursing the fact he didn't have a radio.

"He's an American, one of yours! I believe. I'm going to help Mariusz, we have one wounded in the helicopter."

Dawid then continued to address the man, "Jared, please remain here on the ground. We shall see your friend gets medical attention as soon as possible. You are in luck! This town is behind Warsaw Pact lines but has been liberated by combined Free Polish and NATO forces."

If this was some crazy KGB gambit, this was likely information already known or would quickly become apparent. If not, hopefully the man would remain cooperative now that he knew he and his "friend" (probably girlfriend) was in friendly hands.

He went to cover Mariusz as he checked the pilot. "The man is American, but I think he said they flew here from Russia. I guess he means the Ukraine or Belarussia."

This wasn't out of the question, "Russia" itself was a relatively long ways away to the east but the Soviet Union started at the Belarussian and Ukrainian border much closer to the southwest (and an American could be expected to not really make a distinction) and for all he knew it was within range of the W-3 Sokol. There was aircraft fuel stockpiled there so while the story was unlikely, it wasn't impossible.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:24, Mon 22 Feb 2010.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1320 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Mon 22 Feb 2010
at 05:33
  • msg #639

Re: The Helicopter

Anneka stayed under cover, too far to really see what was going on in the predawn gloom. Frustrated, she retrieved the image intensifers from her pack and tried to make out exactly what was happening...
Craig Sutherland
player, 66 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 22 Feb 2010
at 06:16
  • msg #640

Re: The Helicopter



Craig watched the exchange between the Polish guys and the people from the helicopter through his scope. Unable to hear what they are saying he moves the scope back onto the helicopter pilot.

Everyone seem to be complying with the orders they where given, maybe they really are just fleeing from somewhere.
Jan Cerny
player, 264 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 22 Feb 2010
at 12:32
  • msg #641

Re: The Helicopter

Dawid seemed to have the situation under control and there had been a yell about the need for a medic.  After looking around and not spotting Anneka, Jan realised that he was the closest thing to a medic nearby.

"Merde!" he muttered to himself before starting to move from his defensive position.  "Someone go and tell Anneka that we may have another patient for her.  I'm going to see if I can help."

He wasn't convinced that his help would be significant though.

Keeping his rifle ready in case something untoward happened Jan then moved to the helicopter at a brisk walk, intending to provide what medical help he could.
Jared Coulter
player, 3 posts
American
Stranger
Mon 22 Feb 2010
at 16:09
  • msg #642

Re: The Helicopter


  For the man searching Coulter, it would seem like something from an old Mad Max movie, if he could even find all of the weapons. Coulter complies with the orders for now, as long as Irina gets medical attention.  Standing Coulter is around 6 feet. He's lost weight and is down to around 180 poounds even with the not so good diet and the running and gunning he is still in excellent shape.
  Dressed in a mismash of uniforms, Russian Spetznaz pants, US gortex jacket, inthe search the man had found one of his berets.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1664 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 02:37
  • msg #643

Re: The Helicopter


Dawid, Mariusz, and Jan arrive at the helicopter. A woman wearing assorted items of camoflage military clothing an a bulky, white-painted helicopter pilot's helmet sits slumped in the pilot's seat. The front of her fatigue blouse is dark and heavy with blood. The iron scent of it mingles with the smell of fuel exhaust and hydraulic fluid.

The woman is removed and carried towards the town. Coulter is escorted after, under guard.

The women is delivered to the hospital. Jan and Anneka have a look. Two neat bullet holes adorn her midsection. There are no exit wounds. She's bled quite a bit but no arteries appear to have been severed. Exploratory surgery is required immediately. Anneka begins preparations to operate.

Coulter explains that he and his companion, a Beleorussian "Freedom Fighter", hijacked the helicopter in Lublin, after making their way into Poland from western Russia via Beleorussia. During takeoff from the army airfield outside of Lublin, the helicopter was hit by groundfire and Irena was wounded. They made it this far in the dark and saw lights. It was fortunate for them because the fuel empty light had been flashing at them for two minutes and the engine was starting to lose power.

While Irena receives medical attention and Coulter is debriefed, the helicopter is examined in the early morning sunlight. It's pretty old and has seen much hard use. Several bullet holes mar the fading camouflage paint of the exterior, including two right over where the main fuel tank is located. Damp streaks of run down the side of the fuselage and away from the bullet holes. There are also holes in the lower section of the nose near the pilot's seat, confirming part of Coulter's story.

Next Moves?
Gaspar 'The Bishop' Dudka
NPC, 4 posts
Polish Warrior Monk
G-K Militia Commander
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 02:38
  • msg #644

Re: The Helicopter


The Bishop looks somewhat perturbed as Coulter's tale is related to him,

"We need to do something about this helicopter. If the Lublin army come looking for it and find it here, there could be trouble."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1561 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 04:10
  • msg #645

Re: The Helicopter


Dawid told Jared, "rest assured, your friend is going into surgery. I don't know her condition. We will do the best for her. We're also going to hold onto your weapons for now, until we determine you aren't a security risk. Kapitan Bayer is in command of this, ah, somewhat irregular unit, although Major Solleblum, our surgeon, is of higher rank. When we're done here, you may report to the Kapitan."

He went over the man's story again, looking for details about Lublin and other things that might trip him up. After he was satisfied, he said, "Jared, that's quite a story. You must want something to eat, yes? We have spare fatigues if you want to dress like your NATO comrades, get you out of those Desantnik pants! What is the significance of your beret colour?"

By this time, Dawid can swapped his Kevlar helmet for a green beret with silver Eagle badge. (Assuming his story hangs together) Dawid then had Jared wait while reported to Bayer and passed along all relevant information.
Jared Coulter
player, 4 posts
American
Stranger
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 04:48
  • msg #646

Re: The Helicopter


  Pausing a moment to consider his answer, well things were not exactly as anyone woul dhave pictured when their operation started so likely no harm, Holding up the Beret, he thought to the time years before when he donned it for the first time, a tired smile crossed his weatherd face, that badly needed a shave as his skin itched under a heavy coating of whiskers.  "In the United States army the green beret signifies a soldier who is trained and assigned to a Special Forces group, in my case it was the 5th Special Forces group and later ...another..lets say 'specialized' unit down the road from where we were based.  I was the team sergeant of a twelve man teamm, now Irina and I are all that's left of the Taskforce the went in right before the bombs dropped, now all I want to do is get back to the States if I can, and maybe kill the son of a bitch who decided not to allow our exfil, if he's still alive".
  though he is still not sure of thier safety, Coulter figures this is the only game in town for now so to speak, and though he cannot really trust anyone...or anyone except Irina, he had not been mistreated and they were being cautious with good cause in a world turned upside down and inside out.  As the stress started to abate Coulter could feel the dull ache of exaustion seeping in.
  "Lets go see your Captain, aferwards if someone could point me towards a shower, a razor, and the fresh uniform you spoke about".
Craig Sutherland
player, 67 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 05:33
  • msg #647

Re: The Helicopter



Once the new comers have been secured Craig moves down the join the group by the helicopter. It had been a long time since he had seen one operable so he takes his time looking around the interior.

At the Bishops prompting Craig asks if he has a place where they could store the helicopter. If not he will ask if they have some camo netting or a large green tarp and some long stakes or cut saplings. If the village does he will begin camouflaging the helicopter. He will drape the netting or tarp and use the stakes to break up the shape of the aircraft underneath. He will concentrate on camouflaging the helicopter from airborne observation.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1563 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 05:38
  • msg #648

Re: The Helicopter

In reply to Jared Coulter (msg #646):

Dawid nodded when Jared explained his beret, as if he already knew the answer and wanted to know if Jared was going to give the correct answer.

"Ah, thanks! That explains it. If you wish to return home to America, there is some kind of evacuation planned for your forces in the near future. Other Americans were needing to get to Warszawa to make some kind of connection, I figure the Soviets aren't goint to stop this even if they knew about it, as it's in their interest to see the backsides of the Americans in Europe as soon as possible! But we and the people of Poland need your help in freeing Warszawa from the clutches of a warlord called "The Black Baron". And your friend will need time to heal."

"I'll leave you with the Kapitan now, and attend to your requests for a hotbath, although we do have a hot shower as well. You may borrow my razor. Anything else?"


When Bayer asks to have Jared let in, he retires to arrange for some food, hot water, and a worn but patched set of US BDUs.
Jared Coulter
player, 6 posts
American
Stranger
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 05:42
  • msg #649

Re: The Helicopter


  "Thanks, where do I find this hauptman you spoke of?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1565 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 05:59
  • msg #650

Re: The Helicopter

In reply to Jared Coulter (msg #649):

Dawid poinetd him in the correct direction. "Your size? I'll see what we have. Also, anything other than your small arms? We've been seeing some armour lately and could use some rockets."
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1322 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 11:47
  • msg #651

surgery

Anneka worked hard on her new patient even though normally she would have prefered to save the limited medical resources at her disposal for western allies. But, a pilot was a valuable resource, injured and out of fuel notwithstanding.

A blood donor was of course sought before she started and hesitant as she was to use up irreplacable supplies, she ensured the patient was fully anesthetised.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1139 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 13:10
  • msg #652

Re: The Helicopter

Gaspar 'The Bishop' Dudka:
"We need to do something about this helicopter. If the Lublin army come looking for it and find it here, there could be trouble."


Bayer nods at the comment regarding the aircraft, "No matter what we do with it, unfortunately the entire town knows its here. It's only a matter of time before that information reaches Warsaw or Lodz."

He then leads the Bishop over to where the newcomers were located. After introducing himself and the Bishop to Coulter, he listens as the man repeats his story. Bayer asks first, "Are there more aircraft in Lodz where you stole this one?"

Then noticing the Norwegian, Bayer stares silently at him for a bit before turning back to the American. He then says, "I don't see much need to hold you." He then looks around for objections before adding, "So if you can put a hold on your plans for getting back to the United States we're recruiting. Know anything about Warsaw?"
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 555 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 17:26
  • msg #653

Re: The Helicopter

Griet saw that the helicopter crew were being escorted into the town so she took the Krowla back to dock in order to help with the maintainence of the old tug.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 649 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 17:29
  • msg #654

Re: The Helicopter

Mariusz helped the injured woman to the aid station and then went to find Drew. He looked at the man and said, "OK, let's look at the vehicles, I'd like to see if we can salvage something from the URAL. If the bike's wrecked we might be able to save the sidecar and use it on another bike."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 764 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 20:49
  • msg #655

Re: The Helicopter

Tucker stands near the big Norwegian and says to him, "HEy, we can stand down now.  Who are you again?  I'm Tucker."  Tucker extends a hand to the big guy.
Jan Cerny
player, 267 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 23:27
  • msg #656

Re: The Helicopter

Though he only had a basic understanding of emergency medical care, Jan helped Anneka with treating the latest patient.  He attempted to pass her the relevant instrument when requested and usually got it right at the second or third attempt.

When they finished treating the latest casualty he cleaned himself up before going to find some breakfast for both Anneka and himself.  After filling his stomach as much as he was allowed he then planned to find Konrad and see if any decisions about mission objectives had been made in preparation for their Warsaw scouting missions.
Jared Coulter
player, 7 posts
American
Stranger
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 00:15
  • msg #657

Re: The Helicopter

  Looking at the Captain, well more specifically Hauptman would be correct. "Unfortuately I have negetive knowledge of Warsaw it was to far out of our zone.  Lublin, where we aquired that bird from also had a couple of other birds, it seems like being repaired or sevivceable, one was an MI 17 the other was an older AN-2 Colt, a couple of other birds looked like they were nothing but spare parts".
This message was last edited by the player at 00:19, Wed 24 Feb 2010.
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 17 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 00:40
  • msg #658

Re: The Helicopter

Starting to shiver in the predawn cold, Thor grunted, placed a finger to his lips before climbing to his feet and stalked towards the helicopter. A jerk of his head at Tucker indicated Thor wished him to come along.

Reaching the aircraft, he transfered the big rifle to his left hand and drew a bayonet. Circling the vehicle at a crouch, he inspected it with a suspicious eye as if believing it would leap at him at any moment with bared claws. He stopped at the bullet holes and sniffed the last traces of fuel, carefully probing the holes with the blade.

"It visne," he finally declared, standing upright and returning the bayonet to it's webbing scabbard.

"Thor the Thunderer!"
Right fist beat once upon his solid chest proudly.
He stepped towards Tucker, arms open wide and smiling widely.
"Tyr! Good see you again!"
Steven Drew
player, 173 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 04:07
  • msg #659

Re: The Helicopter

Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz helped the injured woman to the aid station and then went to find Drew. He looked at the man and said, "OK, let's look at the vehicles, I'd like to see if we can salvage something from the URAL. If the bike's wrecked we might be able to save the sidecar and use it on another bike."


"Dude, you know how early it is?" Drew asks with surprise.  As he reaches for a cigarette then pauses he asks,

"Whatcha got in mind man?"

Sgt Drew
M240, MP-5
Talking to Mar

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1566 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 04:36
  • msg #660

Re: The Helicopter

In reply to Steven Drew (msg #659):

Before leaving, Dawid repeated his questions.

"Sorry, your clothing size? Also, you have any anti-tank weapons?"

After setting aside some fresh clothing (and his weapons), hot food and drawing a bath for the newcomer, Dawid went back to the motor pool, such as it was. He looked at the bike. Having made a point of salvaging it, he was loathe to junk it before taking a good look.

If it was just a bent tire that could be straightened. Re-attaching the sidecar wouldn't be a problem, although the lateral drive train driving the third wheen (on the sidecar) would be more tricky but perhaps they had parts for it.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1140 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 05:11
  • msg #661

Re: The Helicopter

Bayer nods subtly to Coulter's response. He didn't expect much more than what was given. Then turning to the Bishop, he asks another question he's sure he already knows the answer to, "Bishop. You wouldn't know the location to any aviation fuel supplies would you? Abandoned airstrip or something like that?"

Then excusing himself for a moment, he returns to the helicopter to look it over for himself. Finding Tucker and the Norwegian there, he jokes, "Don't go breaking anything trying to take off Robert." Leaning inside he says aloud, "This thing coming here might bring down more trouble on top of us. I almost want to ditch it in the river and pretend it never happened... but someone will spread the word."

Looking back at Tucker, Bayer's mood changes back to seriousness as he asks, "What do you think?"

After Tucker's reply, Bayer climbs back out and notices the Norwegian picking at it with his bayonet. "Hey? What's your story? I could use someone like you... unless being alone is what you like."
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 18 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 05:46
  • msg #662

Re: The Helicopter

A tear slips from Thor's eye and his lip begins to quiver.
"You truely want me?"
He sounds suprised.
"Faderen, oh takk skal du ha, takk skal du ha!"
The Barret slips from his fingers as he kneels before Konrad, wrapping both arms around his waist in a hug.
"Haptabeiðir, du tilvirke meg slik lykkelig!"
Tears began to stream down his face, soaking his beard.
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1324 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 12:22
  • msg #663

Re: The Helicopter

Once surgery was complete and the makeshift theatre, Anneka sought out Lieutenants Avtomian and Sutherland to conduct her usual interview of recent arrivals to their unit.
Taking each in turn, and eventually adding Coulter to her list of interviewees, she asked them about their experiences, skills and abilities.

"I'd like to talk to you about your skills and so on so we can assign you a suitable role, make sure you're been used to everyones best advantage."
Her ever-present notebook was fished out from her blouse pocket, three quarters full of information about each member of the unit.
"What can you tell me about yourself? Have you completed any qualifications that could prove useful? What skills have you learnt? Have you picked up any other useful skills over the years? How good would you say you are at each of those things?"
She'd spoken at some length with the Norwegian the previous evening while she'd checked his body over. Apparently he was a bit of a combat monster, able to fill any role but excelling at marksmanship, stealth and observation. Her only concern was for his mental stability but he seemed genuine in his wish to help out in return for food and lodgings.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 765 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Thu 25 Feb 2010
at 00:39
  • msg #664

Re: The Helicopter

Konrad Bayer:
Then excusing himself for a moment, he returns to the helicopter to look it over for himself. Finding Tucker and the Norwegian there, he jokes, "Don't go breaking anything trying to take off Robert." Leaning inside he says aloud, "This thing coming here might bring down more trouble on top of us. I almost want to ditch it in the river and pretend it never happened... but someone will spread the word."

Looking back at Tucker, Bayer's mood changes back to seriousness as he asks, "What do you think?"

After Tucker's reply, Bayer climbs back out and notices the Norwegian picking at it with his bayonet. "Hey? What's your story? I could use someone like you... unless being alone is what you like."

Tucker turns when he hears Konrad's voice just before the big Norwegian soldier put him in a stinky bear hug.  A look of relief comes over his face and a quick smile after hearing Bayer make a joke.  "Couldn't fly it in a dream boss, even if it had a full tank of go-juice.  Honestly, I don't think this is any good at all this chopper and crew show up here, from Lublin no less.  I think we could be in a world of hurt if we don't get rid of it soon.  Might be bringing more problems to ourselves and more so, this town.  Would be better if they had some fuel left and they could get rid of the evidence.

Quick, stupid idea?  We get the fuck outta here and have the people of the town turn over the helo back to who it belongs to.  Tell them that the occupants dropped it here when they ran out of fuel.  That may keep Lublin off of their backs.  Stupid right?"

Apel Avtomian
player, 56 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Thu 25 Feb 2010
at 05:57
  • msg #665

Re: The Helicopter

Apel watches the soldier and Dawid converse, then watches the injured pilot carried off... to sickbay was his guess.

Apel searches for Sutherland, and when he finds him asks "What was that all about?"

Then quotes "To tell you who I am were speech in vain,
Because my name as yet makes no great noise.
"
Craig Sutherland
player, 68 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 25 Feb 2010
at 08:24
  • msg #666

Re: The Helicopter

quote:
Apel Avtomian>
"What was that all about?"


Craig looks up from his present task as Apel arrives. ”Seems we have a couple of new comrades and their toy”indicating towards the helicopter

quote:
Then quotes "To tell you who I am were speech in vain,
Because my name as yet makes no great noise.
"


"Rrright, well you where always the one for words."

He then waits for someone to give him the go ahead with the camo job. Offering a cigarette to Apel and anyone else standing around.
Jared Coulter
player, 8 posts
American
Stranger
Thu 25 Feb 2010
at 16:03
  • msg #667

Re: The Helicopter


  Apparently the interview was over so Coulter goes and takes care of the shower, shave, and chaging out of his blood stained uniform, into a clean if well worn set. Looking at the blood some of it Irina's he stops and is lost to his own thoughts for a few moments.  He rinses the blood off of his clothes as best as possible and finds a spot to hang them to dry.  He decides to give into his concern and see how the surgery is progressing, finally finding the, well what could best be called to his thoughts, a Clinic, he enters.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1665 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 25 Feb 2010
at 20:26
  • msg #668

Lunch Meeting


The rest of the morning is rather less eventful, but no less busy.

At the cost of some of the group's precious surgical supplies, Anneka, assisted by Jan, successfully stabilizes the Belorussian helicopter pilot, Irena. She is left resting comfortably in the hospital ward, two beds down from the convalescing Alexei Ondar.

Entrusting his companion's care to the welcoming strangers, Coulter cleans up and, at the group's insistant prompting, the huge, hirsute Norwegian, Thor Halgeirsen, does too.

Meanwhile, aboard the Polish helicopter, the group finds a pintle mounted doorgun (a PKM) with 200 rounds of ammunition, a box of 12 Soviet-made fragmentation hand grenades, two colored smoke grenades, a large, first generation, Soviet-made passive night vision scope, a flare pistol with four colored parachute flares, and a picked-over first aid kit that includes some analgesic pills and a bottle of anticeptic.

Craig and Apel are taken to ID yet another straggler who had wandered into town during the morning. Neither recognize the German straggler as one of the Baron's men.

At around lunchtime, the entire party- including Thor, Coulter, and the German newcomer, Dieter Brandt, reconvenes the planning meeting for the next day's reconaissance mission to Warsaw. The Bishop begins by informing everyone that the Stalwart has been successfully repaired (for the loss of the old Zil truck and the town's minivan).

"There are several issues we need to address, in addition to the reconaissance expedition to Warsaw.

"First, the helicopter. Should we keep it? Hide it somewhere in the town? We have no fuel for it nor do I know of any aviation fuel in these parts. Should we give it to the government garrison at Kozienice as a goodwill gesture? Or, should we dump it in the river and pretend it never came here?

"Second, we still need more small arms ammunition. Jupyzyk has said that we need to trade something of significant military value, not just sausages and beer. We can't really use the 120mm mortar but someone pointed out that the government troops might recognize it. We don't want to provoke them. Is there something else we could trade? The howitzer? Wasn't your AGS-17 contaminated and damaged? The Zil would need to be towed and, in its present condition, is not of much value. What about one of the APCs?

"There is much to discuss and consider. The town's civil leaders have other matters that must be attended to as well, like how to feed the increasing numbers of refugees and stragglers that have made their way here in recent days. With the arrival of a significant number of people from Warsaw, our food supplies will be strained. Winter has come early this year and we should prepare for it to stay late as well."


You settle in for the long discussion that will likely follow, helping yourself to some lunch while you listen and collect your thoughts.

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:41, Thu 25 Feb 2010.
Jan Cerny
player, 269 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 25 Feb 2010
at 21:01
  • msg #669

Re: Lunch Meeting

“Bishop,” Jan answers while fidgeting with a packet of cigarettes before deciding to save them and returning them to an inside pocket of his combat jacket, “before we decide what to do with the helicopter and what we can afford to trade away we need to understand more about the other communities around here.  Who can we trade with besides the government garrison at Kozienice?  What do you know about the other towns and villages around here?”

Still fighting off the urge for some nicotine Jan helped himself to a drink of water before continuing.

“Also if we need more weapons and ammo then raiding the Black Baron might be the best option.  Weaken him while strengthening ourselves.”
Gaspar 'The Bishop' Dudka
NPC, 5 posts
Polish Warrior Monk
G-K Militia Commander
Thu 25 Feb 2010
at 22:14
  • msg #670

Re: Lunch Meeting

Jan Cerny:
“Bishop,” Jan answers while fidgeting with a packet of cigarettes before deciding to save them and returning them to an inside pocket of his combat jacket, “before we decide what to do with the helicopter and what we can afford to trade away we need to understand more about the other communities around here.  Who can we trade with besides the government garrison at Kozienice?  What do you know about the other towns and villages around here?”

Still fighting off the urge for some nicotine Jan helped himself to a drink of water before continuing.

“Also if we need more weapons and ammo then raiding the Black Baron might be the best option.  Weaken him while strengthening ourselves.”


"Most of the towns and villages in this region are dead or near to being so. I'm not sure if it is a cause or an effect but many people from this region have come to settle here. None of the still-inhabited settlements have ammunition- or much of anything, for that matter- to spare. The government garrison at Kozienice is, shall we say, rather lax and has traded us ammunition before- as recently as last week. But, as Jupyzyk reports, the prices keep going up and we fear they will soon stop taking food and liquor as payment.

"It is true that we have captured- thanks to you all- quite a bit of ammunition but when it is spread out among the armed militia, it averages out to a magazine or so apiece. As you know, this will not last us long."

This message was last edited by the player at 22:16, Thu 25 Feb 2010.
Jan Cerny
player, 270 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Thu 25 Feb 2010
at 22:55
  • msg #671

Re: Lunch Meeting

"Hum," Jan replied, "maybe our prisoners can tell us where the Black Guard's armoury is?  Maybe we should try raiding that?”

He took another sip of water.

“And it sounds like the recce of Warsaw can ignore or bypass any of the towns and villages along the way.  They might be sources of food though but that’s probably best left to you Bishop and not us.”
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 767 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 01:08
  • msg #672

Re: Lunch Meeting

"If I may Bishop?" Tucker says as he stands first and waits to be recognized.  "I'm thinking that the best thing right now would be to turn over the copter to either the garrison  that's the closest to us, Kozienice I beleive you mentioned?  We should be out of here, or most of us should be outta here when you do this or we'll have to blend in.

If we ditch the copter in the drink, what happens if it's a low tide or the water level recede's and with the way luck is or Murphy's Law, someone will see it at an unopportune time."

Apel Avtomian
player, 59 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 02:22
  • msg #673

Re: Lunch Meeting

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"If I may Bishop?" Tucker says as he stands first and waits to be recognized.  "I'm thinking that the best thing right now would be to turn over the copter to either the garrison  that's the closest to us, Kozienice I beleive you mentioned?  We should be out of here, or most of us should be outta here when you do this or we'll have to blend in.

If we ditch the copter in the drink, what happens if it's a low tide or the water level recede's and with the way luck is or Murphy's Law, someone will see it at an unopportune time."


"That doesn't seem likely although the copter is too valuable to waste.  And the entire town knows it's here.  We can't put that genie back into that bottle."

Apel eats a last crust of bread and a shriveled carrot (they sure don't grow them like the used to back in the States).
Steven Drew
player, 174 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 05:35
  • msg #674

Re: Lunch Meeting


  Drew speaks up,

  "Uh...padre, you mentioned we are getting alot of refugess....this concerns me.  Who is screening them?  Uh, I mean, making sure they are legit, not spies or trying to infiltrate the vil?  And, well, whose loyalty do they have?  Ya know, desperate people in desperate times, they may rat us out for a crust of bread with the baron ya know?"

  Drew continues,

"We got the helo, everyone and their brother knows its here right.  And if we try ta hide it, well word will leak out one way or another.  So, I say we find a couple bodies.  Maybe a couple badies from the firefight last night.  And present em ta that base.  Return the helo, after we make sure they can't use it anytime soon and win favor and try for a reward or something.  I would have said if we could have before anyone actualy saw it, haul it into a barn or somewhere before the townies could confirm it landed here for good.  But, well we screwed the pooch on that one so everyone knows its here."

  Drew pauses, surveying the reaction to the others before he continues,

"Is there any parts in the thing that we can use ta make some of our other vehicles operational?  That'd be something we should look into too."

  "As for food, hate ta say it, but this place can't be known as a refugee center anymore or we'll have everyone and their brother showing up for a handout.  That happens we'll all starve, better now than later when we have alot of folks from all over who don't give a rats ass about this town.  Nothin worse than a shitload of folks rioting and tearing the place apart."

 "As for ammo, good idea ta raid the barrons boys.  We set up a couple ambushes hit em for a day and get the hell outa dodge before they realise what's happening.  For that. figure a three day ambush, a couple days ta study their movements and the last day we set up and hit em ta the best effect, then we run for home with what we can grab."
  Drew then sits back down.


Sgt Drew
M240 sitting next to him
Giving his ideas

Apel Avtomian
player, 60 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 08:12
  • msg #675

Re: Lunch Meeting

Steven Drew:
"As for food, hate ta say it, but this place can't be known as a refugee center anymore or we'll have everyone and their brother showing up for a handout.  That happens we'll all starve, better now than later when we have alot of folks from all over who don't give a rats ass about this town.  Nothin worse than a shitload of folks rioting and tearing the place apart."


"The Sarg-er-Lieu... the Marine is right about the food" chimes in Apel.
Dieter Brandt
player, 1 post
Gefreiter OR-2
6th Panzergrenadier Div.
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 09:01
  • msg #676

Re: Lunch Meeting

Cap'n Rae:
Craig and Apel are taken to ID yet another straggler who had wandered into town during the morning. Neither recognize the German straggler as one of the Baron's men.

At around lunchtime, the entire party- including Thor, Coulter, and the German newcomer, Dieter Brandt, reconvenes the planning meeting for the next day's reconaissance mission to Warsaw. The Bishop begins by informing everyone that the Stalwart has been successfully repaired (for the loss of the old Zil truck and the town's minivan).


Dieter Brandt quietly entered the town. He had been on the road for many days yet, and this was his first sign of allied forces. Ever since he had lost his unit he had seen nothing but Soviet troops and refugees, so it made a change to see faces that may be friendly.

He had a decision to make. Should he bypass the group and keep heading West. Germany was still a long way away, and he had precious little supplies. Scavenging off the land had proved difficult, as so much had been destroyed or harvested already, and there was precious little game. He had taken the odd pigeon, but they were feral birds who had fled the city, and tasted disgusting.

He longed for his home in the Black Forest, and a big joint of roasted boar, cooked slowly over a big fire. It had been a while since he had done that with his father.

He made a judgement call. He would approach the camp. They looked like a ragtag bunch of misfits, but he had learned over the years to never judge on first appearance. The fact that they were organised, not to mention still alive, was a promising sign.

Dieter stepped out of the rubble of the blasted house he had been holed up in for the past few hours. He left his bow slung over his shoulder, and let his Army-issue PSG-1 hang low. He didn't want to appear threatening, but needed to be ready to move quickly if they turned hostile.

He walked slowly towards the camp, with his right hand off the pistol grip of his rifle, raised slightly in a passive gesture. He targetted the two men he had earlier identifed as officers (OOC-Craig and Apel) and headed towards them, apprehensive of how they might react.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1569 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 09:17
  • msg #677

Re: Lunch Meeting

In reply to Steven Drew (msg #674):

"One: Drew is right, we need to keep screening the refugees showing up. We had a problem before with a spy for the Pirates in our camp. The Bishop was handling security then, let's ask him to keep at it."

"Two: I am completely against trading the howitzer. We have ammunition for it, and this is a weapon I'm an expert in using. A few fragmentation and gas rounds do not sound like much but we have turned the tide of a fight before using less. Plus, it can easily be turned against us if we trade it to the government,"
he added, pointedly.

"Three: I don't think the government garrison will recognise the 120mm tube, as long as we make sure all identifying marks are gone. But if we don't want to risk it then they won't know the 82mm tube from Adam. As much as I like the helicopter we don't have fuel and the pilot is wounded. But that's something Lublin really will certainly recognise as theirs."

"Hide it in the barn, I say!"


He looked at Sutherland and Arpel. "Do you know where the Baron is located? Can you mark it on the map?"
This message was last edited by the player at 18:03, Fri 26 Feb 2010.
Jan Cerny
player, 272 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 17:59
  • msg #678

Re: Lunch Meeting

"Do you think that there is any trade value in the helicopter?" Jan asked.  He doubted it himself but others may well know better.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1571 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 18:05
  • msg #679

Re: Lunch Meeting

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #678):

"I was able to cut a deal with the local garrison commander to let us go when we stole the trucks and Zu-23 before. So he's... flexible, and kept his word."

Dawid shrugged, uncertain.

"Trade for the helicopter? Not as such, but if we fake a shoot-down and let the government ORMO take credit, they could do us a favour. Maybe, if we're lucky."
This message was last edited by the player at 18:06, Fri 26 Feb 2010.
Jared Coulter
player, 9 posts
American
Stranger
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 05:37
  • msg #681

Re: Lunch Meeting


  Coulter had been quiet durng the discussion, listening tying to piece together the situation from what elements he could understand. He decided to get into the discussion at least on the pheriphery.  "Any piece of technology is valuable, though the value differs between those who would want it, at the least it is a status symbol, of a lost ability, at the most it is an item of power projection,  fuel would be the problem, I know from experiance that some fuel is available from the various tanks, it may have to be filtered and there might not be much in a given tank but enough could be scrounged for at least a short flight,  I am not to sure if a synthetic alternative would work perhaps some type of enriched ethanol or some such".
  Looking around, "What is your situation here?  I heard someone last night say something about  arecon into Warsaw and a conflict with some 'Baron' ? Can someone explain what we've dropped into?"
  Taking a deep breath, considering how far to pushg things but he never was known for going half way, "Thanks for the help, especially for patching up Irina, now it appears you have at least one or more problems,  I don't know the local situation, hell I am not even sure just were the hell I am in Poland,  but if you  need a hand I would be glad to help as long as it doesn't derail our getting to the States.. "
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1573 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 06:39
  • msg #682

Re: Lunch Meeting

In reply to Jared Coulter (msg #681):

Dawid replied, "Jared, the Black Baron is a local warlord who has gained power and influence in the area, and wishes to rule all of Poland. He was allied to the Pirates that were north of here on the outskirts of Warszawa, whom we destroyed. He sent a punative expedition against us which we also destroyed, and captured two APCs and a 122mm howitzer plus nerve shells he intended to drop on the town."

"Arpel and Sutherland were part of a company of foreign mercenaries he employed. Most are scum, no offence, but some are just NATO soldiers cut off behind the lines and without anywhere else to go."

"Possible allies include a Ukrainian Tank Division that has mutinied and was in contact with the CIA. However, they are either to the east or south, I forget which. The communist government at Lublin doesn't like the Black Baron, but we may not gain a lot from their friendship."

He outlined the following that was known about the Black Baron's forces:

The Baron's army consists of about 10 companies consisting of between 50-100 troops each. The company is a mixed bag, organized along national lines.

One of them, the "Black Guard" has several operational armored vehicles, including an ex-Red Army T-80 dug out of a collapsed building in Warsaw and an ex-Polish army T-72. It also has two BMP-1s, two M113s, two OT-64s, and one BTR-60, as well as several "jeeps" and trucks. Several more scavenged AFVs are either being stripped for spares or restored to operational status. The Black Guard is run like a motor rifles company.

There is one company of mostly Ukranian deserters from the Soviet 9th TD that also possesses armored vehicles. They have a BMP-2 and two BTR-80s. They will also probably get control of the T-80 once the Baron trusts them enough.

There are seven companies of Polish infantry. Four of the companies are veteran Polish army deserters/mutineers, while the other three are made up of very young or very old former army conscripts with minimal training and little combat experience. One of the veteran companies is being equipped with bicycles. It has about 3/4 of the bikes it needs.

There are two companies of horse-mounted cavalry. One company is made up of Poles, the other of Russians, including a few Don Cossacks. The Russians and Ukranians don't get along at all and are usually kept separate to avoid any ugliness.

There is one company made up of about 50 NATO deserters (mostly Americans and Germans with a few Brits sprinkled in). This was the unit Apel and Craig were assigned to. Morale is uneven. Some of them are reluctant to serve the Baron but are afraid to leave, while others rather enjoy the work. The core of the unit can only be described as sociopathic.

There is also an artillery company with two D30 howitzers and two Soviet-made 120mm mortars. There are only a handful of shells/bombs available at the moment but a few of them are extremely deadly...

The Baron is enraged at the successful resistance of Gora-Kalwaria and the destruction of his brown water navy (the pirate force). He has recenly acquired several blood agent rounds for his D-30s...


"After destroying most of a detachment of the Baron's Black Guard, possibly most of the company, including two BMPs and a BTR, we now have one of his D-30 howitzers and I believe two or three chemical rounds. I am very familiar with this weapon and that ammunition."

Dawid looked at Jared and lit one of his remaining cigarettes, offering the pack. "Honestly, no one knows whether the rendez-vous in Warszawa is even still on for you people, or hasn't already happened. It's a lot, asking you to help rid Poland of this madman, but it's deeply appreciated. It's important for the future." He expression seemed to say it was the least you could do, considering NATO invaded Poland and then annihilated its cities and slaughtered her people afterwards.

"Light?"
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 556 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 11:46
  • msg #683

Re: Lunch Meeting

Griet frowned as she listened to the conversations around the table. Given that the town was already nearly full of refugees, things were looking bleak for Adam's plan of pulling out the rest of the family from the hell of post bomb Warsaw and to the relative peace of this place. She remembered a story that her step father had read to her once, it had been about a group of English capitalists trying to survive in a Britain that had lost all grass and cereals and thus was falling into chaos and starvation. They had fought their way to one of the men's brother's farms, a place where the brother had made defences and switched to pigs and potatoes only to find it already full and they were turned away.

In the end, one brother died and the other became a boyar warlord. She sensed the same sort of irony developing here. Adam's dream had always been a quixotic one and now it seemed to be fading even further as the security team shifted its focus from finding her father's family to defeating the Baron. It was true that the two tasks were interlinked, but she wondered what her father thought and worried that he might do something stupid.

She finished the last of the nettle tea and said, "The militia here need ammunition, more than we can scrounge from the dead. We've fought several major engagements over the last few days and been successful at looting but the militia have barely more ammo now than they began with. We have no ammunition for the 120mm mortar and the 82mm stuff is best used with the Vaselisk. I'd suggest we check the 120mm tube for distinguishing marks, give it a coat of white wash as "winter camouflage" and then sell the two tubes for all the ammo we can get."

She paused momentarily, "As for the helicopter, stick it in a barn for now and we'll wait and see what happens, unless of course we have someone in town who can pilot it in which case we either use it to recce Warsaw for us or keep it in reserve for a single sortie to back us up if things get bad."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 650 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 11:50
  • msg #684

Re: Lunch Meeting

Mariusz looked at the two defectors from the Baron's forces, "How was the Baron feeding his troops? Did he extract tribute on a weekly basis or did he take a proportion of the harvest from his subjects and store it in a central place? If he did that, do you know where the supply dump is?"

He continued, "If there's danger of starvation here, perhaps after we've recced the area and, hopefully, found allies, we could raid these stores if they exist. Destroying them would weaken the Baron, but even better, we might be able to steal the food and aid ourselves. Of course, that all depends on what we know about his logistics, it could be impossible."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1575 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 12:38
  • msg #685

Re: Lunch Meeting

Dawid nodded in reply to both Griet and Mariusz.

"I agree with Griet, let's get rid of the 120mm and 82mm tubes. I can do what's needed to hide the identity of the mortar from all but the most detailed inspection. Hide the helicopter for later. Maybe we can think of a way to trade it off, maybe not."

He was impressed with Mariusz's idea.

"Yes, that's a good point. Once the Black Baron goes away so does the need to make Gora Kalawria into a fortress. If the Baronm is defeated we may be able to collect both food and ammunition."

"Refugees... that shouldn't be too much of a problem, especially now it's getting towards winter. Most people have found enough to survive where they are, or are dead. Travelling along the roads at this time of year is very dangerous."

Jan Cerny
player, 273 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 14:07
  • msg #686

Re: Lunch Meeting

Jan was slightly embarrassed by Dawid's generosity with his cigarettes but overcame it and took one for himself.

"Thank you my friend," he said to Dawid.  "One day I will repay you properly!"  He put a lot of emphasis on his promise to Dawid.  It obviously mattered to Jan.

Having lit it, and taken a couple of drags, Jan then added his own thoughts to the discussions.

"Raiding the Baron for food as part of this recce would be a mistake in my opinion.  Unless we're stealing some vehicles as well we will be on foot and we won't be able to carry much food with us.  And if we destroy the Baron's food what will be the outcome?  Will it cause him to be more desperate to attack us because he now needs more food to feed his troops?"

He exhaled more smoke before continuing.

"I think that the plan for the recce to Warsaw should be as follows.  The recce team should be small and should not include anyone who can be identified as coming from Gora Kalwaria."  It was obviously that Jan regarded himself and most of those around the table as the likely people to make up that team.  "We should be transported as close as possible by vehicle and should be dropped in the early hours of the morning so that we can move away from our drop area before daylight.  We should each be carrying a weeks worth of food as we may well be in Warsaw for a several days and can't presume that we'll be able to find food there."

As he spoke Jan produced a small piece of paper with some notes on it.  It was obvious that this wasn't a sudden thought of the top of his head but something that he had been considering for a while.

"I think that our objectives should be as follows.  One, find out as much as possible as we can of the Baron's forces and area of control.  Two, find out if there are any groups or communities in Warsaw who oppose the Baron and if there are then make contact with them.  Three, if we discover anything of significant military value belonging to the Baron then we should launch a commando style raid to destroy what we can before leaving Warsaw.  Four, if we can steal any vehicles to help our extraction from Warsaw and return here then we should do that.  Five, if we locate any food stocks we should note their location for a later and larger raid to secure them for ourselves and the refugees arriving in Gora Kalwaria.  That raid should include whatever transport we have available to allow us to move the food back here."

Having said his piece Jan then remembered his cigarette and took another drag.

"What do people think of my plan for the recce?" he asked everyone present.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1576 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 15:50
  • msg #687

Re: Lunch Meeting

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #686):

Touched by his gratitude, Dawid smiled at Jan's response. "We are brothers and sisters here. Comrades, all."

"Good plan, Jan. I agree that food (and getting it) is something we need to worry about only after we deal with the Baron. I would be very happy if the Baron's other D-30 went good-bye. That would leave the only one in our hands. Any ammunition for it would be high-priority as well, to be recovered or destroyed."

He poured some tea for everyone, a fundamental part of Polish life. There were no lemons and it was weak, but it was hot.

"As for intelligence, we don't know what the Baron knows about us. I shouldn't think it's a lot, at least not so that he could tell if any given person is from here or not."

"Also, I forgot to mention that I think it would be okay to trade in the AGS-17. We've got little ammunition for it anymore, but not none."

"I'd like to go on the recce into Warszawa. I'll take a PKM GPMG plus a few spare belts, if anyone wants to help carry ammunition for me."

This message was last edited by the player at 16:35, Sat 27 Feb 2010.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1141 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 16:38
  • msg #688

Re: Lunch Meeting

"Alright, we'll trade the two mortar tubes for more small arms ammunition. Don't worry Dawid, the howitzer will remain with us for now. Did you confirm how many rounds are available?" Bayer answers.

Then motioning towards Jan he adds, "And yes... we're planning a recce, not a raid. We've too little resources and too much to do without complicating our being in his backyard by blatantly attracting attention. Jan's outline fits with our immediate needs and abilities. The scope of our excursion into Warsaw will be to gain information and try to establish support with some of the population."

Removing his map again he slides it over to Sutherland, "I still need what you know marked on my map. There is no plan until you fill in where are the Baron's forces and territorial limits... as well as other elements of civilian population in the city. Warsaw is too big for a group our size to go into without a basic framework."

Drinking some of the tea, Bayer then says, "As for the helicopter, I support the idea of turning over to the government. We don't need to be looking to make them as friends, but we can't afford new enemies either. Especially since we share a common enemy. Hiding it won't work and we might even be able to come out ahead of things if they are flexible enough."

"Dawid consider yourself going on the recce for certain."

Bayer then looks at his watch and asks, "Who is the newest straggler... the German?"
This message was last edited by the player at 16:40, Sat 27 Feb 2010.
Craig Sutherland
player, 71 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 23:18
  • msg #689

Re: Lunch Meeting



Taking a place at the table just as Jan finishes his contribution. Craig introduces the new German to the assembled group but lets him fill the others in about how he came to be in the village.

Konrad Bayer:
Removing his map again he slides it over to Sutherland, "I still need what you know marked on my map. There is no plan until you fill in where are the Baron's forces and territorial limits... as well as other elements of civilian population in the city. Warsaw is too big for a group our size to go into without a basic framework."


Taking the map from Konrad Craig and Apel spend several minutes adding various intel to the map. The Baron's base in east Warsaw (Praga)on the East bank, he adds the position of the HQ/"palace", the barracks, motor pool, D-30 position, etc.
OCC: Rae is working on the map.

"He has mounted squads patrolling a perimeter 10km or so from his base and foot patrols in the remains of the city. He also has a company-sized garrison on the west bank."

"The bridges between the east and west bank are out save one which has been crudely repaired so as to allow for foot traffic only."

"During the summer and early autumn, the Baron's men were extracting a monthly "tax" of food from the surrounding communities. Since food production drops off radically in winter, he's demanded four months worth of food in advance. Folks in compliance with the Baron's demands are in the process of delivering this food. This has put a lot of strain on the people living in and around Warsaw. Those that don't comply are subject to reprisals of various sorts."

"I know of a farm that we could use as a base for a deeper recce on foot, it was owned by the people who initially took me in. They are good people if they are still there and would provide as much help as possible. It's a two storied stone building with a large barn and several other out buildings. It at least gives us a place to stash the vehicles for when we enter the city on foot.

"I think we should have some sort of recon group ahead of the vehicles on foot, there seem to be several people suited for this role now in the group. Maybe give us a heads up for running into anything nasty."

Finished Craig retakes his seat.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1578 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 28 Feb 2010
at 00:30
  • msg #690

Re: Lunch Meeting

In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #688):

As he served the tea, Dawid looked delighted at the news he was going on the recce and they were keeping the howitzer. He wore a slightly disappointed face at the mention of turning over the helicopter, as if losing something so cool pained him but he didn't comment as the decision was made. When the Kapitan asked about the 122mm ammunition he replied,

"Ah, there are three explosive fragmentation shells, and two chemical agents, binary rounds. Let's not do anything with the bike while we're away, I can fix it. First, I'm going to make one of those bike carts we took with us to Zwolen."

"Also, we could consider giving up the AGS-17? Just a thought, although when I fix the bike we could still mount it on the sidecar."

Dieter Brandt
player, 4 posts
Gefreiter OR-2
6th Panzergrenadier Div.
Sun 28 Feb 2010
at 07:54
  • msg #691

Re: Lunch Meeting

Craig Sutherland:
Taking a place at the table just as Jan finishes his contribution. Craig introduces the new German to the assembled group but lets him fill the others in about how he came to be in the village.


"Thank you Lieutenant," Dieter replied to Sutherland, in clear English with a soft German accent.

He turned to the group and repeated the story he had detailed to Sutherland earlier. "I am Dieter Brandt, Gefreiter from the 6th Panzergrenadier Division. I was on a fire mission somewhere to the East of here when we were ambushed. We were hit hard, and my platoon was all killed. I managed to get away, and have been heading west since then, trying to make for the border or meet up with other allied forces. For the past two weeks or so I have been moving around, and you are the first group I have met. I have seen many refugees, and several enemy units, but little else."

He spoke further about his past. Before the war he had been a civil engineer, working for a consultancy company in Stuttgart. He had been raised in the Black Forest and had a love of hunting, with both rifle and bow.

Physically, Dieter is in his early 30s. He has an athletic build with dark brown hair and brown eyes.

"This reconnaissance mission sounds interesting. I would like to accompany you if I may, so that I may prove myself." He grinned gently and patted his PSG-1 as he said, "I am pretty useful with this thing, and may be of assistance in the field."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 557 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 28 Feb 2010
at 10:55
  • msg #692

Re: Lunch Meeting

Griet thought about the helicopter. Whatever happened here, the people of Gora Kalwaria would have to reach some sort of accomodation with the Lublin government and handing over the chopper would be a sound gesture.

"OK," she said, "I agree that handing over the helicopter is a good idea but we'd better come up with a story about the crew, we'll need a reason why they aren't being handed over as well."
Konrad Bayer
player, 1142 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Sun 28 Feb 2010
at 11:18
  • msg #693

Re: Lunch Meeting

"Is it too optimistic to assume saying they escaped after landing? It was dark and the militia lack the training to capture somebody who is obviously highly skilled... seeing how they were able to steal the helicopter in the first place under the noses of the Reserve Army HQ." Bayer asks.

"I would think they ought to be pleased enough just being able to recover their aircraft so easily." he adds. "An escape seems plausible... and doesn't require us complicating things more."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 558 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 28 Feb 2010
at 11:21
  • msg #694

Re: Lunch Meeting

"That sounds absolutely fine," agreed Greit, "as long as that's what we spread everywhere, simple is best."
Jan Cerny
player, 274 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sun 28 Feb 2010
at 13:41
  • msg #695

Re: Lunch Meeting

“I think that returning the helicopter sounds like the best idea,” Jan contributed, “and saying that it was found abandoned nearby with no sign of the crew is probably the best idea.”

He picked some dried blood from underneath a fingernail as he talked.  He had scrubbed up thoroughly according to Anneka’s instructions prior to assisting her with the pilot so he wasn’t sure who’s blood it was.

“Criag,” he continued, addressing the Marine.  “As you have deserted the Baron’s forces I think we should be cautious with returning to the farm of the family who hid you.  I think that going there is worthwhile to see what intel they may have but we shouldn’t leave any vehicles there.  As Anneka mentioned previously the vehicles should drive us close, from the sounds of the Baron’s patrols to about fifteen klicks from the outskirts of Warsaw, and should drop us somewhere before returning here.  Even allowing for that drop off, I think that we’re going on a long yomp.”

He smiled as he said the last word.  The British Marines had some wonderful slang words, even though English wasn’t as cultured a language as French!
Jared Coulter
player, 11 posts
American
Stranger
Sun 28 Feb 2010
at 15:59
  • msg #696

Re: Lunch Meeting


  "If this 'Baron' has between twenty-five hundred and five thousand troops, he has to have an ammo supply or stockpile somewhere, or a manufacturing capacity to some extent. Is there any clue as to the location of his stockpiles.  The Recce what we call a recon operation seems to be combined with what is called an objective raid, taking out a surgical target..food is critical to everyone but that is not his force projection munitions are, if we could either capture or destroy a stockpile then that would hurt him badly.  Oh and obtaining that chopper was not without cost we lost a partizan getting the bird out, it was more a move of desperation than anything else".
Gaspar 'The Bishop' Dudka
NPC, 6 posts
Polish Warrior Monk
G-K Militia Commander
Sun 28 Feb 2010
at 19:47
  • msg #697

Re: Lunch Meeting


The Bishop listens thoughtfully to the discussion regarding trade and the helicopter. As soon as everyone has had a say, he reveals his decision.

"I don't want to keep the Sokol here. The risk is too great. The rewards? The chances of finding a large supply of aviation fuel are slim. We have no rotary wing pilots here and the woman seems like she won't be flying anytime soon. The chance of gaining favor with Lublin, however, is slightly greater. The decision seems clear to me.

"Jupyzyk will set out tomorrow after you've left. He'll take the mortars and the AGS-17. He'll tell the commandant of Kozienice that we captured them from some bandits to the north. The commandant will likely assume that we are fighting the Baron's forces- a common enemy. Jupyzyk also tell them about the helicopter. I suppose it would be better to suggest that the crew escaped rather than explaining how we shot and killed them, not knowing, at the time, that they were hijackers.

"In the meantime, we'll hide the APCs and the D-30 and most of the militia will make itself scarce. There will be no one here worth conscripting if and when Kozienice sends someone to collect the Sokol. After mass this evening, I will make sure to speak to the community about the importance of keeping certain sensitive matters to ourselves.

"I will going now to speak with Jupyzyk and leave you to begin preparations for your reconaissance mission to Warsaw. Please let me know if there is anything that you need from us. And, once again, thank you."

Cap'n Rae
GM, 1668 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Sun 28 Feb 2010
at 20:01
  • msg #698

The Recon


After the Bishop leaves, you begin to prepare for the reconaissance mission to Warsaw. Weapons are dissassembled and cleaned. Ammunition is inspected and magazines reloaded. Batteries for the radios and optics are tested*. Slings, packs, and LBE are loaded up and taped to prevent telltale noises. You pack the last of your MREs and the Bishop provides the town's version of "iron rations"- small packages containing thin, hard bread, jerkied meat, and dried fruit.

Next Moves?

*Some of the batteries no longer work and can't be recharged. I'll get back to you on what electronic gear is no longer operable.
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:36, Mon 08 Mar 2010.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 769 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 02:24
  • msg #699

Re: The Recon

After the meeting has been completed, Tucker will return to his bunk area and begin to strip and clean his weapons, mags, gear, etc. for the recon coming up tomorrow.  He sits in silence as he begins the task of cleaning his weapons & gear for the walk to Warsaw.  He also goes over what can be included (or excluded) for the recce and what needs to be tightened down so stealth is comprimised.  No one asked him to go but, he's getting ready as if he was told to go.
Jared Coulter
player, 13 posts
American
Stranger
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 04:52
  • msg #700

Re: The Recon


  "Oh by the way, if I'm going to be going along I will need my gear back."
Apel Avtomian
player, 61 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 07:21
  • msg #701

Re: Lunch Meeting

Craig Sutherland:
Taking a place at the table just as Jan finishes his contribution. Craig introduces the new German to the assembled group but lets him fill the others in about how he came to be in the village.

Konrad Bayer:
Removing his map again he slides it over to Sutherland, "I still need what you know marked on my map. There is no plan until you fill in where are the Baron's forces and territorial limits... as well as other elements of civilian population in the city. Warsaw is too big for a group our size to go into without a basic framework."


Taking the map from Konrad Craig and Apel spend several minutes adding various intel to the map. The Baron's base in east Warsaw (Praga)on the East bank, he adds the position of the HQ/"palace", the barracks, motor pool, D-30 position, etc.
OCC: Rae is working on the map.

"He has mounted squads patrolling a perimeter 10km or so from his base and foot patrols in the remains of the city. He also has a company-sized garrison on the west bank."

"The bridges between the east and west bank are out save one which has been crudely repaired so as to allow for foot traffic only."

"During the summer and early autumn, the Baron's men were extracting a monthly "tax" of food from the surrounding communities. Since food production drops off radically in winter, he's demanded four months worth of food in advance. Folks in compliance with the Baron's demands are in the process of delivering this food. This has put a lot of strain on the people living in and around Warsaw. Those that don't comply are subject to reprisals of various sorts."

"I know of a farm that we could use as a base for a deeper recce on foot, it was owned by the people who initially took me in. They are good people if they are still there and would provide as much help as possible. It's a two storied stone building with a large barn and several other out buildings. It at least gives us a place to stash the vehicles for when we enter the city on foot.

"I think we should have some sort of recon group ahead of the vehicles on foot, there seem to be several people suited for this role now in the group. Maybe give us a heads up for running into anything nasty."

Finished Craig retakes his seat.


Apel adds: "Although the Baron doled out brutal reprisals to those who refused to sacrifice their food, the populace was not happy about it.  Food is king.  Especially in winter.  It's one of the main reasons the Baron attacked G-K.  If we take his food stocks, we better be prepared to either feed Warsaw or expect a TON of refugees here."

"Although I didn't see any maps, I think the Baron keeps his food warehouses here."  Apel points to a location on the eastern side of Warsaw.  "Once in the city, I'll have a better sense of where the stockpiles are."
Craig Sutherland
player, 73 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 09:47
  • msg #702

Re: Lunch Meeting



Once the meeting has broken up and the others are leaving Craig turns to Apel and gives him two F1 FRAG grenades he recovered from the ambush dead and one of the smoke grenades from the helicopter.

“For luck, though if you have to use them the OP's blown and it's a long run back.”

He then spends the rest of the evening preparing his gear. Craig retrieves the two anti-tank grenades and the two thermite grenades from Tom's webbing.

While on the tug he transfers the two AK-74/BG-15's and the HE grenades for them to the truck. Also he puts the box of F1 grenades and the flare pistol into the stalwart as he helps the others load it up.

In the morning he takes a seat in the back where he can cover one of the sides.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1579 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 12:16
  • msg #703

Re: Lunch Meeting

Dawid finished off the meeting by welcoming Dieter, and collecting Coulter's weapons and gear for him.

Then, he divided up the radios and night-vision gear they would be taking on the recce, making sure they were all functional and the batteries were charged. Lastly, he made up a provisional patrol order and call-signs.

He drew the M240 from stores and the G3 GPMG from the ORMO armoury, along with five spare belts of ammunition to take along with them. He cleaned the weapons, taking extra care with the G3. The PKM would be mounted on the Stalwart and he would man it on the trip out, but it would return with the truck on the way back.

In his own gear he took his Geiger Counter and PN-14K NVGs. He cleaned and reassembled the PKM and his Stechkin. He took three spare belts (in cans) of ammunition for the GPMG and two magazines for the pistol, along with 4 fragmentation grenades, 2 smoke canisters (Red, White), and 2 hand-launched flares.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:36, Wed 03 Mar 2010.
Jared Coulter
player, 14 posts
American
Stranger
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 16:01
  • msg #704

Re: Lunch Meeting


  As soon as Couter has his gear, he will find a quiet spot strip the weapons inspect and clean them, check magazines and rounds for any problems, as well as his tac vest and clean what needs to be cleaned. The run and gun of the last week precluded much in the way of maintenance and with conditions the way they are it is important.
Dieter Brandt
player, 8 posts
Gefreiter OR-2
6th Panzergrenadier Div.
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 16:52
  • msg #705

Re: Lunch Meeting

Dieter will also go through the stores to re-supply any kit he has lost or used up on his travels, including ammo.

After re-supplying he sought out Thor, keen to meet his new team-mate, especially as they would be buddying up on the forthcoming mission. He looked him up and down. This guy looks like a lunatic, he thought to himself. I'm glad that he's on my side.

"Hello, my friend," he said to Thor (in English). "It looks like we are pairing up for this mission."

Looking at Thor's M82 he continued, "Are you any good with that thing?"

Once he has finished the conversation he will look to get some food, clean his kit and weapons, and then rest until they are ready to depart.
Jan Cerny
player, 279 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 23:59
  • msg #706

Re: Lunch Meeting

Having taken several items from the unit's stores Jan then went to see Anneka to ask her what medical gear she thought he should take on the recon mission.  From there he then went to draw his rations from whomever was organising that for the Bishop before returning to the boat where he spent some time reorganising his equipment.

He cleaned all of his weapons, checked that all of the mags and rounds he had were in good condition and made sure that all of his electronic items were working, attempting to charge batteries where necessary with his solar charger.  He paid particular attention to the Geiger counter he had taken from the stores as he'd heard that Warsaw had been nuked and he wasn't sure about the danger of radioactive hotspots.

While on the boat he found a dry corner to leave some spare clothes, having cleared it with Old Adam and Griet and telling them to help themselves to them if he didn't return from this mission to Warsaw.  Jan then packed the rest of his gear in a combination of his ALICE pack and webbing.  He would be quite encumbered while carrying his pack but he knew that he could easily ditch his pack should a firefight break out.

Having arranged all of his gear Jan then went to find some dinner, intending to eat a good, solid meal before setting out on the mission.
Konrad Bayer
player, 1143 posts
Hauptmann
Panzergrenadier
Tue 2 Mar 2010
at 15:45
  • msg #707

Re: Lunch Meeting

Prior to leaving...

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Lastly, he made up a provisional patrol order and call-signs.

After having looked it over, Bayer nodded and said, "I'm good with this. Issue it and carry on with prep." He then carried out his own kit inspection, checking for serviceability of his night vision, radio, and weapons - remedying any shortcomings before bedding down for the night.

En route...

Bayer sits in the cab, with map unfolded on his lap and compass in hand. He'll navigate a route towards the drop point, which according to the map looks to be as clear of habitation and major routes as possible.
Jared Coulter
player, 15 posts
American
Stranger
Tue 2 Mar 2010
at 19:37
  • msg #708

Re: Lunch Meeting


  Finishing up with his gear, Coulter writes a short letter to Irina, grabbing her pistol and holster. He goes to the aid station checking on the woman he has come to care about, the one good thing he found in this entire mess. standing beside the bed for a few minutes, he speaks softly to her even though she is still unconscious, with care he moves some hair off of her face, leaving the letter and pistol under her pillow he tells who ever is on duty to make sure Irina gets both when she regains consciousness.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1588 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 3 Mar 2010
at 10:50
  • msg #709

After Meeting Prep

After sorting out his gear and checking the electronics (radios, NVGs, Geiger counters, ect.) Dawid finishes off a few more important tasks. He also set up a comms schedule, so that they could transmit between the team and the Queen at regular intervals.

Edit Added: He also checks with everyone to see they're comfortable with the roster, including sharing gear and so on.

He checked the two "cargo" bikes they used in the past to haul gear, and set aside the food the team would need.

Then, he either went to mass or at least found a priest to hear his confession and give his blessing, and said the appropriate act of contrition to clear his soul with God.

Last, he visited Ondar, to see how he was doing. As well, he checked in on the other militia who were wounded.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:53, Thu 04 Mar 2010.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 773 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 5 Mar 2010
at 02:41
  • msg #710

Re: After Meeting Prep

Tucker takes his time and makes sure that all of his weapons and gear is in tip-top shape and ready to go when they leave.  Ammo and magazines checked, grenades and claymores inspected, rucksack packed and fitted with spare gear and food, Tucker decides that he's ready to leave.  He sits back down with his back against the side of a building or fixture as he pulls a cigar from his pocket and lights it as he looks around at the new and the old crew from when they started back in Krakow.

His eyes drift over to Dawid.  He began to stare at him.  He gets up and walks over to where he's working or resting.  Robert looks to him and simply says, "We need to talk before we leave."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1600 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 5 Mar 2010
at 03:20
  • msg #711

Re: After Meeting Prep

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #710):

After confession with the Priest, Dawid saw Tucker approaching and thought he might have to do some further penance. Pausing for a second, he decided to light one of his remaining cigarettes. He was down to a few a day and missed them terribly.

Taking out his pack he lit one up, following Tucker wherever he wanted to go, presumably somewhere private.

"What would you like?"

He felt a little apprehensive but knew it was good for them to talk. He knew Tucker had some personal resentment and maybe didn't even like him, but Tucker had been professional enough not to let that get in the way of their working relationship. Still, you couldn't have everyone like you all the time, and Dawid knew he'd stepped on toes on occasion when it couldn't be helped, or when his emotions got the better of him, which was all too often.
Apel Avtomian
player, 62 posts
1st. Lieutenant
U.S. Army
Fri 5 Mar 2010
at 03:21
  • msg #712

Re: Lunch Meeting

Craig Sutherland:
Once the meeting has broken up and the others are leaving Craig turns to Apel and gives him two F1 FRAG grenades he recovered from the ambush dead and one of the smoke grenades from the helicopter.

“For luck, though if you have to use them the OP's blown and it's a long run back.”


"Thanks, friend." Apel smiles weakly. "Out of the frying pan, into the fire, huh?"

Apel finds a semi-quiet spot, pulls out his worn, dogeared copy of "Moby Dick," and begins to read.  A few hours later, realizing everyone is checking and maintaining their gear, Apel reluctantly does the same.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 774 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 5 Mar 2010
at 03:40
  • msg #713

Re: After Meeting Prep

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #710):

After confession with the Priest, Dawid saw Tucker approaching and thought he might have to do some further penance. Pausing for a second, he decided to light one of his remaining cigarettes. He was down to a few a day and missed them terribly.

Taking out his pack he lit one up, following Tucker wherever he wanted to go, presumably somewhere private.

"What would you like?"

He felt a little apprehensive but knew it was good for them to talk. He knew Tucker had some personal resentment and maybe didn't even like him, but Tucker had been professional enough not to let that get in the way of their working relationship. Still, you couldn't have everyone like you all the time, and Dawid knew he'd stepped on toes on occasion when it couldn't be helped, or when his emotions got the better of him, which was all too often.

Moving off a little distance so they had some privacy, Tucker turns and addresses Dawid after taking a pull from his cigar, "This has been on my chest for some time, pretty much since we left Krakow when just about everyone wanted to kill you after you shot that marauder in cold blood.  I wanted to do the same thing as you but, you beat me to the punch.  I wish that someone would've capped your ass back there.  I don't know what it is specifically but, that fucked up fire mission you ran where Minh and Ondar got hurt assured me that my existstance with this unit may be coming to an end very shortly."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1602 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 5 Mar 2010
at 04:14
  • msg #714

Re: After Meeting Prep

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #713):

Dawid nodded. He answered in a matter of fact way, "I wondered when my executing the ZOMO pig would come up. I will not apologise for my actions then, although I owe you an explanation. He was a part of the Communist Party special Police, the ZOMO. Kind of like the SS or Gestapo, if you have the same thing where you come from. Worse, he was a deserter and criminal. I am a member of the Home Army, under legal orders from the Free Polish government to eliminate enemies of the people, which he qualified for any way you look at it. At the time I was under orders not to reveal my status but the consensus seemed to be to let him go, either to Krakow or the communist government, which forced my hand. Not that maybe you or anyone else cares, but even if what I did wasn't according to NATO or American law, in the end I follow Polish laws and I am willing to answer for my actions."

He sighed. "As for the mortar shot, what can I say? That BTR was chopping up Minh and Ondar's position as it was, and I didn't have any good options. At the least, the smoke allowed them to withdraw with their lives, so that's not nothing, you know. Would I do the exact same thing again? No, because that was a mistake, but that's neither here nor there."

"You're a soldier, you know that sometimes people miss, and as much as it hurts me to say this as an artilleryman, rounds do fall short. You have my personal apologies, if that will help."

"Leave if you think it's your time to go. The war is basically over for you, anyways, and the rest of your people are leaving now, or so we hear."


Dawid's eyes became angry but his voice was still calm and matter of fact. "You people have destroyed my country, murdered my people by the millions, left us with ruins and occupied by foreigners, where it's not complete anarchy. If you want to stay and help mend the damage you've done, that's deeply appreciated but I understand that's asking a lot and could end up costing you your life."

"I'm not going to beg you to stay. And if you do decide to go, then don't lay the blame on me."

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 775 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 5 Mar 2010
at 10:00
  • msg #715

Re: After Meeting Prep

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #714):

"You don't have to apologize for the execution.  Like I said, I would've done the same thing myself, no questions asked.  You just beat me to it.

Yeah, I know about the whole soldier thing Dawid.  Rounds do fall short and yes, the smoke helped.  Just a very bad fucking idea.  Losing two guys and almost seeing two more get waxed because of a mistake, didn't help matters at the time either.  My whole team almost got greased out there!

Save your apologies for Minh and Ondar!

'You People'?  You know something?  Your people and so fuckin' great themselves!  I'm not talking about the civvies here, their victims of this stupid fuckin' war.  Your fuckin' buddies over in Moscow sent a huge gang bang over to my country with their missiles and now yeah, they want to try and send some of us home, home to what?  Same thing here!  Rape, murder, food shortages, disease.

Maybe I will stay because I need a home.  I just don't like some of the company under the roof!"

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1605 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 5 Mar 2010
at 13:42
  • msg #716

Re: After Meeting Prep

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #714):

"
Maybe I will stay because I need a home.  I just don't like some of the company under the roof!"


Dawid smiled.

"No, the Russians are not our friends and yes, "you people". You invaded our country (twice), we didn't invade yours. Poland was destroyed by American missiles before America was destroyed by Russian bombs, so I'm willing to call it even. I am sad the innocent have died and I will pray for all the dead, here in Poland, in America, in Russia. Everywhere."

He then shrugged, evidently puzzled at something, and dragged on his cigarette while he thought about what he'd say.

"Well then, Robert, what do you want from me? You don't want my apologies, you don't need my forgiveness. As for our neighbor the Black Baron, I am a Pole and I will fight to the death to free my beloved country, what is left, from tyrants like him."
This message was last edited by the player at 18:08, Fri 05 Mar 2010.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 559 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Fri 5 Mar 2010
at 17:52
  • msg #717

Re: After Meeting Prep

Griet watched her companions preparing to leave of the long distance recce and made her own preparations aboard the Krowola. Once the basic maintainence was underway and the militia gunners had cleaned the weaponry she went ashore once more.

She found Bishop and said, "Commander, what do you envisage the Krowola doing during this time?"
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 651 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Fri 5 Mar 2010
at 17:55
  • msg #718

Re: After Meeting Prep

Mariusz spent as much time as he could checking his gear and making the heavy load he carried as balanced as possible. He cleaned his weapons nce more and checked that all of his magazines were fully loaded.

He grabbed a place in a corner of the Stolly and placed his pack where he could sit on it during the ride.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 776 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 5 Mar 2010
at 23:23
  • msg #719

Re: After Meeting Prep

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #714):

"
Maybe I will stay because I need a home.  I just don't like some of the company under the roof!"


Dawid smiled.

"No, the Russians are not our friends and yes, "you people". You invaded our country (twice), we didn't invade yours. Poland was destroyed by American missiles before America was destroyed by Russian bombs, so I'm willing to call it even. I am sad the innocent have died and I will pray for all the dead, here in Poland, in America, in Russia. Everywhere."

He then shrugged, evidently puzzled at something, and dragged on his cigarette while he thought about what he'd say.

"Well then, Robert, what do you want from me? You don't want my apologies, you don't need my forgiveness. As for our neighbor the Black Baron, I am a Pole and I will fight to the death to free my beloved country, what is left, from tyrants like him."

"The Russians ain't yer fr..?" Tucker says and doesn't finish the sentence though.  He takes another draw from his cigar and then smiles back at Dawid, "I signed on to help Adam.  I'll continue to honor that contract until we get to Warsaw.  I don't know what will happen until then.  I just don't like you.  It's been building in me for awhile and that's it.  You can apologize all you want, let's take care of this business first with the Baron."
Jan Cerny
player, 290 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 00:36
  • msg #720

Re: After Meeting Prep

OOC – I know that this happens a bit later than the discussion between Tuck and Dawid but I thought that it was better to include this now before we leave G-K.  Hopefully that's ok.

----------------------------

Prior to leaving Gora-Kalwaria Jan went to see the Bishop to help organise the funerals of Stoner and Jones.  They had died fighting to help the community of Gora-Kalwaria and they deserved dignity in death.  Jan had been raised a Catholic in France and even though he now classed himself as a lapsed Catholic he drew personal comfort from the formal service of burial for his two fallen comrades.  Recently he had had to bury several other friends, people he had known far better and for far longer than Stoner and Jones, and the emotion was still raw in him.

He insisted on giving Stoner’s eulogy, even though a eulogy wasn’t a traditional part of a Catholic service, and he spoke to Tuck about whether the American would like to give Jones’.  For Stoner he told the story of his first meeting with the SEAL, how he had pulled the half drowned man from the River Vistula and the total gibberish that Stoner had first told him.

After the service was over he helped carry Stoner’s body to the town’s cemetery and the two graves he had helped to dig.  After lowering their bodies into the graves Jan then tossed in a little earth, lost in his own thoughts.

He hadn’t really known either man that well or for very long but they had shared the trauma of combat together and that created a certain kind of bond.  “Goodbye my friends,” he muttered quietly under his breath.

He hoped that when he died someone would care enough to bury him and mark the grave.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:37, Sat 06 Mar 2010.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1606 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 02:32
  • msg #721

Re: After Meeting Prep

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"The Russians ain't yer fr..?" Tucker says and doesn't finish the sentence though. 


Typical bloody American, thought Dawid, invades my country to "liberate" it and ends up destroying it, doesn't know a damn thing about it or it's people. Well, give him credit for wanting to help out with the Baron.

In reply he tapped his Home Army insignia. If Tucker didn't know the difference between Free Polish and Communist Polish forces, it probably wasn't worth explaining. "Even before the war and the Free Polish government, we were hardly friends with the Russians or wanted to be communists. I'm sure there are American allies that weren't "friends" because they weren't given any choice in the matter."

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
He takes another draw from his cigar and then smiles back at Dawid, "I signed on to help Adam.  I'll continue to honor that contract until we get to Warsaw.  I don't know what will happen until then.  I just don't like you.  It's been building in me for awhile and that's it.  You can apologize all you want, let's take care of this business first with the Baron."


"That's fine with me, although I was going to get you something nice for your birthday. We can be allies without necessarily being friends. As long as you do your job, you will get no complaint from me, understood?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 778 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 03:27
  • msg #722

Re: After Meeting Prep

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"The Russians ain't yer fr..?" Tucker says and doesn't finish the sentence though. 


Typical bloody American, thought Dawid, invades my country to "liberate" it and ends up destroying it, doesn't know a damn thing about it or it's people. Well, give him credit for wanting to help out with the Baron.

In reply he tapped his Home Army insignia. If Tucker didn't know the difference between Free Polish and Communist Polish forces, it probably wasn't worth explaining. "Even before the war and the Free Polish government, we were hardly friends with the Russians or wanted to be communists. I'm sure there are American allies that weren't "friends" because they weren't given any choice in the matter."

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
He takes another draw from his cigar and then smiles back at Dawid, "I signed on to help Adam.  I'll continue to honor that contract until we get to Warsaw.  I don't know what will happen until then.  I just don't like you.  It's been building in me for awhile and that's it.  You can apologize all you want, let's take care of this business first with the Baron."


"That's fine with me, although I was going to get you something nice for your birthday. We can be allies without necessarily being friends. As long as you do your job, you will get no complaint from me, understood?"

"Yeah, that works for me.  You stay outta my way and I'll stay outta yours, understood?

I stopped counting birthdays a couple of years ago just about when the family I once had is more than likely dead and when me and my people came in here and ruined your country so thanks but, no thanks on the present.  Consider us even."


If that's all, Tucker turns and walks back to camp grabbing his MOLLE grenadier's vest and M-16A2/M-203 combo over to Konrad and tells him, "Going to take Jones' M-14 since we're going out on a recon mission and I'd like to travel a little lighter.  I'll leave my main weapon here with the ammo on the Queen."


This message was last edited by the player at 03:35, Sat 06 Mar 2010.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1608 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 04:49
  • msg #723

Re: After Meeting Prep

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #722):

Dawid nodded in agreement.

"We can't stay out of each other's way, I have you as part of the fire support element, which I am leading. I don't have a problem with you but if you have a problem with me I'll switch you around so you'd under Konrad instead. Mariusz will get the nigh-goggles you were assigned."

With the discussion apparently over, Dawid went to find Minh and let her know that she'd be the backup AT gunner, assigned an RPG-18.

"Minh, I think you're still the best choice to use the RPG-18 rocket. You'll be the backup anti-tank gunner, after Sutherland, who's got the RPG-7D. Okay?"

When it came time for the funerals, Dawid also helped carry the coffins (or bodies) for burial. He stood with his head bowed as last rites were said and they were laid into the consecrated earth of Polish soil.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:53, Sat 06 Mar 2010.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 782 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 14:14
  • msg #724

Re: After Meeting Prep

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #722):

Dawid nodded in agreement.

"We can't stay out of each other's way, I have you as part of the fire support element, which I am leading. I don't have a problem with you but if you have a problem with me I'll switch you around so you'd under Konrad instead. Mariusz will get the nigh-goggles you were assigned."

"It won't be a problem in front of the team while we're in the field Dawid.  That much I can assure you.  Do what you think you need to do."
Steven Drew
player, 180 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sun 7 Mar 2010
at 00:13
  • msg #725

Re: After Meeting Prep

  Drew returns to his bunk on the ship.  He rifles through his gear and selects what he will take on the patrol.

  He pulls out the sleeping bag he got from...he pauses at the thought of the almost stranger, who now was providing him with a warm sleeping bag.  He even wore his fieldjacket.  Drew paused to reflect on the way the world has become the last few years.  Where it is commonplace to take from the dead.  But it is practical and survival.

  Drew unrolls the sleeping bag and opens it up.  Be brushes the durst and any bits of grass or leaves from it.  Running his fingers along the thick quilted canvas he remembers so many times as a teenager he and his freinds would camp in the Angles National Forrest and he would unroll a bag much like this one.  His mind then drifted to the beach bunnies who would accompany him "camping"  And how he would share the bag with them after a few wine coolers and a campfire.  A smile creases the corner of Drews mouth at the happy memories.

  Drew snaps back to the here and now.

 He chuckles at his going away for a moment.  Then unconsously starts humming and singing,

"Back to life....back to reality....hmmmm hmmmmm hmmmmm, back to reality."  How many times had he heard the song in SOI.  It seemed as if they played that song every morning at 0330 when they came for breakfast, and it played over and over and over every monring. "Oh how they kept that chow hall toasty"  he chuckles at the memory of a messmate dropping a sweet roll on the table and it was so dense and hard it shook the whole table. "Damn, hehehe" he chuckles.


  Drews hands pull out his personal weapons.  He is taking the M240.  He has become the defacto gunner, the M240 is his.

First, he checks the MP5.  His hands go over the stock and then the reciever as he feels for nicks, dings or cracks.  He pulls back on the charging handle and locks open the bolt, inspecting the chamber and satisfied the chamber is empty he lets the bolt go home.  He then focuses on the magazines <he keeps the magazines out of the weapons>  he unloads the mags to releive the tension on the springs.  He takes 15 rounds and puts the rest in a rag and ties it into a bundle which he places under his pillow.  Then the submachinegun and then the two magazines he has all arrainged and orderly.  MP-5 with the bundle of ammo in the center and the two taped magazines underneath.

  He next focuses on the M16A2.  His hands work the weapon deftly. "How many times have I done this?  A million?" he wonders as he inspects the weapon.  Certain the weapon is clean and functioning he sets it on his mattress and then checks the magazines.  "I gotta get more." he whispers to himself when he checks his two magazines.  He loads his two magazines that he taped together into the magazine well but doesn't chamber a round and then hangs the rifle over his bunk.

  He again check his M240 checking the weapon.  He has cleaned it since the ambush but he wants to check it again.  He inspects the guide rod, spring and firing pin.  He wants to make sure his multiple weapons failures were due to bad ammo and not his weapon.  He will also inspect his weapon for any damage due to bad ammo.  He will listen and feel for anything that is out of order as he works the bolt slowly.  He will run his fingers over the operating parts as well feeling for burrs, cracks or mars.  When satisfied his weapon is in good condition he will then check his M9.  Having carried it he wanted to check it and make sure it is in good order.  He will test his magazine after unloading the magazine and checking the spring, he will then reload it again making a note "I need ta get more mags...shit, what is up with them not having mags for shit." 

  Drew will check his pistol belt, making sure it hangs well, his items on it, the M9, his canteen and Ka-Bar are all unobstructed when he has his pack and easily accessed.

  Drew looks at the AK bayonet pondering what to do with it.  He shrugs and lashes it to the outside strap of his pack for easy access.

  Drew pauses, then decides to stuff the sleeping bag into his pack to protect it from getting wet or to dirty.  It will go atop the bulk of his rations, he will keep a days worth in the top compartment and one of the outer compartments of his pack.  He will also stuff some bits and pieces in his cargo pockets.  His poncho will get stuffed in one of the outside of his pockets as well.  He will leave his blanket behind on his well made bunk.

 Drew will take little more than the clothes on his back, other than a spare pair of socks or two, and a uniform sweater.  In reality, he doesn't have much else clotheswise to take with him.

  Drew will continue with his duties sand give his two cents when it comes to planning, other than that he will standbye and eat whenever meals are served and sleep as much as he can before he heads out on the road for the patrol.

Sgt Drew
M240 ready, and M9
Prepping for the patrol.

This message was last edited by the player at 00:16, Sun 07 Mar 2010.
Dieter Brandt
player, 20 posts
Gefreiter/Scharfschutze
6th Panzergrenadier Div.
Sun 7 Mar 2010
at 08:54
  • msg #726

Re: After Meeting Prep

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
When it came time for the funerals, Dawid also helped carry the coffins (or bodies) for burial. He stood with his head bowed as last rites were said and they were laid into the consecrated earth of Polish soil.


Dieter volunteered to help out with the funerals, be it carrying the bodies, or doing the burial. It was strange, attending the funeral of men he had never even met, surrounded by soldiers he barely knew, but he felt it was the right thing to do. Nobody had really said much about the dead men, or how they died. Soldiers were like that, not thinking about the past. He had found this with the men in his old regiment. The grizzled old soldiers never talked about the dead, as if somehow they would be tempting fate themselves to do so.

After the service Dieter took some time to prepare for the forthcoming expedition. He washed and shaved, and cleaned his clothes as best he could in the time allowed. He then double-checked his kit, making sure everything was in good working order. He took time to familiarise himself with the radio he had been issued. It was heavy, but in good condition, and similar enough to models he had used before.

Once ablutions were done and kit checked he grabbed some hot food - it might be the last for a while. Hopefully he would be able to do a little hunting on the way - the odd rabbit, or even a deer - would be a nice change to army rations. nce his hunger was satisfied he decided to get some sleep, and waited for orders to move out.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 652 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 7 Mar 2010
at 14:11
  • msg #727

Re: After Meeting Prep

Having learned that he was being reassigned as an ammo carrier for Dawid, Mariusz went back to his kit and looked at it once more. His weaponry and load were totally inappropriate for his new role and he went about rearranging things.

As he did so he went to the Ship's Armoury and discussed the matter with Griet. He looked at the tiny Petty officer and said, "Griet, I'm going to have to lighten my load on the patrol and this big German cannon is too heavy if I'm to carry ammo for Dawid as well. Is there anything we have in store that I could use instead?"
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 560 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sun 7 Mar 2010
at 14:16
  • msg #728

Re: After Meeting Prep

Griet cast her eyse over the equipment inventory and replied, "The problem we have is a mismatch between weapons and ammo, we have plenty of full magazines for NATO assault rifles but no weapons in store and several PACT weapons with little ammunition."

She sighed and said, "Your best bet is to take the AK-74 we have without a grenade launcher attached and take the two mags we have for that weapon. I'll give you three of my mags to round out the load. How does that sound?"
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 653 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 7 Mar 2010
at 14:18
  • msg #729

Re: After Meeting Prep

"That sounds fine, Griet, thanks," Mariusz replied and placed the G3 and its ammunition into the locker. He took the Kalashnikov and checked it thoroughly before reloading all of the magazines and putting one into the well of the rifle. He put the other four magazines into his ammunition pouches.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1615 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 7 Mar 2010
at 16:07
  • msg #730

Re: After Meeting Prep

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #729):

At that point, Dawid came into the arms locker on the boat.

"Hello, my friends."

He put his Tantal/BG-15 down, and the lifchik ammo harness on top with six Tantal/AK-74 magazines and a half-dozen 40mm HE grenades inside.

"Won't be needing these at the moment. Mariusz, need some more ammunition?"

Dawid saw Mariusz with the old AK-74. "Those magazines will fit, if you need them. I'll lend you the Tantal, I'll take the grenade launcher off if you think you can't carry grenades, too."
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 654 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 7 Mar 2010
at 16:35
  • msg #731

Re: After Meeting Prep

"Thanks very much, Dawid," Mariusz said, "I'd appreciate that."

He took the extra magazines and the other equipment that the Polish veteran had offered him.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1617 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sun 7 Mar 2010
at 17:19
  • msg #732

Re: After Meeting Prep

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #731):

"It's a pleasure, my friend."

Quickly, Dawid stripped down the Tantal from years of easy practice. He removed the grenade launcher, then cleaned and reassembled the rifle alone, giving the rifle to Mariusz and leaving the grenade launcher for the armouy.
Steven Drew
player, 182 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Sun 7 Mar 2010
at 20:07
  • msg #733

Re: After Meeting Prep


  Drew wanders to the galley of the boat.  He looks around to see who is there.  He then speaks up,

"We need ta start planning how we're gonna do this recon folks.  When we're leaving, where we are headin, where we plan ta stop and a general route of march and marching order ya know?"

Sgt Drew
M9 and Ka-Bar
In galley/Wardroom, trying to get his group to work as a team and devise a plan for the comming patrol.

Mariusz Tokarski
player, 655 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Sun 7 Mar 2010
at 21:24
  • msg #734

Re: After Meeting Prep

Mariusz finished rearranging his gear and then went over to Dawid. He sat next to the older Pole and said, "I've lightened my load and I can carry some ammo for you. I reckon I can manage three belts easily, but I'll have to leave one by your side immediately if we get into combat or I'll be seriously slowed. I can carry more in may pack if you need it."

He smiled wryly, "I guess we both wish we had enough ammo to worry about that."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1619 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Mon 8 Mar 2010
at 06:10
  • msg #735

Re: After Meeting Prep

In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #734):

Dawid answered Mariusz, "yeah, I wish we have enough ammo to worry about that. Maybe we'll pick up more?"

He stopped by the galley and dropped off his maps for reference. They were pre-war Polish army issue maps of Warszawa.

After, he went to do some scrounging for snow camouflage and improvised stoves.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:54, Mon 08 Mar 2010.
Dieter Brandt
player, 23 posts
Gefreiter/Scharfschutze
6th Panzergrenadier Div.
Mon 8 Mar 2010
at 08:32
  • msg #736

Re: After Meeting Prep

Steven Drew:
  Drew wanders to the galley of the boat.  He looks around to see who is there.  He then speaks up,

"We need ta start planning how we're gonna do this recon folks.  When we're leaving, where we are headin, where we plan ta stop and a general route of march and marching order ya know?"

Sgt Drew
M9 and Ka-Bar
In galley/Wardroom, trying to get his group to work as a team and devise a plan for the comming patrol.


"Sergeant," Dieter replied to Drew's request. "I am an experienced tracker, and am happy to take point if you wish. I can even do some forward reconnaissance if you wish, if someone else can take this heavy radio and my pack. Do we have a map that I can look at to assess the best possible route."
Steven Drew
player, 185 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Mon 8 Mar 2010
at 09:13
  • msg #737

Re: After Meeting Prep

Dieter Brandt:
Steven Drew:
  Drew wanders to the galley of the boat.  He looks around to see who is there.  He then speaks up,

"We need ta start planning how we're gonna do this recon folks.  When we're leaving, where we are headin, where we plan ta stop and a general route of march and marching order ya know?"

Sgt Drew
M9 and Ka-Bar
In galley/Wardroom, trying to get his group to work as a team and devise a plan for the comming patrol.


"Sergeant," Dieter replied to Drew's request. "I am an experienced tracker, and am happy to take point if you wish. I can even do some forward reconnaissance if you wish, if someone else can take this heavy radio and my pack. Do we have a map that I can look at to assess the best possible route."



  "Well son" Drew replies,

  "I'm not the dude running this show, but, if ya wanna run point, then good for you.  I don't recomend it, you being new and all.  But, if you think you have to then go for it." As Drew surveys the new man.

  "If ya don't wanna hump the radio, that's something ya gotta take up with the patrol leader.  But, if ya think ya need help, let me or Mar know and we'll help ya out.  Just remember, its a recon patrol, so we can go light on this one. Okay?"
Sgt Drew
M9
Talking to the new guy

Craig Sutherland
player, 78 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 8 Mar 2010
at 09:14
  • msg #738

Re: Lunch Meeting

Apel Avtomian:
"Thanks, friend." Apel smiles weakly. "Out of the frying pan, into the fire, huh?"

Apel finds a semi-quiet spot, pulls out his worn, dogeared copy of "Moby Dick," and begins to read.  A few hours later, realizing everyone is checking and maintaining their gear, Apel reluctantly does the same.


No problem, do you need anything else ?

If Apel seems to have all he needs Craig goes in search of a couple of white sheets. He also takes the chance to swap his G3 for one of the militia's AKS-74U and he collects the RPK magazines from Toms equipment.

Craig takes the scope and mounts off the G3 and stows it with the rest of his gear he isn't taking with him on the recce. He then takes his time field stripping the AK making sure everything is functional while giving it a good clean and lube. Lastly he unloads all the magazine and checks the ammunition before reloading them again.

If he is able to locate a couple of sheets he tears one into strips and camouflages the AK he then goes and locates Apel doing the same to his M16. He then fashions a couple of rough ponchos giving the second to Apel.
Mariusz Tokarski
player, 658 posts
Polish
Teenaged Partisan
Mon 8 Mar 2010
at 17:59
  • msg #739

Re: Lunch Meeting

Mariusz worked carefully on stowing the machine gun ammunition into his pouches. He tried his best to ensure that they would come out smoothly when Dawid needed them.

He loaded his emergency rations and mess kit into the last pouch and then tried it all for manovureability.
Cap'n Rae
GM, 1677 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Mon 8 Mar 2010
at 23:47
  • msg #740

Evening Before the Recon


In a service attended by several of the team members and a small crowd of pious, grateful villagers, Stoner and Jones are burried in the "new" cemetary on the eastern outskirts of town, with a view of the Vistula and the stranded government helicopter. The orange sun is sinking in the west as flocks of dark gray clouds scud silently overhead, pushed south from the Baltic on a stiff, cold, winter breeze. It looks like the weather's beginning to take a turn for the worse.

Dawid manages to collect 8 homemade white oversuits fashioned out of table linen and bedsheets from the militia. There is also whitewash available for use on helmets and weapons, for those who choose to use it. The Bishop, however, will not part with any more of the militia's dwindling supply of 7.62mm NATO ammunition.

Batteries for the team's radios and optics are checked. Several of the batteries are running low on charge and most of them- even the most recently manufactured rechargeables- probably no longer hold a full charge.

The Bishop's men conduct an interrogation of the recently captured prisoners. They confirm the locations of the Baron's HQ, motor-pool, and remaining D-30. After further vigorous prompting, they also outline some of the most common routes taken by the Baron's mounted and foot patrols. These are marked on the team's maps of the Warsaw area.

There is still much to be done. You look forward to a last full night's sleep in heated accomodations. You leave for Warsaw in the early morning.

Next Moves?
This message was last edited by the GM at 23:56, Mon 08 Mar 2010.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1623 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 9 Mar 2010
at 04:13
  • msg #741

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #740):\

Dawid stood with his head bowed during the burials, Papally-blessed rosary clutched in cold hands. He was emotionally affected by the burial of his comrades and appreciated Jan's eulogy, even though as a fellow Catholic he knew this was not a traditional part of the ceremony.

Seeing that the Bishop wanted to hold onto the extra ammunition he was counting on for the G-3, Dawid has no choice but to switch back to the PKM. It's not the end of the world; he likes the GPMG and there will be more ammuition between the M240 and PKM in total if they don't share the same cartridge. If anything, they have a better chance of coming across additional ammunition.

The G-3 went on the Alvis, to protect them. Once it returned the ORMO would be free to use it as they saw fit.

He distributed the snow camouflage suits to everyone so they at least had something (taking one himself) and whitewashed his own helmet, after thanking Drew and whoever helped with scrounging them up.
Steven Drew
player, 187 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Tue 9 Mar 2010
at 04:31
  • msg #742

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #741):


  As Drew checked the new overwhite he talks with Dawid,

"Not a bad job, these'll do.  We should work on some mini stoves.  Ya know where we can find some old paint cans, we can rig a couple up.  We can make em so we can have covered fires and not give our position away.  We'll need it out there.  Figure three or four should do it."

  As they set about making the stoves Drew will suggest,

"We need ta make sure we got some e-tools and maybe a couple picks if the ground is frozen, or a hatchet if we hole up in the woods."
  Drew then adds,

"I doubt we'll need complete shelter halves, we could probably get away with just the tentsheets and use cord ta tie em ta trees and cut poles.  In a pinch we can cram three guys in a shelter half which will keep us warm...what do ya think?"

Sgt Drew
M9
Talking w/ Dawid

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1625 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Tue 9 Mar 2010
at 04:49
  • msg #743

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Steven Drew (msg #742):

Dawid thought about this.

"The stoves are a great idea. Usually, we'd just make a fire, but I agree, let's get on that. I think I know where we can get some containers."

"Most people have folding shovels, er, Entrenching-Tools, most with picks. A favourite close-combat weapon! We still should have some kit like that available if you don't have one."


He looked at the sky. "Hmmm... I don't know about this weather, the farm boy in me says it's going to be a bad winter. If we can carry cold weather gear like shelter-halfs and sleeping bags for everyong, I say lets do it. In the Polish Army we never had stuff like you NATO types, but we also lost many men to frostbite and exposure! If it slows us down to much, we can cache it along the way and come back later."

Remembering what was bandied about earlier he said, "here, let's take a minute to work on these "SOPs" you mentioned, and help me look at the section organisation, if you can." They worked on the organisation a little more, getting it more towards a NATO standard, and discussed SOPs.
Craig Sutherland
player, 79 posts
Lieutenant
42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 9 Mar 2010
at 07:57
  • msg #744

Re: Evening Before the Recon


Craig is solemn through out the the service for their fallen team members, it is not the first service he has attended and it wouldn't be the last. They are just becoming harder to deal with. He had not really even introduced himself to the Welshman and the skills of the SEAL would be missed. He tries to clear his head and in the end he salutes the grave at the end of the service then utters the words:

”Per Mare, Per Terram. Nec Aspera Terrent”

Before moving back towards the village and a couple of last tasks. Craig begins a search for is a few old corks, apart from that he is done. He starts to run through the up coming op in his head and moves towards the planning area to study the maps the group has.
Dieter Brandt
player, 27 posts
Gefreiter/Scharfschutze
6th Panzergrenadier Div.
Tue 9 Mar 2010
at 08:14
  • msg #745

Re: Evening Before the Recon

Dieter stood quietly during the funeral service. He wasn't particularly religious, much to his mother's annoyance. Sundays were best spent hunting in the woods with his Dad, not sitting in a stuffy old church singing stupid songs and listening to a fat, white-haired old man ramble on about sins and heaven and all that stuff. However, he was always respectful of funerals. People found them useful - the Americans had a word for it - Closure. So he stood respectfully and joined in when appropriate.

After the service he re-arranged his kit, again. The radio he had been given was very heavy, but he didn't want to complain. After finally moving around some kit he managed to get his carried items to a manageable level, and the pack was okay too.

Dawid had given him some whitewash and snow camouflage (actually just some torn up bedsheets, but they would do). He busied himself camouflaging his kit, especially his rifle. Once done he volunteered to assist Drew with manufacturing some makeshift stoves.

Once all was done he tried again to strike up a conversation with Thor. He was a strange character. Dieter had seen a movie called 'Die Wikinger' as a child, with Kirk Douglas and Tony Curtis, and Thor reminded him of the movie. "People deal with the stresses of war in different ways, I suppose," he thought to himself. "Although this guy may have been crazy all along!"

"Thank you for the loan of your image intensifier," he said to Thor, speaking slowly in English, indicated the borrowed bit of kit at the same time. He wasn't sure how good Thor's English was, but needed to build a relationship with him. At the same time, he didn't want to appear patronising.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 786 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Tue 9 Mar 2010
at 15:14
  • msg #746

Re: Evening Before the Recon

Robert also attends the services for his two fallen comrades and stays silent as the euology is well done and resepctful.  HE does the sign of the cross when the service is completed and then steps up to the graves and gives a slow salute to the fallen warriors.  He wish he could've done more to see them pull through the ambush and realizes that he can't save or protect everyone.  He leaves the services and goes back to toy around with his gear for the recon mission.  He will go back and catch up with Jan, "Hey.  If you need any rounds for the 40mm, let me know.  I was also thining of getting with Drew to hear what kind of ideas he has.  Dude's prety sharp!"
Jan Cerny
player, 307 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Tue 9 Mar 2010
at 17:51
  • msg #747

Re: Evening Before the Recon

“Yea,” replied Jan, “I was just going to talk to Drew and Dawid.  They seem to be working out how to best organise this recce mission.”

He scratched at the stubble on his chin as they walked.  Maybe it was time to start growing a beard.

“I can’t decide how much cold weather gear to take.  It all depends on how bad the weather is going to be and that’s all guess work now.  I was planning on limiting my gear to what I can carry easily but I’m not so sure now.  Maybe we should load ourselves or the bikes up and just take it slow.  I can’t decide to be honest.”

He pulled his greatcoat round him, trying to block out the cutting wind.  He didn’t say it but he wasn’t as used to operating in severe cold conditions as many of the men he was now serving with.  Much of his pre War service had been in Africa and since the War had started he had been involved in Western European operations.  It had certainly been cold at points but he suspected that a Polish winter was going to be a new experience and one that he wouldn’t enjoy!

“I don’t think that I need any more forty mil rounds.  I was planning on taking four HEDP, ten HE and a couple of lume.  If I need any more than that then we’ve really screwed up the recon element of the mission.  I gather that neither you nor Mariusz are taking their GLs so that just leaves Konrad and me with NATO forty mils.  It might be worth checking if Konrad needs some more rounds though.”

Dieter Brandt
player, 28 posts
Gefreiter/Scharfschutze
6th Panzergrenadier Div.
Wed 10 Mar 2010
at 10:09
  • msg #748

Re: Evening Before the Recon

Dieter went to see Jan, who had been sorting out kit on the bicycles.

IN FRENCH: "Could you please add these to the kit for the bicycle, as I do not have room for all of it." With that he hands Jan an entrenching tool and a shelter half, as well as a couple of frag grenades. "If anyone needs the grenades then they can help themselves."

Dieter also collects 2 days worth of rations and ads them to his pack.

OOC-please add the following to kit for bikes:
 2x Frag grenade [1.0kg]
 Shelter Half [1.0kg]
 Entrenching tool [0.5kg]

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1628 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Wed 10 Mar 2010
at 11:10
  • msg #749

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #747):

Dawid sighed in frustration.

"The Bishop won't give up his NATO 7.62mm ammunition, so I guess I'm back to taking the PKM. Which is fine, I like them, but it would be nice to have common ammunition. Even so, I'll see if he can lend us 40 rounds of 7.62mm Rimmed (R) so we can top up a belt. Another option is the good old RPD, but we only have 80 rounds for it and I can't see the Bishop giving up 320 rounds to make 4 full belts."

"As for changing the patrol order, it seems like we're basically ready to go and this complicates things, although I understand why you want something more like what you're used to in NATO. I'll check with Konrad if he needs any more NATO 40mm ammunition, although he's usually good at looking after his own kit."


In answer to Jan's question on winter gear he replied, "I think everyone should carry their own winter gear, if it gets really cold out we could be in trouble. But if you really think this is a good idea I'll designate who leaves and takes their sleeping bags/shelter halves."

He looked thoughtful.

"We should almost make sure someone else has a grenade launcher so it's Konrad plus two others, but I have no idea who would carry it. Really, Ideally, I think Tucker should switch back to his M16/M203 because he's no longer carrying machinegun ammunition and we can use the firepower of another grenade launcher over that rifle."

If Sutherland is around he asks to borrow his tactial radio. If Tucker is around, he asks if he'd consider taking his M16/M203 instead of the M-14K.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:35, Wed 10 Mar 2010.
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 28 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Wed 10 Mar 2010
at 13:58
  • msg #750

Re: Evening Before the Recon

Dieter Brandt:
After re-supplying he sought out Thor, keen to meet his new team-mate, especially as they would be buddying up on the forthcoming mission. He looked him up and down. This guy looks like a lunatic, he thought to himself. I'm glad that he's on my side.

"Hello, my friend," he said to Thor (in English). "It looks like we are pairing up for this mission."

"We pair. Kill many giganten."
Dieter Brandt:
Looking at Thor's M82 he continued, "Are you any good with that thing?"

Thor scowled.
"Is Mjollnir!" he stated as if that alone was enough of a response. "I Thor!"

Dieter Brandt:
Once all was done he tried again to strike up a conversation with Thor.

"Thank you for the loan of your image intensifier," he said to Thor, speaking slowly in English, indicated the borrowed bit of kit at the same time. He wasn't sure how good Thor's English was, but needed to build a relationship with him. At the same time, he didn't want to appear patronizing.

"Not intensifier. Just telescope*. Found in farmhouse."

Thor was taking almost everything he owned with him. Only the ZKK-601 hunting rifle, collection of gold coins and half a litre of rifle bore cleaner would remain behind, barely reducing his load by a meagre four kilograms. When it came time to pack everything up ready to move, he refused to add anything to the bicycle, instead taking some of the food from it and adding it to his already heavy pack**.

"No take," he shook his bearded head.
"Who push? No take."
Dieter Brandt:
With that he hands Jan an entrenching tool and a shelter half, as well as a couple of frag grenades. "If anyone needs the grenades then they can help themselves."

"No!" Thor intervened, his hand extended to stop the transfer of equipment.
"Bragi you take. Leave grenoble. Take dig tool. Take skin. You need!"
He thrust the entrenching tool and shelter back into the German's chest.


* 25x Spotters scope - 1kg
** 4 kgs removed
Dieter Brandt
player, 30 posts
Gefreiter/Scharfschutze
6th Panzergrenadier Div.
Wed 10 Mar 2010
at 14:16
  • msg #751

Re: Evening Before the Recon

Thor Halgeirsen:
"No take," he shook his bearded head.
"Who push? No take."
Dieter Brandt:
With that he hands Jan an entrenching tool and a shelter half, as well as a couple of frag grenades. "If anyone needs the grenades then they can help themselves."

"No!" Thor intervened, his hand extended to stop the transfer of equipment.
"Bragi you take. Leave grenoble. Take dig tool. Take skin. You need!"
He thrust the entrenching tool and shelter back into the German's chest.


"I am sorry my friend," Dieter replied to Thor. "I cannot carry all of this equipment as I am not strong like you." With that he tried to give the kit back to Jan for the bicycles.

If Thor persists Dieter will pretend to pack the kit for himself, then give it back to Jan later when Thor isn't looking. The weight of this extra kit would be too much for Dieter, and he would really struggle to keep up with the patrol.
Jan Cerny
player, 311 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Wed 10 Mar 2010
at 14:45
  • msg #752

Re: Evening Before the Recon

Dieter speaking in French made Jan smile.  He hadn’t heard French for a while now and it could be a beautiful language.  Dieter speaking in French though appeared to have confused Thor as far as Jan could see, causing the big Norwegian to assume that Dieter was leaving some equipment behind.

“Don’t worry,” Jan said to Thor in English as he took the entrenching tool and shelter half off Dieter again, “we're taking this gear with us.”

With that he added them to the rest of the equipment in the spare backpack that was going on a bike, while nodding thanks to Thor for carrying an extra 4kgs of food for himself.

That job done he continued on to find Drew and Dawid, taking Tucker, Dieter and Thor with him if they wanted to join them all in discussing how the patrol would be organised.  <OOC - everyone is welcome, it's just that those are the people who've posted being with Jan currently.>

<img src="http://img31.imageshack.us/img31/5118/pm84.jpg"align="right">Jan had his PM-84 submachinegun with him, with its silencer fitted.  “I’ve been thinking about the structure of this patrol.  If we’re planning on moving mainly at night then whoever is on point should be armed with this as I think that it’s our best silenced weapon.  It's a Polish SMG and it means that whoever's on point gets a chance to kill quietly if they need to.”

He then proceeded to demonstrate the weapon's action to those that weren't familiar with it.

"The only disadvantage with it is that it fires nine mil Makarov rounds so it doesn't have much stopping power.  I've got four twenty five round mags and two fifteen round mags though so we've got plenty of ammo."
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 29 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Thu 11 Mar 2010
at 05:52
  • msg #753

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Dieter Brandt (msg #751):

"Leave," he pointed at the heavy manpack radio.
"No need. Have." A dirt stained (but otherwise clean) finger tapped the tactical radio he wore.
"You take dig tool, take skin."
Steven Drew
player, 191 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Thu 11 Mar 2010
at 07:08
  • msg #754

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #752):


  At the patrol conversation Drew adds,

"Well, there is another way we can go.  We got overwhites now, so that'll hide our idenity for the most part.  Weapons,  our point people should have pact weapons for heavier firepower.  That way if they gotta lay down some lead it will blend in more with the locals.  I mean, there are more AKs than 16s running around the countryside these days.  So, it isn't as likely to be noticed.  Just a thought."

  Drew sees the others join the group and nods,

"Welcome guys.  We were just talking about the patrol."
  Drew waits for any replies.

  "I notice alot of folks are bringing a whole lotta shit.  We gotta remember it ain't no combat patrol.  We get engaged, we should really break contact and get out of the area.  Also, we should set up liberal rally points along the route.  If we have to disperse due to enemy action, or we encounter a larger force and have to take cover we can all meet up somewhere.  Or, if someone gets lost at night or because weather moves in....Weather, we should all carry a day or twos rations on us too, and maybe a survival kit too, something ta start a fire and maybe fish with or something....Anyhow, those are some thoughts I got."

Sgt Drew
M9
Talking and planning

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1633 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Thu 11 Mar 2010
at 07:56
  • msg #755

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Steven Drew (msg #754):

"I think everyone is carrying as little as they can get away with. Remember, we can't call for any kind of backup. No resupply, no fire support, no extraction. So, everything we're going to need we need to carry with us."

"Drew, I know you have more skill than I, so please excuse me. I can't think of what we could leave behind, other than some of the winter gear, but it's going to get cold out and I think we're going to need everything we can bring!"

Griet Niewiadomska
player, 561 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Thu 11 Mar 2010
at 18:39
  • msg #756

Re: Evening Before the Recon

Griet watched the rest of the group heading off onto the east bank and she used her binoculars to watch them go. As the Stalwart faded into the distance, she went back into the wheelhouse and set her binoculars onto the chart table.

She looked over at her father and then said, "Father, if everything goes well, you'll soon be reunited with your family. I understand that you want to spend the rest of your life with them, but I'd rather not give up the Queen to a bunch of footless mercenaries."

She cleared her throat, "The tug is too valuable to just give up. Instead of that, I beg you to teach me how to captain the craft on my own. I'll take the Westerners anywhere they want to go and then come back here. What do you say?"
'Old' Adam Rataj
NPC, 79 posts
Polish (NPC)
Captain of the Queen
Thu 11 Mar 2010
at 22:32
  • msg #757

Re: Evening Before the Recon

Griet Niewiadomska:
She looked over at her father and then said, "Father, if everything goes well, you'll soon be reunited with your family. I understand that you want to spend the rest of your life with them, but I'd rather not give up the Queen to a bunch of footless mercenaries."

She cleared her throat, "The tug is too valuable to just give up. Instead of that, I beg you to teach me how to captain the craft on my own. I'll take the Westerners anywhere they want to go and then come back here. What do you say?"


Adam's good eye started to well up with tears. His face took on a pained look. But there was something else there as well- pride.

"Are you sure, sweetheart? We've almost taken them as far as we promised. They've more than fullfilled their part of the bargain. I'm a bit surprised they're still helping us, actually. They are good people.

"Still, you don't owe them anything, though. We've all lost friends along the way- Uller because of those damned RESET papers that Mr. Milk carried with him. They have taken unecessary risks and courted dangers we could have avoided. I hoep this does not sound unfair or ungrateful, but it is true."

"But, daughter, if this is what you want to do... I will gladly give you anything I can- even the Krolowa. What if they want you to take them as far as the Baltic? Or across the Atlantic even? What then? And what will the people of this town say? The tug has proven a formidable ally. Will they just let us go?

"Think about this, please. We don't have to decide now. Promise me you will reconsider?" 

Cap'n Rae
GM, 1683 posts
Long-time T2K Fan
First-time GM
Thu 11 Mar 2010
at 22:44
  • msg #758

Re: Evening Before the Recon


Prior to the recon team's departure, Griet goes through the deceased Clarence Milk's pack and, at first glance, finds nothing particularly helpful or revealing. It looks like someone's already rifled through it, although there's no indication who that person was.

She decides to give the pack one last go before giving up...

... and finds a fabric panel inside the pack itself that seems out of place. Using a penknife, Griet pops the seams and pulls the panel out of the pack. On the inner surface of the panel, someone has penned several series of seemingly random letters. It appears to be a code of some sort.

FCIXCHB

FCCXBHZ

CZAXBBF

This message was last edited by the GM at 00:09, Fri 12 Mar 2010.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
player, 788 posts
Platoon Sergeant
10th Mountain Division
Fri 12 Mar 2010
at 02:10
  • msg #759

Re: Evening Before the Recon

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"We should almost make sure someone else has a grenade launcher so it's Konrad plus two others, but I have no idea who would carry it. Really, Ideally, I think Tucker should switch back to his M16/M203 because he's no longer carrying machinegun ammunition and we can use the firepower of another grenade launcher over that rifle."

If Sutherland is around he asks to borrow his tactial radio. If Tucker is around, he asks if he'd consider taking his M16/M203 instead of the M-14K.

Tucker looks to Dawid, "Sure.  If that seems to be the best idea for this recce mission, I'll bring it along and put this back into the stores.  Anything else?"

Tucker will go and turn in the M-14K, the ammo and mags, and the webbing that he was going to use for the mission.  He goes back and outfits his MOLLE Grenadier's vest back to where it was before he was switching off to the M-14.  He makes sure that everything is secured back on it and reports back to Jan when he's done.

OOC: Trying to catch up the best I can.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1638 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 12 Mar 2010
at 03:22
  • msg #760

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #759):

Dawid hesitated, deciding whether to thank Tucker or not. He decided against it, as Tucker was obviously doing this for the sake of the mission, and not out of any like for him, personally.

"No, not that I can think of. That will be a big help."

To the rest of them he said, "let's leave the roster the way it is. We have all the pieces in place, now. We can reassemble and reorganise in the field. We could well adopt your suggestion, Jan, so don't lose hope! It depends on what Konrad says, of course."

"Sergeant Drew, as we come up with SOPs, we'll make sure everyone knows about them. Thanks for your help, I have a lot to learn about NATO ways, of course," he conceded. These NATO types seemed to think they knew everything. Dawid knew that as individuals they were, on average, far superiour tactically and better trained than most WP and former WP soldiers like him and there was much of value to learn, if he kept an open mind.

After the meeting, he got his gear together. The MGs that were coming along (PKM for him, G3 for the Stalwart) were cleaned and stripped already. Drew would certainly have seen to his own kit and weapons.

With little else to do, he sought out the girl who'd looked at him the day earlier. He just wanted to say "hi", ask her name and see if she was married or had a boyfriend. If she was single, then if she wanted to see him some time after he got back. Also, if her parents were alive. He didn't want to seem too forward and wasn't looking for a quick screw. He was just thinking of settling down, and wanted to know if she was, too. Some people were born warriors, but he still thought of himself as a farmer it didn't seem right that he was already a mature man of 27 and without a family to call his own. The boy, Mariusz, inspired a paternal feeling in him and he was aware of his own mortality all too much.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:30, Fri 12 Mar 2010.
Thor Halgeirsen
player, 30 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Fri 12 Mar 2010
at 04:06
  • msg #761

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Steven Drew (msg #754):

Thor nodded and a thumb jerked at the bicycles.
"Should leave sykkel. Or take one sykkel only. One enough carry."

"Dellingr good tankegangen. All have food. All shelter. Not leave on sykkel. Not safe."

Thor's webbing, rifle and pack all amounted to almost as much as the man himself weighed. As he'd said earlier, he didn't do light....

"Thunder always after lightning. Bragi and Thor follow all."
Steven Drew
player, 193 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Fri 12 Mar 2010
at 06:38
  • msg #762

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #755):

"Dawid, see, that's the thing man.  We shouldn't be carrying an armory, we ain't supposed ta get inta contact.  We get inta a fire fight, we should just break contact and withdraw.  That's the point of a recon man.  We get inta a fight, we open up, toss smoke and run away.  That way we don't get casaulties, we don't let em fully deploy where we are gonna need any heavy stuff.  I mean, if we face armor, I'm gonna do one of two things bro.  I'm gonna be real still and quiet, or I'm gonna do like they did in that Monty Python flick,  "Search For the Holly Grail" and "RUN AWAAAAAAAAAY! hahahaha."
  Drew chuckles for a moment,

"I hope we won't need more than a days worth of ammo per man.  Remember, what our mission is, get info, not engage."
  Drew pauses for a moment as he ponders the winter gear question.

"Well, if we run into real bad weather we hunker down.  But, on the move, we could probably get away with lighter gear.  Remember, we're gonna be hauling balls, so we'll be sweting up a storm moving.  We'll only need alot of the warm stuff when we sit tight.  And if we dig trenches and have heaters, well, we'll have our sleeping gear and them stoves ta keep us warm.  Otherwise, screw it man, just leave all the other crap at home.  No spare camies, no extra boots, we can get by with one radio, hell even with helmets and vests...shit at Bridgeport <the Marine Corps Mountain/Arctic Warfare Center> we never hauled that shit when we did the cold weather package, it just made ya overheat and then freeze when ya stopped.  So, we leave that shit at home.  Really man, feildjackets or parkas, a wool sweater and the overwhites we made maybe some long johns and we should manage pretty good."

  Drew pauses as he lets what he has said sink it hoping that the idea of this op being non combat gets across.

Sgt Drew
M9
Talking w/ Dawid and whomever else is around get the point

Steven Drew
player, 194 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Fri 12 Mar 2010
at 06:45
  • msg #763

Re: Evening Before the Recon

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Sergeant Drew, as we come up with SOPs, we'll make sure everyone knows about them. Thanks for your help, I have a lot to learn about NATO ways, of course," he conceded. These NATO types seemed to think they knew everything. Dawid knew that as individuals they were, on average, far superiour tactically and better trained than most WP and former WP soldiers like him and there was much of value to learn, if he kept an open mind.


  "Well Dawid, I've learned alot from you folks the last couple years....and I guess you woulda learned a bit from us too.  Just remember, we're Marines,<as he smiles> we are alot different than the Army."
Sgt Drew
M9
Talking to Dawid

Steven Drew
player, 195 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Fri 12 Mar 2010
at 06:50
  • msg #764

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Thor Halgeirsen (msg #761):

Drew paused as he contemplate what the strange stranger had said before smiling,

"OLAF's right!  Them bikes can be a problem.  We loose em, we loose alot of our gear.  We should all spreadload it, so all our eggs aren't in one basket."

  Drew pauses as he looks at the new guy.  He remembers his time operating in the Norway operation and doesn't remember seeing anyone like him.  Then again he can't think of anywhere the man would fit in other than a comic book or some old movie on the late late show.

Drew then asks Thor,

"Do you like beer?"

Sgt Drew
M9
Talking to Thor

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1641 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Fri 12 Mar 2010
at 07:06
  • msg #765

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Steven Drew (msg #764):

"I see what you mean. But that's not the way it always is in this world. If we get into trouble, we will probably have to get ourselves out. We have to be more self-sustaining than NATO units ever had to be during the war. No one wants to fight tanks, but we have to face the reality we may have no other choice."

Dawid shrugged, unhappy with the options.

"I don't want to split the group into "light" and "heavy" factions, and get into endless debate. Konrad is okay with the "heavy" nature of this patrol. We're going with that. If you think this is a mistake, then no one is forced to come along. I don't mean to put it in those terms, but we can't do a major reorganisation of the patrol at this point without at least Konrad's blessing."

"As for the bikes, so far all I've got for them is 120kg of food. It's important, but I'm assuming everyone also has 2 days of supplies carried in their packs."

"Please accept my apologies, Sergeant Drew, but let's go with what we have at the moment."

Thor Halgeirsen
player, 32 posts
Norwegian Kvartermester
Marinejegerkommandoen
Fri 12 Mar 2010
at 13:54
  • msg #766

Re: Evening Before the Recon

Steven Drew:
"Do you like beer?"

"Beer good. Akevitt good."
Steven Drew
player, 197 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Fri 12 Mar 2010
at 15:53
  • msg #767

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #765):



  "Right..." Drew replies in a more somber and serious tone.  He returns to his duties muttering,


"Gonna have ta talk ta that fuckin Kraut...."

Sgt Drew
M240, M9
Hammering out details

Steven Drew
player, 198 posts
Sergeant
USMC
Fri 12 Mar 2010
at 15:58
  • msg #768

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Thor Halgeirsen (msg #766):

"I thought so....well, lets see what we can do about finding some."  As Drew can't help but imagine the stranger drinking out of a large animal horn of some kind.

Sgt Drew
M240 and M9
Talking to Thor
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 562 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 13 Mar 2010
at 10:29
  • msg #769

Re: Evening Before the Recon

"I'll think on it, father," Griet replied, "but whatever happens I would be reluctant to give up the tug. Without it we will be scraping in the ground for a living and that's a one way ride to misery and poverty."

She looked at the scrap of paper she had found in Milk's pack and tried to work out what it meant. It could be some sort of co-ordinates, but she couldn't make it out for herself. She took it to the others at supper and hoped that someone else might have an idea.
Jan Cerny
player, 322 posts
Czech/French
FFL
Sat 13 Mar 2010
at 12:51
  • msg #770

Re: Evening Before the Recon

"Hum," mused Jan while he looked at the piece of fabric with letters written on it.

FCIXCHB

FCCXBHZ

CZAXBBF

"Could they be map coordinates?  Or a radio frequency?" he asked aloud.

He took out a note pad and started making some notes.

"A straight swap to numbers gives us

6,3,9,24,3,8,2

6,3,3,24,2,8,26

3,26,1,24,2,2,6

or

63924382

633242826

326124226

None of that looks like a map coordinate to me.  Or at least not around here.  Anyone got any other thoughts?"


He offered the fabric panel to anyone who wanted to have a look.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
player, 1646 posts
Ex-Sergeant
Polish Artillerist
Sat 13 Mar 2010
at 14:54
  • msg #771

Re: Evening Before the Recon

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #770):

"We would sometimes substitute one letter for another, as a simple code. At least for unimportant traffic. Perhaps this is the same thing, but in English?"

Dawid was puzzled, such abstract thinking was usually beyond him.
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 564 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 20 Mar 2010
at 14:28
  • msg #772

Meanwhile, back at the ranch...

Griet and the tugboat pulled up beside the Gora Kalwaria jetty after a short patrol. She ensured that the craft was tied up securely and checked that the engineers were OK to do the maintainence.

She walked back up to Adam and said, "I'm going to speak with Bishop about the prisoners we have, we're short of mortar men and I know that at least one of the prisoners has skill in that area."

She walked down the street to The G-K militia HQ and had some of the ubiquitous herbal tea whilst she waited for the commander to become available.

When the Bishop finally found some free time she said, "I'm sorry to add to your burdens, but I'd like to talk about the prisoners that have been captured. If possible, I'd like to talk to teh East German mortarman and offer him a form of parole, work with us for five years and earn his freedom, if he did anything to break this parole then he'd suffer whatever punishment you have in mind for him. As for the others, I think at least one, they guy they trusted as a messenger is a die hard bandit that deserves death. The others," she shrugged, "we could do with more labour, but it's a balance of risks, justice and benefits. Of course, if you have other plans for them I'll accept whatever you suggest, it's something to think about at least."
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1352 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Sat 20 Mar 2010
at 14:42
  • msg #773

Re: Meanwhile, back at the ranch...

"I think that's a fine idea," Anneka said, lending her voice to the cause.
"He'd probably fit right in too. Seems just about everyone around here comes from some place else."
Griet Niewiadomska
player, 565 posts
Polish Navy - CPO
Krakow ORMO
Sat 20 Mar 2010
at 14:57
  • msg #774

Re: Meanwhile, back at the ranch...

Griet smiled, "That's true, we're a United Nations in miniature. We certainly argue enough for that."

She looked at the Israeli Major, "If Bishop allows us to talk to him I'd appreciate you coming along, offering medical aid might help him decide to join us."
Anneka Soleblume
player, 1359 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Fri 26 Mar 2010
at 13:50
  • msg #775

Re: Meanwhile, back at the ranch...

"He's been here, what, about a week? I'd say he'd received all the medical attention he needs for now."
"I'll come along anyway though. It's something to do besides change dressings and bedpans."

Anneka Soleblume
player, 1412 posts
Major
Israeli Medical Officer
Wed 8 Sep 2010
at 03:34
  • msg #776

Re: Meanwhile, back at the ranch...

More than a little concerned about the lack of radio reply from the ground team, Anneka sought out Griet and Adam.
"I think we should move the Wisla Krolowa downstream a few miles to be in a better position should radio contact be re-established. The Hauptman's team may need assistance quickly."
The occasional dull thud of distant explosions punctuated her suggestion, and although it was impossible to say they were related to the radio silence, they did give cause for concern.
"We should try and borrow half a dozen or so of the militia to man the guns too, just in case."
Sign In